As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 2, 1999
Registration No. 333-64599
================================================================================
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
-------------------
AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
-------------------
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
BERRY PLASTICS CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Delaware 3089 35-1813706
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Delaware 3089 35-1814673
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
BERRY IOWA CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Delaware 3089 42-1382173
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
BERRY TRI-PLAS CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Delaware 3089 56-1949250
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
BERRY STERLING CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Delaware 3089 54-1749681
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
AEROCON, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Delaware 3089 35-1948748
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
PACKERWARE CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Delaware 3089 N/A
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
BERRY PLASTICS DESIGN CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Delaware 3089 62-1689708
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
VENTURE PACKAGING, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Delaware 3089 51-0368479
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
VENTURE PACKAGING MIDWEST, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Delaware 3089 34-1809003
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
VENTURE PACKAGING SOUTHEAST, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Delaware 3089 57-1029638
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
NIM HOLDINGS LIMITED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
England and Wales 3089 N/A
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
England and Wales 3089 N/A
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
KNIGHT PLASTICS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Delaware 3089 35-2056610
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
_______________
CPI HOLDING CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Delaware 3089 34-1820303
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
CARDINAL PACKAGING, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Ohio 3089 34-1396561
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
NORWICH ACQUISITION LIMITED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
England and Wales 3089 N/A
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
BERRY PLASTICS ACQUISITION CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Delaware 3089 N/A
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
</TABLE>
101 Oakley Street
Evansville, Indiana 47710
(812) 424-2904
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrants' principal executive offices)
_______________
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Berry Plastics Corporation
101 Oakley Street
Evansville, Indiana 47710
(812) 424-2904
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service of process)
_______________
WITH COPIES TO:
James M. Lurie, Esq.
O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP
30 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, New York 10112
(212) 408-2400
_______________
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered
in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance
with General Instruction G, check the following box: [ ]
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ] __________________
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
THE REGISTRANTS HEREBY AMEND THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES
AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANTS SHALL FILE
A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICIALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
<PAGE>
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
PROSPECTUS
BERRY PLASTICS CORPORATION
OFFER TO EXCHANGE UP TO $25,000,000 OF ITS
121/4% SERIES C SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004
FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING
121/4% SERIES B SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, |
| ON JANUARY 7, 2000, UNLESS EXTENDED |
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Berry Plastics Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Berry," the
"Company" or the "Issuer") and wholly owned subsidiary of BPC Holding
Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Holding"), hereby offers, upon the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and the accompanying
Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the "Exchange Offer") to
exchange $1,000 principal amount of 121/4% Series C Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2004 (the "New Notes") of the Issuer for each $1,000 principal amount of the
issued and outstanding 121/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the
"Old Notes", and the Old Notes and the New Notes, collectively, the "Notes") of
the Issuer from the Holders (as defined herein) thereof. As of the date of this
Prospectus, there is $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes
outstanding. The terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects
to the Old Notes, except that the New Notes have been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and therefore will
not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not contain certain
provisions providing for the payment of liquidated damages to the holders of the
Old Notes under certain circumstances relating to the Registration Rights
Agreement (as defined herein), which provisions will terminate as to all of the
Notes upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer.
Interest on the New Notes will accrue from October 15, 1999 and will be
payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each
year, commencing April 15, 2000.
The New Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the "Note Guarantees")
on a senior subordinated basis by Holding, Berry Iowa Corporation, a Delaware
corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("Berry Iowa"), Berry
Tri-Plas Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the
Company ("Berry Tri-Plas"), Berry Sterling Corporation, a Delaware corporation
and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("Berry Sterling"), AeroCon, Inc., a
Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("AeroCon"),
PackerWare Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of
the Company ("PackerWare"), Berry Plastics Design Corporation, a Delaware
corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("Berry Design"), Venture
Packaging, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the
Company ("Venture Holdings"), Venture Packaging Midwest, Inc., a Delaware
corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Venture Holdings ("Venture Midwest"),
Venture Packaging Southeast, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned
subsidiary of Venture Holdings ("Venture Southeast"), NIM Holdings Limited, a
company organized under the laws of England and Wales and wholly owned
subsidiary of the Company ("NIM Holdings"), Norwich Injection Moulders Limited,
a company organized under the laws of England and Wales and wholly owned
subsidiary of NIM Holdings ("Norwich"), Knight Plastics, Inc., a Delaware
corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("Knight Plastics"), CPI
Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the
Company ("CPI Holding"), Cardinal Packaging, Inc., an Ohio corporation and
wholly owned subsidiary of CPI Holding ("Cardinal"), Norwich Acquisition
Limited, a company organized under the laws of England and Wales and wholly
owned subsidiary of Norwich ("Norwich Acquisition") and Berry Plastics
Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of
the Company ("Berry Acquisition" and, collectively with Holding, Berry Iowa,
Berry Tri-Plas, Berry Sterling, AeroCon, PackerWare, Berry Design, Venture
Holdings, Venture Midwest, Venture Southeast, NIM Holdings, Norwich, Knight
Plastics, CPI Holding, Cardinal and Norwich Acquisition the "Guarantors").
The New Notes will mature on April 15, 2004. On or after the date of
this Prospectus, the New Notes will be redeemable at any time at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth herein,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. In
addition, in the event of a Change of Control (as defined herein), each holder
of New Notes may require the Company to repurchase such holder's New Notes, in
whole or in part, at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.
For a definition of the term "Change of Control," see "Description of New Notes
- -- Repurchase at the Option of Holders -- Change oF Control."
The New Notes will be unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the
Company, ranking PARI PASSU with the $100 million of the Company's 121/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "1994 Notes") and the $75 million of the
Company's 11% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "1999 Notes"), and will be
subordinate in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness (as defined herein)
of the Company, which includes borrowings under the Credit Facility (as defined
herein) and the Nevada Bonds (as defined herein). The 1994 Notes and the 1999
Notes constitute all of the indebtedness of Berry that is PARI PASSU with the
Notes. The New Notes will be senior to any indebtedness which by its terms is
subordinate to the New Notes, regardless of when such indebtedness is incurred.
The Note Guarantees will be unconditional joint and several unsecured senior
subordinated obligations of the Guarantors and will be subordinate in right of
payment to all Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantors, including their guarantees
of the Company's indebtedness under the Credit Facility. As of October 2, 1999,
the aggregate amount of outstanding Senior Indebtedness of Berry would have been
$83.6 million, the aggregate amount of outstanding total indebtedness of Berry
would have been $284.9 million, including the 1994 Notes, and the indebtedness
of the Guarantors senior to the Note Guarantees would have been $389.9 million.
As of October 2, 1999, all indebtedness of the Company other than the Senior
Indebtedness was PARI PASSU in right of payment to the Notes, and there was no
indebtedness subordinated to the Notes. The Indenture (as defined herein) will
permit Berry and its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, including
Senior Indebtedness, subject to certain limitations. The Indenture also provides
that Berry and the Guarantors will not incur any additional indebtedness that is
both subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness and senior in
right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be. See
"Description of Notes." Holding is a holding company and is entirely dependent
on the declaration by Berry of dividends to pay its obligations, including its
obligations on its Note Guarantee. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, Berry
is severely restricted from declaring dividends to Holding. In addition, the
indenture (the "1996 Indenture") governing the 1996 Notes (as defined herein) of
Holding restricts the ability of Holding to make certain payments, including
payments under its Note Guarantee. See "Risk Factors -- Holding relies on
dividends from us to meet its debt obligations and may not be able to satisfy
its obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes."
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE.
-------------------
SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 12 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN
FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY HOLDERS PRIOR TO TENDERING OLD
NOTES IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
-------------------
THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE
SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS DECEMBER 2, 1999
<PAGE>
The Old Notes were not registered under the Securities Act in reliance
upon an exemption from the registration requirements thereof. In general, the
Old Notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act,
except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
Securities Act. The New Notes are being offered hereby in order to satisfy
certain obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors contained in the
Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein). Based on interpretations by
the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission" or "SEC")
set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, the Issuer believes that
the New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes
may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by any holder thereof
(other than any such holder that is an "affiliate" of the Issuer within the
meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) without compliance
with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act,
provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such
holder's business, such holder has no arrangement with any person to participate
in the distribution of such New Notes and neither such holder nor any such other
person is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of such New Notes.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for
its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. The Letter
of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection
with any resale of New Notes received in exchange for such Old Notes where such
Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities (other than Old Notes acquired directly
from the Issuer). The Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed that, for a period
of one year after the date of this Prospectus, they will make this Prospectus
available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See
"Plan of Distribution."
The Old Notes are designated for trading in the Private Offerings,
Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages ("PORTAL") market. There is no
established trading market for the New Notes. The Issuer does not currently
intend to list the New Notes on any securities exchange or to seek approval for
quotation through any automated quotations system. Accordingly, there can be no
assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market for the New Notes.
The Issuer will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer. The
Issuer will pay all of the expenses incident to the Exchange Offer. Tenders of
Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn as provided herein at
any time prior to the Expiration Date (as defined herein). The Exchange Offer is
subject to certain customary conditions.
This Prospectus has been prepared for use in connection with the
Exchange Offer and may be used by Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation ("DLJ") in connection with offers and sales related to market-making
transactions in the Notes. DLJ may act as principal or agent in such
transactions. Such sales will be made at prices related to prevailing market
prices at the time of sale. See "Plan of Distribution."
<PAGE>
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS STATEMENTS THAT CONSTITUTE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 27A OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND SECTION
21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED (THE "EXCHANGE ACT").
THOSE STATEMENTS APPEAR IN A NUMBER OF PLACES IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND INCLUDE
STATEMENTS REGARDING THE INTENT, BELIEF OR CURRENT EXPECTATIONS OF THE COMPANY,
PRIMARILY WITH RESPECT TO THE FUTURE OPERATING PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPANY.
WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE WORDS "BELIEVES," "ANTICIPATES," "PLANS,"
"EXPECTS" AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS. HOLDERS OF THE NOTES ARE CAUTIONED THAT ANY SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS ARE NOT GUARANTEES OF FUTURE PERFORMANCE AND MAY INVOLVE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES, AND THAT ACTUAL RESULTS MAY DIFFER FROM THOSE IN THE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF VARIOUS FACTORS. VARIOUS ECONOMIC AND
COMPETITIVE FACTORS COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS OR EVENTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY
FROM THOSE DISCUSSED IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. THE ACCOMPANYING
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE
INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS" AND "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS," IDENTIFIES IMPORTANT
FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE SUCH DIFFERENCES, INCLUDING THE COMPANY'S ABILITY TO
PASS THROUGH RAW MATERIAL PRICE INCREASES TO ITS CUSTOMERS, ITS ABILITY TO
SERVICE DEBT, THE AVAILABILITY OF PLASTIC RESIN, THE IMPACT OF CHANGING
ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND CHANGES IN THE LEVEL OF THE COMPANY'S CAPITAL INVESTMENT.
ALTHOUGH MANAGEMENT BELIEVES IT HAS THE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND RESOURCES NEEDED
FOR IMPROVED OPERATIONS, FUTURE REVENUE AND MARGIN TRENDS CANNOT BE RELIABLY
PREDICTED.
----------------------------------
Certain of the names and logos of our products referenced in this
Prospectus are our trademarks. Each trade name, trademark or servicemarks of any
other company appearing in this Prospectus is the property of its holder.
I
<PAGE>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Issuer has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on
Form S-4 (together with all amendments, exhibits, schedules and supplements
thereto, the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act with respect to
the New Notes being offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all of the
information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain portions of which
have been omitted pursuant to the rules and regulations promulgated by the
Commission. Statements made in this Prospectus as to the contents of any
contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete. With respect
to each such contract, agreement or other document filed or incorporated by
reference as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is made to such
exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved, and each such
statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference.
The Registration Statement may be inspected by anyone without charge at
the Public Reference Section of the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the regional offices of
the Commission located at 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
60661 and 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048. Copies of
such material may also be obtained at the Public Reference Section of the
Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549, upon payment of prescribed fees. Such materials can also be
inspected on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov.
The Company and Holding are subject to the informational reporting
requirements of the Exchange Act. In accordance therewith, the Company and
Holding file reports and other information with the Commission. Such materials
filed by the Company and Holding with the Commission may be inspected, and
copies thereof obtained, at the places, and in the manner, set forth above.
In the event that the Issuer ceases to be subject to the informational
reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Issuer has agreed that, so long
as the Notes remain outstanding, it will file with the Commission and distribute
to holders of the Notes copies of (i) all quarterly and annual financial
information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the
Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file such
forms, including a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and, with respect to annual information only, a
report thereon by the Issuer's independent auditors and (ii) all reports that
would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuer were
required to file such reports. The Issuer will also make such reports available
to prospective purchasers of the Notes, securities analysts and broker-dealers
upon their request. In addition, the Issuer has agreed that for so long as any
of the Old Notes remain outstanding it will make available to any prospective
purchaser of the Old Notes or beneficial owner of the Old Notes in connection
with any sale thereof the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act, until such time as the Issuer has either exchanged the Old Notes
for New Notes or until such time as the holders thereof have disposed of such
Old Notes pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Issuer.
ii
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, INCLUDING THE NOTES THERETO,
APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. UNLESS THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE REQUIRES,
"BERRY," "WE," "US," "OUR" AND SIMILAR TERMS REFER TO BERRY PLASTICS
CORPORATION, ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OPERATIONS, AND THE TERM
"HOLDING" REFERS TO BPC HOLDING CORPORATION. THE FISCAL YEAR OF HOLDING AND
BERRY IS THE 52 OR 53 WEEK PERIOD ENDING ON THE SATURDAY CLOSEST TO DECEMBER 31.
ALL REFERENCES IN THIS PROSPECTUS TO "FISCAL 1994," "FISCAL 1995," "FISCAL
1996," "FISCAL 1997" AND "FISCAL 1998" REFER TO THE FISCAL YEARS OF BERRY AND
HOLDING ENDED ON JANUARY 1, 1994, DECEMBER 31, 1994, DECEMBER 30, 1995, DECEMBER
28, 1996, DECEMBER 27, 1997 AND JANUARY 2, 1999, RESPECTIVELY. ALSO, UNLESS THE
CONTEXT OTHERWISE REQUIRES, THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS GIVES
PRO FORMA EFFECT TO THE ACQUISITION BY US OF NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED,
THE KNIGHT ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS DIVISION OF COURTAULDS PACKAGING INC., AND
CARDINAL PACKAGING, INC. AS OF THE BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD STATED FOR INCOME
STATEMENT DATA AND AT THE DATE STATED FOR BALANCE SHEET DATA.
THE COMPANY
We believe that we are the nation's leading manufacturer and supplier of
plastic injection-molded aerosol overcaps, drink cups and rigid thinwall
open-top containers for a wide variety of end-use markets. Based on discussions
with our customers, internal sales representatives and external sales brokers,
we believe that we are also a leading manufacturer and supplier of plastic
injection-molded semi-disposable housewares. In addition, with sales of over two
billion aerosol overcaps in fiscal 1998 and based on discussions with our
customers, sales representatives and external sales brokers we believe that we
are the largest supplier of plastic aerosol overcaps in the world. In our
plastic packaging business, we focus primarily on three markets: aerosol
overcaps, rigid thinwall open-top containers and drink cups. Our housewares
business produces home products such as dinnerware, tumblers and garden items.
We concentrate on manufacturing high-quality items sold to image-conscious
marketers of consumer and industrial products. With over 1,000 proprietary
molds, superior color matching capabilities, sophisticated multi-color printing
techniques and nationwide plant locations, we consistently produce and deliver
mass quantities of high-quality products on a cost-efficient basis.
Our total net sales among our product categories is as follows:
FISCAL
------------------------------------------
1994 1995 1996 1997 1998
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
PLASTIC PACKAGING
PRODUCTS:
Aerosol overcaps ............. $ 38.0 $ 43.6 $ 49.7 $ 47.1 $ 49.1
Rigid open-top containers .... 61.6 71.1 80.8 111.5 145.9
Drink cups ................... -- 17.3 14.1 37.6 39.9
Other ........................ 6.5 8.7 6.5 13.3 15.3
PLASTIC HOUSEWARES PRODUCTS ..... -- -- -- 17.5 21.6
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Total net sales ................. $106.1 $140.7 $151.1 $227.0 $271.8
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
======
We supply aerosol overcaps to a wide variety of customers and for a wide
variety of products. Similarly, our containers are used for packaging a broad
spectrum of consumer and commercial products. Our drink cups are sold to fast
food and family-dining restaurants, convenience stores, stadiums and retail
stores. Our housewares products are primarily seasonal, semi-disposable
housewares and lawn and garden items such as plates, bowls, pitchers, tumblers
and flower pots. Our largest housewares customer, Wal-Mart, named us their
housewares "Supplier of the Year" for 1998.
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
We believe that we are a strong competitor in our industry for the
following reasons:
1
<PAGE>
o SUCCESSFUL INTEGRATION OF NUMEROUS STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS. We have
historically acquired businesses that we believe will improve our
financial performance in the long-term and, in some cases, provide
us with a new or complementary product line. We have successfully
closed ten acquisitions since 1992. Our acquired businesses had
aggregate pre-acquisition revenues of about $239 million. We believe
that our acquisitions have strengthened our core businesses, as well
as opened up new product lines and markets for us. Moreover, we
believe that we have materially reduced the manufacturing and
overhead costs of the companies that we acquired by introducing high
technology manufacturing processes, closing excess facilities and
taking advantage of economies of scale. The rapid pace of our
acquisitions of other businesses may adversely affect our efforts to
integrate acquisitions and manage those acquisitions profitably.
Also, costs of integration could have an adverse affect on
short-term operating results.
o HIGH-CAPACITY, STATE-OF-THE-ART PRODUCTION CAPABILITIES. We operate
over 300 injection molding machines in 12 locations in the United
States and one location in Europe. These machines, many of which are
high-speed, specialized machines, range in clamp tonnage from 80 to
825 tons. Our wide range of state-of-the-art molding machines and
national distribution system allow us to economically mass produce
high-quality products. In addition, our modern and extensive
post-molding capabilities include printing, labeling, assembly,
packing and distribution.
o FULL PRODUCT LINES AND STRONG MARKET POSITION. A substantial
majority of our sales are in product categories in which we are the
nation's largest supplier. We use over 1,000 active molds, providing
our customers with a wide range of products from which to choose. We
believe that our extensive product lines, market experience, product
quality and focus on customer satisfaction allow us to maintain our
strong position in our key markets.
o LARGE, DIRECT SALES FORCE. Our sales force is comprised of over 40
dedicated professionals and is focused on working both with
customers and with our internal production and product design
personnel to develop customized packaging. We believe that the size
of our sales force allows us to maintain close working relationships
with our customers.
o IN-HOUSE PRODUCT DESIGN AND GRAPHIC ARTS CAPABILITIES. We have an
in-house staff of 16 product development engineers and 22 graphic
artists. These professionals work closely with customers to develop
new products and designs. We also believe that our customized
designs often help our customers differentiate their products in the
marketplace and improve their product's performance. We believe that
these capabilities have given us a significant competitive advantage
in certain high-margin niche container product markets where the
ability to produce sophisticated and colorful graphics is crucial to
a product's success.
o DEDICATION TO SERVICE AND QUALITY. As a result of our dedication to
service and quality, we have received several awards from our top
ten customers including, in 1998, Wal-Mart's "Supplier of the Year"
award in its housewares division and SC Johnson Wax's "Supplier
Quality Achievement Award." In addition, four of our plants are ISO
9000 certified. Our remaining nine facilities are working to obtain
their ISO 9000 certification. ISO 9000 certification is only given
to companies that meet the requirements of a quality management
system established by the International Standardization
Organization.
o LARGE, DIVERSE CUSTOMER BASE. We sell our plastic packaging and
housewares products to over 7,000 customers who are engaged in a
variety of businesses. We believe that this provides us with a
stable client base that is not materially affected by particular
end-use market fluctuations. We also believe that we are the
single-source or largest supplier of plastic aerosol overcaps,
containers and drink cups to a majority of our customers. Our top
ten customers represented only about 18% of our fiscal 1998 net
sales on a pro forma basis. Our largest customer represented only
about 4% of our fiscal 1998 net sales on a pro forma basis. However,
intense competition could result in our products losing market share
or our having to reduce our prices, either of which would have a
material adverse effect on our business and results of operation.
2
<PAGE>
GROWTH STRATEGY
Our goal is to maintain and enhance our market position and leverage our
core strengths to increase profitability. Our strategy to achieve this goal
includes the following elements:
o PURSUE STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS IN OUR CORE BUSINESSES. We have
successfully closed ten acquisitions since 1992. We will continue to
pursue strategic acquisitions that we believe will provide added
value to our core businesses. This acquisition strategy poses
several risks, such as the possibility that it will be difficult to
integrate new operations into an existing operation and the risks of
entering markets or offering services for which we have no prior
experience.
o DESIGN AND INTRODUCE INNOVATIVE NEW PRODUCTS TO PENETRATE NEW
MARKETS. We intend to grow our product lines and increase market
share by producing new products. For example, we recently developed
a complete line of pool chemical containers specifically designed
for Arch. We also introduced a 16 oz. insulated coffee mug and lid,
with enhanced functionality and styling, in 1999 and a single-serve
soft ice cream dispensing container that was recently accepted for
use by Healthy Choice. This strategy may prove unsuccessful if we
are unable to successfully develop new products or penetrate our
targeted markets.
o EMPHASIZE OUTSTANDING PRODUCT QUALITY AND CUSTOMER SERVICE. Through
our dedication to product quality and service, we intend to grow our
base business through growth in the marketplace and by gaining
business from our competitors. Our field sales, production and
support staff meet with customers to understand their needs and
improve our product offerings and services. Each of our customers
has designated sales and customer service representatives
responsible for their individual needs. Sophisticated technology is
an ongoing part of our traditional quality assurance activities. We
extensively test parts for size, color, strength and material
quality using statistical process control techniques.
Our address is 101 Oakley Street, Evansville, Indiana 47710. Our
telephone number is (812) 424-2904.
ACQUISITIONS
CARDINAL
Cardinal, which is headquartered in Streetsboro, Ohio, operates three
manufacturing locations and is the nation's leading producer and marketer of
plastic containers for ice cream and other frozen desserts. Cardinal also sells
containers for other consumer products, such as refrigerated dairy products and
non-dairy foods. Cardinal has filling equipment in many of its customers' plants
and provides the services needed to operate this equipment. By providing its
customers with both containers and the filling machine equipment, Cardinal
significantly increases customer retention.
In July 1999, we acquired Cardinal for about $72.0 million, including
related acquisition costs. For the year ended November 30, 1998, Cardinal
reported net sales of $54.0 million and net income of $0.8 million. As in our
nine previous acquisitions, we believe that we can lower Cardinal's costs by
consolidating plants, purchasing resin in greater volume, using larger, more
cost-efficient injection-molding equipment and improving Cardinal's systems.
1998 ACQUISITIONS
In July 1998, we acquired Norwich Injection Moulders Limited for about
$14 million. Norwich, which is headquartered in Norwich, England, manufactures
and markets plastic injection-molded overcaps and closures for the European
market. For the year ended October 31, 1997, Norwich reported net sales of about
$13.4 million and net income of $1.4 million. Norwich provides us with a
European production platform that allows us to better serve our global overcap
customers and to introduce our other product lines in Europe.
3
<PAGE>
In October 1998, we acquired certain assets of the Knight Engineering
and Plastics Division of Courtaulds Packaging Inc. for about $18 million.
Knight, which is headquartered in Woodstock, Illinois, manufactures and markets
plastic injection- molded aerosol overcaps. We believe that this acquisition
enhanced our aerosol overcap business and better positioned us to meet the needs
of our domestic customers. For the year ended March 31, 1998, Knight reported
net sales of $23.8 million and a division loss of $0.8 million. Since the
acquisition, we have significantly reduced Knight's manufacturing and operating
costs, principally by closing one of its two manufacturing plants.
1997 ACQUISITIONS
During 1997 we completed four acquisitions, including PackerWare
Corporation and Venture Packaging, Inc. PackerWare, which is headquartered in
Lawrence, Kansas, is a major producer of drink cups and housewares. For the year
ended October 31, 1996, PackerWare reported net sales of $42.8 million and net
income of $0.2 million. The acquisition of PackerWare enabled us to enter the
housewares business and strengthened our position in the plastic drink cup
market. Venture Packaging, which is headquartered in Monroeville, Ohio, reported
net sales of $42.3 million and a net loss of $0.9 million for the year ended
September 30, 1996 and is one of the nation's largest producers of plastic
injection-molded containers for the food and dairy markets.
4
<PAGE>
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT ................. The Old Notes were sold by us on August 24, 1998 to
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation (the
"Initial Purchaser"), who placed the Old Notes with
institutional investors. In connection therewith, Berry,
the Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser executed and
delivered for the benefit of the holders of the Old Notes a
registration rights agreement (the "Registration Rights
Agreement") providing, among other things, for the
Exchange Offer.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER ............................ New Notes are being offered in exchange for a like principal
amount of Old Notes. As of the date hereof, $25,000,000
aggregate principal amount of Old Notes are outstanding. We
will issue the New Notes to Holders promptly following the
Expiration Date. See "Risk Factors-- Consequences of
Failure to Exchange."
EXPIRATION DATE ............................... 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on January 7, 2000, unless
the Exchange Offer is extended as provided herein, in which
case the term "Expiration Date" means the latest date
and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended .
INTEREST ..................................... Each New Note will bear interest from October 15, 1999
CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER .............. The Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary
conditions, which may be waived by Berry. We reserve
the right to amend, terminate or extend the Exchange Offer
at any time prior to the Expiration Date upon the
occurrence of any such condition. See "The Exchange
Offer-- Conditions."
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES ............ Each Holder of Old Notes wishing to accept the Exchange
Offer must complete, sign and date the Letter of
Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, in accordance with
the instructions contained herein and therein, and mail
or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal, or such
facsimile, or an Agent's Message (as defined herein)
together with the Old Notes and any other required
documentation to the exchange agent (the "Exchange Agent")
at the address set forth herein. By executing the
Letter of Transmittal or delivering an Agent's Message,
each Holder will represent to us, among other things, that
(i) the New Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer
by the Holder and any beneficial owners of Old Notes
are being obtained in the ordinary course of business of
the person receiving such New Notes, (ii) neither the Holder
nor such beneficial owner has an arrangement with any
person to participate in the distribution of such New Notes,
(iii) neither the Holder nor such beneficial owner nor any
such other person is engaging in or intends to engage in
a distribution of such New Notes and (iv) neither the
Holder nor such beneficial owner is an "affiliate," as
defined under Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act,
of Berry. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its
own account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes
were
5
<PAGE>
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities (other than Old Notes
acquired directly from Berry), may participate in the Exchange
Offer but may be deemed an "underwriter" under the Securities
Act and, therefore, must acknowledge in the Letter of
Transmittal that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with
any resale of such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states
that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
See "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering" and
"Plan of Distribution."
SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR BENEFICIAL OWNERS ...... Any beneficial owner whose Old Notes are registered in the name
of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other
nominee and who wishes to tender should contact such registered
Holder promptly and instruct such registered Holder to tender on
such beneficial owner's behalf. If such beneficial owner wishes
to tender on such beneficial owner's own behalf, such beneficial
owner must, prior tocompleting and executing the Letter of
Transmittal or delivering an Agent's Message and delivering his
Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register
ownership of the Old Notes in such beneficial owner's name or
obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered Holder.
The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.
See "The Exchange Offer-- Procedures for Tendering."
UARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES ................ Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old Notes and
whose Old Notes are not immediately available or who cannot
deliver their Old Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or an Agent's
Message or any other documents required by the Letter of
Transmittal to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date
must tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery
procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures."
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS ............................. Tenders may be withdrawn as provided herein at any time prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. See "The
Exchange Offer -- Withdrawal of Tenders."
ACCEPTANCE OF OLD NOTES AND DELIVERY OF NEW
NOTES ......................................... We will accept for exchange any and all Old Notes which are
properly tendered in the Exchange Offer prior to 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The New Notes
issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be delivered
promptly following the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Terms of the Exchange Offer."
EXCHANGE AGENT ................................ United States Trust Company of New York is serving as Exchange
Agent in connection with the Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Exchange Agent."
6
<PAGE>
USE OF PROCEEDS................................ There will be no cash proceeds to us from the exchange pursuant
to the Exchange Offer.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES................ The exchange of Old Notes for New Notes will not be a taxable
exchange for Federal income tax purposes. See "Material
Federal Income Tax Considerations."
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE............ Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for
New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be
subject to the restrictions on transfer of such Old Notes as
set forth in the legend thereon as a consequence of the
issuance of the Old Notes pursuant to exemptions from, or in
transactions not subject to, the registration requirements
of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.
In general, Old Notes may not be offered or sold unless
registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an
exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.
</TABLE>
SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES
The Exchange Offer applies to $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
Old Notes. The terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects to
the Old Notes, except that the New Notes have been registered under the
Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear legends restricting their transfer
and will not contain certain provisions providing for an increase in the
interest rate on the Old Notes under certain circumstances relating to the
Registration Rights Agreement, which provisions will terminate as to all of the
Notes upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer. The New Notes will evidence
the same debt as the Old Notes and, except as set forth in the immediately
preceding sentence, will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture, under
which both the Old Notes were, and the New Notes will be, issued. See
"Description of New Notes."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
THE NEW NOTES.................................. $25 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of
12 1/4% Series C Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004.
MATURITY DATE.................................. April 15, 2004.
INTEREST PAYMENT DATES......................... April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on April
15, 2000.
MANDATORY REDEMPTION........................... We are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking
fund payments with to the New Notes.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION............................ On or after the date hereof, the Notes will be redeemable
at any time at our option, in whole or in part, at the
redemption prices set forth herein, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
CHANGE OF CONTROL.............................. In the event of a Change of Control, each Holder of the Notes
will have the right to require us to repurchase such Holder's
Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 101% of the
aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.
7
<PAGE>
GUARANTEES..................................... The New Notes will be guaranteed by the Guarantors. The Note
Guarantees will be unconditional joint and several obligations
of each Guarantor and will be subordinated as described below
under "Ranking."
RANKING........................................ The New Notes will be unsecured senior subordinated obligations
of Berry, will rank PARI PASSU with the 1994 Notes and the 1999
Notes and will be subordinate in right of payment to all Senior
Indebtedness of Berry, which will include borrowings under the
Credit Facility. The New Notes will be senior to any indebtedness
which by its terms is subordinate to the New Notes, regardless
of when such indebtedness is incurred. Each Note Guarantee will
be subordinate in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness of
each respective Guarantor. Senior Indebtedness of Berry consists
of borrowings under the Credit Facility and the Nevada Bonds.
Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantors consists of their joint and
several guarantee of the obligations of Berry under the Credit
Facility and obligations with respect to the Nevada Bonds and,
in the case of Holding, the 1996 Notes. As of October 2, 1999, the
aggregate amount of outstanding Senior Indebtedness of Berry
would have been $83.6 million, the aggregate amount of outstanding
total indebtedness of the Company, including the 1994 Notes and the
1999 Notes, would have been $284.9 million, and the indebtedness
of the Guarantors senior to the Note Guarantees would have been
$389.9 million. As of October 2, 1999, all indebtedness of the
Company other than the Senior Indebtedness was PARI PASSU in
right of payment to the New Notes, and there was no indebtedness
subordinated to the New Notes.
CERTAIN COVENANTS.............................. The Indenture pursuant to which the Old Notes were, and the
New Notes will be, issued (the "Indenture") contains covenants,
including, but not limited to, covenants with respect to the
following matters: (i) limitations on the retention of proceeds
from asset sales; (ii) limitations on the incurrence of additional
indebtedness and the issuance of disqualified stock; (iii)
limitations on restricted payments; (iv) limitations on transactions
with affiliates; (v) limitations on liens; (vi) limitations on
dividends and other payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries;
and (vii) limitations on mergers, consolidations and sales of
assets. In addition, while the Indenture contains, among other
things, the foregoing covenants as well as a requirement to offer
to purchase New Notes upon a Change of Control, the Indenture does
not contain any provisions specifically intended to protect
Holders of the New Notes in the event of a future highly leveraged
transaction involving Berry or any Guarantor. See "Description
of Notes."
</TABLE>
8
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 12 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN
FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY HOLDERS PRIOR TO TENDERING OLD NOTES IN THE
EXCHANGE OFFER, INCLUDING HIGHLY LEVERAGED CONDITION, OPERATING RESTRICTIONS,
GROWTH AND RISKS RELATED TO ACQUISITIONS, LIMITED ABILITY OF HOLDING TO PERFORM
UNDER NOTE GUARANTEE, HISTORICAL NET LOSSES, SUBORDINATION OF THE NOTES AND NOTE
GUARANTEES, UNSECURED STATUS OF NOTES, RANKING OF NOTES WITH 1994 NOTES AND THE
1999 NOTES, FLUCTUATING INTEREST EXPENSE ON SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS, FRAUDULENT
CONVEYANCE RISK, POSSIBLE ADVERSE EFFECT OF INCREASE IN RESIN PRICES, RELIANCE
ON CERTAIN SUPPLIER, CONTROLLING STOCKHOLDERS, COMPETITION, ENVIRONMENTAL
MATTERS, POTENTIAL LACK OF FUNDING FOR CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER, LACK OF A PUBLIC
MARKET FOR THE NEW NOTES, CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE, NECESSITY TO
COMPLY WITH EXCHANGE OFFER PROCEDURES AND BLUE SKY RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OF NEW
NOTES.
9
<PAGE>
SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
The following table presents summary financial data for Holding and its
subsidiaries. The summary historical financial data for fiscal 1994, fiscal
1995, fiscal 1996, fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1998 come from Holding's audited
consolidated financial statements. Holding's and its subsidiaries' audited
consolidated financial statements as of and for fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1998 and
the audited consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for fiscal 1996
are included in this prospectus. The summary unaudited pro forma financial data
give effect to our acquisitions of Cardinal, Knight and Norwich, and issuance of
the 1999 Notes and the Notes. The summary unaudited pro forma financial data are
not necessarily indicative of the operating results or the financial position
that would have been achieved had the events given effect therein been
consummated and should not be construed as representative of future operating
results or financial position.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL
1994 1995 1996 1997 1998
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED OPERATIONS STATEMENT
DATA:
Net sales ............................... $ 106,141 $ 140,681 $ 151,058 $ 226,953 $ 271,830
Cost of goods sold ...................... 73,997 102,484 110,110 180,249 199,227
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Gross margin ............................ 32,144 38,197 40,948 46,704 72,603
Operating expenses ...................... 15,160 17,670 23,679 30,505 44,001
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating income ........................ 16,984 20,527 17,269 16,199 28,602
Other expenses(1) ....................... 184 127 302 226 1,865
Interest expense, net (2) ............... 10,972 13,389 20,075 30,246 34,556
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes and
extraordinary charge ................ 5,828 7,011 (3,108) (14,273) (7,819)
Income taxes (benefit) .................. 11 678 239 138 (249)
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before extraordinary charge 5,817 6,333 (3,347) (14,411) (7,570)
Extraordinary charge(3) ................. 3,652 -- -- -- --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss) ....................... $ 2,165 $ 6,333 $ (3,347) $ (14,411) $ (7,570)
========= ========= ========= ========= =========
CONSOLIDATED OTHER DATA:
Adjusted EBITDA(4) ...................... $ 26,380 $ 31,569 $ 34,718 $ 40,268 $ 59,768
Adjusted EBITDA margin(5) ............... 24.9% 22.4% 23.0% 17.7% 22.0%
Cash provided by operating activities ... 15,556 12,969 14,426 14,154 34,131
Cash used for investing activities ...... (9,495) (25,385) (14,639) (102,102) (52,120)
Cash provided by financing activities ... 2,184 11,124 2,370 80,444 17,619
Depreciation and amortization(6) ........ 8,176 9,536 11,331 19,026 24,830
Capital expenditures .................... 9,118 11,247 13,581 16,774 22,595
Ratios of earnings to fixed
charges (7) ............................. 1.5x 1.5x -- -- --
</TABLE>
PRO FORMA PRO FORMA 39
FISCAL WEEKS ENDED
--------- OCTOBER 2,
1998 1999
--------- ---------
CONSOLIDATED OPERATIONS STATEMENT
DATA:
Net sales ............................... $ 352,670 $ 278,422
Cost of goods sold ...................... 265,079 204,647
--------- ---------
Gross margin ............................ 87,591 73,775
Operating expenses ...................... 55,851 44,238
--------- ---------
Operating income ........................ 31,740 29,537
Other expenses(1) ....................... 1,861 1,150
Interest expense, net (2) ............... 45,604 33,649
--------- ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes and
extraordinary charge ................ (15,725) (5,262)
Income taxes (benefit) .................. 90 659
--------- ---------
Income (loss) before extraordinary charge (15,815) (5,921)
Extraordinary charge(3) ................. -- --
--------- ---------
Net income (loss) ....................... $ (15,815) $ (5,921)
========= =========
CONSOLIDATED OTHER DATA:
Adjusted EBITDA(4) ...................... $ 77,526 $ 62,009
Adjusted EBITDA margin(5) ............... 22.0% 22.3%
Cash provided by operating activities ... 47,745 37,137
Cash used for investing activities ...... (133,059) (97,276)
Cash provided by financing activities ... 84,944 59,910
Depreciation and amortization(6) ........ 32,496 26,438
Capital expenditures .................... 28,759 28,962
Ratios of earnings to fixed
charges (7) ............................. -- --
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BERRY PLASTICS DATA:
Cash interest expense, net ...................... $ 9,795 $12,439 $12,854 $17,187 $20,569 $31,243 $22,220
Ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to cash
interest expense, net ............................................................................... 2.9x 2.5x 2.8x
Ratio of net debt to Adjusted EBITDA .................................................................. 3.6x 3.8x --
</TABLE>
AT OCTOBER 2,
1999
----------
HISTORICAL
----------
BERRY PLASTICS CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents .............................. $ 1,658
Working capital ........................................ 10,919
Total assets ........................................... 327,989
Total long-term debt, including current portion ........ 284,948
Stockholders' equity (deficit) ......................... (17,999)
10
<PAGE>
- ------------------------
(1) Other expenses consist of loss on disposal of property and equipment for
the respective periods.
(2) Includes non-cash interest expense of $1,178 in fiscal 1994, $950 in
fiscal 1995, $1,212 in fiscal 1996, $2,005 in fiscal 1997, $1,765 in fiscal
1998, $2,140 in pro forma fiscal 1998 and $1,593 for the pro forma 39 weeks
ended October 2, 1999.
(3) During 1994, an extraordinary charge of $3.7 million was recognized as a
result of the retirement of debt concurrently with the issuance of the 1994
Notes.
(4) Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative
to income from operations or to cash flows from operating activities (as
determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) and
should not be construed as an indication of a company's operating
performance or as a measure of liquidity. In addition, our calculation of
Adjusted EBITDA differs from that presented by certain other companies and
thus is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by
other companies. The following table reconciles operating income to EBITDA
and Adjusted EBITDA for each respective period:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA
PRO 39 WEEKS
FISCAL FORMA ENDED
-------------------------------------------------------------- FISCAL OCTOBER 2,
1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1998 1999
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operating income .................. $ 16,984 $ 20,527 $ 17,269 $ 16,199 $ 28,602 $ 31,740 $ 29,537
Depreciation and amortization ..... 8,176 9,536 11,331 19,026 24,830 32,496 26,438
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
EBITDA ............................ 25,160 30,063 28,600 35,225 53,432 64,236 55,975
One-time expenses:
1996 transaction compensation
expenses ..................... -- -- 2,762 -- -- -- --
Plant shutdown expenses ...... -- -- 907 848 2,559 2,559 1,048
Acquisition integration
expenses ..................... 116 867 692 3,267 1,525 1,525 1,842
--------
Litigation expenses related to
drink cup patent ............. -- -- 650 100 631 631 --
Corporate expenses:
Non-cash compensation expenses
(benefit) .................... 358 (214) 358 -- 749 749 225
Management fees and expenses . 746 853 749 828 872 872 655
Pro Forma adjustments relating
to the acquisitions:
Raw material savings ......... 3,368 1,256
Plant consolidations ......... 1,906 508
Tooling consolidation ........ 416 --
Discontinued sales ........... (340) --
Expense reductions (i.e
legal, management fees) ...... 766 500
Staff reductions ............. 838 --
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Adjusted EBITDA ................... $ 26,380 $ 31,569 $ 34,718 $ 40,268 $ 59,768 $ 77,526 $ 62,009
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
(5) Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net
sales.
(6) Depreciation and amortization excludes non-cash amortization of deferred
financing and origination fees and debt premium/discount amortization which
are included in interest expense.
(7) In calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of
(i) income (loss) before income taxes, plus (ii) fixed charges consisting
of interest on debt (including amortization of deferred financing fees),
plus (iii) that portion of lease rental expense representative of the
interest factor. Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $2,883
in fiscal 1996, by $13,932 in fiscal 1997, by $7,042 in fiscal 1998, by
$14,948 in pro forma fiscal 1998 and by $6,003 for the pro forma
thirty-nine weeks ended October 2, 1999.
11
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE
FOLLOWING FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED CAREFULLY BY HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES BEFORE
MAKING A DECISION TO TENDER THEIR OLD NOTES IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
WE HAVE A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF DEBT.
We have now and will continue to have a large amount of debt. We may
also incur additional debt from time to time to finance acquisitions or capital
expenditures or for other purposes subject to the restrictions in our credit
facility and the indentures governing the Notes, the 1994 Notes and the 1999
Notes. See "Capitalization," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources,"
"Description of Certain Indebtedness" and "Description of Notes."
Our high degree of debt has important consequences for us, including the
following:
o It may be more difficult for us to satisfy our
obligations under the Notes;
o Our ability to obtain additional financing, if
necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures,
acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such
financing may not be available on favorable terms;
o We will need a substantial portion of our cash flow to
pay the principal and interest on our debt, including
debt that we may incur in the future;
o Payments on our debt will reduce the funds that would
otherwise be available for our operations and future
business opportunities;
o A substantial decrease in our net operating cash flows
could make it difficult for us to meet our debt service
requirements and force us to modify our operations;
o We may be more highly leveraged than our competitors,
which may place us at a competitive disadvantage; and
o We may be more vulnerable to a downturn in our business
or the economy generally.
If we are unable to service our debt or obtain additional financing, as
needed, our business and financial condition would be materially adversely
affected.
WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO SERVICE OR REFINANCE OUR DEBT.
Our ability to pay principal and interest on the Notes and to satisfy
our other obligations will depend upon:
o Our future financial and operating performance, which
performance will be affected by prevailing economic
conditions and financial, business and other factors,
certain of which are beyond our control; and
o The future availability of revolving credit borrowings
under our credit facility or any successor facility, the
availability of which is dependent or may depend on,
among other things, our complying with certain covenants
and meeting certain specified borrowing base
prerequisites. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness
- The Credit Facility."
Based on our current and expected levels of operations, we expect that
our operating cash flow and borrowings under our credit facility should be
sufficient for us to meet our operating expenses, to make necessary capital
expenditures and to service our debt requirements as they become due. However,
our operating results and borrowings under our credit facility may not be
sufficient to service our debt, including the Notes. If we cannot service our
debt, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing or delaying
acquisitions and/or capital
12
<PAGE>
expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt (which could
include the Notes), or seeking additional equity capital or bankruptcy
protection. We cannot assure you that any of these remedies can be effected on
satisfactory terms, if at all.
RESTRICTIVE DEBT COVENANTS IN OUR INDENTURES AND CREDIT FACILITY MAY ADVERSELY
AFFECT US.
The indenture governing the Notes will restrict, among other things, our
ability to:
o incur additional debt;
o pay dividends;
o redeem capital stock;
o create liens, dispose of certain assets, engage in
mergers;
o make contributions, loans or advances; and
o enter into certain transactions with affiliates.
The Credit Facility and the indenture governing the 1994 Notes (the
"1994 Indenture") and the Indenture governing the 1999 Notes (the "1999
Indenture") contain similar restrictions. If our cash flow and existing working
capital are insufficient to fund our expenditures or to service our debt,
including the Notes, the 1994 Notes, the 1999 Notes and borrowings under the
Credit Facility, we would have to raise additional funds through capital
contributions from Holding, or by refinancing all or a part of our debt or by a
sale of assets or subsidiaries. The restrictions contained in the indentures
governing the Notes, the 1994 Notes and the 1999 Notes and the Credit Facility,
in combination with our high level of debt, could severely limit our ability to
raise such additional funds, respond to changing market and economic conditions,
provide for capital expenditures or take advantage of business opportunities
that may arise. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources," "Description of
Certain Indebtedness" and "Description of Notes."
OUR ACQUISITION STRATEGY MAY BE UNSUCCESSFUL.
As part of our growth strategy, we plan to pursue the acquisition of
other companies, assets and product lines that either complement or expand our
existing business. We continually evaluate potential acquisition opportunities,
particularly those that could be material in size and scope. Acquisitions
involve a number of special risks and factors, including:
o the focus of management's attention to the assimilation
of the acquired companies and their employees and on the
management of expanding operations;
o the incorporation of acquired products into our product
line;
o the increasing demands on our operational systems;
o adverse effects on our reported operating results;
o the amortization of acquired intangible assets; and
o the loss of key employees and the difficulty of
presenting a unified corporate image.
We may be unable to make appropriate acquisitions because of competition
for the specific acquisition. In pursuing acquisitions, we compete against other
plastic product manufacturers, some of which are larger than we are and have
greater financial and other resources than we have. We compete for potential
acquisitions based on a number of factors, including price, terms and
conditions, size and ability to offer cash, stock or other forms of
consideration. In addition, the negotiation of potential acquisitions may
require members of management to divert their time and resources away from our
operations.
13
<PAGE>
THE INTEGRATION OF ACQUIRED BUSINESSES MAY RESULT IN SUBSTANTIAL COSTS, DELAYS
OR OTHER PROBLEMS.
We may not be able to successfully integrate our acquisitions without
substantial costs, delays or other problems. We will have to continue to expend
substantial managerial, operating, financial and other resources to integrate
our businesses. The costs of such integration could have an adverse effect on
short-term operating results. Such costs include non-recurring acquisition costs
including accounting and legal fees, investment banking fees, recognition of
transaction-related obligations and various other acquisition-related costs.
In addition, the rapid pace of our acquisitions of other businesses may
adversely affect our efforts to integrate acquisitions and manage those
acquisitions profitably. We may seek to recruit additional managers to
supplement the incumbent management of the acquired businesses, but we may not
have the ability to recruit additional candidates with the necessary skills.
Once we acquire a business, we are faced with risks, including:
o the possibility that it will be difficult to integrate
the operations into our other operations;
o the possibility that we have acquired substantial
undisclosed liabilities;
o the risks of entering markets or offering services for
which we have no prior experience; and
o the potential loss of customers as a result of changes
in management.
We may not be successful in overcoming these risks.
HOLDING HAS EXPERIENCED CONSOLIDATED NET LOSSES, AND EXPECTS TO CONTINUE TO DO
SO.
Holding has not generated enough revenue on a consolidated basis to make
a profit. Consolidated earnings have been insufficient to cover fixed charges by
$2.9 million for fiscal 1996, by $13.9 million for fiscal 1997 and by $7.0
million for fiscal 1998. In addition, Holding has experienced consolidated net
losses during each of such periods principally as a result of expenses and
charges incurred in connection with our acquisitions. These net losses were $3.3
million for fiscal 1996, $14.4 million for fiscal 1997, and $7.6 million for
fiscal 1998. Holding expects that it will continue to experience consolidated
net losses for the foreseeable future.
HOLDING RELIES ON DIVIDENDS FROM US TO MEET ITS DEBT OBLIGATIONS AND MAY NOT BE
ABLE TO SATISFY ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER ITS GUARANTEE OF THE NOTES.
Holding is a holding company and is entirely dependent on our paying it
dividends to pay its obligations, including its obligations under its Guarantee.
Under the terms of our credit facility, there are severe restrictions on our
ability to declare dividends to Holding. In addition, the indenture governing
the $105 million aggregate principal amount of Holding's 12 1/2 % Senior Secured
Notes due 2006 (the "1996 Notes") limits the ability of Holding to make certain
payments, including payments under its Guarantee. Accordingly, absent a
refinancing of the 1996 Notes or an equity offering, we do not expect Holding to
be able to perform under its Guarantee.
In addition, we anticipate that we will be unable to generate sufficient
cash flow to permit a dividend to Holding under the limitations placed on us by
our debt indentures in an amount sufficient to meet Holding's interest payment
obligations under the 1996 Notes. We must pay the interest obligations of the
1996 Notes in cash beginning December 15, 2001. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
YOUR RIGHT TO RECEIVE PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES IS JUNIOR TO OUR SENIOR DEBT, WHICH
BEARS INTEREST AT FLUCTUATING RATES, AND POSSIBLY OUR FUTURE INDEBTEDNESS.
Under the indenture, payments on the Notes will be subordinated to the
prior payment of all of our Senior Indebtedness, totaling $83.6 million on
October 2, 1999. Our Senior Indebtedness currently includes borrowings under the
Credit Facility and the Nevada Bonds (which bear interest at a variable rate,
require annual principal payments of $0.5 million on April 1, and mature in
April 2007). As of October 2, 1999, $23.9 million was available
14
<PAGE>
for borrowing under the Credit Facility (subject to applicable borrowing base
limitations), and there was no debt subordinated to the Notes. See "Description
of Certain Other Indebtedness--The Credit Facility." The indenture permits us to
incur additional senior debt under our credit facility provided that certain
conditions are met. See "Description of Notes."
By reason of such subordination, in the event of our insolvency,
liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or winding up, or in the event that the
senior debt is otherwise accelerated, holders of senior debt must be paid in
full before we may pay you. In such event, there may be insufficient assets
remaining to satisfy claims. In addition, we will not be permitted to make any
payment with respect to the Notes or our other senior subordinated debt for a
substantial period of time if defaults under the Credit Facility or certain
other senior debt exist and are continuing and certain other conditions are
satisfied. The Notes rank PARI PASSU with the 1994 Notes and the 1999 Notes and
PARI PASSU with, or senior to, all other future subordinated debt of Berry. In
addition, the Guarantees are subordinated to all existing and future senior debt
of each Guarantor, including the guarantees under the Credit Facility, and, in
the case of Holding, the 1996 Notes.
In addition, Berry Plastics' and the Guarantors' respective obligations
under the Credit Facility and the Nevada Bonds bear interest at rates that may
be expected to fluctuate over time. Accordingly, a substantial increase in
interest rates could adversely affect our ability to service our debt
obligations, including our obligations with respect to the Notes.
THE NOTES ARE NOT SECURED BY ANY OF OUR ASSETS.
The Notes and Guarantees are unsecured obligations of Berry and the
Guarantors, respectively. The indenture will permit us to incur certain secured
debt, including debt under the Credit Facility, which is secured by a lien on
substantially all of the assets of Berry and the Guarantors. The holders of any
secured debt will have a claim prior to the holders of the Notes with respect to
any assets pledged by us as security for such debt. Upon an event of default
under the credit facility, the lender would be entitled to foreclose on the
assets of Berry and the Guarantors. In such event, the assets of Berry and the
Guarantors remaining after repayment of such secured debt may be insufficient to
satisfy our obligations with respect to the Notes.
WE HAVE $100 MILLION IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES OUTSTANDING THAT WILL BE PAID
BEFORE THE NOTES IN THE EVENT OF CERTAIN ASSETS SALES.
The 1994 Notes have a priority upon the payment of proceeds pursuant to
certain asset sales. See "Description of Notes--Repurchase at the Option of
Holders--Asset Sales."
WE DO NOT HAVE FIRM CONTRACTS WITH PLASTIC RESIN SUPPLIERS.
We source plastic resin primarily from major industry suppliers, such as
Dow Chemical, Chevron, Mobil and Equistar. We have long-standing relationships
with certain of these suppliers but have not entered into a firm supply contract
with any of our resin vendors. We may not be able to arrange for other sources
of resin in the event of an industry-wide general shortage of resins used by us,
or a shortage or discontinuation of certain types of grades of resin purchased
from one or more of our suppliers.
IF MARKET CONDITIONS DO NOT PERMIT US TO PASS ON THE COST OF PLASTIC RESINS TO
OUR CUSTOMERS ON A TIMELY BASIS, IF AT ALL, OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS WILL SUFFER.
To produce our products we use various plastic resins, which in fiscal
1998 cost us about $62 million, or 31% of our total cost of goods sold. In order
for us to do well financially we must pass this cost on to our customers in a
timely manner. Plastic resins are subject to cyclical price fluctuations,
including those arising from supply shortages and changes in the prices of
natural gas, crude oil and other petrochemical intermediates from which resins
are produced. Historically, we have been able to pass on increases in resin
prices to our customers over a period of time. However, we may not be able to
continue to do so on a timely basis, if at all, or there could be a significant
increase in resin prices, which would have a material adverse effect on our
financial performance. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--General Economic Conditions and Inflation"
and "Business--Sources and Availability of Raw Materials."
15
<PAGE>
WE ARE CONTROLLED BY A SMALL GROUP OF STOCKHOLDERS.
Atlantic Equity Partners International II, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership, owns about 54% (on a voting common stock equivalent basis) of
Holding's outstanding voting capital stock. As such, subject to the terms of our
Stockholders Agreement, Atlantic Equity Partners International II has the
ability to elect all of the members of BPC Holding's board of directors and can
determine the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to
the stockholders of Holding or Berry for approval, including mergers,
consolidations and the sale of Berry Plastics or all or substantially all of our
assets. See "Certain Transactions--Stockholders Agreements." Atlantic Equity
Associates International II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, is the sole
general partner of Atlantic Equity Partners International II. Roberto Buaron,
the Chairman and a director of Berry Plastics, is the sole shareholder of Buaron
Holdings Ltd. Buaron Holdings is the sole general partner of Atlantic Equity
Associates International II. Through his affiliations with Buaron Holdings and
Atlantic Equity Associates International II, Mr. Buaron may be deemed to control
Atlantic Equity Partners International II.
Including the shares of capital stock owned by Atlantic Equity Partners
International II, all executive officers and directors of Berry as a group
beneficially own about 96.3% (on a voting common stock equivalent basis) of
Holding's outstanding voting capital stock.
WE ARE SUBJECT TO VARIOUS ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY
NEW ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS OR THE COSTS OF COMPLIANCE WITH ANY SUCH LAWS.
Federal, state and local governments could enact laws or regulations
concerning environmental matters that increase the cost of producing, or
otherwise adversely affect the demand for, plastic products. We are aware that
certain local governments have adopted ordinances prohibiting or restricting the
use or disposal of certain plastic products that are among the types of products
that we produce. If such prohibitions or restrictions were widely adopted, they
could have a material adverse effect on us. Furthermore, a decline in consumer
preference for plastic products due to environmental considerations could have a
negative effect on our business. In addition, certain of our operations are
subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations that
impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the air and water and
establish standards for the treatment, storage and disposal of solid and
hazardous wastes. While we have not been required historically to make
significant capital expenditures in order to comply with applicable
environmental laws and regulations, we cannot predict with any certainty our
future capital expenditure requirements because of continually changing
compliance standards and environmental technology. Furthermore, violations or
contaminated sites that we do not know about (including contamination caused by
prior owners and operators of such sites) could result in additional compliance
or remediation costs or other liabilities. We do not have insurance coverage for
environmental liabilities and do not anticipate obtaining such coverage in the
future. See "Business--Environmental Matters and Governmental Regulation."
WE MAY NOT HAVE THE ABILITY TO RAISE THE FUNDS NECESSARY TO FINANCE THE CHANGE
OF CONTROL OFFER REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE.
In the event of certain change of control events, we will be required,
subject to certain conditions, to offer to purchase all outstanding Notes, 1994
Notes and 1999 Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued interest and any liquidated damages to the date of
repurchase. In addition, Holding will also be required, subject to certain
conditions, to offer to purchase all outstanding 1996 Notes at a purchase price
equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof (or 101% of $105,000,000), plus
accrued interest to the date of repurchase. There can be no assurance that we
will have sufficient funds available to make the required purchases. Moreover,
the Credit Facility and the indenture governing the 1996 Notes restrict such a
purchase and the offer would require the approval of the lender or
securityholders thereunder, as the case may be. As a result of this potential
lack of funds and the restrictions contained in the Credit Facility and the
indenture governing the 1996 Notes, the indenture governing the Notes may offer
little, if any, protection to you in the event of a change of control. If we
failed to purchase Notes tendered upon a change of control it would constitute
an event of default under the indenture. The Credit Facility provides that
events similar to a change of control will constitute an event of default
thereunder. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Credit
Facility, all amounts outstanding thereunder may become due and payable. All
debt of Berry under the Credit Facility is senior debt, which, as of October 2,
1999, could have been as much as $107.5 million under the borrowing base
calculation. The subordination provisions contained in the Indenture will
prohibit us (if the holders of senior debt issue a notice to us to such effect)
from making any payment on the Notes until such event of default is cured or
upon the expiration of 179 days (unless the holders of senior debt accelerate
the maturity of the senior debt). We could, in the future enter into certain
transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations or
highly leveraged
16
<PAGE>
transactions, that would not result in a change of control but would increase
the amount of debt outstanding or otherwise affect our capital structure or
credit ratings or otherwise adversely affect holders of the Notes. See
"Description of Certain Indebtedness" and "Description of Notes--Repurchase at
the Option of Holders--Change of Control."
WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO COMPETE SUCCESSFULLY.
We face intense competition in the sale of our products. We compete with
several companies, including divisions or subsidiaries of larger companies, on
the basis of price, service, quality and the ability to supply products to
customers in a timely manner. Many of our competitors have financial and other
resources that are substantially greater than ours. Our customers may opt to
purchase a different production type of product, such as those made by
thermoforming. We may not be able to compete successfully with respect to any of
the foregoing factors. Competition could result in our products losing market
share or our having to reduce our prices, either of which would have a material
adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
UNDER SPECIFIC CIRCUMSTANCES, THE NOTES AND GUARANTEES MAY BE VOIDED.
Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances,
to void the Notes and the Guarantees and require you to return payments received
from us or the Guarantors. If a court of competent jurisdiction in a suit by an
unpaid creditor or a representative of creditors (such as a trustee in
bankruptcy or a debtor-in-possession) were to find that, at the time of the
incurrence of the debt represented by the Notes and the Guarantees, Berry or a
Guarantor:
o was insolvent or was rendered insolvent by reason of
such incurrence;
o was engaged in a business or transaction for which its
remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital;
o intended to incur, or believed that it would incur,
debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they
matured;
o intended to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors; or
o incurred the debt for less than reasonably equivalent
value or fair consideration;
then such court could, among other things:
o void all or a portion of our or such Guarantor's
obligations to the holders of the Notes, the effect of
which could be that you might not be repaid in full;
and/or
o subordinate our or such Guarantor's obligations to the
holders of the Notes to other existing and future debt
of Berry or such Guarantor, as the case may be, the
effect of which would be to entitle such other creditors
to be paid in full before any payment could be made to
you.
The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary
depending upon the law applied in such case. Generally, however, we would be
considered insolvent if:
o the sum of our debts, including contingent liabilities,
was greater than all of our assets at a fair valuation
or if the present fair saleable value of our assets was
less than the amount that would be required to pay the
probable liabilities on our existing debts, including
contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and
matured; or
o we could not pay our debts as they became due.
17
<PAGE>
LACK OF A PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE NEW NOTES.
The New Notes will constitute a new class of securities with no
established trading market. We do not intend to list the New Notes on any
national securities exchange or to seek the admission thereof to trading in the
Nasdaq National Market. The Old Notes are designated for trading in the PORTAL
market. We have been advised by DLJ that DLJ currently intends to make a market
in the New Notes. DLJ is not obligated to do so, however, and any market-making
activities with respect to the New Notes may be discontinued at any time without
notice. In addition, such market-making activity will be subject to the limits
imposed by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and may be limited during
the Exchange Offer and the pendency of any Shelf Registration Statement (as
defined herein). Accordingly, no assurance can be given that an active public or
other market will develop for the New Notes or as to the liquidity of the
trading market for the New Notes. If a trading market does not develop or is not
maintained, holders of the New Notes may experience difficulty in reselling the
New Notes or may be unable to sell them at all. If a market develops for the New
Notes, future trading prices of the New Notes will depend on many factors,
including among other things, prevailing interest rates, Berry's and Holding's
consolidated financial condition and results of operations and the market for
similar notes. Depending on those and other factors, the New Notes may trade at
a discount from their principal amount.
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE.
Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange the Old Notes for New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions
on transfer of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend thereon as a
consequence of the issuance of the Old Notes pursuant to exemptions from, or in
transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act
and applicable state securities laws. In general, the Old Notes may not be
offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to
an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. We do not currently anticipate that we will
register the Old Notes under the Securities Act. In addition, any trading market
for the Old Notes not exchanged for New Notes will be adversely affected to the
extent that Old Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer. Based on
interpretations by the staff of the Commission set forth in no-action letters
issued to third parties, we believe that the New Notes issued pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold or
otherwise transferred by any holder thereof (other than any such holder that is
an "affiliate" of Berry within the meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the
Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act, PROVIDED that such New Notes are acquired in
the ordinary course of such holder's business, such holder has no arrangement
with any person to participate in the distribution of such New Notes and neither
such holder nor any such other person is engaging in or intends to engage in a
distribution of such New Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each
broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed
to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be
used by a broker-dealer in connection with any resale of New Notes received in
exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer
as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than
Old Notes acquired directly from Berry). Berry and the Guarantors have agreed
that, for a period of one year from the date of this Prospectus, they will make
this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any
such resale. See "Plan of Distribution." However, the ability of any Holder to
resell the New Notes is subject to applicable state securities laws as described
in "Risk Factors -- Blue Sky Restrictions on Resale of New Notes."
NECESSITY TO COMPLY WITH EXCHANGE OFFER PROCEDURES.
To participate in the Exchange Offer, and to avoid the restrictions on
transfer of the Old Notes, Holders of Old Notes must transmit a properly
completed Letter of Transmittal or an Agent's Message, including all other
documents required by such Letter of Transmittal, to the Exchange Agent at one
of the addresses set forth below under "The Exchange Offer -- Exchange Agent" on
or prior to the Expiration Date. In addition, either (i) certificates for such
Old Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent along with the Letter of
Transmittal or (ii) a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Old
Notes, if such procedure is available, into the Exchange Agent's account at The
Depository Trust Company pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer
described herein, must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration
Date or (iii) the Holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures
described herein. The method of delivery of the Old Notes and the Letter of
Transmittal and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the
election and risk of the Holder.
18
<PAGE>
Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall incur any
liability for failure to notify Holders of defects or irregularities with
respect to tenders of Old Notes. See "The Exchange Offer."
BLUE SKY RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OF NEW NOTES.
In order to comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions,
the New Notes may not be offered or resold by any holder unless they have been
registered or qualified for sale in such jurisdictions or an exemption from
registration or qualification is available and the requirements of such
exemption have been satisfied. We do not currently intend to register or qualify
the resale of the New Notes in any such jurisdictions. However, an exemption is
generally available for sales to registered broker-dealers and certain
institutional buyers. Other exemptions under applicable state securities laws
may also be available.
19
<PAGE>
COMPANY HISTORY
HISTORY
Imperial Plastics, the Company's predecessor, was established in 1967 in
Evansville, Indiana. Berry Plastics, Inc. ("Old Berry") was formed in 1983 to
purchase substantially all of the assets of Imperial Plastics. In 1988, Old
Berry acquired Gilbert Plastics of New Brunswick, New Jersey, a leading
manufacturer of aerosol overcaps, and subsequently relocated Gilbert Plastics'
production to Old Berry's Evansville, Indiana facility. In 1990, the Company and
Holding, the holder of 100% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company,
were formed to purchase the assets of Old Berry. We acquired substantially all
of the assets (the "Mammoth Acquisition") of the Mammoth Containers division of
Genpak Corporation in February 1992, adding plants in Forest City, North
Carolina (which we subsequently sold) and Iowa Falls, Iowa.
In March 1995, Berry Sterling, a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary
of Berry, acquired substantially all of the assets of Sterling Products, Inc.
(the "Sterling Products Acquisition"), a producer of injection molded plastic
drink cups and lids. We believe that the Sterling Products Acquisition gave us
immediate penetration into a rapidly expanding plastic drink cup market.
In December 1995, Berry Tri-Plas (formerly Berry-CPI Corp.) acquired
substantially all of the assets of Tri-Plas, Inc. (the "Tri-Plas Acquisition"),
a manufacturer of injection molded containers and lids, and added manufacturing
plants in Charlotte, North Carolina and York, Pennsylvania. We believe that the
Tri-Plas Acquisition gave us an immediate presence in the polypropylene
container product line, which is mainly used for food and "hot fill"
applications.
In January 1996, we acquired the assets relating to the plastic drink
cup product line and decorating equipment of Alpha Products, Inc., a subsidiary
of Aladdin Industries, Inc. The addition of these assets complemented the drink
cup product line acquired in the Sterling Products Acquisition.
In January 1997, we acquired PackerWare Corporation of Lawrence, Kansas
and certain assets of Container Industries, Inc. of Pacoima, California. In May
1997, Berry Design acquired substantially all of the assets of Virginia Design
Packaging Corp. of Suffolk, Virginia. In August 1997, we acquired Venture
Packaging, Inc. of Monroeville, Ohio. See "Summary of Prospectus
- --Acquisitions."
1998 ACQUISITIONS
In July 1998, we acquired Norwich Injection Moulders Limited for about
$14 million. Norwich, which is headquartered in Norwich, England, manufactures
and markets plastic injection-molded overcaps and closures for the European
market. For the year ended October 31, 1997, Norwich reported net sales of about
$13.4 million and net income of $1.4 million. Norwich provides us with a
European production platform that allows us to better serve our global overcap
customers and to introduce our other product lines in Europe.
In October 1998, we acquired certain assets of the Knight Engineering
and Plastics Division of Courtaulds Packaging Inc. for about $18 million. Knight
Plastics, which is headquartered in Woodstock, Illinois, manufactures and
markets plastic injection-molded aerosol overcaps. We believe that this
acquisition enhanced our aerosol overcap business and better positioned us to
meet the needs of our domestic customers. For the year ended March 31, 1998,
Knight Plastics reported net sales of $23.8 million and a division loss of $0.8
million. Since the acquisition, we have significantly reduced its manufacturing
and operating costs, principally by closing one of its two manufacturing plants.
1999 ACQUISITION
In July 1999, we acquired Cardinal for about $72.0 million, including
related acquisition costs. Cardinal which is headquartered in Streetsboro, Ohio,
operates three manufacturing locations and is the nation's leading producer and
marketer of plastic containers for ice cream and other frozen desserts. For the
year ended November 30, 1998, Cardinal reported net sales of $54.0 million and
net income of $0.8 million. As in our nine previous acquisitions, we believe
that we can lower Cardinal's costs by consolidating plants, purchasing resin in
greater volume, using larger, more cost-efficient injection-molding equipment
and improving Cardinal's operating systems.
20
<PAGE>
THE 1996 TRANSACTION
On June 18, 1996, Holding consummated the transaction described below
(the "1996 Transaction"). BPC Mergerco, Inc. ("Mergerco") was organized by
International, Chase Venture Capital Associates, L.P. ("CVCA") and certain other
institutional investors to effect the acquisition of a majority of the
outstanding capital stock of Holding. Pursuant to the terms of a Stock Purchase
and Recapitalization Agreement dated as of June 12, 1996, each of International,
CVCA and certain other equity investors (collectively, the "Common Stock
Purchasers") subscribed for shares of common stock of Mergerco. In addition,
pursuant to the terms of a Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated
as of June 12, 1996, CVCA and the Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
(the "Preferred Stock Purchasers") purchased shares of preferred stock of
Mergerco (the "Preferred Stock") and warrants (the "1996 Warrants") to purchase
shares of common stock of Mergerco. Immediately after the purchase of the common
stock, the preferred stock and the 1996 Warrants of Mergerco, Mergerco merged
(the "Merger") with and into Holding, with Holding being the surviving
corporation. Upon the consummation of the Merger, (i) each share of Class A
Common Stock, $.00005 par value, and Class B Common Stock, $.00005 par value, of
Holding and certain privately held warrants exercisable for such Class A and
Class B Common Stock were converted into the right to receive cash equal to the
purchase price per share for the common stock into which such warrants were
exercisable less the amount of the nominal exercise price therefor, (ii) all
other classes of common stock of Holding, a majority of which was held by
certain members of management, were converted into shares of common stock of the
surviving corporation (constituting approximately 19% of the post-merger common
stock of the surviving corporation) and (iii) each share of common stock and
preferred stock and each warrant of Mergerco was converted into one share of
common stock, one share of preferred stock and one warrant of the surviving
corporation, respectively. In addition, upon the consummation of the Merger, the
holders of the warrants (the "1994 Warrants") to purchase capital stock of
Holding that were issued in connection with the offering in April 1994 by Berry
of $100 million aggregate principal amount of the 1994 Notes (such transaction
being the "1994 Transaction"), became entitled to receive cash equal to the
purchase price per share for the common stock into which such warrants were
exercisable less the amount of the exercise price therefor.
The aggregate consideration paid to the sellers of the equity interests
in Holding, including the holders of the 1994 Warrants, was approximately $119.6
million in cash and was determined based on arms'-length negotiations with the
new investors. In order to finance the 1996 Transaction, including the payment
of related fees and expenses: (i) Holding issued 12.50% Senior Secured Notes due
2006 (with such Notes being exchanged in October 1996 for the 12.50% Series B
Senior Secured Notes due 2006 (the "1996 Notes")) for net proceeds of
approximately $100.2 million (or $64.6 million after deducting the amount of
such net proceeds used to purchase marketable securities available for payment
of interest on the 1996 Notes); (ii) the Common Stock Purchasers, the Preferred
Stock Purchasers and certain members of management made equity and rollover
investments in the aggregate amount of $70.0 million (which amount included
rollover investments of approximately $7.1 million by certain members of
management and $3.0 million by an existing institutional shareholder); and (iii)
Holding received an aggregate of approximately $0.9 million in connection with
the exercise of certain management stock options to purchase common stock of
Holding.
In connection with the 1996 Transaction, International, CVCA, certain
other institutional investors and certain members of management entered into the
New Stockholders Agreement pursuant to which certain stockholders, among other
things, (i) were granted certain registration rights and (ii) under certain
circumstances, have the right to force a sale of Holding. See "Certain
Transactions -- Stockholders Agreements."
21
<PAGE>
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
PURPOSE AND EFFECT OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The Old Notes were sold by Berry on August 24, 1998 to the Initial
Purchaser, who placed the Old Notes with institutional investors. In connection
therewith, Berry, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser entered into the
Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which Berry and the Guarantors
agreed, for the benefit of the Holders of the Old Notes, that Berry and the
Guarantors would, at their sole cost, among other things, (i) within 90 days
following the original issuance of the Old Notes, file with the Commission the
Registration Statement (of which this Prospectus is a part) under the Securities
Act with respect to an issue of a series of new notes of Berry identical in all
material respects to the series of Old Notes (except that such New Notes would
not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions) and (ii) cause such
Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within
150 days following the original issuance of the Old Notes. Upon the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement, Berry will offer, pursuant to this
Prospectus, to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined herein)
who are able to make certain representations the opportunity to exchange their
Transfer Restricted Securities for a like principal amount of New Notes, to be
issued without a restrictive legend and which may, generally, be reoffered and
resold by the holder without restrictions or limitations under the Securities
Act. The term "Holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person in
whose name Old Notes are registered on the books of Berry or any other person
who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.
Berry has not requested, and does not intend to request, an
interpretation by the staff of the Commission with respect to whether the New
Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Transfer
Restricted Securities may be offered for sale, resold or otherwise transferred
by any holder without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act. Instead, based on interpretations by the staff
of the Commission set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, Berry
believes that New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for
Transfer Restricted Securities may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise
transferred by any holder of such New Notes (other than any such holder that is
an "affiliate" Berry within the meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the
Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act, PROVIDED that such New Notes are acquired in
the ordinary course of such holder's business, such holder has no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such New
Notes and neither such holder nor any other such person is engaging in or
intends to engage in a distribution of such New Notes. Since the Commission has
not considered the Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter, there
can be no assurance that the staff of the Commission would make a similar
determination with respect to the Exchange Offer. Any Holder who is an affiliate
of Berry or who tenders in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of participating
in a distribution of the New Notes cannot rely on such interpretations by the
staff of the Commission and must comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a resale
transaction.
Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant
to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states
that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will
not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time
to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes
received in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities where such Transfer
Restricted Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer
Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company). Berry and the
Guarantors have agreed that, for a period of one year after the date of this
Prospectus, they will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for
use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."
If (i) Berry and the Guarantors are not permitted to consummate the
Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or
Commission policy or (ii) any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities notifies
Berry prior to the 20th day following consummation of the Exchange Offer that
(A) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the
Exchange Offer or (B) that it may not resell the New Notes acquired by it in the
Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and this Prospectus
is not appropriate or available for such resales or (C) that it is a
broker-dealer and owns Notes acquired directly from Berry or an affiliate of
Berry, Berry and the Guarantors will file with the Commission a shelf
registration statement (the "Shelf Registration Statement") to cover resales of
the Notes by the holders thereof who satisfy certain conditions relating to the
provision of information in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement.
Berry and the Guarantors will
22
<PAGE>
use their best efforts to cause the applicable registration statement to be
declared effective as promptly as possible by the Commission. For purposes of
the foregoing, "Transfer Restricted Securities" means each Old Note (together
with any related note guarantees) until (i) the date on which such Old Note has
been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a New Note in the
Exchange Offer, (ii) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Exchange
Offer of an Old Note for a New Note, the date on which such New Note is sold to
a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such
sale a copy of this Prospectus, (iii) the date on which such Old Note has been
effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance
with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iv) the date on which such Old Note is
distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
The Registration Rights Agreement provides that (i) Berry and the
Guarantors will file the Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior
to 90 days after the original issuance of the Old Notes, (ii) Berry will use its
best efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective by the
Commission on or prior to 150 days after the original issuance of the Old Notes,
(iii) unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or
Commission policy, Berry and the Guarantors will commence the Exchange Offer and
use their best efforts to issue, on or prior to 30 business days after the date
on which the Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission,
New Notes in exchange for all Old Notes tendered prior thereto in the Exchange
Offer and (iv) if obligated to file the Shelf Registration Statement, Berry and
the Guarantors will use their best efforts to file the Shelf Registration
Statement with the Commission on or prior to 45 days after such filing
obligation arises and to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared
effective by the Commission on or prior to 90 days after such obligation arises.
If (a) Berry and the Guarantors fail to file any of the registration statements
required by the Registration Rights Agreement on or before the date specified
for such filing, (b) any of such registration statements is not declared
effective by the Commission on or prior to the dated specified for such
effectiveness (the "Effectiveness Target Date"), or (c) Berry and the Guarantors
fail to consummate the Exchange Offer within 30 business days of the
Effectiveness Target Date with respect to the Registration Statement, or (d) the
Shelf Registration Statement or the Registration Statement is declared effective
but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of
Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified in the Registration
Rights Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above a
"Registration Default"), then Berry and the Guarantors will pay Liquidated
Damages to each Holder of Old Notes with respect to the first 90-day period
immediately following the occurrence of the first Registration Default in an
amount equal to $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Old Notes held by
such Holder. The amount of the Liquidated Damages will increase by an additional
$.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Old Notes with respect to each
subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to
a maximum amount of Liquidated Damages for all Registration Defaults of $.50 per
week per $1,000 principal amount of Old Notes. All accrued Liquidated Damages
will be paid by Berry and the Guarantors on each Damages Payment Date to the
Global Note Holder (as defined herein) by wire transfer of immediately available
funds or by Federal funds check and to Holders of Certificated Securities (as
defined herein) by wire transfer to the accounts specified by them or by mailing
checks to their registered addresses if no such accounts have been specified.
Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated
Damages will cease.
Holders of Old Notes will be required to make certain representations to
Berry and the Guarantors in order to participate in the Exchange Offer and will
be required to deliver certain information to be used in connection with the
Shelf Registration Statement and to provide comments on the Shelf Registration
Statement within the time periods set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement
in order to have their Old Notes included in the Shelf Registration Statement
and benefit from the provisions regarding Liquidated Damages set forth above.
The summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
The Old Notes are designated for trading in the PORTAL market. To the
extent Old Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the principal
amount of outstanding Old Notes will decrease with a resulting decrease in the
liquidity in the market therefor. Following the consummation of the Exchange
Offer, Holders of Old Notes who were eligible to participate in the Exchange
Offer but who did not tender their Old Notes will not be entitled to further
rights under the Registration Rights Agreement and such Old Notes will continue
to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer. Accordingly, the liquidity of
the market for the Old Notes could be adversely affected.
23
<PAGE>
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Prospectus and in the Letter of Transmittal, Berry will accept any and all Old
Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on the Expiration Date. Berry will issue $1,000 principal amount of New Notes in
exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding Old Notes accepted in
the Exchange Offer. Holders may tender some or all of their Old Notes pursuant
to the Exchange Offer. However, Old Notes may be tendered only in integral
multiples of $1,000.
The form and terms of the New Notes will be identical in all material
respects to the form and terms of the Old Notes, except that the New Notes have
been registered under the Securities Act and therefore will not bear legends
restricting their transfer and will not contain certain provisions providing for
an increase in the interest rate on the Old Notes under certain circumstances
relating to the Registration Rights Agreement, which provisions will terminate
upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer. The New Notes will evidence the
same debt as the Old Notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture
under which the Old Notes were, and the New Notes will be, issued.
As of the date of this Prospectus, $25,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of the Old Notes are outstanding. Berry has fixed the close of business
on November 15, 1999 as the record date for the Exchange Offer for purposes of
determining the persons to whom this Prospectus, together with the Letter of
Transmittal, will initially be sent. As of such date, there were 9 registered
Holders of the Old Notes.
Holders of the Old Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights
under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") or the Indenture in
connection with the Exchange Offer. Berry intends to conduct the Exchange Offer
in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules
and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
Berry shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes when,
as and if Berry has given oral notice (confirmed in writing) or written notice
thereof to the Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the
tendering Holders for the purpose of the exchange of Old Notes.
If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an
invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth herein or
otherwise, any such unaccepted Old Notes will be returned, without expense, to
the tendering Holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the Expiration
Date.
Holders who tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer will not be required
to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the
Letter of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Berry will pay all charges and expenses, other
than certain applicable taxes, in connection with the Exchange Offer. See "The
Exchange Offer -- Fees and Expenses."
EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS
The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
January 7, 2000, unless Berry, in its sole discretion, extends the Exchange
Offer, in which case the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the latest date and
time to which the Exchange Offer is extended.
In order to extend the Exchange Offer, Berry will notify the Exchange
Agent of any extension by oral notice (confirmed in writing) or written notice
and will make a public announcement thereof prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City
time, on the next business day after each previously scheduled expiration date.
Berry reserves the right, in its sole discretion, (i) to delay accepting
any Old Notes, to extend the Exchange Offer or, if any of the conditions set
forth below under "The Exchange Offer -- Conditions" shall not have been
satisfied, to terminate the Exchange Offer, by giving oral notice (confirmed in
writing) or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the
Exchange Agent or (ii) to amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in any manner.
Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be
followed as promptly as practicable by a public announcement thereof. If the
Exchange Offer is amended in a manner determined by Berry to constitute a
material change, Berry will promptly disclose such amendment by means of a
prospectus supplement that will be distributed to the registered Holders, and
Berry will extend the Exchange Offer for a period of five to 10
25
<PAGE>
business days, depending upon the significance of the amendment and the manner
of disclosure to the registered Holders, if the Exchange Offer would otherwise
expire during such five to 10 business-day period.
Without limiting the manner in which Berry may choose to make public
announcement of any delay, extension, termination or amendment of the Exchange
Offer, Berry shall have no obligation to publish, advertise or otherwise
communicate any such public announcement, other than by making a timely release
to the Dow Jones News Service.
INTEREST ON THE NEW NOTES
The New Notes will bear interest from October 15, 1999.
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING
The tender of Old Notes by a Holder thereof pursuant to one of the
procedures set forth below and the acceptance thereof by Berry will constitute a
binding agreement between such Holder and Berry in accordance with the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Letter of Transmittal.
This Prospectus, together with the Letter of Transmittal, will first be sent on
or about December 2, 1999, to all Holders of Old Notes known to Berry and the
Exchange Agent.
Only a Holder of the Old Notes may tender such Old Notes in the Exchange
Offer. A Holder who wishes to tender any Old Notes for exchange pursuant to the
Exchange Offer must transmit a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, or an Agent's Message, including any other
required documents, to the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date. In addition, either (i) the certificates for such
Old Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent along with the Letter of
Transmittal or (ii) a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a
"Book-Entry Confirmation") of such Old Notes, if such procedure is available,
into the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company (the
"Book-Entry Transfer Facility") pursuant to the procedure for book-entry
transfer described below, must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the
Expiration Date or (iii) the Holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery
procedures described below. To be tendered effectively, the Old Notes, Letter of
Transmittal or Agent's Message and other required documents must be received by
the Exchange Agent at the address set forth below under "Exchange Agent" prior
to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
The term "Agent's Message" means a message, transmitted by the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility to, and received by, the Exchange Agent and forming
a part of a Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that such Book-Entry Transfer
Facility has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in such
Book-Entry Transfer Facility tendering Old Notes which are the subject of such
Book-Entry Confirmation that such participant has received and agrees to be
bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal, and that Berry may enforce such
agreement against such participant.
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND
ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK
OF THE HOLDER. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT HOLDERS USE
AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IF SENT BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT
REGISTERED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, BE USED AND PROPER INSURANCE BE
OBTAINED. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO
THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. NO LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL OR OLD
NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO BERRY.
Any beneficial owner whose Old Notes are registered in the name of a
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes
to tender should contact the registered Holder promptly and instruct such
registered Holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf. If such
beneficial owner wishes to tender on such beneficial owner's own behalf, such
beneficial owner must, prior to completing and executing the Letter of
Transmittal or delivering an Agent's Message and delivering such beneficial
owner's Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of
the Old Notes in such beneficial owner's name or obtain a properly completed
bond power from the registered Holder. The transfer of registered ownership may
take considerable time.
Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as defined herein)
unless the Old Notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a
25
<PAGE>
registered Holder who has not completed the box entitled "Special Registration
Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or
(ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution. In the event that signatures on
a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are
required to be guaranteed, such guarantee must be by a member firm of a
registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or
correspondent in the United States or an "eligible guarantor institution" within
the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 promulgated under the Exchange Act (an "Eligible
Institution").
If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered Holder of any Old Notes listed therein, such Old Notes must be
endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by such
registered Holder as such registered Holder's name appears on such Old Notes.
If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or bond powers are signed
by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers
of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such
persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by Berry, evidence
satisfactory to Berry of their authority to so act must be submitted with the
Letter of Transmittal.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes will be determined by
Berry in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding.
Berry reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Old Notes not properly
tendered or any Old Berry's acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel
for Berry, be unlawful. Berry also reserves the right to waive any defects,
irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Old Notes. Berry's
interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the
instructions in the Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all
parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders
of Old Notes must be cured within such time as Berry shall determine. Although
Berry intends to notify Holders of defects or irregularities with respect to
tenders of Old Notes, neither Berry, the Exchange Agent nor any other person
shall incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Old
Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities
have been cured or waived. Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that
Berry determines are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or
irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange
Agent to the tendering Holders, unless otherwise provided in the Letter of
Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.
By tendering, each Holder will represent to Berry, among other things,
that (i) the New Notes acquired by the Holder and any beneficial owners of Old
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being obtained in the ordinary course
of business of the persons receiving such New Notes, (ii) neither the Holder nor
such beneficial owner has an arrangement with any person to participate in the
distribution of such New Notes, (iii) neither the Holder nor such beneficial
owner nor any such other person is engaging in or intends to engage in a
distribution of such New Notes and (iv) neither the Holder nor any such other
person is an "affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 promulgated under the
Securities Act, of Berry. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own
account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities (other than Old Notes acquired directly from Berry), may participate
in the Exchange Offer but may be deemed an "underwriter" under the Securities
Act and, therefore, must acknowledge in the Letter of Transmittal that it will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. The Letter
of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act. See "Plan of Distribution."
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with
respect to the Old Notes at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for purposes of the
Exchange Offer within two business days after the date of this Prospectus, and
any financial institution that is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility's system may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange
Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility in accordance with such
Book-Entry Transfer Facility's procedures for transfer. However, although
delivery of Old Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility, the Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof, or
an Agent's Message, with any required signature guarantees and any other
required documents, must, in any case, be transmitted to and received by the
Exchange Agent at one of the addresses set forth below under "The Exchange Offer
- -- Exchange
26
<PAGE>
Agent" on or prior to the Expiration Date or the guaranteed delivery procedures
described below must be complied with.
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are
not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, the Letter
of Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to
the Expiration Date may effect a tender if:
(a) the tender is made through an Eligible Institution;
(b) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from such
Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery)
setting forth the name and address of the Holder, the certificate
number(s) of such Old Notes and the principal amount of Old Notes
tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing
that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the
Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) or an
Agent's Message, together with the certificate(s) representing the Old
Notes, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, and any other documents required by
the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible Institution
with the Exchange Agent; and
(c) such properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile
thereof) or an Agent's Message, as well as the certificate(s)
representing all tendered Old Notes in proper form for transfer, or a
Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other document
required by the Letter of Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent
within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration
Date.
Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will
be sent to Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes according to the
guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.
WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS
To withdraw a tender of Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, a written or
facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange
Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of
the person having deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"),
(ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or
numbers and principal amount of such Old Notes), (iii) be signed by the Holder
in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by
which such Old Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees)
or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee with
respect to the Old Notes register the transfer of such Old Notes into the name
of the persons withdrawing the tender and (iv) specify the name in which any
such Old Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor. If
certificates for Old Notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the
Exchange Agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, the withdrawing
Holder must also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be
withdrawn and a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an
Eligible Institution unless such Holder is an Eligible Institution. If Old Notes
have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described
above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account
at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited with the withdrawn Old Notes
and otherwise comply with the procedures of such facility. All questions as to
the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices
will be determined by Berry in its sole discretion, which determination shall be
final and binding on all parties. Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not
to have been validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no New
Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are
validly retendered. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following
one of the procedures described above under "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures
for Tendering" at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
Any Old Notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for
payment due to withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange
Offer will be returned as soon as practicable to the Holder thereof without cost
to such Holder (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer
into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant
to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such Old Notes will be
credited to an account maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility for the
Old Notes).
27
<PAGE>
CONDITIONS
Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, Berry shall not be
required to accept for exchange, or exchange New Notes for, any Old Notes, and
may terminate the Exchange Offer as provided herein before the acceptance of
such Old Notes, if:
(a) the Exchange Offer shall violate applicable law or any applicable
interpretation of the staff of the Commission; or
(b) any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or by
any governmental agency that might materially impair the ability of
Berry to proceed with the Exchange Offer or any material adverse
development has occurred in any existing action or proceeding with
respect to Berry; or
(c) any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval Berry
shall deem necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer.
If Berry determines in its sole discretion that any of the conditions
are not satisfied, Berry may (i) refuse to accept any Old Notes and return all
tendered Old Notes to the tendering Holders (or, in the case of Old Notes
tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures
described above, such Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained with
such Book-Entry Transfer Facility), (ii) extend the Exchange Offer and retain
all Old Notes tendered prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer, subject,
however, to the rights of Holders to withdraw such Old Notes (see "The Exchange
Offer -- Withdrawal of Tenders") or (iii) waive such unsatisfied conditions with
respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all properly tendered Old Notes which
have not been withdrawn. If such waiver constitutes a material change to the
Exchange Offer, Berry will promptly disclose such waiver by means of a
prospectus supplement that will be distributed to the registered Holders, and
Berry will extend the Exchange Offer for a period of five to 10 business days,
depending upon the significance of the waiver and the manner of disclosure to
the registered Holders, if the Exchange Offer would otherwise expire during such
five- to 10-business-day period.
EXCHANGE AGENT
The United States Trust Company of New York has been appointed as
Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer. Questions and requests for assistance,
requests for additional copies of this Prospectus or of the Letter of
Transmittal and requests for Notices of Guaranteed Delivery should be directed
to the Exchange Agent addressed as follows:
To: United States Trust Company of New York, as Exchange
Agent
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL: BY FACSIMILE: BY HAND BEFORE 4:30 P.M.:
United States Trust Company of New (212) 420-6211 United States Trust Company
York Attention: of New York
P.O. Box 843 Customer Service 111 Broadway
Cooper Station New York, New York 10006
New York, New York 10276 Attention: Lower Level Corporate
Attention: Corporate Trust Services Trust Window
CONFIRM BY BY OVERNIGHT COURIER AND BY HAND
TELEPHONE TO: AFTER 4:30 P.M. ON THE EXPIRATION
(800) 548-6565 DATE:
United States Trust Company
of New York
770 Broadway
New York, New York 10003
</TABLE>
FEES AND EXPENSES
28
<PAGE>
The expenses of soliciting tenders will be borne by Berry. The principal
solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitation may be made
by telegraph, telephone or in person by officers and regular employees of Berry
and our affiliates.
Berry has not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others
soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. Berry, however, will pay the
Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse
it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith.
The cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer
will be paid by Berry. Such expenses include fees and expenses of the Exchange
Agent and Trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.
Berry will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of
Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, certificates representing
New Notes or Old Notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for
exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person
other than the registered Holder of the Old Notes tendered, or if tendered Old
Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the
Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than
the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any
such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered Holder or any other
person) will be payable by the tendering Holder. If satisfactory evidence of
payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the Letter of
Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such
tendering Holder.
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
The New Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Old
Notes as reflected in Berry's accounting records on the date of the exchange.
Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will be recognized. The
expenses of the Exchange Offer and the unamortized expenses related to the
issuance of the Old Notes will be amortized over the term of the New Notes.
29
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of
Holding and its subsidiaries at October 2, 1999. You should read the information
in the table below in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial
statements of Holding and the related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
AT OCTOBER 2,
1999
------------
HISTORICAL
------------
(DOLLARS IN
THOUSANDS)
Long-term debt, including current portion:
BERRY CORPORATION:
Revolving credit facility .............................. $ 22,768
Term loans ............................................. 56,819
Nevada Bonds ........................................... 4,000
Capital lease obligations .............................. 640
1994 Notes ............................................. 100,000
1998 Notes ............................................. 25,000
1999 Notes ............................................. 75,000
Debt premium ........................................... 721
---------
Total Berry long-term debt, including current
portion .............................................. 284,948
HOLDING:
1996 Notes ............................................. 105,000
---------
Total consolidated long-term debt, including
current
portion .......................................... 389,948
Total stockholders' equity (deficit) ......................... (125,854)
---------
Total capitalization ................................. $ 264,094
=========
30
<PAGE>
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of
operations of Holding (collectively, the "Pro Forma Statements") give effect to
(1) our acquisition of Cardinal and issuance of the 1999 Notes, (2) our
acquisitions of Knight and Norwich (the 1998 Acquisitions) and (3) our issuance
of the Notes and the application of the proceeds therefrom as if the
transactions had occurred as of the beginning of the respective periods for the
pro forma statement of operations data and other pro forma data. Fiscal year
data reflect Cardinal's financial data for its fiscal year ended November 30,
1998. Nine month period data reflect Cardinal's financial data for its period
ended May 31, 1999. The Pro Forma Statements do not purport to represent what
Holding's consolidated financial position or results of operations would
actually have been if such transactions had in fact occurred on such dates or to
project Holding's consolidated financial position or results of operations for
any future date or period. The pro forma adjustments are based on information
and upon assumptions that management believes to be reasonable. The Pro Forma
Statements and accompanying notes should be read in conjunction with the
historical consolidated financial statements and other financial information
pertaining to Holding and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
HOLDING
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 2, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CARDINAL PRO FORMA
ACQUISITION FOR THE
AND 1999 1998 ACQUISITIONS
HOLDING NOTES ACQUISITIONS AND 1999 OFFERING
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTMENTS NOTES ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales ................ $ 271,830 $ 53,971 $ 26,869 $ 352,670 $-- $ 352,670
Cost of goods sold ....... 199,227 43,066 22,786 265,079 -- 265,079
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Gross margin ............. 72,603 10,905 4,083 87,591 -- 87,591
Operating expenses ....... 44,001 8,166(1) 3,684(6) 55,851 -- 55,851
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating income ......... 28,602 2,739 399 31,740 -- 31,740
Other expenses (income) .. 1,865 (6) 2 1,861 -- 1,861
Interest expense, net .... 34,556 8,625(2) 1,697(7) 44,878 726(11) 45,604
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before
income taxes ............. (7,819) (5,880) (1,300) (14,999) (726) (15,725)
Income taxes (benefit) ... (249) -- (3) 339(8) 90 -- 90
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss) ........ $ (7,570) $ (5,880) $ (1,639) $ (15,089) $ (726) $ (15,815)
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
OTHER DATA:
Depreciation and
amortization ............. $ 24,830 $ 5,880(4) $ 1,838(9) $ 32,496 $-- $ 32,496
BERRY DATA:
Cash interest expense, net $ 20,569 $ 8,250(5) $ 1,670(10) $ 30,489 $ 753 $ 31,243
Total interest expense,
net ...................... 21,835 8,625 1,697 32,157 726(11) 32,883
</TABLE>
31
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
39 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1999
CARDINAL
ACQUISITION
HOLDING AND 1999 NOTES
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
--------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Net sales ...................... $ 249,957 $ 28,465 $ 278,422
Cost of goods sold ............. 181,240 23,407 204,647
--------- --------- ---------
Gross margin ................... 68,717 5,058 73,775
Operating expenses ............. 39,987 4,251(1) 44,238
--------- --------- ---------
Operating income ............... 28,730 807 29,537
Other expenses ................. 1,150 -- 1,150
Interest expense, net .......... 29,335 4,314(2) 33,649
--------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before income
taxes ........................ (1,755) (3,507) (5,262)
Income taxes ................... 659 -- 659
--------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss) .............. $ (2,414) $ (3,507) $ (5,921)
========= ========= =========
OTHER DATA:
Depreciation and amortization .. $ 23,066 $ 3,372(4) $ 26,438
BERRY DATA:
Cash interest expense, net ..... $ 18,095 4,125(5) $ 22,220
Total interest expense, net .... 19,124 4,314 23,438
32
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL 39 WEEKS
YEAR ENDED ENDED
JANUARY 2, 1999 OCTOBER 2, 1999
--------------- ---------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
CARDINAL ACQUISITION AND ISSUANCE OF 1999 NOTES ADJUSTMENTS:
<S> <C> <C>
(1) Actual operating expenses ................................... $ 6,291 $ 3,119
Add amortization of goodwill resulting from the
acquisition ................................................. 1,875 1,132
------- -------
Adjusted operating expenses ................................. $ 8,166 $ 4,251
======= =======
(2) Actual interest expense ..................................... $ 3,384 $ 1,400
Deduct interest on extinguished debt ........................ (3,384) (1,400)
Add incremental interest expense ............................ 8,625 4,314
------- -------
Adjusted interest expense ................................... $ 8,625 $ 4,314
======= =======
(3) Actual provision for income taxes ........................... $ 439 $ 202
Adjust taxes for the acquisition ............................ (439) (202)
------- -------
Adjusted income tax expense ................................. $-- $--
======= =======
(4) Actual depreciation and amortization acquisitionacquisition.. $3,953 $ 2,240
Add amortization of goodwill resulting from the
acquisition .............................................. 1,875 1,132
------- -------
Adjusted depreciation and amortization ...................... $ 5,828 $ 3,372
======= =======
(5) Actual net cash interest expense ............................ $ 3,170 $ 1,292
Deduct interest on extinguished debt ........................ (3,170) (1,292)
Add incremental cash interest ............................... 8,250 4,125
------- -------
Adjusted net cash interest expense .......................... $ 8,250 $ 4,125
======= =======
NORWICH AND KNIGHT PLASTICS 1998 ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS:
(6) Actual operating expenses ................................... $3,350
Add amortization of goodwill resulting from the
acquisitions ............................................. 334
-------
Adjusted operating expenses ................................. $3,684
=======
(7) Actual interest expense ..................................... $ 48
Add incremental interest expense from the
acquisitions ............................................. 1,649
-------
Adjusted interest expense ................................... $1,697
=======
(8) Actual provision for income taxes ........................... $ 196
Adjust taxes for the acquisitions ........................... 143
-------
Adjusted tax expense ........................................ $ 339
=======
(9) Actual depreciation and amortization ........................ $1,504
Add amortization of goodwill resulting from the
acquisitions ............................................. 334
-------
Adjusted depreciation and amortization ...................... $1,838
=======
</TABLE>
33
<PAGE>
FISCAL
YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 2, 1999
(DOLLARS IN
THOUSANDS)
---------------
(10) Actual net cash interest expense ........................ $ 48
Add incremental net cash interest expense from
acquisitions ......................................... 1,622
-------
Adjusted net cash interest expense ...................... $ 1,670
=======
OFFERING ADJUSTMENTS:
(11) Adjustment of net interest expense:
Interest on the Notes ................................... $ 2,041
Interest on debt reduction .............................. (1,288)
Amortization of premium on Notes ........................ (159)
Amortization of deferred financing costs
associated with the offering of the
Notes ............................ 132
-------
Change in net interest expense .......................... $ 726
=======
24
<PAGE>
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected financial data of Holding and its subsidiaries as
of and for the five fiscal years ended January 2, 1999 are derived from the
consolidated financial statements of Holding that have been audited by Ernst &
Young LLP, independent auditors. The following selected consolidated financial
data for the 39 weeks ended September 26, 1998 and October 2, 1999 are derived
from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Holding and,
in our opinion, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such data. Operating results
for the 39 weeks ended October 2, 1999 are not necessarily indicative of the
results that may be achieved for Holding's fiscal year ending January 1, 2000.
You should read this selected financial data in conjunction with "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial
information included in this prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL THIRTY-NINE WEEKS ENDED
------------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------
SEPTEMBER 26, OCTOBER 2,
1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1998 1999
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales ............. $ 106,141 $ 140,681 $ 151,058 $ 226,953 $ 271,830 $ 205,116 $ 249,956
Cost of goods sold .... 73,997 102,484 110,110 180,249 199,227 151,083 181,240
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Gross margin .......... 32,144 38,197 40,948 46,704 72,603 54,033 68,716
Operating expenses .... 15,160 17,670 23,679 30,505 44,001 31,136 39,986
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating income ...... 16,984 20,527 17,269 16,199 28,602 22,897 28,730
Other expenses(1) ..... 184 127 302 226 1,865 492 1,150
Interest expense, net
(2) ................... 10,972 13,389 20,075 30,246 34,556 25,691 29,335
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before
income taxes and
extraordinary charge 5,828 7,011 (3,108) (14,273) (7,819) (3,286) (1,755)
Income taxes (benefit) 11 678 239 138 (249) 331 659
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before
extraordinary charge 5,817 6,333 (3,347) (14,411) (7,570) (3,617) (2,414)
Extraordinary charge(3) 3,652 -- -- -- -- -- --
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss) ... $ 2,165 $ 6,333 $ (3,347) $ (14,411) $ (7,570) $ (3,617) $ (2,414)
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Preferred stock
dividends ......................... $-- $-- $ 1,116 $ 2,558 $ 3,551 $ 2,620 $ 2,996
Common stock
dividends ......................... 50,000 -- -- -- -- -- --
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital ................ $ 13,393 $ 13,012 $ 15,910 $ 20,863 $ 4,762 $ 5,020 $ 6,593
Fixed assets ................... 38,103 52,441 55,664 108,218 120,005 104,564 147,501
Total assets ................... 91,790 103,465 145,798 239,444 255,317 248,521 340,116
Total debt ..................... 112,287 111,676 216,046 306,335 323,298 308,391 389,948
Stockholders' equity
(deficit) .................... (38,838) (32,484) (97,550) (108,975) (120,357) (115,078) (125,854)
OTHER DATA:
Adjusted EBITDA(4) ............. $ 26,380 $ 31,569 $ 34,718 $ 40,268 $ 59,768 $ 44,802 $ 55,566
Adjusted EBITDA margin ......... 24.9% 22.4% 23.0% 17.7% 22.0% 21.8% 22.2%
Cash provided by
operating activities ......... 15,556 12,969 14,426 14,154 34,131 28,580 32,397
Cash used for
investing activities ......... (9,495) (25,385) (14,639) (102,102) (52,120) (25,036) (96,418)
Cash provided by
financing activities ......... 2,184 11,124 2,370 80,444 17,619 890 63,853
Depreciation and
amortization(5) .............. 8,176 9,536 11,331 19,026 24,830 17,949 23,066
Capital expenditures ........... 9,118 11,247 13,581 16,774 22,595 13,540 25,580
Ratio of earnings to
fixed charges(6) ............. 1.5x 1.5x -- -- -- -- --
</TABLE>
(1) Other expenses consist of loss on disposal of property and equipment for
the respective periods.
(2) Includes non-cash interest expense of $1,178 in fiscal 1994, $950 in fiscal
1995, $1,212 in fiscal 1996, $2,005 in fiscal 1997, $1,765 in fiscal 1998
and $1,335 and $1,404 for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 1998
and October 2, 1999.
(3) During 1994, an extraordinary charge of $3.7 million was recognized as a
result of the retirement of debt concurrently with the issuance of the 1994
Notes.
35
<PAGE>
(4) Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative
to income from operations or to cash flows from operating activities (as
determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) and
should not be construed as an indication of a company's operating
performance or as a measure of liquidity. In addition, our calculation of
Adjusted EBITDA differs from that presented by certain other companies and
thus is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by
other companies. The following table reconciles operating income to EBITDA
and Adjusted EBITDA for each respective period:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THIRTY-NINE WEEKS
FISCAL ENDED
--------------------------------------------------------- --------------------
SEPTEMBER 26, OCTOBER 2,
1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1998 1999
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operating income ........................... $ 16,984 $ 20,527 $ 17,269 $ 16,199 $ 28,602 $ 22,897 $ 28,730
Depreciation and amortization .............. 8,176 9,536 11,331 19,026 24,830 17,949 23,066
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
EBITDA ..................................... 25,160 30,063 28,600 35,225 53,432 40,846 51,796
One-time expenses related to acquisitions:
1996 transaction
compensation expenses ................. -- -- 2,762 -- -- -- --
Acquisition integration
expenses .............................. 116 867 692 3,267 1,525 1,006 1,842
Plant shutdown expenses ............... -- -- 907 848 2,559 2,234 1,048
Litigation expenses related
to drink cup patent ................... -- -- 650 100 631 -- --
Corporate expenses:
Non-cash compensation
expenses (benefit) .................... 358 (214) 358 -- 749 62 225
Management fees and expenses .......... 746 853 749 828 872 654 655
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Adjusted EBITDA ............................ $ 26,380 $ 31,569 $ 34,718 $ 40,268 $ 59,768 $ 44,802 $ 55,566
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
(5) Depreciation and amortization excludes non-cash amortization of deferred
financing and origination fees and debt premium/discount amortization which
are included in interest expense.
(6) In calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of
(i) income (loss) before income taxes, plus (ii) fixed charges consisting
of interest on debt (including amortization of deferred financing fees),
plus (iii) that portion of lease rental expense representative of the
interest factor. Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $2,883
in fiscal 1996, by $13,932 in fiscal 1997, by $7,042 in fiscal 1998 and by
$3,694 and by $2,496 for the 39 weeks ended September 26, 1998 and October
2, 1999.
36
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following information should be read in conjunction with "Selected
Historical Financial Data" and the consolidated financial statements and the
notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
39 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1999
COMPARED TO 39 WEEKS ENDED SEPTEMBER 26, 1998
NET SALES. Net sales increased $44.9 million, or 22%, to $250.0 million
for the 39 weeks ended October 2, 1999 from $205.1 million for the 39 weeks
ended September 26, 1998 with net selling prices relatively unchanged. Plastic
packaging product net sales increased $41.7 million from the 39 weeks ended
September 26, 1998. Within this segment, the addition of Cardinal, Norwich and
Knight provided net sales for the 39 weeks ended October 2, 1999 of $14.0
million, $6.9 million and $13.7 million, respectively. In addition, overcaps
sales, excluding Knight, increased $2.3 million. Custom sales increased $7.7
million from the 39 weeks ended September 26, 1998 with a large promotion in the
39 weeks ended October 2, 1999. Container sales increased $0.9 million from the
39 weeks ended September 26, 1998 despite the Company's decision to exit certain
low margin business. Drink cup sales for the 39 weeks ended October 2, 1999 were
$4.0 million off the 39 weeks ended September 26, 1998 due to a $3.5 million
promotion during the 39 weeks ended September 26, 1998. Plastic housewares
product sales for the 39 weeks ended September 26, 1998 increased $3.2 million
from the 39 weeks ended October 2, 1999 due to strong internal growth including
several new products.
GROSS MARGIN. Gross margin increased by $14.7 million to $68.7 million
(27% of net sales) for the 39 weeks ended October 2, 1999 from $54.0 million
(26% of net sales) from the 39 weeks ended September 26, 1998. This increase of
27% includes the combined impact of the added Cardinal, Norwich and Knight sales
volume, acquisition integration, and productivity improvement initiatives. A
major focus continues to be the consolidation of products and business of recent
acquisitions to the most efficient tooling, providing customers with improved
products and customer service. As part of the integration, we closed the
Anderson, South Carolina facility in the second quarter of 1998, the Arlington
Heights, Illinois facility (which was acquired in the Knight acquisition) in the
first quarter of 1999 and the Ontario, California location (which was acquired
in the Cardinal acquisition) in the third quarter of 1999. In addition, we
closed the molding operations of the Minneapolis, Minnesota facility (which was
acquired in the Cardinal acquisition) and the Iowa Falls, Iowa facility in the
third quarter of 1999, distributing the molding business from these facilities
throughout our other facilities. Also, significant productivity improvements
have been made, including the addition of state-of-the-art injection molding
equipment, molds and printing equipment at several of our facilities.
OPERATING EXPENSES. Selling expenses increased by $2.3 million to $13.2
million for the 39 weeks ended October 2, 1999 from $10.9 million for the 39
weeks ended September 26, 1998 principally as a result of expanded sales
coverage and increased marketing expenses. General and administrative expenses
increased by $3.9 million to $17.2 million for the 39 weeks ended October 2,
1999 from $13.3 million for the prior 39 weeks ended September 26, 1998. The
increase is primarily attributable to the Cardinal, Norwich Moulders and Knight
acquisitions and increased accrued compensation expenses. One-time transition
expenses for the 39 weeks ended October 2, 1999 include $1.0 million related to
facility reorganizations and $1.9 million related to acquisitions. One-time
transition expenses for the 39 weeks ended September 26, 1998 were $1.0 million
related to acquisitions and $2.2 million related to plant consolidation.
INTEREST EXPENSE. Interest expense increased $3.0 million to $29.5
million for the 39 weeks ended October 2, 1999 compared to $26.5 million for the
39 weeks ended September 26, 1998 primarily due to additional borrowings to
support the Cardinal, Norwich Moulders and Knight acquisitions.
INCOME TAX. Our income tax expense was $0.7 million for the 39 weeks
ended October 2, 1999. We continue to operate in a net operating loss
carryforward position for Federal income tax purposes.
NET LOSS. Net loss of $2.4 million for the 39 weeks ended October 2,
1999 improved $1.2 million from a net loss of $3.6 million for the 39 weeks
ended September 26, 1998 for the reasons discussed above.
37
<PAGE>
YEAR ENDED JANUARY 2, 1999
COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 27, 1997
NET SALES. Net sales increased 19.8% to $271.8 million in 1998, up $44.9
million from $227.0 million in 1997, despite an approximate 2% decrease in net
selling price due mainly to competitive market conditions. Container sales
increased $34.5 million in 1998, primarily due to the continued market strength
of base products and the acquisition of Venture Packaging. Net sales in the
drink cup product line increased $2.3 million in 1998 as a result of a large
promotion. Net sales for aerosol overcaps increased about $2.0 million due to
the acquisition of Knight.
Housewares net sales increased $4.0 million or 23% in 1998 due primarily
to new products and strong market demands. The acquisition of Norwich also
brought us into the U.K. market, primarily closures product sales, which
provided an additional $7.3 million of net sales in 1998. Other product lines,
including custom molded products and custom mold building, decreased $5.2
million due to large custom programs that occurred in 1997.
GROSS MARGIN. Gross margin increased $25.9 million, or 55.5%, from $46.7
million (20.6% of net sales) in 1997 to $72.6 million (26.7% of net sales) in
1998. The increase in gross margin was primarily attributed to increased sales
volume as described above, acquisition integration, productivity improvements
and lower raw material costs. A major focus during 1998 was the consolidation of
products and business of the subsidiaries that we acquired in 1997 to the most
efficient tooling, providing customers with the best product and customer
service. As part of the integration, we closed the Anderson, South Carolina
facility, which was acquired in the acquisition of Venture, in 1998. The
majority of the business was transferred to our Charlotte, North Carolina plant.
Also, productivity improvements were made during the year, including the
addition of state-of-the-art injection molding equipment, molds and printing
equipment at several of our facilities.
OPERATING EXPENSES. Operating expenses during 1998 were $44.0 million
(16.2% of net sales), compared with $30.5 million (13.4% of net sales) for 1997.
Sales related expenses, including the cost of expanded sales coverage and higher
product development and marketing expenses, increased $3.5 million, almost all a
result of our 1997 acquisitions. General and administrative expenses increased
$7.8 million in 1998 primarily as a result of acquisitions made in 1997 and
1998, increased patent litigation expenses and increased employee profit sharing
expense. Intangible amortization increased from $2.2 million in 1997 to $4.1
million for 1998, primarily as a result of the amortization of goodwill ascribed
to acquired companies in 1997 and 1998. Other expense was $4.1 million for 1998
and 1997. Our 1997 acquisitions resulted in start-up related expenses of $3.2
million in 1997 and $1.3 million in 1998. The assets acquired with the
acquisition of PackerWare included a facility in Reno, Nevada that was closed in
1997. Expenses related to the closing of the Reno facility were $0.5 million in
1997 and $0.2 million in 1998. Plant closing expenses related to the Winchester,
Virginia facility resulted in expenses of $0.4 million for 1997. The closing of
the Anderson, South Carolina facility resulted in 1998 expenses of $2.4 million.
INTEREST EXPENSE AND INCOME. Net interest expense, including
amortization of deferred financing costs for 1998 was $34.6 million (12.7% of
net sales) compared to $30.2 million (13.3% of net sales) in 1997, an increase
of $4.3 million. This increase is attributed to interest on borrowings related
to the 1997 and 1998 acquisitions offset partially by principal reductions. Cash
interest paid in 1998 was $33.2 million as compared to $29.9 million for 1997.
Interest income for 1998 was $1.0 million, down from $2.0 million in 1997, which
is attributable to an additional year of interest payments on the 1996 Notes
from the escrow account.
INCOME TAXES. During fiscal 1998, we recorded a benefit of $0.2 million
in federal and state income tax, primarily due to a carryback claim, compared to
an expense of $0.1 million for fiscal 1997. We continue to operate in a net
operating loss carryforward position for federal income tax purposes.
NET LOSS. We recorded a net loss of $7.6 million in 1998 compared to a
$14.4 million net loss in 1997 for the reasons stated above.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 27, 1997
COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 28, 1996
NET SALES. Net sales increased 50.2% to $227.0 million in 1997, up $75.9
million from $151.1 million in 1996, which sales included an approximate 2%
increase in net selling price due mainly to the impact of cyclical adjustments
in the price of plastic resin. Container sales increased $30.1 million in 1997,
primarily due to the
38
<PAGE>
continued market strength of base products and the acquisitions of Venture
Packaging, Virginia Design and Container Industries. Net sales in the drink cup
product line increased $23.8 million in 1997 as a result of the acquisition of
PackerWare and a strong increase in existing drink cup business. Net sales of
aerosol overcaps were relatively flat, decreasing about $2.6 million. The
acquisition of PackerWare also brought us into the housewares product market,
which provided an additional $17.5 million of net sales in 1997. Other product
lines, including custom molded products and custom mold building, increased $7.1
million due to large custom programs that occurred in 1997.
GROSS MARGIN. Gross margin increased $5.8 million or 14.1% from $40.9
million (27.1% of net sales) in 1996 to $46.7 million (20.6% of net sales) in
1997. The increase in gross margin is primarily attributable to increased sales
volume as described above. The gross margin as a percent of net sales derived
from our 1997 acquisitions was about 10.6% compared to 23.8% for non-acquisition
related sales. Significant productivity improvements were made during the year,
including the addition of state-of-the-art injection molding equipment, molds
and printing equipment at several of our facilities. These productivity
improvements were offset by increased resin prices in 1997 and the transition
expenses of our 1997 acquisitions.
OPERATING EXPENSES. Operating expenses during 1997 were $30.5 million
(13.4% of net sales), compared with $23.7 million (15.7% of net sales) for 1996.
Sales related expenses, including the cost of expanded sales coverage and higher
product development and marketing expenses, increased $4.4 million, primarily as
a result of the business acquisitions that we made in 1997 ($3.3 million).
General and administrative expenses decreased $2.3 million in 1997 primarily as
a result of the $2.8 million one-time compensation expense incurred in 1996
which related to the recapitalization of Holding. Intangible amortization
increased from $0.5 million in 1996 to $2.2 million for 1997, primarily as a
result of the amortization of $1.6 million related to our 1997 acquisitions.
Other expenses increased $2.6 million from $1.6 million for 1996 to $4.1
million in 1997. Our 1997 acquisitions resulted in a charge of $3.2 million in
1997 for start-up related expenses. The acquisition of PackerWare included a
facility in Reno, Nevada, which was closed in 1997. Expenses related to the
closing of the Reno facility were $0.5 million in 1997. Plant closing expenses
related to the Winchester, Virginia facility resulted in expenses of $0.4
million for 1997. Included in 1996 was a charge of $0.7 million of start-up
related expenses associated with the acquisition of Tri-Plas and $0.9 million
related to the Winchester plant closing.
INTEREST EXPENSE AND INCOME. Net interest expense, including
amortization of deferred financing costs for 1997, was $30.2 million (13.3% of
net sales) compared to $20.1 million (13.3% of net sales) in 1996, an increase
of $10.1 million. This increase is due to the full year impact of the
recapitalization of Holding, which occurred in June 1996. The recapitalization
of Holding included an offering of $105.0 million aggregate principal amount of
the 1996 Notes, which bear interest at 12.5% annually. $35.6 million of the
proceeds from the 1996 Notes were placed in escrow to pay the first three years
of interest on the 1996 Notes. Interest is payable semi-annually on June 15 and
December 15 of each year. Cash interest paid in 1997 was $29.9 million as
compared to $19.7 million for 1996. Interest income for 1997 was $2.0 million,
up from $1.3 million in 1996, also attributed to the full year impact of the
recapitalization of Holding.
INCOME TAXES. During fiscal 1997, we incurred $0.1 million in federal
and state income tax compared to $0.2 million for fiscal 1996. We continue to
operate in a net operating loss carryforward position for federal income tax
purposes.
NET LOSS. We recorded a net loss of $14.4 million in 1997 compared to a $3.3
million net loss in 1996 for the reasons stated above.
INCOME TAX MATTERS
Holding has unused operating loss carryforwards of $26.0 million for
federal income tax purposes which begin to expire in 2010. Alternative minimum
tax credit carryforwards of about $2.8 million are available to Holding
indefinitely to reduce future years' federal income taxes.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We have a credit facility for a senior secured line of credit. The
credit facility provides for aggregate borrowings up to a maximum of about
$134.4 million as of October 2, 1999, including: (1) a $70.0 million revolving
line of credit, subject to a borrowing base formula; (2) a (pound)1.5 million
revolving line of credit, subject to a borrowing
39
<PAGE>
base; (3) a $51.1 million term loan facility; (4) a (pound)3.4 million term loan
facility; and (5) a $5.2 million standby letter of credit to support our and our
subsidiaries' obligations under the Nevada Bonds. The debt under the Credit
Facility is guaranteed by our parent, Holding, and our subsidiaries. The credit
facility requires us to comply with specified financial ratios and tests,
including a minimum Tangible Capital Funds (as defined in the credit facility)
test, maximum leverage ratio, interest coverage ratio, debt service coverage
ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio. At October 2, 1999, our credit facility
required us to have Tangible Capital Funds of not less than $80.0 million and a
maximum leverage ratio of 4.5 to 1.0. In addition, the interest ratio could not
be less than 2.0 to 1.0, the debt service ratio could not be less than 1.5 to
1.0 and the fixed charge coverage ratio could not be less than 1.0 to 1.0. The
requirements of these tests may change on a quarterly basis. See "Description of
Certain Indebtedness--The Credit Facility".
The 1994 Indenture, the 1996 Indenture, the 1999 Indenture and the
Indenture restrict our ability to incur additional debt and contain other
provisions that could limit our liquidity. At October 2, 1999, we had unused
borrowing capacity under the credit facility's borrowing base of $23.9 million,
which is not considered additional indebtedness under the 1994 Indenture, 1996
Indenture, 1999 Indenture or the Indenture. Any additional debt above the
borrowing base requires approval from the credit facility's lenders.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $34.1 million in 1998 as
compared to $14.2 million in 1997. The increase was primarily the result of
improved operating performance. Net cash provided by operating activities was
$32.4 million for the 39 weeks ended October 2, 1999, an increase of $3.8
million from the 39 weeks ended September 26, 1998. The increase is primarily
the result of improved operating performance with income before depreciation and
amortization increasing $6.3 million from the 39 weeks ended September 26, 1998.
Net working capital charges (defined as accounts receivable, inventories,
prepaid expenses, other receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses)
decreased net cash $3.7 million from the 39 weeks ended September 26, 1998 due
to our growth.
Capital expenditures in 1998 were $22.6 million, an increase of $5.8
million from $16.8 million in 1997. Included in capital expenditures during 1998
was $6.2 million relating to the addition of a new warehouse, production systems
and offices necessary to support production operating levels throughout Berry.
Capital expenditures also included investment of $11.7 million for molds, $2.2
million for molding and printing machines, and $2.5 million for miscellaneous
accessory equipment and systems. The capital expenditure budget for 1999 is
expected to be $29.1 million, including about $8.1 million for building and
systems which includes a major plant renovation, $13.8 million for molds, $4.2
million for molding and printing machines, and $3.0 million for miscellaneous
accessory equipment. Capital expenditures for the 39 weeks ended October 2, 1999
included $9.1 million for molds, $5.0 million for molding and printing machines,
$7.7 million for buildings and systems, and $3.8 million for accessory equipment
and systems.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $17.6 million in 1998 as
compared to $80.4 million in 1997. The $62.8 million decrease can be attributed
primarily to a $52.4 million decrease in borrowings to finance acquisitions. Net
cash provided by financing activities was $63.9 million for the 39 weeks ended
October 2, 1999, representing an increase of $63.0 million from the 39 weeks
ended September 26, 1998. This increase can be attributed to our issuance of the
1999 Notes to finance the Cardinal acquisition in the third quarter of 1999.
Increased working capital needs occur whenever we experience strong
incremental demand or a significant rise in the cost of raw material,
particularly plastic resin. However, we anticipate that our cash interest,
working capital and capital expenditure requirements for 1999 will be satisfied
through a combination of funds generated from operating activities and cash on
hand, together with funds available under our credit facility. Management bases
such belief on historical experience and the substantial funds available under
our credit facility. However, we cannot predict our future results of
operations.
The indentures governing the 1994 Notes, the 1999 Notes and the Notes
restrict, and the Credit Facility prohibits, our ability to pay any dividend or
make any distribution of funds to Holding to satisfy interest and other
obligations on the 1996 Notes. Based upon historical operating results, we
anticipate that we will be unable to generate sufficient net income to permit a
dividend to Holding in an amount sufficient to meet Holding's interest payment
obligations under the 1996 Notes. Interest on the 1996 Notes is payable
semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year. However, from December
15, 1999 until June 15, 2001, Holding may, at its option, pay interest, at an
increased rate of 0.75% per annum, in additional 1996 Notes valued at 100% of
the principal amount thereof. After June 15, 2001 or in the event that Holding
does not pay interest in additional notes, management
40
<PAGE>
anticipates that such interest obligations will only be met by refinancing the
1996 Notes or raising capital through equity offerings. We can not assure you
that then-current market conditions would permit Holding to consummate a
refinancing or equity offering. In addition, we have now and will continue to
have a large amount of debt which may limit our or Holding's ability to
consummate a refinancing or equity offering.
At October 2, 1999, our cash balance was $2.1 million and we had unused
borrowing capacity under our credit facility's borrowing base of about $23.9
million.
GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS AND INFLATION
We face various economic risks ranging from an economic downturn
adversely impacting our primary markets to market fluctuations in plastic resin
prices. In the short-term, rapid increases in the cost of resin may not be
recovered through price increases to customers. Also, shortages of raw materials
may occur from time to time. In the long-term, however, raw material
availability and price changes generally do not have a material adverse effect
on gross margin. Cost changes generally are passed through to customers over a
period of time. In addition, we believe that our sensitivity to economic
downturns in our primary markets is less significant due to our diverse customer
base and our ability to provide a wide array of products to numerous end
markets.
We believe that we are not affected by inflation except to the extent
that the economy in general is thereby affected. Should inflationary pressures
drive costs higher, we believe that general industry competitive price increases
would sustain operating results, although we can not assure you that this will
be the case.
IMPACT OF YEAR 2000
We have been modifying or replacing portions of our software since 1991
so that our computer systems will function properly with respect to dates in the
Year 2000 and thereafter. Because we commenced this process early, the costs
incurred to address this issue in any single year have not been significant. Our
current business applications are Year 2000 compliant. Acquired businesses are
converted to our applications for Year 2000 compliance and consistency in
applications and reporting. Except for Cardinal, the most recent acquired
business, Knight Plastics, was converted to our applications on March 1, 1999.
We plan to convert Cardinal to our applications by December 6, 1999.
However, we are currently in the process of replacing our current
business software with another Year 2000 compliant package. This replacement is
not due to any Year 2000 issues, but is needed to accommodate the changes that
we have experienced in our business due to acquisitions in recent years. The
anticipated cost of this conversion is about $2.7 million of which $2.5 million
has been paid through October 2, 1999. The accounting phase of this conversion
was completed for all plants in January 1999. The remaining phases are scheduled
to be completed by the end of 1999.
We believe that we have an effective program in place to resolve all
internal Year 2000 issues. An inventory of computer based systems has been
compiled and verified through testing and supplier verification. Due to recent
plant acquisitions and ongoing Year 2000 testing we have moved our goal of being
Year 2000 compliant to December 17, 1999. Year 2000 testing revealed that the
voice mail system in our Lawrence plant is not Year 2000 compliant. This system
is to be replaced by November 30, 1999. We purchased three Cardinal packaging
plants in July 1999 that are using non-compliant Year 2000 business
applications. All of these plants will be converted to our Year 2000 compliant
software by December 6, 1999. Our Woodstock plant is scheduled to replace the
software on its palletizer by November 30, 1999 to make it Year 2000 ready. The
costs of these conversions are estimated to be below $110,000, none of which has
been paid through October 2, 1999.
The major Year 2000 risk that we face is the Year 2000 readiness of
external suppliers of goods and services. We could have material disruption in
our ability to produce and deliver product should there be major disruptions in
the economy or failure of key suppliers. While it is impossible to account for
the effectiveness of every supplier's Year 2000 efforts, the following steps are
in the process of being completed:
o We are identifying key suppliers, which include
suppliers of raw material, banking, transportation,
service, and utility providers and surveying these
suppliers as to their Year 2000 status;
o We are identifying which suppliers are not compliant or
at risk; and
41
<PAGE>
o We are engaging in risk assessment and contingency
planning for these key suppliers.
We have identified 304 "key suppliers" that we have surveyed to
determine their Year 2000 status. The following is a summary of this survey as
of October 22, 1999.
NUMBER OF
SUPPLIER RESPONSE SUPPLIERS
---------------------------- ----------
o Fully Year 2000 compliant 203
o Compliant by third
quarter 1999 30
o Compliant by fourth
quarter 1999 34
o Second request for
information 32
o No response 4
o Supplier will not respond 1
We are in the process of following up with all companies that were to be
compliant by the third and fourth quarter of 1999 to determine their current
status. By the end of November 1999, we will have completed our survey and put
into place any contingency plans.
The amount of potential liability and lost revenue due to Year 2000
issues cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. We will continue to work
throughout the year to minimize any Year 2000 risks.
42
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
We believe that we are the nation's leading manufacturer and supplier of
plastic injection- molded aerosol overcaps, drink cups and rigid thinwall
open-top containers for a wide variety of end-use markets. Based on discussions
with our customers, internal sales representatives and external sales brokers,
we believe that we are also a leading manufacturer and supplier of plastic
injection-molded semi-disposable housewares. In addition, with sales of over two
billion aerosol overcaps in fiscal 1998 and based on discussions with our
customers, sales representatives and external sales brokers, we believe that we
are the largest supplier of plastic aerosol overcaps in the world. In our
plastic packaging business, we focus primarily on three markets: aerosol
overcaps, rigid thinwall open-top containers and drink cups. Our housewares
business produces home products such as dinnerware, tumblers and garden items.
We concentrate on manufacturing high-quality items sold to image-conscious
marketers of consumer and industrial products. With over 1,000 proprietary
molds, superior color matching capabilities, sophisticated multi- color printing
techniques and nationwide plant locations, we consistently produce and deliver
mass quantities of high-quality products on a cost-efficient basis.
Our total net sales among our product categories is as follows:
FISCAL
----------------------------------------------
1994 1995 1996 1997 1998
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
PLASTIC PACKAGING
PRODUCTS:
Aerosol overcaps ........ $ 38.0 $ 43.6 $ 49.7 $ 47.1 $ 49.1
Rigid open-top containers 61.6 71.1 80.8 111.5 145.9
Drink cups .............. 17.3 14.1 37.6 39.9
Other ................... 6.5 8.7 6.5 13.3 15.3
PLASTIC HOUSEWARES PRODUCTS: 17.5 21.6
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Total net sales ............ $106.1 $140.7 $151.1 $227.0 $271.8
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
We supply aerosol overcaps to a wide variety of customers and for a wide
variety of products. Similarly, our containers are used for packaging a broad
spectrum of consumer and commercial products. Our drink cups are sold to fast
food and family-dining restaurants, convenience stores, stadiums and retail
stores. Our housewares products are primarily seasonal, semi-disposable
housewares and lawn and garden items such as plates, bowls, pitchers, tumblers
and flower pots. Our largest housewares customer, Wal-Mart, named us their
housewares "Supplier of the Year" for 1998.
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
We believe that we are a strong competitor in our industry for the
following reasons:
o SUCCESSFUL INTEGRATION OF NUMEROUS STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS. We have
historically acquired businesses that we believe will improve our
financial performance in the long-term and, in some cases, provide
us with a new or complementary product line. We have successfully
closed ten acquisitions since 1992. Our acquired businesses had
aggregate pre-acquisition revenues of about $239 million. We believe
that our acquisitions have strengthened our core businesses, as well
as opened up new product lines and markets for us. Moreover, we
believe that we have materially reduced the manufacturing and
overhead costs of the companies that we acquired by introducing high
technology manufacturing processes, closing excess facilities and
taking advantage of economies of scale. The rapid pace of our
acquisitions of other business may adversely effect our efforts to
integrate acquisitions and manage those acquisitions profitability.
Also, costs of integration could have an adverse affect on
short-term operating results.
o HIGH-CAPACITY, STATE-OF-THE-ART PRODUCTION CAPABILITIES. We operate
over 300 injection molding machines in 12 locations in the United
States and one location in Europe. These machines, many of which are
high-speed, specialized machines, range in clamp tonnage from 80 to
825 tons. Our wide range of state-of-the-art molding machines and
national distribution system allow us to economically mass produce
high-quality products. In addition, our modern and extensive
post-molding capabilities include printing, labeling, assembly,
packing and distribution.
43
<PAGE>
o FULL PRODUCT LINES AND STRONG MARKET POSITION. A substantial
majority of our sales are in product categories in which we are the
nation's largest supplier. We use over 1,000 active molds, providing
our customers with a wide range of products from which to choose. We
believe that our extensive product lines, market experience, product
quality and focus on customer satisfaction allow us to maintain our
strong position in our key markets.
o LARGE, DIRECT SALES FORCE. Our sales force is comprised of over 40
dedicated professionals and is focused on working both with
customers and with our internal production and product design
personnel to develop customized packaging. We believe that the size
of our sales force allows us to maintain close working relationships
with our customers.
o IN-HOUSE PRODUCT DESIGN AND GRAPHIC ARTS CAPABILITIES. We have an
in-house staff of 16 product development engineers and 22 graphic
artists. These professionals work closely with customers to develop
new products and designs. We also believe that our customized
designs often help our customers differentiate their products in the
marketplace and improve their product's performance. We believe that
these capabilities have given us a significant competitive advantage
in certain high-margin niche container product markets where the
ability to produce sophisticated and colorful graphics is crucial to
a product's success.
o DEDICATION TO SERVICE AND QUALITY. As a result of our dedication to
service and quality, we have received several awards from our top
ten customers including, in 1998, Wal-Mart's "Supplier of the Year"
award in its housewares division and SC Johnson Wax's "Supplier
Quality Achievement Award." In addition, four of our plants are ISO
9000 certified. Our remaining nine facilities are working to obtain
their ISO 9000 certification. ISO 9000 certification is only given
to companies that meet the requirements of a quality management
system established by the International Standardization
Organization.
o LARGE, DIVERSE CUSTOMER BASE. We sell our plastic packaging and
housewares products to over 7,000 customers who are engaged in a
variety of businesses. We believe that this provides us with a
stable client base that is not materially affected by particular
end-use market fluctuations. We also believe that we are the
single-source or largest supplier of plastic aerosol overcaps,
containers and drink cups to a majority of our customers. Our top
ten customers represented only about 18% of our fiscal 1998 net
sales on a pro forma basis. Our largest customer represented only
about 4% of our fiscal 1998 net sales on a pro forma basis. However,
intense competition could result in our products losing market share
or our having to reduce our prices, either of which would have a
material adverse effect on our business and results of operation.
GROWTH STRATEGY
Our goal is to maintain and enhance our market position and leverage our
core strengths to increase profitability. Our strategy to achieve this goal
includes the following elements:
o PURSUE STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS IN OUR CORE BUSINESSES. We have
successfully closed ten acquisitions since 1992. We will continue to
pursue strategic acquisitions that we believe will provide added
value to our core businesses. This acquisition strategy poses
several risks, such as the possibility that it will be difficult to
integrate new operations into our existing operations and the risks
of entering markets or offering services for which we have no prior
experience.
o DESIGN AND INTRODUCE INNOVATIVE NEW PRODUCTS TO PENETRATE NEW
MARKETS. We intend to grow our product lines and increase market
share by producing new products. For example, we recently developed
a complete line of pool chemical containers specifically designed
for Arch. We also introduced a 16 oz. insulated coffee mug and lid,
with enhanced functionality and styling, in 1999 and a single-serve
soft ice cream dispensing container that was recently accepted for
use by Healthy Choice. This strategy may prove unsuccessful if we
are unable to successfully develop new products or penetrate our
targeted markets.
o EMPHASIZE OUTSTANDING PRODUCT QUALITY AND CUSTOMER SERVICE. Through
our dedication to product quality and service, we intend to grow our
base business through growth in the marketplace and by gaining
business from our competitors. Our field sales, production, and
support staff meet with customers to
44
<PAGE>
understand their needs and improve our product offerings and
services. Each of our customers has designated sales and customer
service representatives responsible for their individual needs.
Sophisticated technology is an ongoing part of our traditional
quality assurance activities. We extensively test parts for size,
color, strength and material quality using statistical process
control techniques.
PLASTIC PACKAGING PRODUCTS
AEROSOL OVERCAPS
Based on discussions with our customers, internal sales representatives
and external brokers, we believe that we are the worldwide leader in the
production of aerosol overcaps. About 20% of the U.S. market consists of
marketers who produce overcaps for use on their own products. We believe that a
portion of these in-house producers will outsource the manufacture of aerosol
overcaps in order to reduce their inventory of manufacturing assets and to focus
on their core businesses. We believe that these companies will look to outsource
the manufacture of overcaps to high technology, low cost manufacturers, such as
Berry.
The aerosol overcaps that we produce are used in a wide variety of
consumer goods including spray paints, household and personal care products,
insecticides and numerous other commercial and consumer products. Most U.S.
manufacturers and contract fillers of aerosol products purchase some portion of
their needs from us. In fiscal 1998, no single aerosol overcap customer
accounted for more than 3% of our total net sales.
We believe that, over the years, Berry has developed several significant
competitive advantages including the following:
o a reputation for outstanding quality;
o short lead-time requirements to fill customer orders;
o long-standing relationships with major customers;
o the ability to quickly and accurately reproduce over 3,500 colors;
o proprietary packing technology that minimizes freight cost and
warehouse space; o high-speed, low-cost molding and decorating
capability; and o a broad product line of proprietary molds.
We received a "Supplier Quality Achievement Award" in 1998 from SC
Johnson Wax. We continue to develop new products in the plastic aerosol overcap
market, including the "spray-thru" line of aerosol overcaps, such as that used
for Pledge furniture polish.
Major competitors in this market include Dubuque Plastics, Cobra and
Transcontainer. In addition, a number of companies, including several of our
customers (e.g., S.C. Johnson and Reckitt & Colman), currently produce plastic
aerosol overcaps for their own use.
RIGID OPEN-TOP CONTAINERS
We produce six different types of containers, classified as follows:
o thinwall;
o child-resistant;
o pry-off;
o dairy;
o polypropylene; and
o industrial.
We believe that we are the leading U.S. manufacturer in thinwall, child-
resistant, pry-off and frozen dessert containers. We consider industrial
containers to be a market with little differentiation between products and an
absence of higher margin niches. The following table describes each of our six
container product lines:
45
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIZE OF
PRODUCT LINE DESCRIPTION CONTAINER USES OF PRODUCT
- ------------------ ------------------------- ------------ ------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Thinwall Food, promotional
Thinwalled, multi-purpose products, toys and a
containers with or 6 oz. to 2 wide variety of other
without handles and lids gallons uses
Child-resistant Containers that meet
Consumer Product Safety
Commission standards for 2 lbs. to 2
child safety gallons Pool and other chemicals
Pry-off Containers having a tight Building products,
lid-fit and requiring an 4 oz. to 2 adhesives, other
opening device gallons industrial uses
Cultured dairy products
including yogurt,
Dairy Thinwall containers in 6 oz. to 1.25 cottage cheese, sour
traditional dairy market gallons, cream and dips, frozen
sizes and styles Multi-pack desserts
Polypropylene Usually clear containers
in round, oblong or Food, deli, sauces,
rectangular shapes 6 oz. to 5 lbs. salads
Industrial Thick-walled, larger Building products,
pails designed to 2.5 to 5 chemicals, paints, other
accommodate heavy loads gallons industrial uses
</TABLE>
The largest uses for our containers are for food products, building
products, chemicals and dairy products. We have a diverse customer base for our
container lines, and no single container customer exceeded 3% of our total net
sales in fiscal 1998.
We believe that we offer the broadest product line among U.S.-based
injection-molded plastic container manufacturers. Our container capacities range
from 4 ounces to 5 gallons and are offered in various styles with accompanying
lids, bails and handles, as well as a wide array of decorating options. In
addition to a complete product line, we offer sophisticated printing
capabilities, an in-house graphic arts department, low cost manufacturing
capability with 12 plants strategically located throughout the U.S. and a
dedication to high-quality products and customer service. Our product engineers,
located in most of our facilities, work with customers to design and
commercialize new containers.
We seek to develop niche container products and new applications for our
products by taking advantage of our state-of-the-art decorating and graphic arts
capabilities and dedication to service and quality. We believe that these
capabilities have given us a significant competitive advantage in certain
high-margin niche container product markets where the ability to produce
sophisticated and colorful graphics is crucial to the product's success.
Examples of these products are popcorn containers for new movie promotions and
professional and college sporting and entertainment events. In order to identify
new applications for existing products, we rely extensively on our national
sales force. Once opportunities are identified, the sales force works with our
product design engineers to satisfy customers' needs.
In the non-industrial container market, our strongest competitors
include Airlite, Sweetheart, Landis and Polytainers. We also produce industrial
pails for a market that is dominated by large volume competitors such as Letlea,
Plastican, NAMPAC and Ropak. We do not participate heavily in this market due to
its generally lower margins. We intend to selectively participate in the
industrial container market when higher margin opportunities, equipment
utilization or customer requirements make participation an attractive option.
DRINK CUPS
We believe that we are the leading provider of injection-molded plastic
drink cups in the United States. As beverage producers, convenience stores and
fast food restaurants increase their marketing efforts for larger sized drinks,
we believe that the plastic drink cup market will expand because of plastic's
desirability over paper for larger drink cups. We produce injection-molded
plastic cups that range in size from 12 to 64 ounces. Our primary markets are
fast food and family-dining restaurants, convenience stores, stadiums, and
retail stores. Virtually all of our cups
46
<PAGE>
are decorated, often as promotional items, and we are known in the industry for
our innovative, state-of-the-art graphics capability.
We have historically supplied a full line of traditional straight-sided
and drive-through style drink cups from 12 to 64 ounces with disposable and
reusable lids primarily to fast food and convenience store chains. With the
acquisition of PackerWare, we expanded our presence in this market while
diversifying into the stadium and family-dining restaurant markets. The 64 ounce
cup, which has been highly successful with convenience stores, is one of our
fastest growing drink cups. Our major competitors in the drink cup market
include Packaging Resources Incorporated, Pescor Plastics and WNA (formerly Cups
Illustrated).
CUSTOM MOLDED PRODUCTS AND CLOSURES PRODUCTS
We also make custom molded products by using molds provided by our
customers as the model. Typically, the low cost of entry in the custom molded
products market creates an open marketplace in which many companies can compete.
Rather than pursue the overall custom molded products market, we focus our
custom molding efforts on those customers who value our mold and product design
expertise, superior color matching abilities and sophisticated multi-color
printing capabilities. The majority of our custom business requires specialized
equipment and expertise.
We entered the closures market as a result of our acquisition of Norwich
in July 1998. We only sell closure products in the United Kingdom. The primary
closure product that we sell is a foil sealed milk cap. Demand for this product
has increased in recent years as the U.K.'s milk market is using more plastic
containers. Through Norwich, we offer a broad product line that includes
dispensing, tamper evident and custom molded closures.
PLASTIC HOUSEWARES PRODUCTS
Our participation in the multi-billion dollar plastic housewares market
is focused on producing and selling seasonal (spring and summer) semi-disposable
plastic housewares (e.g., plates, bowls, pitchers and tumblers) and plastic lawn
and garden products (primarily outdoor flower pots). We sell virtually all of
our products in this market through major national retail marketers and national
chain stores including Wal-Mart and Target. PackerWare is a recognized brand
name in these markets and our PackerWare branded products are often co-branded
by our customers.
Historically, our PackerWare subsidiary has provided high-quality
products to consumers at a relatively modest price that is consistent with the
pricing targets of our retail marketers. We believe that outstanding service and
ability to deliver products with timely combination of color and design further
enhance our position in this market. We received an award as the "Supplier of
the Year" in 1998 by Wal-Mart in its housewares division.
MARKETING AND SALES
We reach our large and diversified base of over 7,000 customers
primarily through our direct field sales force of over 40 professionals. These
field sales representatives are focused on individual product lines, but are
encouraged to sell all of our products to serve the needs of our customers. We
believe that a direct field sales force is able to focus on target markets and
customers, with the added benefit of permitting us to control pricing decisions
centrally. We also use the services of manufacturing representatives to assist
our direct sales force.
We believe that we produce a high level of customer satisfaction. Highly
skilled customer service representatives are located in each of our facilities
to support the national field sales force. In addition, telemarketing
representatives, marketing managers and sales/marketing executives oversee
marketing and sales efforts. Manufacturing and engineering personnel work
closely with field sales personnel to satisfy customers' needs through the
production of high quality, value-added products and on-time deliveries.
Additional marketing and sales techniques include promoting the benefits
that our Graphic Arts department with computer-assisted graphic design
capabilities and in-house production of photopolymer printing plates can offer
our customers. Our centralized color matching and materials blending department
uses a computerized spectrophotometer to ensure that colors produced match those
requested by customers.
47
<PAGE>
MANUFACTURING
GENERAL
We manufacture our products using a plastic injection molding process.
In this process, plastic resin, in the form of small pellets, is fed into an
injection molding machine. The injection molding machine melts the plastic resin
and injects it into a multi-cavity steel mold, which forces the plastic resin to
take the final shape of the product. After they solidify, which generally takes
between five and 25 seconds, the plastic parts are ejected from the mold into
automated handling systems from which they are packed in corrugated containers
for further processing or shipment. After molding, the product may be either
decorated (printing, silk-screening, labeling) or assembled (e.g., bail handles
fitted to containers). We believe that our molding and decorating capabilities
are among the best in the industry.
Our overall manufacturing philosophy is to be a low-cost producer by
using high-speed molding machines, modern multi-cavity hot runner, cold runner
and insulated runner molds, extensive material handling automation and
sophisticated printing technology. We package large volume products using
state-of-the-art robotic packaging processes. This technology enables us to
deliver a higher quality product (due to reduced breakage) and lowers
warehousing and shipping costs (due to more efficient use of space). At each of
our plants we have complete tooling maintenance capability to support our
molding and decorating operations. We historically have made, and intend to
continue to make, significant capital investments in plant and equipment because
of our objectives to grow, to improve productivity, to maintain competitive
advantages, and to maintain the large base of equipment and other assets
necessary for our business.
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
Our full-time product engineers use three-dimensional
computer-aided-design technology to design and modify new products and prepare
mold drawings. Engineers use an in-house model shop that includes a
thermoforming machine to produce prototypes and sample parts. They simulate the
molding environment by running prototype molds in a small injection molding
machine dedicated to the research and development of new products. Production
molds are then designed and outsourced for production by various companies in
the U.S. and Canada with whom we have extensive experience and established
relationships. Our engineers oversee the mold-building process from start to
finish.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Each of our plants uses Total Quality Management philosophies. These
philosophies include the use of statistical process control and extensive
involvement of employees to increase productivity. This team approach to
problem-solving increases employee participation and provides necessary training
at all levels. Four of our plants have ISO 9000 certification, which certifies
compliance by a company in meeting the requirements of a quality management
system established by the International Standardization Organization. Our
Evansville plant was certified in 1994, our Henderson plant was certified in
1995, our Iowa Falls plant was certified in 1996 and our Lawrence plant was
certified in 1998. We are pursuing ISO certification in all of our other
facilities. Extensive testing of parts for size, color, strength and material
quality using statistical process control techniques and sophisticated
technology is also an ongoing part of our traditional quality assurance
activities.
SYSTEMS
We use a fully integrated computer software system at our plants that is
capable of producing complete financial and operational reports. This accounting
and control system may be expanded to add new features and/or locations as we
grow. In addition, we have a sophisticated quality assurance system based on ISO
9000 certification, a bar code based material management system and an
integrated manufacturing system.
SOURCES AND AVAILABILITY OF RAW MATERIALS
Plastic resin is the most important raw material that we purchase. We
purchased about $62 million of resin in fiscal 1998 (excluding specialty
resins), of which 70% was high density polyethylene, 12% linear low density
polyethylene and 18% polypropylene. Our purchasing strategy is to buy from only
high-quality, dependable suppliers, such as Dow, Union Carbide, Chevron,
Phillips, Equistar, and Mobil. Although we do not have any supply contracts with
our key suppliers, we believe that we have maintained outstanding relationships
with these key suppliers over the past several years and expect that such
relationships will continue into the foreseeable future.
48
<PAGE>
Based on our experience, we believe that adequate quantities of plastic resins
will be available, but we cannot assure you of that. See "Risk Factors--We do
not have firm contracts with plastic resin supplies."
EMPLOYEES
We have about 2,800 employees. None of our employees are covered by
collective bargaining agreements. On February 5, 1998, the employees in
Monroeville, Ohio voted to decertify the union in the facility. This facility
was acquired as a result of the acquisition of Venture and was our only plant
with a collective bargaining agreement during 1998.
PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS
We have numerous patents and trademarks on our products. None of the
patents or trademarks are considered by management to be material to our
business. See "Legal Proceedings" below.
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS AND GOVERNMENT REGULATION
Our past and present operations and the past and present ownership and
operations of real property by Berry are subject to extensive and changing
federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations pertaining to the
discharge of materials into the environment, the handling and disposition of
wastes or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. We believe
that we are in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and
regulations. However, we cannot predict whether we will incur liability in the
future under environmental statutes and regulations with respect to
non-compliance with environmental laws, contamination of sites formerly or
currently owned or operated by us (including contamination caused by prior
owners and operators of such sites) or the off-site disposal of hazardous
substances.
Based upon a May 1998 compliance inspection, the Ohio Environmental
Protection Agency issued a Notice of Violation dated June 23, 1998 to Venture
alleging that its Monroeville, Ohio facility failed to file certain reports
required pursuant to the Federal Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know
Act of 1986 (also known as "SARA Title III") for the reporting years 1994 and
1995. This matter has since been closed by the Ohio Environmental Protection
Agency. No fines or penalties were assessed.
Like any manufacturer, we may receive notices of potential liability,
pursuant to CERCLA or analogous state laws, for cleanup costs associated with
offsite waste recycling or disposal facilities at which wastes associated with
its operations have allegedly come to be located. Liability under CERCLA is
strict, retroactive and joint and several. No such notices are currently
pending.
The Food and Drug Administration regulates the material content of
direct- contact food containers and packages, including certain thinwall
containers that we manufacture. We use approved resins and pigments in our
direct contact food products and believe we are in material compliance with all
such applicable FDA regulations.
The plastics industry, including Berry, also is subject to existing and
potential federal, state, local and foreign legislation designed to reduce solid
wastes by requiring, among other things, plastics to be degradable in landfills,
minimum levels of recycled content, various recycling requirements, disposal
fees and limits on the use of plastic products. In addition, various consumer
and special interest groups have lobbied from time to time for the
implementation of these and other similar measures. The principal resin used in
our products, high-density polyethylene, is recyclable, and, accordingly, we
believe that the legislation promulgated to date and such initiatives to date
have not affected us negatively. It is possible that any future legislative or
regulatory efforts or future initiatives may affect us adversely. Beginning
January 1, 1995, legislation in Oregon, California and Wisconsin requires
products packaged in rigid plastic containers to comply with standards intended
to encourage recycling and to increase the use of recycled materials. Although
the regulations vary by state, the principal requirement is typically the use of
recycled plastic as an ingredient in containers sold for non-food uses.
Additionally, Oregon and California allow lightweighting of the container or
concentrating the product sold in the container as options for compliance.
Oregon and California provide for an exemption from all these regulations if
statewide recycling reaches or exceeds 25% of rigid plastic containers. In
September 1996, California passed a new bill permanently exempting food and
cosmetics containers from this requirement. However, non-food containers are
still required to comply.
49
<PAGE>
In December 1996, the Department of Environmental Quality estimated that
Oregon had met its recycling goal of 25% for 1997 (based on 1996 data), and
accordingly, was in compliance for the 1997 calendar year. However, in January
1998, California formally approved a 23.2% recycling rate for the state during
1996, and since this falls below the required 25% rate for exemption of non-food
containers, the state can now begin enforcing its recycled content mandate on
any non-food plastic containers from 8 oz. to 5 gallons. In order to facilitate
individual customer compliance with these regulations, we provide our customers
with the option to purchase containers that are lower weight.
50
<PAGE>
PROPERTIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
The following table sets forth our principal facilities:
LOCATION ACRES SQUARE FOOTAGE USE OWNED/LEASED
- ---------------------- ------ -------------- --------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Lawrence, KS.......... 19.3 423,000 Manufacturing Owned
Headquarters and
Evansville, IN........ 13.4 420,000 Manufacturing Owned
Leased
(expires
Ontario, CA........... 10.0 200,000 Manufacturing August 2003)
Henderson, NV......... 12.0 168,000 Manufacturing Owned
Charlotte, NC......... 32.0 148,000 Manufacturing Owned
Streetsboro, OH....... 12.0 140,000 Manufacturing Owned
Monroeville, OH....... 19.0 112,000 Manufacturing Owned
Leased
(expires
Minneapolis, MN....... 3.0 110,000 Manufacturing December 1999)
Suffolk, VA........... 14.0 102,000 Manufacturing Owned
Iowa Falls, IA........ 14.0 101,000 Manufacturing Owned
Woodstock, IL......... 11.7 98,000 Manufacturing Owned
Norwich, England...... 5.0 44,000 Manufacturing Owned
Leased
(expires
York, PA.............. 10.0 40,000 Manufacturing December 2001)
</TABLE>
We believe that our property and equipment are well-maintained, in good
operating condition and adequate for our present needs.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are party to various legal proceedings involving routine claims which
are incidental to our business. Although our legal and financial liability with
respect to such proceedings cannot be estimated with certainty, we believe that
any ultimate liability would not be material to our financial condition.
Berry and/or our subsidiary Berry Sterling have been litigating two
lawsuits that involve United States Patent No. Des. 362,368 (the "'368" Patent).
This patent claims an ornamental design for a cup that fits an automobile cup
holder. On September 21, 1995, Berry Sterling filed suit in United States
District Court, Eastern District of Virginia, against Pescor Plastics, Inc. for
infringement of this patent. Pescor Plastics filed counterclaims seeking a
declaratory judgment of invalidity and non-infringement, and damages under the
Lanham Act. On December 28, 1995, Berry Sterling filed suit against Packaging
Resources Incorporated in United States District Court, Southern District of New
York, for infringement of this patent and seeking, among other equitable relief,
damages in an unspecified amount. Packaging Resources has filed counterclaims
against Berry Sterling alleging violation of the Lanham Act, tortious
interference with Packaging Resources' prospective business advantage, consumer
fraud and requesting a declaratory judgment that its "Drive-N-Go" cup does not
infringe this patent. Packaging Resources has not specified the amount of
damages sought. On February 25, 1998, after trial, a jury rendered a verdict in
Berry Sterling's action against Pescor Plastics. The jury found the patent to be
invalid on the grounds of functionality and obviousness and awarded Pescor
$150,000 on its counterclaim. The jury also found that Pescor willfully
infringed the patent and awarded Berry Sterling damages of $1.2 million, but
this award was not included in the judgment because of the finding of the
invalidity of the patent. On March 11, 1998, Berry Sterling filed a motion with
the Court to set aside the verdict of invalidity and the award on the
counterclaim, which was subsequently denied by the Court. On April 29, 1998,
Berry Sterling filed a Notice of Appeal of the Court's judgment and the denial
of its motion to set aside the jury's verdict. Oral argument for the appeal took
place on January 5, 1999.
51
<PAGE>
On August 30, 1999, the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal
Circuit (the "Federal Circuit") decided Berry Sterling's appeal in the Pescor
Plastics case. The Federal Circuit affirmed the jury's finding that the '368
Patent owned by Berry Sterling was invalid. The Federal Circuit also affirmed in
part and reversed in part the jury's finding of a Lanham Act violation, reducing
the amount of the damages award against Berry Sterling from $150,000 to $7,490.
The stipulated final judgment against Berry Sterling (included costs and
applicable interest) in the Pescor case is $24,171.26.
Pursuant to the terms of a Stipulation and Order executed by Berry
Sterling and Packaging Resources Incorporated, the Packaging Resources case will
be taken off the suspense calendar and restored to the Court's active docket.
Based on the invalidity of the '368 Patent, Packaging Resources is seeking to
dismiss Berry Sterling's patent infringement claim in that case. Packaging
Resources also currently intends to pursue its counterclaim's against Berry
Sterling alleging violation of the Lanham Act, tortious interference with
Packaging Resource's prospective business advantage and consumer fraud.
52
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
executive officers, directors and certain key personnel of our parent, Holding
and its subsidiaries:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE TITLE ENTITY
- ---- --- ------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Roberto Buaron(1)(4)............... 52 Chairman and Director Berry and Holding
President, Chief Executive
Martin R. Imbler(1)(4)............. 51 Officer and Director Berry
President and Director Holding
Executive Vice President -
Ira G. Boots....................... 45 Operations and Director Berry
Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer, Treasurer and
James M. Kratochvil................ 42 Secretary Berry
Executive Vice President - Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary Holding
Executive Vice President, Sales
R. Brent Beeler.................... 46 and Marketing Berry
Vice President - Sales and
Randy Hobson....................... 32 Marketing Berry
Vice President - Planning and
Administration and Assistant
Ruth Richmond...................... 36 Secretary Berry
Vice President and Plant Manager
- Lawrence
David Weaver....................... 36 Vice President and Plant Manager Berry
-Evansville
Fredrick A. Heseman................ 46 Vice President - Sales and Berry
Bruce J. Sims...................... 49 Marketing, Housewares Berry
Vice President - Sales and
George A. Willbrandt............... 54 Marketing Berry
Lawrence G. Graev(2)(3)............ 54 Director Berry and Holding
Vice President, Assistant
Joseph S. Levy(2)(3)............... 31 Secretary and Director Berry and Holding
Donald J. Hofmann, Jr.(1)(2)(3)(4). 41 Director Berry and Holding
Mathew J. Lori..................... 35 Director Berry and Holding
David M. Clarke.................... 48 Director Berry and Holding
</TABLE>
(1) Member of the Stock Option Committee of Holding.
(2) Member of the Audit Committee of Holding.
(3) Member of the Audit Committee of Berry.
(4) Member of the Compensation Committee of Berry.
ROBERTO BUARON has been Chairman and a Director of Berry since it was
organized in December 1990. He has also served as Chairman and a Director of
Holding since 1990. He is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of First
Atlantic Capital, Ltd., which he founded in 1989. From 1987 to 1989, he was an
Executive Vice President with Overseas Partners, Inc., an investment management
firm. From 1983 to 1986, he was First Vice President of Smith Barney, Inc., and
a General Partner of First Century Partnership, its venture capital affiliate.
Prior to 1983, he was a Principal at McKinsey & Company. Mr. Buaron is also a
director of CFP Holdings, Inc., a processed meat company.
MARTIN R. IMBLER has been President, Chief Executive Officer and a
Director of Berry since January 1991. He has also served as a Director of
Holding since January 1991, and as President of Holding since May 1996. From
June 1987 to December 1990, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of
Risdon Corporation, a cosmetic packaging company. Mr. Imbler was employed by
American Can Company from 1981 to 1987, as Vice President and General Manager of
the East/South Region Food and General Line Packaging business from 1985 to 1987
and as Vice President-Marketing, from 1981 to 1985.
53
<PAGE>
IRA G. BOOTS has been Executive Vice President-Operations, and a
Director of Berry since April 1992. Prior to that, Mr. Boots was Vice President
of Operations, Engineering and Product Development of the Company from December
1990 to April 1992. Mr. Boots was employed by Berry Plastics, Inc. from 1984 to
December 1990 as Vice President-Operations.
JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL was promoted to Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer of Berry in December 1997. He
formerly served as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of
Berry since 1991, and as Treasurer of Berry since May 1996. He was also promoted
to Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Holding in
December 1997. He formerly served as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Secretary of Holding since 1991. Mr. Kratochvil was employed by Berry Plastics,
Inc. from 1985 to 1991 as Controller.
R. BRENT BEELER was promoted to Executive Vice President-Sales and
Marketing in February 1996. He formerly served as Vice President, Sales and
Marketing of Berry since December 1990. Mr. Beeler was employed by Berry
Plastics, Inc. from October 1988 to December 1990 as Vice President, Sales and
Marketing.
RANDY HOBSON has been Vice President-Sales and Marketing of Berry since
June 1998. Mr. Hobson was Marketing Manager-Containers for Berry from November
1997 to June 1998. Prior to that, he was a Regional Sales Manager from 1992 to
November 1997. Mr. Hobson joined Berry Plastics, Inc. in 1988.
RUTH RICHMOND has been Assistant Secretary of Holding and Berry since
April 1998. Ms. Richmond has been Vice President-Planning and Administration of
Berry since January 1995. From January 1994 to December 1994, Ms. Richmond was
Vice President and Plant Manager-Henderson. Ms. Richmond was Plant
Manager-Henderson from February 1993 to January 1994 and Assistant General
Manager-Henderson from February 1991 to February 1993. Ms. Richmond joined the
accounting department of Berry Plastics, Inc. in 1986.
DAVID WEAVER has been Vice President and Plant Manager-Lawrence of Berry
since January 1997. From January 1993 to January 1997, he was Vice President and
Plant Manager-Iowa Falls. From February 1992 to January 1993, Mr. Weaver was
Plant Manager-Iowa Falls and, prior to that, he was Maintenance Engineering
Supervisor from July 1990 to February 1992. Mr. Weaver was a Project Engineer
from January 1989 to July 1990 for Berry Plastics, Inc.
FREDRICK A. HESEMAN was promoted to Vice President and Plant
Manager-Evansville of Berry in December 1997. From October 1996 to December
1997, Mr. Heseman was Plant Manager-Evansville, and prior to that, he was
Engineering Manager from December 1990 to October 1996. Mr. Heseman was employed
by Berry Plastics, Inc. from June 1987 to December 1990 as Engineering Manager.
BRUCE J. SIMS has been Vice President-Sales and Marketing, Housewares of
Berry since January 1997. Prior to the acquisition of PackerWare, Mr. Sims
served as President of PackerWare from March 1996 to January 1997 and as Vice
President from October 1994 to March 1996. From January 1990 to October 1994 he
was Vice President of the Miner Container Corporation, a national injection
molder. Mr. Sims was Executive Vice President of MKM Distribution Company from
1985 to 1990.
GEORGE A. WILLBRANDT was promoted to Vice President-Sales and Marketing
of Berry in April 1997. He formerly served as Vice President, Sales and
Marketing of Berry Sterling since 1995. Prior to that he was President and
co-owner of Sterling Products, which he founded in 1983.
LAWRENCE G. GRAEV has been a Director of Berry and Holding since August
1995. Mr. Graev is the Chairman of the law firm of O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell,
LLP of New York, where he has been a partner since 1974. Mr. Graev is also a
Director of First Atlantic.
JOSEPH S. LEVY has been Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Berry
and Holding since April 1995. Mr. Levy has been a Director of Holding and the
Company since April 1998. Mr. Levy has been a Vice President of First Atlantic
Capital, Ltd. since December 1994. From 1991 to December 1994, Mr. Levy was an
Associate at First Atlantic.
54
<PAGE>
DONALD J. HOFMANN, JR. has been a Director of Holding and Berry since
June 1996. Mr. Hofmann has been a General Partner of Chase Capital Partners
since 1992. Prior to that, he was head of MH Capital Partners Inc., the equity
investment arm of Manufacturers Hanover. Mr. Hofmann is also a director of
Advanced Accessory Systems, LLC, a manufacturer of towing and rack systems and
related accessories for automobiles.
MATHEW J. LORI has been a Director of Holding and Berry since October
1996. Mr. Lori has been a Principal with Chase Capital Partners since January
1998, and prior to that, Mr. Lori had been an Associate since April 1996. From
September 1993 to March 1996, he was an Associate in the Merchant Banking Group
of The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.
DAVID M. CLARKE has been a Director of Holding and Berry since June
1996. Mr. Clarke is a Managing Director with Aetna, Inc., a private equity
investment group and, prior to that, he had been a Vice President in the
Investment Group of Aetna Life Insurance Company from 1988 to 1996.
A stockholders agreement contains provisions regarding the election of
directors. See "Certain Transactions--Stockholders Agreements."
BOARD COMMITTEES
The Board of Directors of Holding has an Audit Committee and a Stock
Option Committee, and the Board of Directors of Berry has an Audit Committee and
a Compensation Committee. In each case, the Audit Committees oversee the
activities of the independent auditors and internal controls. The Stock Option
Committee administers the Holding 1996 Stock Option Plan. The Compensation
Committee makes recommendations to the Board of Directors of Berry concerning
salaries and incentive compensation for our officers and employees.
55
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth a summary of the compensation paid by
Berry to our Chief Executive Officer and our four other most highly compensated
executive officers (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers") for services
rendered in all capacities to Berry during fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG TERM
COMPENSATION
ANNUAL COMPENSATION SECURITIES
FISCAL ------------------- UNDERLYING OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY BONUS OPTIONS(#) COMPENSATION(1)
- --------------------------------------- ------ -------- -------- ---------- --------------
1998 $327,397 46,697 -- $1,650
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Martin R. Imbler...................... 1997 307,396 87,623 -- 1,520
President and Chief Executive Officer 1996 292,078 128,993 8,472 595,848
Ira G. Boots........................... 1998 176,631 39,024 -- 1,650
Executive Vice President - 1997 151,691 72,868 -- 1,520
Operations 1996 145,735 94,205 5,214 239,335
James M. Kratochvil....................
Executive Vice President, Chief 1998 142,483 30,413 -- 1,650
Financial Officer, Treasurer and 1997 119,459 56,307 -- 1,520
Secretary 1996 112,614 72,796 3,259 120,427
R. Brent Beeler........................ 1998 145,218 32,621 -- 1,650
Executive Vice President - Sales 1997 125,973 60,554 -- 1,520
and Marketing 1996 121,108 72,796 3,259 120,427
George A. Willbrandt................... 1998 182,823 39,024 -- 1,650
Vice President - Sales and 1997 214,788 -- -- 11,303
Marketing 1996 182,077 100,000 -- 201,420
</TABLE>
(1) Amounts shown reflect contributions by us under our 401(k) plan and
payments made under a one-time deferred bonus award plan. See "Certain
Transactions -- Management." "
The following table provides information on the number of exercisable
and unexercisable management stock options held by the Named Executive Officers
at January 2, 1999.
FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES(1 )
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR-END FISCAL YEAR-END
NAME EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE(#) EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE(2)
- -------------------------- --------------------------- ---------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Martin R. Imbler.......... 5,083/3,389 $355,810/237,230
Ira G. Boots.............. 3,128/2,086 218,960/146,020
James M. Kratochvil....... 1,955/1,304 136,850/91,280
R. Brent Beeler........... 1,955/1,304 136,850/91,280
George A. Willbrandt...... 780/520 54,600/36,400
</TABLE>
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Directors receive no cash consideration for serving on the Board of
Directors of Holding or Berry, but directors are reimbursed for out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with their duties as directors.
- --------------------------
(1) None of Holding's capital stock is currently publicly traded. The values
reflect management's estimate of the fair market value of the Class B
Nonvoting Common Stock of Holding at January 2, 1999.
(2) All options granted to management of Berry Plastics are exercisable for
shares of Class B Nonvoting Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of
Holding.
56
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
We have an employment agreement with Mr. Imbler that expires on June 30,
2001. Base compensation under the agreement for fiscal 1998 was $327,397. The
agreement also provides for an annual performance bonus of $50,000 to $175,000
based upon Berry's attainment of certain financial targets. We may terminate Mr.
Imbler's employment for "cause" or upon a "disability" (as such terms are
defined in the agreement). If we terminate Mr. Imbler "without cause" (as
defined in the agreement) Mr. Imbler is entitled to receive, among other things,
the greater of one year's salary or 1/12 of one year's salary for each year (not
to exceed 24 years in the aggregate) of employment with Berry. The agreement
also contains customary noncompetition, nondisclosure and nonsolicitation
provisions.
We also have employment agreements with each of Messrs. Boots,
Kratochvil, Beeler and Willbrandt each of which expires on June 30, 2001. The
agreements provided for fiscal 1998 base compensation of $176,631 for Mr. Boots,
$142,483 for Mr. Kratochvil, $145,218 for Mr. Beeler and $182,823 for Mr.
Willbrandt. Salaries are subject in each case to annual adjustment at the
discretion of the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. The
agreements entitle each executive to participate in all other incentive
compensation plans established for executive officers of Berry. We may terminate
each agreement for "cause" or a "disability" (as such terms are defined in the
agreements). If we terminate an executive's employment without "cause" (as
defined in the agreements), the agreements require that we pay certain amounts
to the terminated executive, including (1) the greater of (A) one year's salary
or (B) 1/12 of one year's salary for each year (not to exceed 24 years in the
aggregate) of employment with Berry (other than Mr. Willbrandt, who would
receive one year's salary), and (2) certain benefits under applicable incentive
compensation plans. Each agreement also includes customary noncompetition,
nondisclosure and nonsolicitation provisions.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
We established the Compensation Committee comprised of Messrs. Buaron,
Imbler and Hofmann, in October 1996. The annual salary and bonus paid to Messrs.
Imbler, Boots, Kratochvil, Beeler and Willbrandt for fiscal 1998 were determined
by the Compensation Committee in accordance with their respective employment
agreements. All other compensation decisions with respect to officers of Berry
are made by Mr. Imbler pursuant to policies established in consultation with the
Compensation Committee.
We are party to an Amended and Restated Management Agreement with First
Atlantic Capital, Ltd. pursuant to which First Atlantic Capital provides us with
financial advisory and management consulting services in exchange for an annual
fee of $750,000 and reimbursement for out-of-pocket costs and expenses. In
consideration of such services, we paid First Atlantic Capital fees and expenses
of $835,000 for fiscal 1998, $771,200 for fiscal 1997, and $787,600 for fiscal
1996. In connection with the recapitalization of Holding in 1996, the Management
Agreement was amended to provide for a fee for services rendered in connection
with certain transactions equal to the lesser of (1) 1% of the total transaction
value and (2) $1,250,000 for any such transaction consummated plus out-of-pocket
expenses in respect of such transaction, whether or not consummated. Also in
connection with the recapitalization of Holding in 1996, Holding paid a fee of
$1,250,000 plus reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses to First Atlantic
Capital for advisory services, including originating, structuring and
negotiating the transaction. In January 1997, First Atlantic Capital received
advisory fees of about $287,500 for originating, structuring and negotiating the
acquisition of PackerWare and about $28,700 for providing similar services in
connection with the acquisition of Container Industries. In May 1997, First
Atlantic Capital received advisory fees of about $117,900 for originating,
structuring and negotiating the acquisition of Virginia Design. In August 1997,
First Atlantic Capital received advisory fees of about $531,600 for providing
services in the acquisition of Venture Packaging. First Atlantic Capital
received advisory fees of about $140,000 in July 1998 for originating,
structuring and negotiating the acquisition of Norwich. In October 1998, First
Atlantic Capital received advisory fees of about $180,000 for providing services
in the acquisition of Knight Plastics. Upon completion of the Cardinal
acquisition, First Atlantic received advisory fees of about $695,000 for
services provided with respect to the acquisition.
See "Certain Transactions."
Mr. Buaron, the Chairman and a director of Holding and Berry, is the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of First Atlantic Capital. Mr. Graev is a
director of First Atlantic Capital. As an officer and the sole stockholder of
First Atlantic Capital, Mr. Buaron is entitled to receive any bonuses paid and
any dividends declared by First Atlantic Capital on its capital stock, including
any bonuses paid as a result of, and any dividends paid out of, the $1,250,000
fee paid by Holding to First Atlantic Capital in connection with the
recapitalization of Holding or any of the fees paid with respect to the
acquisitions described above. First Atlantic Capital is engaged by Atlantic
57
<PAGE>
Equity Partners International II to provide certain financial and management
consulting services for which it receives annual fees. First Atlantic Capital
and Atlantic Equity Partners International II have completely distinct ownership
and equity structures. See "Certain Transactions."
Atlantic Equity Partners, L.P., a stockholder of Holding prior to the
consummation of the recapitalization of Holding in 1996, received about $67.6
million from the sale of its common stock in Holding and warrants to purchase
common stock. First Atlantic is engaged by Atlantic Equity Partners to provide
certain financial and management consulting services for which it receives
annual fees. First Atlantic and Atlantic Equity Partners have completely
distinct ownership and equity structures. Atlantic Equity Associates, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership, is the sole general partner of Atlantic Equity
Partners. Mr. Buaron is the sole shareholder of Buaron Capital Corporation.
Buaron Capital is the managing and sole general partner of Atlantic Equity
Associates. By virtue of their direct and indirect ownership interests in
Atlantic Equity Partners, Mr. Levy is entitled to receive $178,000 and Buaron
Capital is entitled to receive $4,672,000 from the proceeds from the sale of
equity interests in Holding. See "Certain Transactions."
In connection with the recapitalization of Holding in 1996, Mr. Imbler,
a director of Berry and Holding, received about $5.9 million, Douglas E. Bell, a
former director of Berry, received about $2.5 million, Mr. Boots, a director of
Berry, received about $2.4 million, and Messrs. Beeler and Kratochvil, officers
of Berry, each received about $1.3 million from their sale of certain equity
interests in Holding. In connection with the offering in April 1994 of the 1994
Notes (the "1994 Transaction"), we paid a $50.0 million dividend on our common
stock to Holding, and Holding distributed that amount to its holders of equity
interests. In connection therewith, Holding agreed to pay cash bonuses, upon the
occurrence of certain events, to the members of management who held options
under Holding's 1991 Stock Option Plan in amounts equal to the amounts they
would have been entitled to had the shares of common stock underlying their
unvested options been outstanding at the time of the declaration of the $50.0
million dividend by Holding. As a result of the recapitalization of Holding,
such bonuses were paid to Messrs. Imbler, Bell, and Boots. Mr. Imbler received a
bonus in the amount of $594,000. Messrs. Bell and Boots each received bonuses of
$238,000. See "Certain Transactions."
In connection with the recapitalization of Holding in 1996, Chase
Securities Inc., an affiliate of Chase Venture Capital Associates and Messrs.
Hofmann and Lori, received a fee of $500,000 for arranging the sale of $15.0
million of Holding's Common Stock to Atlantic Equity Partners International II,
Chase Venture Capital Associates and certain other equity investors
(collectively, the "Common Stock Purchasers") and the sale of $15.0 million of
Holding's Preferred Stock to Chase Venture Capital Associates. Chase Manhattan
Investment Holdings, Inc., an affiliate of Chase Securities and Messrs. Hofmann
and Lori, received about $13.6 million from the sale of equity interests of
Holding in the 1996 Transaction.
STOCK OPTION PLAN
Employees, directors and certain independent consultants of Berry and
its subsidiaries are entitled to participate in the Holding 1996 Stock Option
Plan. This Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of both "incentive stock
options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended, and stock options that are non-qualified under the Code. The total
number of shares of Class B Nonvoting Common Stock of Holding for which options
may be granted pursuant to the Stock Option Plan is 51,620. The Stock Option
Plan will terminate on October 3, 2003 or such earlier date on which the Board
of Directors of Holding, in its sole discretion, determines. The Stock Option
Committee of the Board of Directors of Holding administers all aspects of the
Stock Option Plan. The Stock Option Committee selects which of Berry' directors,
employees and independent consultants will receive options, the time when
options are granted, whether the options are incentive stock options or
non-qualified stock options, the manner and timing for vesting of such options,
the terms of such options, the exercise date of any options and the number of
shares subject to such options. Directors who are also employees are eligible to
receive options under the Stock Option Plan.
The exercise price of incentive stock options granted by Holding under
the Stock Option Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the
Class B Nonvoting Common Stock at the time of grant and the term of any option
may not exceed seven years. With respect to any employee who owns stock
representing more than 10% of the voting power of the outstanding capital stock
of Holding, the exercise price of any incentive stock option may not be less
than 110% of the fair market value of such shares at the time of grant and the
term of such option may not exceed five years. The exercise price of a
non-qualified stock option is determined by the Stock Option Committee on the
date the option is granted. However, the exercise price of a non-qualified stock
option may not be
58
<PAGE>
less than 100% of the fair market value of Class B Nonvoting Common Stock if the
option is granted at any time after the initial public offering of such stock.
Options granted under the Stock Option Plan are nontransferable except
by will and the laws of descent and distribution. Options granted under the
Stock Option Plan typically expire after seven years and vest over a five-year
period based on timing as well as achieving financial performance targets.
Under the Stock Option Plan, as of July 3, 1999, there were outstanding
options to purchase an aggregate of 50,354 shares of Class B Nonvoting Common
Stock to 67 employees of Berry, at an exercise price between $100 and $122 per
share. Of that amount, options to purchase an aggregate of 21,504 shares have
been issued to the Named Executive Officers in October 1996, at an exercise
price of $100 per share, including 8,472 to Mr. Imbler, 5,214 to each of Messrs.
Bell and Boots, 3,259 to each of Messrs. Beeler and Kratochvil, and 1,300 to Mr.
Willbrandt.
59
<PAGE>
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
All of our outstanding capital stock is owned by Holding. The following
table sets forth certain information regarding the ownership of the capital
stock of Holding with respect to the following:
o each person known by Holding to own beneficially more than 5% of the
outstanding shares of any class of its voting capital stock;
o each of Holding's directors;
o the Named Executive Officers; and
o all directors and officers as a group.
Except as otherwise indicated, each of the stockholders has sole voting and
investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned. Unless otherwise
indicated, the address for each stockholder is c/o Berry Plastics Corporation,
101 Oakley Street, Evansville, Indiana 47710.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Percentage
of All
Shares of Shares of Classes
Voting Percentage of Nonvoting of Common
Common Stock(1) Voting Common Stock(1) Stock
Name and Address of ---------------- Common ------------------------------ (Fully-
Beneficial Owner Class A Class B Stock Class A Class B Class C Diluted)
- ------------------- ------- ------- ---------- ------- ------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Atlantic Equity
Partners
International II,
L.P.(2).......... -- 128,142 54.4% -- 3,385 11,470 22.3%
Chase Venture
Capital
Associates, L.P.(3) 52,000 5,623(4) 23.9 148,000 17,837(4) -- 34.8
BPC Equity, LLC(5). 31,200 -- 13.2 88,800 -- -- 18.7
Roberto Buaron(6).. -- 128,142 54.4 -- 3,385 11,470 22.3
Martin R. Imbler... -- 3,629 1.5 -- 15,390(7) 664 3.1
Joseph S. Levy(8).. -- 42 * -- 118 14 *
Lawrence G. Graev(9) -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Donald J. Hofmann,
Jr..(10)........... 52,000 5,623(4) 23.9 148,000 17,837(4) -- 34.8
Mathew J. Lori(11). 52,000 5,623(4) 23.8 148,000 17,837(4) -- 34.8
David M. Clarke(12) 31,200 -- 13.2 88,800 -- -- 18.7
Ira G. Boots....... -- 1,718 * -- 5,446(13) -- 1.1
James M. Kratochvil -- 1,196 * -- 5,359(14) 391 1.1
R. Brent Beeler.... -- 1,196 * -- 5,359(15) 391 1.1
George A. Willbrandt -- 520 * -- 2,260(16) 170 *
All officers and
directors as a
group (16 persons) 83,200 143,644 96.3 236,800 63,330 13,616 84.1
</TABLE>
- ----------------------------
* Less than one percent.
(1) Included in the amounts of common stock presented in this chart are
warrants to purchase shares of common stock of Holding. The authorized
capital stock of Holding consists of 3,500,000 shares of capital stock,
including 2,500,000 shares of common stock, $.01 par value, and 1,000,000
shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value. Of the 2,500,000 shares of
common stock of Holding, 500,000 shares are designated Class A Voting
Common Stock, 500,000 shares are designated Class A Nonvoting Common Stock,
500,000 shares are designated Class B Voting Common Stock, 500,000 shares
are designated Class B Nonvoting Common Stock, and 500,000 shares are
designated Class C Nonvoting Common Stock. Of the 1,000,000 shares of
preferred stock of Holding, 800,000 shares are designated Series A Senior
Cumulative Exchangeable Preferred Stock, and 200,000 shares are designated
Series B Cumulative Preferred Stock.
(2) Address is P. O. Box 847, One Capital Place, Fourth Floor, Grand Cayman,
Cayman Islands, British West Indies. Atlantic Equity Associates
International II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, is the sole general
partner of Atlantic Equity Partners International II and as such exercises
voting and/or investment power over shares of capital stock owned by
Atlantic Equity Partners International II, including the shares of common
stock of Holding held by Atlantic Equity Partners International II. Mr.
Buaron is the sole shareholder of Buaron Holdings Ltd. Buaron Holdings is
the sole general partner of Atlantic Equity Associates International II. As
the general partner of Atlantic Equity Associates International II, Buaron
Holdings may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of common stock of
Holding held by Atlantic Equity Partners International II. Buaron Holdings
disclaims any beneficial ownership of any shares of capital
60
<PAGE>
stock owned by Atlantic Equity Partners International II, including the
shares of common stock of Holding held by Atlantic Equity Partners
International II. Through his affiliation with Buaron Holdings and Atlantic
Equity Associates International II, Mr. Buaron controls the sole general
partner of Atlantic Equity Partners International II and therefore has the
authority to control voting and/or investment power over, and may be deemed
to beneficially own, the shares of common stock of Holding owned by
Atlantic Equity Partners International II. Mr. Buaron disclaims any
beneficial ownership of any of these shares.
(3) Address is 380 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor, New York, New York 10017.
(4) Represents warrants to purchase such shares of common stock held by Chase
Venture Capital Associates that are currently exercisable.
(5) Address is c/o Aetna Life Insurance Company, Private Equity Group, IG6U,
151 Farmington Avenue, Hartford, Connecticut 06156. Aetna Life Insurance
Company exercises voting and/or investment power over shares of capital
stock owned by BPC Equity, LLC, including shares of common stock of Holding
held by BPC Equity.
(6) Address is c/o First Atlantic Capital, Ltd., 135 East 57th Street, New
York, New York 10022. Represents shares of common stock of Holding owned by
Atlantic Equity Partners International II. Mr. Buaron is the sole
shareholder of Buaron Holdings. Buaron Holdings is the sole general partner
of Atlantic Equity Associates International II. Atlantic Equity Associates
International II is the sole general partner of Atlantic Equity Partners
International II and as such, exercises voting and/or investment power over
shares of capital stock owned by Atlantic Equity Partners International II,
including the shares of common stock of Holding held by Atlantic Equity
Partners International II. Mr. Buaron, as the sole shareholder and Chief
Executive Officer of Buaron Holdings, controls the sole general partner of
Atlantic Equity Partners International II and therefore has voting and/or
investment power over, and may be deemed to beneficially own, the shares of
common stock of Holding held by Atlantic Equity Partners International II.
Mr. Buaron disclaims any beneficial ownership of the such shares.
(7) Includes 5,083 options granted to Mr. Imbler, which are presently
exercisable.
(8) Address is c/o First Atlantic Capital, Ltd., 135 East 57th Street, New
York, New York 10022.
(9) Address is c/o O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP, 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New
York, New York 10112.
(10) Address is c/o Chase Capital Partners, 380 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor, New
York, New York 10017. Represents shares owned by Chase Venture Capital
Associates. Mr. Hofmann is a General Partner of Chase Capital Partners,
which is the private equity investment arm of Chase Manhattan Corporation,
which is an affiliate of Chase Venture Capital Associates. Mr. Hofmann
disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock of Holding
held by Chase Venture Capital Associates.
(11) Address is c/o Chase Capital Partners, 380 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor, New
York, New York 10017. Represents shares owned by Chase Venture Capital
Associates. Mr. Lori is a Principal of Chase Capital Partners, which is the
private equity investment arm of Chase Manhattan Corporation, which is an
affiliate of Chase Venture Capital Associates. Mr. Lori disclaims any
beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock of Holding held by Chase
Venture Capital Associates.
(12) Address is c/o Aetna Life Insurance Company, Private Equity Group, IG6U,
151 Farmington Avenue, Hartford, Connecticut 06156. Represents shares owned
by BPC Equity. Mr. Clarke is a Managing Director of Aetna, Inc., an
affiliate of Aetna Life Insurance Company, which is a member of BPC Equity.
Mr. Clarke disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock
of Holding held by BPC Equity.
(13) Includes 3,128 options granted to Mr. Boots, which are currently
exercisable.
(14) Includes 1,955 options granted to Mr. Kratochvil, which are currently
exercisable.
(15) Includes 1,955 options granted to Mr. Beeler, which are currently
exercisable.
(16) Includes 780 options granted to Mr. Willbrandt, which are currently
exercisable.
61
<PAGE>
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
FIRST ATLANTIC
Pursuant to the Management Agreement between us and First Atlantic
Capital, First Atlantic Capital provides us with financial advisory and
management consulting services in exchange for an annual fee of $750,000 and
reimbursement for out-of-pocket costs and expenses. We paid First Atlantic fees
and expenses of about $835,000 for fiscal 1998, $771,200 for fiscal 1997 and
$787,600 for fiscal 1996 for these services. The management agreement also
provides for a fee for services rendered in connection with certain transactions
equal to the lesser of 1% of the total transaction value and $1,250,000 for any
such transaction consummated plus out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not
consummated. In connection with the recapitalization of Holding in 1996, Holding
paid a fee of about $1,250,000 plus reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses to
First Atlantic Capital for advisory services. These services included
originating, structuring and negotiating the recapitalization of Holding. First
Atlantic Capital received advisory fees of about $287,500 for originating,
structuring and negotiating the acquisition of PackerWare and about $28,700 for
providing similar services in connection with the acquisition of Container
Industries. In May 1997, First Atlantic Capital received advisory fees of about
$117,900 for originating, structuring and negotiating the acquisition of
Virginia Design. In August 1997, First Atlantic Capital received advisory fees
of about $531,600 for providing services with respect to the acquisition of
Venture. First Atlantic Capital received advisory fees of about $140,000 in July
1998 for originating, structuring and negotiating the acquisition of Norwich,
and in October 1998 First Atlantic Capital received advisory fees of about
$180,000 for providing services with respect to the acquisition of Knight. First
Atlantic received advisory fees of about $695,000 for services provided with
respect to the Cardinal acquisition.
Mr. Buaron, the Chairman and a director of Holding and Berry, is the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of First Atlantic Capital. As an officer
and the sole stockholder of First Atlantic Capital, Mr. Buaron is entitled to
receive any bonuses paid and any dividends declared by First Atlantic Capital on
its capital stock, including any bonuses paid as a result of, and any dividends
paid out of, the $1,250,000 fee paid by Holding to First Atlantic Capital in
connection with the recapitalization of Holding in 1996 or any of the fees paid
with respect to the acquisitions described above. Mr. Graev is also a director
of First Atlantic Capital, and Mr. Levy is an officer of First Atlantic Capital.
First Atlantic Capital is engaged by Atlantic Equity Partners International II
to provide certain financial and management consulting services for which it
receives annual fees. First Atlantic Capital and Atlantic Equity Partners
International II have completely distinct ownership and equity structures.
Atlantic Equity Partners, L.P., a stockholder of Holding prior to the
consummation of the recapitalization of Holding in 1996, received about $67.6
million from the sale of its common stock in Holding and warrants to purchase
common stock. First Atlantic is engaged by Atlantic Equity Partners to provide
certain financial and management consulting services for which it receives
annual fees. First Atlantic and Atlantic Equity Partners have completely
distinct ownership and equity structures. Atlantic Equity Associates, L.P., is
the sole general partner of Atlantic Equity Partners. Mr. Buaron is the sole
shareholder of Buaron Capital, and Buaron Capital is the managing and sole
general partner of Atlantic Equity Associates. By virtue of their direct and
indirect ownership interests in Atlantic Equity Partners, Mr. Levy is entitled
to receive $178,000 and Buaron Capital is entitled to receive $4,672,000 from
the proceeds from the sale of equity interests in Holding.
THE 1996 TRANSACTION
On June 18, 1996, our parent, Holding, consummated the transaction
described below. BPC Mergerco, Inc. was organized by Atlantic Equity Partners
International II, Chase Venture Capital Associates, L.P., and other
institutional investors to acquire a majority of the outstanding capital stock
of Holding. Pursuant to a Stock Purchase and Recapitalization Agreement dated as
of June 12, 1996, certain of the Common Stock Purchasers purchased shares of
common stock of BPC Mergerco. In addition, pursuant to a Preferred Stock and
Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of June 12, 1996, Chase Venture Capital
Associates and the Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company (the "Preferred
Stock Purchasers") purchased shares of preferred stock of BPC Mergerco and
warrants (the "1996 Warrants") to purchase shares of common stock of BPC
Mergerco. Immediately after the purchase of the common stock, the preferred
stock and the 1996 Warrants of BPC Mergerco, BPC Mergerco merged with and into
Holding, with Holding being the surviving corporation. Upon the consummation of
this merger, (1) each share of Class A Common Stock, $.00005 par value, and
Class B Common Stock, $.00005 par value, of Holding and certain previously held
warrants exercisable for such Class A and Class B Common Stock were converted
into the right to receive cash equal to the purchase price per share for the
common stock into which such warrants were exercisable less the amount of the
nominal exercise price therefor, (2) all other classes of common
62
<PAGE>
stock of Holding, a majority of which was held by members of management, were
converted into shares of common stock of the surviving corporation (constituting
about 19% of the post-merger common stock of the surviving corporation) and (3)
each share of common stock, each share of preferred stock and each 1996 Warrant
to purchase one share of common stock of Mergerco were converted into one share
of common stock, one share of preferred stock and one warrant to purchase one
share of common stock of the surviving corporation, respectively. In addition,
upon the consummation of the merger, the holders of the warrants (the "1994
Warrants") to purchase capital stock of Holding that were issued in connection
with the offering of the 1994 Notes became entitled to receive cash equal to the
purchase price per share for the common stock into which such warrants were
exercisable less the amount of the exercise price therefor.
The aggregate consideration paid to the sellers of the equity interests
in Holding, including the holders of the 1994 Warrants, was about $119.6 million
in cash. The shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock that were
cashed out in the Merger were valued based on arms' length negotiations with the
new investors. In order to finance the recapitalization of Holding, including
the payment of related fees and expenses: (1) Holding issued the 1996 Notes for
net proceeds of about $100.2 million (or $64.6 million after deducting the
amount of such net proceeds used to purchase marketable securities available for
payment of interest on the 1996 Notes); (2) the Common Stock Purchasers, the
Preferred Stock Purchasers and certain members of management made equity and
rollover investments in the aggregate amount of $70.0 million (which amount
included rollover investments of about $7.1 million by certain members of
management and $3.0 million by an existing institutional shareholder); and (3)
Holding received an aggregate of about $0.9 million in connection with the
exercise of management stock options to purchase common stock of Holding.
In connection with the recapitalization of Holding, Atlantic Equity
Partners International II, Chase Venture Capital Associates, certain other
institutional investors and certain members of management entered into a
Stockholders Agreement pursuant to which certain stockholders, among other
things, (1) were granted certain registration rights and (2) under certain
circumstances, have the right to force a sale of Holding.
MANAGEMENT
In connection with the recapitalization of Holding in 1996, Mr. Imbler
received about $5.9 million, Mr. Bell received about $2.5 million, Mr. Boots
received about $2.4 million, and Messrs. Kratochvil and Beeler each received
about $1.3 million from their sale of certain equity interests in Holding. In
connection with the 1994 Transaction, we paid a $50.0 million dividend on our
common stock to Holding, and Holding distributed that amount to its holders of
equity interests. In connection therewith, Holding agreed to pay cash bonuses,
upon the occurrence of certain events, to the members of management who held
options under Holding's 1991 Stock Option Plan in amounts equal to the amounts
they would have been entitled to had the shares of common stock underlying their
unvested options been outstanding at the time of the declaration of the $50.0
million dividend by Holding. As a result of the recapitalization of Holding in
1996, bonuses were paid to Mr. Imbler in the amount of about $594,000, to Mr.
Bell in the amount of about $238,000, to Mr. Boots in the amount of about
$238,000, to Mr. Kratochvil in the amount of about $119,000 and to Mr. Beeler in
the amount of about $119,000.
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENTS
In connection with the recapitalization of Holding, Holding entered into
a Stockholders Agreement dated as of June 18, 1996 (the "Stockholders
Agreement") with the Common Stock Purchasers, certain Management Stockholders
(as defined herein) and, for limited purposes thereunder, the Preferred Stock
Purchasers. The Stockholders Agreement grants the Common Stock Purchasers rights
and obligations, including the following: (1) until the occurrence of events
specified in the New Stockholders Agreement, to designate the members of a seven
person Board of Directors as follows: (A) one director will be Roberto Buaron or
his designee; (B) Atlantic Equity Partners International II will have the right
to designate three directors (who are currently Messrs. Graev, Imbler and Levy);
(C) Chase Venture Capital Associates will have the right to designate two
directors (who are currently Messrs. Hofmann and Lori); and (D) the
institutional holders (excluding Atlantic Equity Partners International II and
Chase Venture Capital Associates) will have the right to designate one director
(who is currently Mr. Clarke); (2) in the case of certain Common Stock
Purchasers, to subscribe for a proportional share of future equity issuances by
Holding; (3) under certain circumstances and in the case of Atlantic Equity
Partners International II or Chase Venture Capital Associates, to cause the
initial public offering of equity securities of Holding or a sale of Holding
subsequent to the fifth anniversary of the closing of the recapitalization of
Holding and (4) under certain circumstances and in the case of a majority in
interest of the institutional holders, to cause the initial public offering of
equity securities of Holding or a sale of Holding subsequent to the sixth
anniversary of the
63
<PAGE>
closing of the recapitalization of Holding. Provisions under the Stockholders
Agreement also (1) prohibits Holding from taking certain actions without the
consent of holders of a majority of voting stock held by Chase Venture Capital
Associates and the institutional holders other than Atlantic Equity Partners
International II (or, following the occurrence of certain events, the consent of
Atlantic Equity Partners International II), including certain transactions
between Holding and any subsidiary, on the one hand, and First Atlantic Capital
or any of its affiliates, on the other hand; (2) obligates Holding to provide
certain Common Stock Purchasers with financial and other information regarding
Holding and to provide access and inspection rights to all Common Stock
Purchasers; and (3) restricts transfers of equity by the Common Stock
Purchasers, subject to certain exceptions (including transfers of up to 10% of
the equity (including warrants to purchase equity) held by each Common Stock
Purchaser on the date of the Stockholders Agreement). Pursuant to the
Stockholders Agreement, under certain circumstances the Preferred Stock
Purchasers (and their transferees) have tag-along rights with respect to the
1996 Warrants and the common stock of Holding issuable upon exercise of the 1996
Warrants. Under specified circumstances and subject to certain exceptions, the
Preferred Stock Purchasers (and their transferees) are entitled to include a pro
rata share of their preferred stock in a transaction (or series of related
transactions) involving the transfer by Atlantic Equity Partners International
II, Chase Venture Capital Associates and the specified institutional holders of
more than 50% of the aggregate amount of securities held by them immediately
following the closing of the 1996 Transaction.
The Stockholders Agreement grants specified registration rights to the
Common Stock Purchasers. Atlantic Equity Partners International II and Chase
Venture Capital Associates each have the right, on three occasions, to demand
registration, at Holding's expense, of their shares of common stock of Holding.
Under certain circumstances, a majority in interest of the institutional holders
(excluding Atlantic Equity Partners International II and Chase Venture Capital
Associates) have the right, on one occasion, to demand registration, at
Holding's expense, of their shares of common stock of Holding. The Stockholders
Agreement provides that if Holding proposes to register any of its securities,
either for its own account or for the account of other stockholders, Holding
will be required to notify all Common Stock Purchasers and to include in such
registration the shares of common stock of Holding requested to be included by
them. All shares of common stock of Holding owned by the Common Stock Purchasers
requested to be included in a registration will be subject to cutbacks under
specified circumstances in connection with an underwritten public offering.
The provisions of the Stockholders Agreement regarding voting rights,
negative covenants, information/inspection rights, the right to force a sale of
Holding, preemptive rights and transfer restrictions generally will expire on
the earlier to occur of:
o the fifth anniversary of the closing of the
recapitalization of Holding in 1996, if an underwritten
public offering of equity securities of Holding
resulting in gross proceeds of at least $20.0 million
occurs prior to such fifth anniversary;
o the occurrence of such underwritten public offering that
occurs subsequent to such fifth anniversary of the
closing of the recapitalization of Holding in 1996;
o the twentieth anniversary of the closing of the
recapitalization of Holding in 1996; and
o a sale of Holding.
In addition, the Stockholders Agreement provides that certain rights of
a Common Stock Purchaser (to the extent such rights apply to such Common Stock
Purchaser) to designate members of the Board of Directors of Holding and/or to
approve certain actions by Holding will terminate under specific circumstances.
Holding is also party to the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement
dated June 18, 1996 (the "Management Stockholders Agreement"), with Atlantic
Equity Partners International II and all management shareholders including,
among others, Messrs. Imbler, Boots, Kratochvil, Beeler, and Willbrandt
(collectively, the "Management Stockholders"). The Management Stockholders
Agreement contains provisions that:
o limit transfers of equity by the Management Stockholders;
o require the Management Stockholders to sell their shares as
designated by Holding or Atlantic Equity Partners II upon the
consummation of certain transactions;
64
<PAGE>
o grant the Management Stockholders certain rights of co-sale in
connection with sales by Atlantic Equity Partners International II;
o grant Holding rights to repurchase capital stock from the Management
Stockholders upon the occurrence of certain events; and
o require the Management Stockholders to offer shares to Holding prior
to any permitted transfer.
CHASE SECURITIES INC.
In connection with the recapitalization of Holding in 1996, Chase
Securities, an affiliate of Chase Venture Capital Associates and Messrs. Hofmann
and Lori, who are members of the Board of Directors of Holding and Berry,
received a fee of $500,000 for arranging the sale of $15.0 million of Holding's
Common Stock to certain of the Common Stock Purchasers and the sale of $15.0
million of Holding Preferred Stock to Chase Venture Capital Associates. Chase
Manhattan Investment Holdings, Inc., an affiliate of Chase Securities and
Messrs. Hofmann and Lori, received about $13.6 million from the sale of equity
interests of Holding in the recapitalization of Holding.
LEGAL SERVICES
Mr. Graev is the Chairman of the law firm of O'Sullivan Graev &
Karabell, LLP, New York, New York. O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP provides
legal services to us and to Holding in connection with certain matters,
principally relating to transactional, securities law, general corporate and
litigation matters.
TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
The indentures governing the 1994 Notes, the 1996 Notes, the 1999 Notes,
the Notes, the Stockholders Agreement, and our credit facility restrict our and
our affiliates' ability to enter into transactions with affiliates, including
officers, directors and principal stockholders.
65
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
HOLDING 1996 NOTES
On June 18, 1996, Holding, as part of a recapitalization, issued 12.50%
Senior Secured Notes due 2006 (the "1996 Offering") for net proceeds, after
expenses, of approximately $100.2 million (or $64.6 million after deducting the
amount of such net proceeds used to purchase marketable securities available for
payment of interest on the notes). These notes were exchanged in October 1996
for the 12.50% Series B Senior Secured Notes due 2006. Interest on the 1996
Notes is payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year. In
addition, from December 15, 1999 until June 15, 2001, Holding may, at its
option, pay interest, at an increased rate of 0.75% per annum, in additional
1996 Notes valued at 100% of the principal amount thereof.
In connection with the 1996 Notes, $35.6 million was placed in escrow,
which has been invested in U.S. government securities, to pay three years'
interest on the notes. Pending disbursement, the trustee under the 1996
Indenture will have a first priority lien on the escrow account for the benefit
of the holders of the 1996 Notes. Funds may be disbursed from the escrow account
only to pay interest on the 1996 Notes and, upon certain repurchases or
redemptions of the 1996 Notes, to pay principal of and premium, if any, thereon.
The balance in the escrow account as of December 27, 1997 was $18.9 million.
The 1996 Notes rank senior in right of payment to all existing and
future subordinated indebtedness of Holding, including Holding's subordinated
guarantee of the 1994 Notes and the Notes and PARI PASSU in right of payment
with all Senior Indebtedness of Holding. The 1996 Notes are effectively
subordinated to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of Berry, including
borrowings under the Credit Facility, the Nevada Bonds and the South Carolina
Bonds.
BERRY 1994 NOTES
On April 21, 1994, Berry completed an offering of 100,000 units
consisting of $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of 12.25% Berry Plastics
Corporation Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 and 100,000 warrants to purchase
1.13237 shares of Class A Common Stock, $.00005 par value, of Holding. The 1994
Notes mature on April 15, 2004 and interest is payable semi-annually on October
15 and April 15 of each year and commenced on October 15, 1994. The 1994 Notes
are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by the Guarantors.
The net proceeds to Berry from the sale of the 1994 Notes, after expenses, were
$93.0 million.
Berry is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the 1994 Notes. Subsequent to April 15, 1999, the 1994
Notes may be redeemed at the option of Berry, in whole or in part, at redemption
prices ranging from 106.125% in 1999 to 100% in 2002 and thereafter. Upon a
change in control, as defined in the 1994 Indenture, each holder of 1994 Notes
will have the right to require Berry to repurchase all or any part of such
holder's notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount thereof plus accrued interest.
The 1994 Notes rank PARI PASSU with the 1999 Notes and the Notes and
PARI PASSU with or senior in right of payment to all existing and future
subordinated indebtedness of Berry. The 1994 Notes rank junior in right of
payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of Berry, including
borrowings under the Credit Facility, and the Nevada Bonds.
The 1994 Indenture contains certain covenants which, among other things,
limit Berry and its subsidiaries' ability to incur debt, merge or consolidate,
sell, lease or transfer assets, make dividend payments and engage in
transactions with affiliates.
BERRY 1999 NOTES
On July 6, 1999, Berry completed an offering of $75.0 million aggregate
principal amount of 11% Berry Plastics Corporation Senior Subordinated Notes due
2007. The 1999 Notes mature on July 15, 2007 and interest is payable
semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing on January 15,
2000. The 1999 Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated
basis by the Guarantors. Berry is not required to make mandatory redemption or
sinking fund payments with respect to the 1999 Notes. Subsequent to July 15,
2003, the 1999 Notes may be redeemed at the option of Berry, in whole or in
part, at redemption prices ranging from 105.5%
66
<PAGE>
in 2003 to 100% in 2006 and thereafter. Upon a change in control, as defined in
the 1999 Indenture, each holder of 1999 Notes will have the right to require
Berry to repurchase all or any part of such holder's notes at a repurchase price
in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued
interest. The 1999 Notes rank PARI PASSU with the 1994 Notes and the Notes and
PARI PASSU with or senior in right of payment to all existing and future
subordinated indebtedness of Berry. The 1999 Notes rank junior in right of
payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of Berry, including
borrowings under the Credit Facility, and the Nevada Bonds.
The 1999 Indenture contains certain covenants which, among other things,
limit Berry and its subsidiaries' ability to incur debt, merge or consolidate,
sell, loose or transfer assets, make dividend payments and engage in transaction
with affiliates.
THE CREDIT FACILITY
We are party to a financing and security agreement (the "Security
Agreement") providing for up to $134.4 million of borrowings (the "Credit
Facility") including:
o a $70.0 million revolving line of credit, subject to a
borrowing base formula. At October 2, 1999, we had
unused borrowing capacity under our Credit Facility's
revolving line of credit of about $23.9 million;
o a (pound)1.5 million revolving line of credit, subject
to a borrowing base;
o a $51.1 million term loan facility;
o a (pound)3.4 million term loan facility; and
o a $5.2 million standby letter of credit facility to
support our and our subsidiaries' obligations under the
Nevada Bonds.
The debt under our Credit Facility is guaranteed by Holding and
substantially all of our subsidiaries.
The Credit Facility matures on January 21, 2002 unless previously
terminated by us or by the lenders upon an Event of Default as defined in the
Credit Facility. The term loan facilities require periodic principal payments,
varying in amount through the maturity of the facility. Such periodic payments
will aggregate about $19.0 million for fiscal 1999 and about $19.9 million for
fiscal 2000. Interest on borrowings under the Credit Facility is based on
either:
o the lender's base rate (which is the higher of the
lender's prime rate and the federal funds rate plus
0.50%) plus an applicable margin of 0.50%; or
o LIBOR (adjusted for reserves) plus an applicable margin
of 2.0%, at our option. Following receipt of the
quarterly financial statements, the agent under our
credit facility has the option to change the applicable
interest rate margin on loans (other than under the UK
Revolver and UK Term Loan) once per quarter to a
specified margin determined by the ratio of funded debt
to EBITDA of Berry and our subsidiaries. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, interest on borrowings under the UK
Revolver and the UK Term Loan is based on LIBOR
(adjusted for reserves) plus 2.50%.
The Credit Facility contains various covenants which include, among
other things:
o maintenance of certain financial ratios and compliance
with certain financial tests and limitations;
(a) Tangible capital funds must be greater than the
following amounts as of the end of the
respective fiscal quarter:
3rd 1999 $80.0 million
67
<PAGE>
4th 1999 $80.0 million
1st 2000 $80.0 million
2nd 2000 $91.5 million
3rd 2000 $91.5 million
4th 2000 $93.0 million
1st 2001 $93.0 million
2nd 2001 $116.5 million
all thereafter $130.0 million
(b) On a rolling four quarter basis, the Company's leverage rates cannot exceed
the following as of the respective fiscal quarter:
3rd 1999 4.5 to 1.0
4th 1999 4.25 to 1.0
1st 2000 4.25 to 1.0
2nd 2000 3.75 to 1.0
3rd 2000 3.75 to 1.0
4th 2000 3.75 to 1.0
1st 2001 3.75 to 1.0
all thereafter 3.5 to 1.0
(c) On a rolling four quarter basis, the Company's
interest coverage ratio must exceed the
following as of the respective fiscal quarter.
3rd 1999 2.0 to 1.0
all thereafter 2.5 to 1.0
(d) On a fiscal year basis, the Company must
maintain a fixed charge ratio of at
least 1.0 to 1.0.
(e) The Company must maintain a debt service ratio
of at least 1.5 to 1.0 on a quarterly basis
beginning in the 3rd quarter of fiscal 1999.
o limitations on the issuance of additional debt; and
o limitations on capital expenditures.
NEVADA INDUSTRIAL REVENUE BONDS
We are party to a Financing Agreement with the City of Henderson, Nevada
Public Improvement Trust (the "Nevada Issuer"), pursuant to which we have agreed
to pay to the Nevada Issuer amounts sufficient to pay principal, interest and
any premium on the Nevada Industrial Revenue Bonds (the "Nevada Bonds").
The Nevada Bonds bear interest at a variable rate (3.0% at January 2,
1999 and 4.6% at December 27, 1997), require annual principal payments of $0.5
million on each April 1 until maturity, are collateralized by irrevocable
letters of credit issued by NationsBank under our Credit Facility and mature in
April 2007.
68
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
GENERAL
You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description
under the subheading "Certain Definitions." In this description, the word
"Company" refers only to Berry Plastics Corporation and not to any of its
subsidiaries as the word "Holding" refers to BPC Holding Corporation and not to
any of its subsidiaries.
The Old Notes were, and the New Notes will be, issued pursuant to an
Indenture (the "Indenture") between the Company and United States Trust Company
of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee"), and the Old Notes were, and the New
Notes will be, guaranteed, on a senior subordinated basis, by the Guarantors.
The terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects to the Old
Notes, except that the New Notes have been registered under the Securities Act
and, therefore, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not
contain certain provisions providing for an increase in the interest rate on the
Old Notes under certain circumstances relating to the Registration Rights
Agreement, which provisions will terminate upon the consummation of the Exchange
Offer.
The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those
made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"). The Notes are subject to all such terms,
and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act
for a complete statement thereof. The following summary of certain provisions of
the Indenture does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety
by reference to the Indenture, including the definitions therein of certain
terms used below. A copy of the Indenture is available as set forth under
"Available Information." The definitions of certain terms used in the following
summary are set forth below under "-- Certain Definitions."
The Notes rank PARI PASSU with the 1994 Notes and the 1999 Notes and
PARI PASSU with or senior in right of payment to all existing and future
subordinated Indebtedness of the Company. The Notes rank junior in right of
payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Company, including
borrowings under the Credit Facility and the Nevada Bonds. Each Guarantor's Note
Guarantee ranks PARI PASSU with or senior in right of payment to all existing
and future subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor and ranks junior in right
of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor,
including such Guarantor's Guarantee of borrowings under the Credit Facility and
the Nevada Bonds.
The terms of the Notes are identical in all material respects to the
terms of the 1994 Notes and the 1999 Notes, except that the 1994 Notes have a
priority upon the payment of proceeds pursuant to an Asset Sale. Since the Notes
will be issued pursuant to a separate indenture from the 1994 Notes, holders of
the Notes will vote as a separate class from holders of the 1994 Notes and the
1999 Notes.
PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST
The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company, limited in aggregate
principal amount to $100.0 million, of which $25.0 million was issued in the
Offering, and will mature on April 15, 2004. Interest on the Notes accrues at
the rate of 12 1/4% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on
April 15 and October 15, commencing on April 15, 2000, to Holders of record on
the immediately preceding April 1 and October 1. Interest on the Notes will
accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from the date of issuance. Additional Notes ("Additional
Notes") may be issued from time to time after the Offering, subject to the
provisions of the Indenture described below under the caption "--Certain
Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock." The
Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued will be treated as a single
class for all purposes under the Indenture, including, without limitation,
waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Interest is computed on
the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Principal and
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes is payable at the office
or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within the City and State
of New York or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at
their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders of Notes. Until
otherwise designated by the Company, the Company's office or agency in New York
will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. The Notes will be
issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
69
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
The Notes will be subject to redemption at the option of the Company, in
whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon, to the
applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning
on April 15 of the years indicated below:
YEAR PERCENTAGE
---- ----------
1999........................................... 106.125%
2000........................................... 104.083%
2001........................................... 102.042%
2002 and thereafter............................ 100.000%
MANDATORY REDEMPTION
The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Notes.
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS
CHANGE OF CONTROL
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will
have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to
$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder's Notes pursuant to the
offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at an offer price in cash
equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase (the "Change of
Control Payment"). Within 10 days following any Change of Control, the Company
will mail a notice to each Holder stating: (1) that the Change of Control Offer
is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled "Change of Control" and that all
Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; (2) the purchase price and the
purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from
the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"); (3) that
any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; (4) that, unless the
Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes
accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to
accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; (5) that Holders
electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will
be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to
Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at
the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third
Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; (6) that Holders will
be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later
than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of
Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter
setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered
for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to
have such Notes purchased; and (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased
only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be
equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof.
The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the
extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the
repurchase of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control.
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent
lawful, (1) accept for payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal
to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so
tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so
accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the Notes or portions
thereof tendered to the Company. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each
Holder of Notes so accepted the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and
the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by
book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; PROVIDED that each such
new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple
thereof. Prior to making the Change of Control Payment, but in any event within
90 days following a Change of Control, the Company shall either repay all
outstanding Designated Senior Indebtedness
70
<PAGE>
or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing
outstanding Designated Senior Indebtedness to permit the repurchase of Notes
required by this covenant. The Company will publicly announce the results of the
Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control
Payment Date.
As noted above, one of the events that constitutes a Change of Control
under the Indenture is a sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of
Holding's or the Company's assets. The Indenture is governed by New York law,
and there is no established quantitative definition under New York law of
"substantially all" of the assets of a corporation. Accordingly, if Holding or
the Company were to engage in a transaction in which it disposed of less than
all of their respective assets, a question of interpretation could arise as to
whether such disposition was "substantially all" of their respective assets and
whether the Company was required to make a Change of Control Offer. In such
cases, the Company might not be required to make a Change of Control Offer and
would be permitted, subject to the restrictions contained in the Indenture,
including with respect to Restricted Payments, to find alternative uses for the
proceeds of such sale. Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, however, the
Company could be required to make an Asset Sale Offer in such circumstances.
Neither the Board of Directors of Holding nor the Trustee may waive the
operation of the Change of Control covenant.
The Credit Facility provides that events similar to a Change of Control
will constitute an event of default thereunder. Upon the occurrence of an event
of default under the Credit Facility, all amounts outstanding thereunder may
become due and payable. At October 2, 1999, the Credit Facility provided for
borrowings up to $134.4 million. Accordingly, in the event of an event of
default under the Credit Facility, including with respect to an event similar to
a Change of Control, the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture
will prohibit the Company (if the holders of Senior Indebtedness issue a notice
to the Company to such effect) from making any payment on the Notes until such
event of default is cured or upon the expiration of 179 days (unless the holders
of Senior Indebtedness accelerate the maturity of the Senior Indebtedness). See
"-- Subordination."
The provisions of the Indenture may not afford Holders of Notes the
right to require the Company to repurchase the Notes in the event of a highly
leveraged transaction or certain transactions with Holding's management or
affiliates, including a reorganization, restructuring, merger or similar
transaction (including, in certain circumstances, an acquisition of Holding by
its management or affiliates) involving Holding that may adversely affect
Holders of Notes, if such transaction is not a transaction defined as a "Change
of Control." A transaction involving Holding's management or affiliates, or a
transaction involving a recapitalization of Holding, may result in a Change of
Control if it is the type of transaction specified by such definition.
The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain
circumstances make more difficult or discourage a takeover of Holding, and,
thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase
feature, however, is not the result of management's knowledge of any specific
effort to accumulate Holding's stock or to obtain control of Holding by means of
a merger, tender offer, solicitation or otherwise, or part of a plan by
management to adopt a series of anti-takeover provisions. Instead, the Change of
Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Company and the
Initial Purchaser. Management has no present intention to engage in a
transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that Holding
would decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below,
Holding could, in the future, enter into certain transactions including
acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute
a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of
indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect Holding's capital
structure or credit ratings.
"CHANGE OF CONTROL" means the occurrence of any of the following: (i)
the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all
or substantially all of Holding's or the Company's assets to any person or group
(as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (other than the
Principal and his Related Parties (as defined herein)), (ii) the adoption of a
plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of Holding or the Company, (iii)
the acquisition by any person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3)
of the Exchange Act) (other than by the Principal and his Related Parties) of a
direct or indirect interest in more than 35% of the voting power of the voting
stock of Holding by way of purchase, merger or consolidation or otherwise if (a)
such person or group (as defined above) (other than the Principal and his
Related Parties) owns, directly or indirectly, more of the voting power of the
voting stock of Holding than the Principal and his Related Parties and (b) such
acquisition occurs prior to the Initial Public Offering, (iv) the acquisition by
any person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange
Act) (other than by the Principal and his Related Parties) of a direct or
indirect interest in more than
71
<PAGE>
50% of the voting power of the voting stock of Holding by way of purchase,
merger or consolidation or otherwise if such acquisition occurs subsequent to
the Initial Public Offering or (v) the first day on which a majority of the
members of the Board of Directors of Holding are not Continuing Directors.
"CONTINUING DIRECTORS" means, as of any date of determination, any
member of the Board of Directors of Holding who (i) was a member of such Board
of Directors on the Issuance Date or (ii) was nominated for election or elected
to such Board of Directors with the affirmative vote of a majority of the
Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such
nomination or election.
"INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING" means a public offering of the Common Stock of
Holding that first results in the Common Stock of Holding becoming listed for
trading on a Stock Exchange.
"PRINCIPAL" means Roberto Buaron.
"RELATED PARTY" means with respect to the Principal (A) any spouse,
sibling or descendant of such Principal (whether or not such relationship arises
from birth, adoption or marriage or despite such relationship being dissolved by
divorce) or (B) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the
beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding a
controlling interest of which consist of such Principal and/or such other
Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (A).
"STOCK EXCHANGE" means the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock
Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market.
ASSET SALES
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, conduct an Asset Sale (as defined herein), unless
(x) the Company (or the Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration
at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value
(evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers'
Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than immediately prior to the
consummation of such proposed Asset Sale with respect to any Asset Sale
involving aggregate payments in excess of $1 million) of the assets sold or
otherwise disposed of and (y) at least 75% of the consideration therefor
received by the Company or such Subsidiary is in the form of cash; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the amount of (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Company's or
such Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto), of the
Company or any Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms
subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof) that are assumed by the
transferee of any such assets and (B) any notes or other obligations received by
the Company or any such Subsidiary from such transferee that are immediately
converted by the Company or such Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash
received), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision.
Within 180 days after any Asset Sale, the Company may apply the Net
Proceeds from such Asset Sale to either (a) permanently reduce Senior
Indebtedness, or (b) make an investment in another business or capital
expenditure or other long-term/tangible assets, in each case, in the same or a
similar line of business as the Company was engaged in on the Issuance Date.
Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company may
temporarily reduce Senior Bank Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net
Proceeds in Cash Equivalents. Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not
applied or invested as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph will be
deemed to constitute "Excess Proceeds." If the aggregate amount of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $5 million, upon completion of the Asset Sale Offer required
under the 1994 Indenture, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders of
Notes (an "Asset Sale Offer") to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes,
that is an integral multiple of $1,000, that may be purchased out of the Excess
Proceeds, if any, remaining upon completion of the Asset Sale Offer required
under the 1994 Indenture, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 101%
of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set
forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes
tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the
Company may use such deficiency for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate
principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of
Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the
manner described under the caption "Selection and Notice" below. Upon completion
of such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero.
The Indenture will also provide that the Company will comply with the
requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes in connection with an
Asset Sale.
72
<PAGE>
"ASSET SALE" means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition
of any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary (including by way of
a sale-and-leaseback) other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of
business (provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall be governed by the
provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption "--Change of
Control" and the provisions described below under the caption "-- Certain
Covenants -- Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets"), or (ii) the issuance or
sale of Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries, in the case of either
clause (i) or (ii) above, whether in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions, (a) that have a fair market value in excess of $250,000, or (b)
for net proceeds in excess of $250,000. For purposes of this definition, the
term "Asset Sale" shall not include (i) the transfer of assets by the Company to
a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company or by a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
Company to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company,
(ii) any Restricted Payment, dividend or purchase or retirement of Equity
Interests permitted under the covenant entitled "Restricted Payments" or (iii)
the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of the Company,
PROVIDED that such Equity Interests are issued or sold in consideration for the
acquisition of assets by such Subsidiary or in connection with a merger or
consolidation of another Person into such Subsidiary.
The Credit Facility restricts the Company from purchasing any Notes
prior to the termination thereof and provides that certain change of control
events with respect to Holding and asset sales would constitute a default
thereunder. Any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior
Indebtedness to which the Company becomes a party may contain similar or more
restrictive provisions. In the event a Change of Control or Asset Sale occurs at
a time when the Company is prohibited from purchasing Notes, the Company could
seek the consent of its lenders to the purchase of Notes or could attempt to
refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not
obtain such a consent or repay such borrowings, the Company will remain
prohibited from purchasing Notes. In such case, the Company's failure to
purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture
which would, in turn, constitute an default under the Credit Facility. In such
circumstances, the subordination provisions in the Indenture would likely
restrict payments to the Holders of Notes.
SELECTION AND NOTICE
If less than all of the Notes are to be purchased in an Asset Sale Offer
or redeemed at any time, selection of Notes for purchase or redemption will be
made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal
national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, or, if the
Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the
Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate, PROVIDED that no Notes of $1,000 or
less shall be redeemed in part.
Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30
but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder
of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to be
purchased or redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to
such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be
purchased or redeemed.
A new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed
portion of any Note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the name of
the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the
purchase or redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions
thereof purchased or called for redemption.
SUBORDINATION
The payment of principal of, and premium, if any, interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on, the Notes will be subordinated in right of
payment, as set forth in the Indenture, to the prior payment in full of all
Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the Issuance Date or
thereafter incurred.
Upon any distribution to creditors of the Company in a liquidation or
dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property, an
assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of the Company's
assets and liabilities, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company will
be entitled to receive payment in full of all Obligations due in respect of such
Senior Indebtedness (including interest after the commencement of any such
proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Indebtedness of the
Company, whether or not such interest was an allowed claim) before the Holders
of Notes will be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Notes and,
until all such Obligations
73
<PAGE>
with respect to Senior Indebtedness of the Company are paid in full, any
distribution to which the Holders of Notes would otherwise be entitled shall be
made to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company (except that Holders
of Notes may receive securities that are subordinated, at least to the same
extent as are the Notes, to Senior Indebtedness and to any securities issued in
exchange for any such Senior Indebtedness).
The Company also may not make any payment upon or in respect of the
Notes (except in such subordinated securities) if (a) a default in the payment
when due, whether upon acceleration or otherwise, of the principal of, premium,
if any, or interest on any Senior Indebtedness of the Company occurs and is
continuing or (b) any other default occurs and is continuing with respect to any
Designated Senior Indebtedness and the Trustee receives a notice of such default
(a "Payment Blockage Notice") from the Company or from, or on behalf of, the
holders of any such Designated Senior Indebtedness. Payments on the Notes may
and shall be resumed (i) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on
which such default is cured or waived and (ii) in the case of a nonpayment
default, on the earlier of the date on which such nonpayment default is cured or
waived or 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage
Notice is received, unless the maturity of any such Designated Senior
Indebtedness has been accelerated. No new period of payment blockage may be
commenced within 365 days after the receipt by the Trustee of any prior Payment
Blockage Notice.
The Indenture further requires that the Company promptly notify each
representative of holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company if payment of
the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default.
As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the
event of the insolvency or liquidation of the Company, Holders of Notes may
recover less, ratably, than creditors of the Company who are holders of Senior
Indebtedness or of other indebtedness which is not subordinated to the Notes.
The Indenture provides that holders of Senior Indebtedness are third
party beneficiaries of the subordination provisions of the Indenture and no
amendment thereof shall be effected without the prior written consent of the
holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Senior
Indebtedness.
The aggregate amount of Senior Indebtedness of the Company outstanding
at October 2, 1999 would have been approximately $83.6 million. As of October 2,
1999, all Indebtedness of the Company other than the Senior Indebtedness was
PARI PASSU in right of payment to the Notes, and there would have been no
Indebtedness of the Company subordinated to the Notes. Subject to certain
financial tests, the Indenture does not limit the amount of additional
Indebtedness, including Senior Indebtedness, that the Company and its
Subsidiaries can incur. See "-- Certain Covenants."
NOTE GUARANTEES
The Company's obligations under the Notes, including the Company's
payment obligations, are unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally
(each, a "Note Guarantee" and, together, the "Note Guarantees"), by the
Guarantors. Rights of Holders of Notes pursuant to each such Note Guarantee are
subordinated to the Senior Indebtedness of each of the Guarantors in the same
manner as the rights of Holders of Notes are subordinated to those of the Senior
Indebtedness of the Company. Accordingly, the Note Guarantee of each Guarantor
is subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of such
Guarantor, which at October 2, 1999 was approximately $284.9 million of Senior
Indebtedness, and the amounts for which such Guarantor will be liable under its
Guarantees issued from time to time with respect to Senior Indebtedness. As of
October 2, 1999, all indebtedness of the Guarantors other than the Senior
Indebtedness was PARI PASSU in right of payment to the Note Guarantees, and
there would have been no Indebtedness of the Guarantors subordinated to the Note
Guarantees. The obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee is
limited to the extent necessary to insure that it does not constitute a
fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.
The Indenture provides that no Guarantor shall consolidate with or merge
with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another
Person whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor unless (i) subject to the
provisions of the following paragraph and certain other provisions of the
Indenture, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger
(if other than such Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor
pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee, under its Note Guarantee and the Indenture; (ii) immediately after
giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
(iii) in the case of any Guarantor other than Holding, such Guarantor, or any
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger, (A) will have
Consolidated Net Worth (immediately after giving effect
74
<PAGE>
to such transaction), equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of
such Guarantor immediately preceding the transaction and (B) will be permitted
by virtue of the Company's pro forma Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to incur,
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set
forth in the covenant entitled "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock."
The Indenture provides that in the event of a sale or other disposition
of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor (other than Holding),
by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of
all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, then such Guarantor (in the event of
a sale or other disposition, by way of such a merger, consolidation or
otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation
acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) shall be released and
relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; PROVIDED that the Net
Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the Indenture. See "-- Repurchase at the Option of
Holders -- Asset Sales."
CERTAIN COVENANTS
RESTRICTED PAYMENTS
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (i) declare or pay any
dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company's or any of its
Subsidiaries' Equity Interests (other than: dividends or distributions payable
in Equity Interests of the Person making such dividend or distribution, other
than Disqualified Stock; or dividends or distributions payable to the Company or
any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor); (ii) purchase,
redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the
Company or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate of the Company (other than any such
Equity Interests owned by the Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
Company that is a Guarantor); (iii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or
retire for value any Indebtedness (other than the 1994 Notes, the Notes and
Indebtedness between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries or between or
among such Subsidiaries) that is PARI PASSU with or subordinated to the Notes or
any Note Guarantee; (iv) directly or indirectly make any loan or advance to, or
make any payment to, Holding; or (v) make any Restricted Investment (all such
payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (v) above being
collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of such
Restricted Payment:
(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;
(b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment
and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment
had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the
covenant entitled "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock;" and
75
<PAGE>
(c) such Restricted Payment, (A) in the case of any Restricted
Payment other than as defined by clause (i) above, together with the
aggregate of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its
Subsidiaries after April 21, 1994 (including Restricted Payments
permitted by the next succeeding paragraph (other than such Restricted
Payments permitted by clauses (iv), (v) and (vi) of the next succeeding
paragraph)) or (B) in the case of any Restricted Payment defined by
clause (i) above, together with the aggregate of all other Restricted
Payments made by the Company and its Subsidiaries after April 21, 1994
(including Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding
paragraph (other than Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (iv) and
(v) of the next succeeding paragraph)) is less than the sum of (x) 50%
of the sum of the Consolidated Net Income and Consolidated Step-Up
Depreciation and Amortization of the Company for the period (taken as
one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter
that began after April 21, 1994 to the end of the Company's most
recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements
are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such
Consolidated Net Income plus Consolidated Step-Up Depreciation and
Amortization for such period is a deficit, 100% of such deficit), plus
(y) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company from
the issue or sale since April 21, 1994 of Equity Interests of the
Company or of debt securities of the Company that have been converted
into such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or convertible
debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company and other than
Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into
Disqualified Stock).
The foregoing provisions do not prohibit (i) the payment of any dividend
within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of
declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the
Indenture; (ii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of
any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of,
the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of
other Equity Interests of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock); (iii)
the defeasance, redemption or repurchase of PARI PASSU or subordinated
Indebtedness in a Permitted Refinancing; (iv) a Restricted Payment to Holding
pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement as the same may be amended from time to
time in a manner that is not materially adverse to the Company; (v) a Restricted
Payment to Holding to pay its operating and administrative expenses including,
without limitation, directors fees, legal and audit expenses, the Commission
compliance expenses and corporate franchise and other taxes, not to exceed in
any fiscal year $500,000; (vi) a Restricted Payment to Holding to pay management
fees not to exceed $750,000 in any fiscal year of the Company; (vii) the
repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any
Equity Interests of Holding pursuant to any management equity subscription
agreement or stock option agreement in effect as of April 21, 1994; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that (a) the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed,
acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed $1 million and (b) no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately
after such transaction; and (viii) Investments by the Company in joint ventures
or similar projects in a business similar to that conducted by the Company and
its Subsidiaries on the Issuance Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1
million.
Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such
Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the
calculations required by the covenant entitled "Restricted Payments" were
computed, which calculations may be based upon the Company's latest available
financial statements.
INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF DISQUALIFIED STOCK
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue,
assume, guaranty or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect
to (collectively, "incur" and correlatively, an "incurrence" of) any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and that the Company will not issue any,
and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue any, shares of Disqualified
Stock; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur
Indebtedness or issue shares of Disqualified Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio for the Company's most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on
which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is
issued would have been at least 2.25 to 1 determined on a pro forma basis
(including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom and including
the earnings of any business acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
with the proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been
incurred, or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the
beginning of such four-quarter period. In addition, the Indenture provides that
each of the following Indebtedness must be subordinated in right of payment to
the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, at least to the same
extent as the Notes are subordinated to
76
<PAGE>
Senior Indebtedness: (A) all Indebtedness that does not provide for all interest
payments to be made in cash; (B) all Indebtedness of the Company to any of its
Subsidiaries; and (C) any Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries if,
at the time of incurrence thereof, Indebtedness of the Company and the
Guarantors that is PARI PASSU in right of payment to the Notes and the Note
Guarantees (including, on a pro forma basis, the Indebtedness to be incurred)
exceeds $100 million other than the 1994 Notes and the Notes.
The foregoing limitations do not apply to (a) revolving credit
Indebtedness and letters of credit pursuant to the Credit Facility in an
aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater
of (i) $60 million in principal amount (with letters of credit being deemed to
have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company
thereunder), less the aggregate amount of all repayments after April 21, 1994
that permanently reduce the commitment under the Credit Facility, and (ii) the
Borrowing Base; (b) the Existing Indebtedness; (c) the Notes (other than any
Additional Notes) or any Note Guarantee; (d) the incurrence by the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries of Refinancing Indebtedness; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
such Refinancing Indebtedness is a Permitted Refinancing; (e) Indebtedness
between or among the Company and any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that are
Guarantors; (f) Indebtedness from the Company to Holding PROVIDED that the
advances evidenced by such Indebtedness are permitted under the covenant
entitled "Restricted Payments;" (g) Hedging Obligations that are incurred for
the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any floating
rate Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be
outstanding; and (h) the incurrence by the Company or its Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness (in addition to Indebtedness permitted by any other clause of this
paragraph) in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to
exceed the sum of $1 million at any one time.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Indenture provides that
the Company and its Subsidiaries will not be permitted to incur any additional
Senior Indebtedness unless it is secured.
LIENS
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly (i) create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired by the
Company or any Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom or (ii) assign or
convey any right to receive income therefrom, in any such case to secure any
Indebtedness (other than Senior Indebtedness of the Company or Senior
Indebtedness of a Guarantor permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Indenture)
unless contemporaneously therewith or prior thereto, effective provision is made
(evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers'
Certificate delivered to the Trustee) whereby the Notes or a Note Guarantee are
secured equally and ratably with such other Indebtedness (or if such other
Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, the Notes or a
Note Guarantee, as the case may be, are secured on a basis with the same
relative priority to such other Indebtedness).
DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or
suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the
ability of any Subsidiary to (a)(i) pay dividends or make any other
distributions to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (A) on its Capital Stock
or (B) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by,
its profits, or (ii) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, (b) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or (c) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing
under or by reasons of (i) Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the Issuance
Date, (ii) the Credit Facility as in effect on the Issuance Date, and any
amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements,
refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, PROVIDED that such amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings,
replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive with respect to such
dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the Credit
Facility as in effect on the Issuance Date, (iii) the 1994 Indenture and the
1994 Notes, (iv) the Indenture and the Notes, (v) applicable law, (vi) any
instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition
(except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in
contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not
applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than
the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, PROVIDED that
the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person, to the extent of such restriction, is
not taken into account in determining whether such acquisition was
77
<PAGE>
permitted by the terms of the Indenture, (vii) by reason of customary
non-assignment provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary course of
business and consistent with past practices, (viii) purchase money obligations
for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose
restrictions of the nature described in clause (c) above on the property so
acquired, or (ix) permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the
restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Refinancing Indebtedness
are no more restrictive than those contained in the agreements governing the
Indebtedness being refinanced.
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR SALE OF ASSETS
The Indenture provides that the Company may not consolidate or merge
with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all
of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to another
Person unless (i) the Company is the surviving Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been
made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States,
any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the
Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of the Company
pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee, under the Notes and the Indenture; (iii) immediately after such
transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and (iv) the Company or any
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger, or to which such
sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have
been made (A) will have Consolidated Net Worth (immediately after the
transaction) equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company
immediately preceding the transaction and (B) will, at the time of such
transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had
occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to
incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test set forth in the covenant entitled "Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock."
TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of
its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter
into any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or
for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate
Transaction"), unless (a) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no
less favorable to the Company or the relevant Subsidiary than those that would
have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Subsidiary
with a Person who was not an Affiliate and (b) the Company delivers to the
Trustee (i) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate
payments in excess of $2 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set
forth in an Officers' Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction
complies with clause (a) above and that such Affiliate Transaction is approved
by a majority of the Board of Directors and (ii) with respect to any Affiliate
Transaction involving aggregate payments in excess of $5 million, an opinion as
to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary from a financial point of view
issued by an investment banking firm of national standing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that (i) any employment agreement entered into by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past
practice of the Company or such Subsidiary, (ii) transactions between or among
the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, (iii) Restricted Payments permitted by the
provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant "Restricted
Payments" and (iv) the advisory fee being paid to First Atlantic in connection
with the Offering, in each case, shall not be deemed Affiliate Transactions.
NO SENIOR SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS
The Indenture provides that (i) the Company will not incur, create,
issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness and senior
in any respect in right of payment to the Notes, and (ii) no Guarantor will
incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any
Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to its Senior
Indebtedness and senior in any respect in right of payment to its Note
Guarantee.
78
<PAGE>
ADDITIONAL GUARANTEES
The Indenture provides that (i) if the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries shall transfer or cause to be transferred, in one or a series of
related transactions (other than a transaction or series of related transactions
constituting a Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to the provisions of the
covenant entitled "Restricted Payments"), any assets, businesses, divisions,
real property or equipment having a book value in excess of $1 million to any
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (ii) if the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries shall acquire another Subsidiary having (a) total assets with a
book value in excess of $1 million or (b) Consolidated Cash Flow in excess of $1
million, then such transferee or acquired Subsidiary shall execute a Note
Guarantee and deliver an opinion of counsel as to the enforceability of such
Note Guarantee, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
REPORTS
Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission,
so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Trustee
and to all Holders of Notes all quarterly and annual financial information that
would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q
and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon
by the Company's certified independent accountants. In addition, whether or not
required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, the Company will file a
copy of all such information and any other information required by Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act with the Commission for public availability (unless
the Commission will not accept such a filing) and file such information with the
Trustee and make such information available to investors who request it in
writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted under the rules
and regulations of the Commission, the Company may instead supply such
information with respect to Holding.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
The Indenture provides that each of the following constitutes an Event
of Default: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes (whether or not prohibited by the
subordination provisions of the Indenture); (ii) default in payment when due of
the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes (whether or not prohibited by
the subordination provisions of the Indenture); (iii) failure by the Company to
comply with the provisions described under the covenants "Repurchase at the
Option of Holders -- Change of Control," "Repurchase at the Option of Holders --
Asset Sales," "Certain Covenants -- Restricted Payments" or "Certain Covenants
- -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock"; (iv) failure
by the Company or the Guarantors for 60 days after notice to comply with any of
its other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; (v) default under any
mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which
there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the
Company, Holding or any of their respective Subsidiaries (or the payment of
which is guaranteed by the Company, Holding or any of their respective
Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created
after the Issuance Date, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay
principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness prior to the
expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a "Payment
Default") or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its
express maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness
under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been
so accelerated, aggregates $2 million or more; (vi) failure by the Company,
Holding or any of their respective Subsidiaries to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of $2 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or
stayed for a period of 60 days; (vii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any
Note Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or
invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any
Guarantor (or its successors or assigns), or any Person acting on behalf of any
Guarantor (or its successors or assigns), shall deny or disaffirm its
obligations or shall fail to comply with any obligations under its Note
Guarantee; and (viii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to
the Company, Holding or any of their respective Subsidiaries.
If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
if any Indebtedness is outstanding pursuant to the Credit Facility, upon a
declaration of acceleration, the principal and interest on the Notes shall be
payable upon the earlier of (1) the day which is five business days after notice
of acceleration is given to the Company and the lender under the Credit Facility
or (2) the date of acceleration of the Indebtedness under the Credit Facility.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Company, Holding
or any of
79
<PAGE>
their respective Subsidiaries, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable
without further action or notice. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of at
least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may
rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. Holders
of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in
the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its
exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the
Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or
Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it
determines that withholding notice is in their interest.
In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful
action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with
the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had
to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to the
optional redemption provisions of the Indenture, an equivalent premium shall
also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law
upon the acceleration of the Notes.
The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders
of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default
in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, any Note held by a
non-consenting Holder.
The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement
regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon
becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS
No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or
stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability
for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Note
Guarantees, the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason
of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note
and the Note Guarantees waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and
release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note
Guarantees. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the
Federal securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver
is against public policy.
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its
and the Guarantors' obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes
and the Note Guarantees ("Legal Defeasance") except for (i) the rights of
Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of,
and premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on such Notes when
such payments are due, (ii) the Company's and the Guarantors' obligations with
respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes,
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or
agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust, (iii) the
rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company's
and the Guarantors' obligations in connection therewith and (iv) the Legal
Defeasance provisions of the Indenture. In addition, the Company may, at its
option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Company and the
Guarantors released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the
Indenture ("Covenant Defeasance") and thereafter any omission to comply with
such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect
to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not
including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency
events) described under "-- Events of Default and Remedies" will no longer
constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (i)
the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit
of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government
Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in
the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants,
to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable
redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal or installment of
principal of, or premium, if any, interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the
outstanding Notes; (ii) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A)the
80
<PAGE>
Company has received from, or there has been published by, the IRS a ruling or
(b) since the Issuance Date, there has been a change in the applicable Federal
income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such
opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will
not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result
of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; (iii) in the case of Covenant
Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of
counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming
that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or
loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and
will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner
and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance
had not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of
Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness all or a portion of the
proceeds of which will be used to defease the Notes pursuant to the terms of the
Indenture concurrently with such incurrence) or insofar as Events of Default
from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period
ending on the day on which all applicable preference periods have run; (v) such
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument
(other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a
party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; (vi) the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect
that after the day on which all applicable preference periods have run, the
trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally; (vii) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent
of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company or
the Guarantors with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding
creditors of the Company or the Guarantors; and (viii) the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an opinion of counsel,
each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the Legal
Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the
Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the
Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or
permitted by the Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange
any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer
or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be
redeemed.
The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for
all purposes.
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Except as provided in the next succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture or
the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at
least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including
consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for
Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the
Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least
a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).
Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may
not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder of Notes): (i)
reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver, (ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity
of any Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of
the Notes, (iii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest
on any Note, (iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of
principal of, or premium, if any, interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the
Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at
least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the
payment default that resulted from such acceleration), (v) make any Note payable
in money other than that stated in the Notes, (vi) make any change in the
provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights
of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or premium, if any,
interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes, (vii) waive a redemption
payment with respect to any Note, (viii) make any change to the subordination
provisions of the Indenture that adversely affects Holders, (ix) except pursuant
to the terms of the Indenture, release any Guarantor from its obligations under
its Note Guarantee, or change any Note Guarantee in any manner that would
adversely affect Holders, or (x) make any change in the foregoing amendment and
waiver provisions.
81
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder of
Notes, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the
Notes to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to
provide for the assumption of the Company's or any Guarantors' obligations to
Holders of the Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation, to make any
change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of
the Notes (including providing for additional Note Guarantees pursuant to the
covenant entitled "Additional Guarantees") or that does not adversely affect the
legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to provide for the issuance
of Additional Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Indenture
or to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain
the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee,
should it become a creditor of the Company, the Guarantors or any Affiliate of
the Company or the Guarantors, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or
to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security
or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions;
however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict
within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue or resign.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to
certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default
shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the
exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct
of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the
request of any Holder of Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the
Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense.
BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY, FORM AND TRANSFER
The Old Notes were offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers in
reliance on Rule 144A ("Rule 144A Notes"). Except as set forth below, Notes will
be issued in registered, global form in minimum denominations of $1,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
The Rule 144A Notes were, and the New Notes will be, represented by one
or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively,
the "Rule 144A Global Notes" or the "Global Notes"). The Global Notes will be
deposited upon issuance with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust
Company, in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC or its
nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect
participant in DTC as described below.
Except as set forth below, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole
and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its
nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for Notes
in certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below. See
"-- Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes." Except in the limited
circumstances described below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global
Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Certificated Notes
(as defined herein).
Rule 144A Notes (including beneficial interests in the Rule 144A Global
Notes) are subject to certain restrictions on transfer and bear a restrictive
legend. In addition, transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will
be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or
indirect participants, which may change from time to time.
Initially, the Trustee will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Notes
may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the
Registrar.
DEPOSITORY PROCEDURES
The following description of the operations and procedures of DTC is
provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are
solely within the control of the settlement system and are subject to changes by
it from time to time. The Company takes no responsibility for these operations
and procedures and urges investors to contact the system or their participants
directly to discuss these matters.
82
<PAGE>
DTC has advised the Company that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company
created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively,
the "Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of
transactions in those securities between Participants through electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include
securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial Purchaser), banks, trust
companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to
DTC's system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers
and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with
a Participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively, the "Indirect
Participants"). Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities
held by or on behalf of DTC only through the Participants or the Indirect
Participants. The ownership interests in, and transfers of ownership interests
in, each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the
Participants and Indirect Participants.
DTC has also advised the Company that, pursuant to procedures
established by it, (i) upon deposit of the Global Notes, DTC will credit the
accounts of Participants with portions of the principal amount of the Global
Notes and (ii) ownership of such interests in the Global Notes will be shown on,
and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records
maintained by DTC (with respect to the Participants) or by the Participants and
the Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests
in the Global Notes).
Investors in the Rule 144A Global Notes may hold their interests therein
directly through DTC, if they are Participants in such system, or indirectly
through organizations which are Participants in such system. All interests in a
Global Note may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. The laws
of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive
form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer
beneficial interests in a Global Note to such persons will be limited to that
extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of Participants, which in turn act on
behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of a person
having beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge such interests to persons
or entities that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions
in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical
certificate evidencing such interests.
EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED BELOW, OWNERS OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTES WILL
NOT HAVE NOTES REGISTERED IN THEIR NAMES, WILL NOT RECEIVE PHYSICAL DELIVERY OF
NOTES IN CERTIFICATED FORM AND WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED THE REGISTERED OWNERS OR
"HOLDERS" THEREOF UNDER THE INDENTURE FOR ANY PURPOSE.
Payments in respect of the principal of, and premium, if any, Liquidated
Damages, if any, and interest on a Global Note registered in the name of DTC or
its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the registered holder
under the Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the
Trustee will treat the persons in whose names the Notes, including the Global
Notes, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving such
payments and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Consequently, neither
the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee has or will
have any responsibility or liability for (i) any aspect of DTC's records or any
Participant's or Indirect Participant's records relating to or payments made on
account of beneficial ownership interest in the Global Notes, or for
maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC's records or any Participant's
or Indirect Participant's records relating to the beneficial ownership interests
in the Global Notes or (ii) any other matter relating to the actions and
practices of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect Participants. DTC has
advised the Company that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment in
respect of securities such as the Notes (including principal and interest), is
to credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with the payment on the
payment date, in amounts proportionate to their respective holdings in the
principal amount of beneficial interest in the relevant security as shown on the
records of DTC unless DTC has reason to believe it will not receive payment on
such payment date. Payments by the Participants and the Indirect Participants to
the beneficial owners of Notes will be governed by standing instructions and
customary practices and will be the responsibility of the Participants or the
Indirect Participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the Trustee or
the Company. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by
DTC or any of its Participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the
Notes, and the Company and the Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be
protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.
Interests in the Global Notes are expected to be eligible to trade in
DTC's Same-Day Funds Settlement System and secondary market trading activity in
such interests will, therefore, settle in immediately available funds, subject
in all cases to the rules and procedures of DTC and its Participants. See "--
Same Day Settlement and Payment."
83
<PAGE>
Transfers between Participants in DTC will be effected in accordance
with DTC's procedures, and will be settled in same day funds.
DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a holder of Notes only at the direction of one or more Participants to
whose account DTC has credited the interests in the Global Notes and only in
respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as to
which such Participant or Participants has or have given such direction.
However, if there is an Event of Default under the Notes, DTC reserves the right
to exchange the Global Notes for legended Notes in certificated form, and to
distribute such Notes to its Participants.
Neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any of their respective agents
will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, or its participants or
indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and
procedures governing their operations.
EXCHANGE OF BOOK-ENTRY NOTES FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES
A Global Note is exchangeable for definitive Notes in registered
certificated form ("Certificated Notes") if (i) DTC (x) notifies the Company
that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes
and the Company thereupon fails to appoint a successor depositary or (y) has
ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the
Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause
the issuance of the Certificated Notes or (iii) there shall have occurred and be
continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In addition,
beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for Certificated Notes
upon request but only upon prior written notice given to the Trustee by or on
behalf of DTC in accordance with the Indenture. In all cases, Certificated Notes
delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will
be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested
by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures)
and will bear an applicable restrictive legend, if any, unless the Company
determines otherwise in compliance with applicable law.
EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATED NOTES FOR BOOK-ENTRY NOTES
Notes issued in certificated form may not be exchanged for beneficial
interests in any Global Note unless the transferor first delivers to the Trustee
a written certificate (in the form provided in the Indenture) to the effect that
such transfer will comply with the appropriate transfer restrictions, if any,
applicable to such Notes.
SAME DAY SETTLEMENT AND PAYMENT
The Indenture requires that payments in respect of the Notes represented
by the Global Notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any) be made by wire transfer of immediately available
funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note holder. With respect to Notes
in certificated form, the Company will make all payments of principal, premium,
if any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof or, if no such
account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder's registered
address. The Company expects that secondary trading in any certificated Notes
will also be settled in immediately available funds.
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture.
Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as
well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is
provided.
"ACQUIRED DEBT" means, with respect to any specified Person: (i)
Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person merged
with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, including
Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other
Person merging with or into or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person
and (ii) Indebtedness encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
"AFFILIATE" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control"
84
<PAGE>
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by"
and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities of a Person
shall be deemed to be control. Neither Chase Bank, The CIT Group/Equity
Investments, Inc., nor their respective Affiliates will be deemed an Affiliate
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for purposes of this definition by
reason of its direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 15% or less of the
Common Stock of Holding or by reason of any employee thereof being appointed to
the Board of Directors of Holding.
"BORROWING BASE" means, as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of
(a) 85% of the face amount of all accounts receivable owned by the Company and
its Subsidiaries as of such date that are not more than 90 days past due, and
(b) 65% of the book value (calculated on a FIFO basis) of all inventory owned by
the Company and its Subsidiaries as of such date, all calculated on a
consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. To the extent that information
is not available as to the amount of accounts receivable or inventory as of a
specific date, the Company may utilize the most recent available information for
purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base.
"CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION" means, at the time any determination thereof
is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that
would at such time be so required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared
in accordance with GAAP.
"CAPITAL STOCK" means any and all shares, interests, participations,
rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, including,
without limitation, with respect to partnerships, partnership interests (whether
general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a
Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or
distributions of assets of, such partnership.
"CASH EQUIVALENTS" means (i) United States dollars, (ii) securities
issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States
government or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not
more than six months from the date of acquisition, (iii) certificates of deposit
and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date
of acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months
from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any
lender party to the Credit Facility or with any domestic commercial bank having
capital and surplus in excess of $500 million, (iv) repurchase obligations with
a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types
described in clauses (ii) and (iii) entered into with any financial institution
meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii) above and (v) commercial
paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
or Standard & Poor's Corporation and in each case maturing within six months
after the date of acquisition.
"CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW" means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus (a) an
amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized in connection
with an Asset Sale (to the extent such losses were deducted in computing
Consolidated Net Income), plus (b) provision for taxes based on income or
profits of such Person for such period, to the extent such provision for taxes
was included in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus (c) Consolidated
Interest Expense of such Person for such period to the extent such expense was
deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus (d) Consolidated
Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the
extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus (e)
other non-cash charges (including, without limitation, repricing of stock
options, to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; but
excluding any non-cash charge that requires an accrual or reserve for cash
expenditures in future periods or which involved a cash expenditure in a prior
period), in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with
GAAP.
"CONSOLIDATED DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE" means, with respect
to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization
expense (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding
amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) of such
Person for such period on a consolidated basis as determined in accordance with
GAAP.
"CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE" means, with respect to any Person for
any period, the sum of (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its
Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, to the extent such
expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including
amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the
interest component of capital leases, and net payments (if any) pursuant to
Hedging Obligations), (b) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges paid
or accrued with respect to letters
85
<PAGE>
of credit and bankers' acceptance financing, and (c) interest actually paid by
such Person or its Subsidiaries under a Guarantee of Indebtedness of any other
Person.
"CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for
such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP;
PROVIDED, that (i) the Net Income of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that
is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to
the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid to the referent
Person or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary thereof that is a Guarantor, (ii) the Net
Income of any Person that is a Subsidiary (other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary)
shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions
paid to the referent Person or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary thereof that is a
Guarantor, (iii) the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests
transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be
excluded and (iv) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles
shall be excluded.
"CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH" means, with respect to any Person as of any
date, the sum of (i) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders of such
Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date plus (ii) the
respective amounts reported on such Person's balance sheet as of such date with
respect to any series of Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) that by
its terms is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such dividends may
be declared and paid only out of net earnings in respect of the year of such
declaration and payment, but only to the extent of any cash received by such
Person upon issuance of such Preferred Stock, less (x) all write-ups (other than
write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations and write-ups of tangible
assets of a going concern business made within 16 months after the acquisition
of such business) subsequent to April 21, 1994 in the book value of any asset
owned by such Person or a consolidated Subsidiary of such Person, (y) all
investments as of such date in unconsolidated Subsidiaries and in Persons that
are not Subsidiaries (except, in each case, Permitted Investments), and (z) all
unamortized debt discount and expense and unamortized deferred charges as of
such date, all of the foregoing determined in accordance with GAAP.
"CONSOLIDATED STEP-UP DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION" means, with respect
to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation related to the
write-up of assets and amortization of such Person for such period on a
consolidated basis as determined in accordance with GAAP.
"CREDIT FACILITY" means the Second Amended and Restated Financing and
Security Agreement dated as of July 2, 1998, by the Company and NationsBank,
N.A., providing for up to $142.9 million of borrowings, including any related
notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in
connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded,
replaced or refinanced from time to time.
"DEFAULT" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the
giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.
"DESIGNATED SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS" means (i) the Senior Bank Indebtedness
and (ii) any other Senior Indebtedness (a) permitted to be incurred under the
Indenture the principal amount of which is $15 million or more and (b)
designated in the instrument creating or evidencing such Senior Indebtedness as
"Designated Senior Indebtedness."
"DISQUALIFIED STOCK" means any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by
the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily
redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at
the option of the Holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to July 15,
2004.
"EQUITY INTERESTS" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or
other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
"EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness of the Company and its
Subsidiaries (other than under the Credit Facility) in existence on the Issuance
Date, until such amounts are repaid.
"FIXED CHARGES" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
sum of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period, whether
paid or accrued, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing
Consolidated Net Income and (b) the product of (i) all cash dividend payments
(and non-cash dividend payments in the form of securities (other than
Disqualified Stock) of an issuer) on any series of Preferred Stock of
86
<PAGE>
such Person, times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the
denominator of which is one minus the then current combined Federal, state and
local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case,
on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
"FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" means with respect to any Person for any
period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period
to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees or redeems any
Indebtedness (other than revolving credit borrowings) or issues Preferred Stock
subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio is being calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the
calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation Date"),
then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect
to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, or such
issuance or redemption of Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period. For purposes of
making the computation referred to above, acquisitions, dispositions and
discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been
made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including all mergers and
consolidations, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such
reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be calculated on
a pro forma basis assuming that all such acquisitions, dispositions,
discontinued operations, mergers and consolidations (and the reduction of any
associated fixed charge obligations resulting therefrom) had occurred on the
first day of the four-quarter reference period.
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession, which are in effect on the Issuance Date.
"GOVERNMENT SECURITIES" means direct obligations of, or obligations
guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which guarantee
or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States of America is
pledged.
"GUARANTEE" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or
indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness.
"GUARANTORS" means each of (i) Holding, Berry Iowa, Berry Tri-Plas,
Berry Sterling, AeroCon, PackerWare, Berry Design, Venture Holdings, Venture
Midwest, Venture Southeast, NIM Holdings, Norwich, Knight Plastics, Cardinal,
CPI Holding, Norwich Acquisition and Berry Acquisition and (ii) any other Person
that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns.
"HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations
of such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap
agreements and interest rate collar agreements and (ii) other agreements or
arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest
rates.
"INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of
such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or
evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of
credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or representing Capital
Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of
any property or representing any Hedging Obligations, except any such balance
that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any
of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging
Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person
prepared in accordance with GAAP, and also includes, to the extent not otherwise
included, the Guarantee of any Indebtedness of such Person or any other Person.
"INVESTMENTS" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including
Guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and
similar advances to officers, directors, consultants and employees made in the
ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration
of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities and all other items that
are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in
accordance with GAAP.
87
<PAGE>
"ISSUANCE DATE" means the closing date for the sale and original
issuance of the Notes.
"LIEN" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset,
whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under
the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).
"NET INCOME" means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of
such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in
respect of Preferred Stock dividends, excluding, however, any gain (but not
loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not
loss), realized in connection with any Asset Sale (including, without
limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions), and
excluding any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related
provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss).
"NET PROCEEDS" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs
relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting
and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any relocation expenses
incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after
taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing
arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness
secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale
and any reserve for indemnification or adjustment in respect of the sale price
of such asset or assets.
"OBLIGATIONS" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
"PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" means (a) any Investments in the Company or in a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company and that is engaged in the same or a
similar line of business as the Company and its Subsidiaries were engaged in on
the Issuance Date and (b) any Investments in Cash Equivalents.
"PERMITTED REFINANCING" means Refinancing Indebtedness if (a) the
principal amount of Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal
amount of Indebtedness so extended, re-financed, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded (plus the amount of premiums, accrued interest and reasonable expenses
incurred in connection therewith); (b) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a
Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average
Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded; and (c) the Refinancing Indebtedness is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to
the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded.
"PERSON" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government
or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
"PREFERRED STOCK" means any Equity Interest with preferential right in
the payment of dividends or liquidation or any Disqualified Stock.
"REFINANCING INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or
the proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or
refund Indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of the covenant entitled
"Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock."
"RESTRICTED INVESTMENT" means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.
"SENIOR BANK INDEBTEDNESS" means the Indebtedness outstanding under the
Credit Facility as such agreement may be restated, further amended, supplemented
or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time hereafter, together with any
refunding or replacement of any such Indebtedness.
"SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS" means (i) the Senior Bank Indebtedness and (ii)
any other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Company or a Guarantor,
as the case may be, under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument
under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is PARI
PASSU with or subordinated in
88
<PAGE>
right of payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, as the case may be.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Senior Indebtedness
shall not include (w) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes
owed or owing by the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, (x) any
Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, to Holding or to
any of Holding's other Subsidiaries or other Affiliates, (y) any trade payables
or (z) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of the Indenture.
"SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination
thereof.
"TAX SHARING AGREEMENT" means that certain Tax Sharing Agreement, as in
effect on the closing date of the Offering, between the Company and Holding.
'"WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE TO MATURITY" means, when applied to any
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the sum
of the products obtained by multiplying (x) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (y) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the due date of such payment, by (b) the then outstanding
principal amount of such Indebtedness.
"WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY" of any Person means a Subsidiary of such
Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of
which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by
such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and one
or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
89
<PAGE>
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a summary prepared by O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP,
special counsel to the Company ("Special Counsel"), of certain United States
Federal income tax considerations relating to the Exchange Offer and to the
purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes but does not purport to be a
complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto.
Subject to the qualifications, limitations, and factual assumptions set forth
herein, the following constitutes the opinion of Special Counsel with respect to
the material Federal income tax considerations relevant to the exchange of Old
Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer and to the ownership of the
Notes (other than with respect to those matters stated to be as to the belief of
the Company). This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, existing, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations, laws, rulings
and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change. Any such
changes may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a
holder of the Notes. This summary deals only with holders that will hold Notes
as "capital assets" (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code). As used
herein, "U.S. Holder" means (i) citizens or residents of the United States, (ii)
corporations, partnerships and other business entities created or organized
under the laws of the United States, (iii) estates the income of which is
subject to United States Federal income taxation regardless of its source and
(iv) trusts if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary
supervision over its administration and one or more United States persons have
the authority to control all of its substantive decisions (or certain trusts in
existence on August 20, 1996, which have elected to continue to be treated as
United States persons). As used herein, "Non - U.S. Holder" means any holder
that is not a U.S. Holder. This summary does not address tax considerations
applicable to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, such as banks,
tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities or
currencies, or persons that will hold Notes as a position in a hedging
transaction, "straddle" or "conversion transaction" for tax purposes. This
summary discusses the principal Federal income tax considerations applicable to
the Exchange Offer and subsequent purchasers of the Notes. This summary does not
consider the effect of any applicable foreign, state, local or other tax laws.
No ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") will be sought with
respect to the Notes, and the IRS could take a contrary view with respect to the
matters described below.
THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS
GENERAL AND, AS DISCUSSED, DOES NOT COVER THE TAX EFFECTS TO ALL INVESTORS IN
ALL SITUATIONS. ACCORDINGLY, INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE EXCHANGE OFFER SHOULD
CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE UNITED
STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL
AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN
TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.
U.S. HOLDERS
EXCHANGE OF OLD NOTES FOR NEW NOTES
The exchange of Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer
will not be considered a taxable exchange for Federal income tax purposes
because the New Notes will not constitute a material modification of the terms
of the Old Notes. Accordingly, such exchange will have no Federal income tax
consequences to holders of Old Notes, and a holder's adjusted tax basis and
holding period in a New Note will be the same as such holder's adjusted tax
basis and holding period in the Old Note exchanged therefor.
PAYMENT OF INTEREST
Interest on a Note generally will be includable in the income of a
holder as ordinary income at the time such interest is received or accrued, in
accordance with such holder's method of accounting for United States Federal
income tax purposes.
NOTES PURCHASED AT A PREMIUM
In general, if a holder purchases a Note for an amount in excess of its
stated redemption price at maturity, the holder may elect to treat such excess
as "amortizable bond premium," in which case the amount required to be included
in the holder's income each year with respect to interest on the Note will be
reduced by the amount of amortizable bond premium allocable (based on the Note's
yield to maturity) to such year. The amount of amortizable bond premium
allocable to a holder's taxable year may be determined, in part, by the
Company's right to
90
<PAGE>
redeem the Notes. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to
the amortization of bond premium. Any such election would apply to all bonds
(other than bonds the interest on which is excludable from gross income) held by
the holder at the beginning of the first taxable year to which the election
applies or which thereafter are acquired by the holder, and such election is
irrevocable without the consent of the IRS.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION OR REPAYMENT
The Notes will not have original issue discount ("OID") because they
were issued at a premium. For purposes of determining OID, Treasury Regulations
provide that the holder's right to require redemption of the Notes upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control will not be taken into account unless, based
on all the facts and circumstances as of the issue date, it is significantly
more likely than not that both a Change of Control giving rise to the right to
require repurchase will occur and such right will be exercised. In the event of
a Change of Control, each holder of Notes will have the right to require the
Company to repurchase all or a part of such holder's Notes as described in
"Description of Notes -- Repurchase at the Option of holders -- Change of
Control." Under the Treasury Regulations discussed above, the Company believes
that the holder's right to require repurchase should not be taken into account
for purposes of calculating OID because a Change of Control and exercise of such
rights are not significantly more likely than not to occur. Treasury Regulations
also provide that the Company will be deemed to exercise its option to redeem
the Notes in a manner that minimizes the yield on the Notes. The Company may
redeem the Notes in certain circumstances, pursuant to the terms of the Notes.
See "Description of the Notes -- Optional Redemption." The Company believes
that, although its option to redeem could be deemed exercised for the purposes
of the Treasury Regulations concerning OID at certain dates, any such deemed
exercise would not result in OID because the original cost of the Notes would
exceed any such deemed redemption price.
MARKET DISCOUNT ON RESALE OF NOTES
A holder of a Note should be aware that the purchase or resale of a Note
may be affected by the "market discount" provisions of the Code. The market
discount rules generally provide that if a holder of a Note purchases the Note
at a market discount (i.e., a discount other than at original issue), any gain
recognized upon the disposition of the Note by the holder will be taxable as
ordinary interest income, rather than as capital gain, to the extent such gain
does not exceed the accrued market discount on such Note at the time of such
disposition. "Market discount" generally means the excess, if any, of a Note's
stated redemption price at maturity over the price paid by the holder therefor,
unless a DE MINIMIS exception applies. A holder who acquires a Note at a market
discount also may be required to defer the deduction of a portion of the amount
of interest that the holder paid or accrued during the taxable year on
indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry such Note, if any.
Any principal payment on a Note acquired by a holder at a market
discount will be included in gross income as ordinary income (generally, as
interest income) to the extent that it does not exceed the accrued market
discount at the time of such payment. The amount of the accrued market discount
for purposes of determining the tax treatment of subsequent payments on, or
dispositions of, a Note is to be reduced by the amounts so treated as ordinary
income.
A holder of a Note acquired at a market discount may elect to include
market discount in gross income, for Federal income tax purposes, as such market
discount accrues, either on a straight-line basis or on a constant interest rate
basis. This current inclusion election, once made, applies to all market
discount obligations acquired on or after the first day of the first taxable
year to which the election applies, and may not be revoked without the consent
of the IRS. If a holder of a Note makes such an election, the foregoing rules
regarding the recognition of ordinary interest income on sales and other
dispositions and the receipt of principal payments with respect to such Note,
and regarding the deferral of interest deductions on indebtedness incurred or
maintained to purchase or carry such Note, will not apply.
SALE, EXCHANGE OR RETIREMENT OF THE NOTES
Upon the sale, exchange or redemption of a Note, a holder generally will
recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between (i) the amount of
cash proceeds and the fair market value of any property received on the sale,
exchange or redemption (except to the extent such amount is attributable to
either Liquidated Damages, discussed below, or accrued interest income not
previously included in income which is taxable as ordinary income) and (ii) such
holder's adjusted tax basis in the Note. A holder's adjusted tax basis in a Note
generally will equal the cost of the Note to such holder, adjusted for
amortizable bond premium, if any, if the holder made an election to amortize
such premium. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss
if the holder's holding period in the Note is more than one year at the time of
sale, exchange or redemption.
91
<PAGE>
NON-U.S. HOLDERS
PAYMENT OF INTEREST
A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to United States Federal income
tax by withholding or otherwise on payments of interest on a Note (provided that
the beneficial owner of the Note fulfills the statement requirements set forth
in applicable Treasury Regulations) unless (A) such Non-U.S. Holder (i) actually
or constructively owns 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all
classes of stock of the Company entitled to vote, (ii) is a controlled foreign
corporation related, directly or indirectly, to the Company through stock
ownership, or (iii) is a bank receiving interest described in Section
881(c)(3)(A) of the Code or (B) such interest is effectively connected with the
conduct of a trade or business by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States.
If a Non-U.S. Holder does not claim, or does not qualify for, the
benefit of the exemption from taxation described above, such Non-U.S. Holder may
be subject to a 30% withholding tax on interest payments made on the Notes.
However, such Non-U.S. Holder may be able to claim the benefit of a reduced
withholding tax rate under an applicable income tax treaty.
GAIN ON DISPOSITION OF THE NOTES
A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to United States Federal income
tax by withholding or otherwise on any gain realized upon the disposition of a
Note unless (i) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder who is an individual, such
Non-U.S. Holder is present in the United States for a period or periods
aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and
certain other requirements are met or (ii) the gain is effectively connected
with the conduct of a trade or business by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United
States.
EFFECTIVELY CONNECTED INCOME
To the extent that interest income or gain on the disposition of a Note
is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business of the Non-U.S.
Holder in the United States, such income will be subject to United States
Federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if such holder
were a United States person. Additionally, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that
is a corporation, such effectively connected income may be subject to the United
States branch profits tax at the rate of 30%.
TREATIES
A tax treaty between the United States and a country in which a Non-U.S.
Holder is a resident may alter the tax consequences described above.
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
The Company believes that Liquidated Damages, if any, described above
under "The Exchange Offer -- Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer" will be
taxable to the holder as ordinary income in accordance with the holder's method
of accounting for Federal income tax purposes. The IRS may take a different
position, however, which could affect the timing of a holder's income with
respect to Liquidated Damages, if any.
INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING
In general, information reporting requirements will apply to payments of
principal, premium, if any, and interest on a Note and payments of the proceeds
of the sale of a Note to certain noncorporate holders, and a 31% backup
withholding tax may apply to such payments if the holder (i) fails to furnish or
certify its correct taxpayer identification number to the payer in the manner
required, (ii) is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report payments of
interest and dividends properly or (iii) under certain circumstances, fails to
certify that it has not been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup
withholding for failure to report interest and dividend payments. Any amounts
withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a holder will be
allowed as a credit against such holder's United States Federal income tax and
may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required minimum
information is furnished to the IRS.
Generally, such information reporting and backup withholding may apply
to payments of principal, interest and premium (if any) to Non-U.S. Holders that
are not exempt recipients and which fail to provide certain information as may
be required by United States law and applicable regulations. The payment of the
proceeds of the disposition of Notes to or through the United States office of a
broker will be subject to information reporting
92
<PAGE>
and backup withholding at a rate of 31% unless the owner certifies its status as
a Non-U.S. Holder under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an
exemption.
Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of
information reporting and backup withholding in their particular situation and
the availability of an exemption therefrom, and the procedures for obtaining any
such exemption.
The United States Department of the Treasury has promulgated final
regulations regarding the information reporting and backup reporting rules
discussed above. In general, the final regulations do not significantly alter
the substantive information reporting and backup withholding requirements but
rather unify current certification procedures and forms and clarify reliance
standards. In addition, the final regulations permit the shifting of primary
responsibility for withholding to certain financial intermediaries acting on
behalf of beneficial owners. The final regulations are generally effective for
payments made on or after January 1, 2001, subject to certain transition rules.
Prospective purchasers of Notes should consult their own tax advisors concerning
the effect of such regulations on their particular situations.
93
<PAGE>
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Based on interpretations by the staff of the Commission set forth in
no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the New Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for
resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any holder thereof (other than any
such holder that is an "affiliate" of Berry within the meaning of Rule 405
promulgated under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration
and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such New
Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder's business, such holder
has no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of such
New Notes and neither such holder nor any such other person is engaging in or
intends to engage in a distribution of such New Notes. Accordingly, any holder
who is an affiliate of Berry or any holder using the Exchange Offer to
participate in a distribution of the New Notes will not be able to rely on such
interpretations by the staff to the Commission and must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with a resale transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each
broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such New Notes. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection
with any resale of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old
Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities (other than Old Notes acquired directly from Berry). Berry and the
Guarantors have agreed that, for a period of one year from the date of this
Prospectus, they will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented,
available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In
addition, until March 1, 2000 (90 days from the date of this Prospectus),
all dealers effecting transactions in the New Notes may be required to deliver a
prospectus.
Berry will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Notes by
broker-dealers. New Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more
transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through
the writing of options on the New Notes or a combination of such methods of
resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to
such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made
directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive
compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New Notes. Any broker-dealer
that resells New Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer and any broker-dealer that participates in a distribution of
such New Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of New Notes and any
commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal
states that by acknowledging that it will deliver, and by delivering, a
prospectus as required, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is
an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
For a period of one year from the date of this Prospectus, Berry will
send a reasonable number of additional copies of this Prospectus and any
amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests
such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. Berry will pay all the expenses
incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the
Holders) other than commissions or concessions of any broker-dealers. Berry and
the Guarantors have agreed to indemnify the Initial Purchaser and any
broker-dealers participating in the Exchange Offer against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act.
This Prospectus has been prepared for use in connection with the
Exchange Offer and may be used by DLJ in connection with offers and sales
related to market-making transactions in the Notes. DLJ may act as principal or
agent in such transactions. Such sales will be made at prices related to
prevailing market prices at the time of sale. Berry will not receive any of the
proceeds of such sales. DLJ has no obligation to make a market in the Notes and
may discontinue its market-making activities at any time without notice, at its
sole discretion. The Company has agreed to indemnify DLJ against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute
to payments which DLJ might be required to make in respect thereof.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the Notes offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP, New York, New York. Lawrence G.
Graev, a director of the Company, is the Chairman of O'Sullivan Graev &
Karabell, LLP. See "Certain Transactions -- Legal Services."
94
<PAGE>
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of BPC Holding Corporation as of
December 27, 1997 and January 2, 1999, and for each of the three years in the
period ended January 2, 1999 and of Knight Engineering and Plastics Division of
Courtaulds Packaging Inc. as of and for the year ended March 31, 1998 included
elsewhere in this Registration Statement and Prospectus have been audited by
Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports appearing
elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports given on the
authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The consolidated financial statements of CPI Holding, Inc. as of
November 30, 1998 and 1997, and for the years ended November 30, 1998 and 1997,
and for the period January 26, 1996 to November 30, 1996 included in this
Registration Statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent
auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein, and are included in
reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
The consolidated financial statements of Norwich for the years ended
October 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 included in this Registration Statement have
been audited by Lovewell Blake, independent auditors, as stated in their report
appearing herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the
authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
95
<PAGE>
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
------
<S> <C>
BPC HOLDING AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Auditors ......................................................... F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets at January 2, 1999 and December 27, 1997 ................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three years in the period
ended January 2, 1999 ................................................................ F-6
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for
the three years in the period ended January 2, 1999 .................................. F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years in the period
ended January 2, 1999 ................................................................ F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................. F-9
BPC HOLDING UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Balance Sheets at October 2, 1999 and January 2, 1999 ..................... F-22
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Thirteen and Thirty-Nine
Weeks ended October 2, 1999 and September 26, 1998 ................................... F-24
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Thirty-Nine Weeks ended
October 2, 1999 and September 26, 1998 ............................................... F-25
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................. F-26
CPI HOLDING, INC. AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Auditors ......................................................... F-31
Consolidated Balance Sheets at November 30, 1998 and 1997 .............................. F-32
Consolidated Statements of Income for the three years in the period
ended November 30, 1998 .............................................................. F-35
Consolidated Statements of Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock and
Shareholders' Equity for the three years in the period ended November 30, 1998 ....... F-36
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years in the
period ended November 30, 1998 ....................................................... F-39
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................. F-40
CPI HOLDING, INC. UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at May 31, 1999 ................................... F-48
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the 26 weeks
ended May 31, 1999 and 1998 .......................................................... F-50
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the 26 weeks
ended May 31, 1999 and 1998 .......................................................... F-51
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements ................................... F-52
KNIGHT ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS DIVISION OF COURTAULDS PACKAGING, INC
AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Auditors ......................................................... F-54
Balance Sheet at March 31, 1998 ........................................................ F-55
Statement of Operations for the year ended March 31, 1998 .............................. F-56
Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended March 31, 1998 .............................. F-57
Notes to Financial Statements .......................................................... F-58
KNIGHT ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS DIVISION OF COURTAULDS PACKAGING, INC
UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Condensed Balance Sheet at September 30, 1998 .......................................... F-60
Condensed Statements of Operations for the six months ended
September 30, 1998 and 1997 .......................................................... F-61
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended
September 30, 1998 and 1997 .......................................................... F-62
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements ................................................ F-63
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of the Directors ................................................................ F-64
Report of Independent Auditors ......................................................... F-66
Profit and Loss Account for the three years in the period ended
October 31, 1997 ..................................................................... F-67
Balance Sheet at October 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995 ...................................... F-68
Cash Flow Statement for the three years in the period ended
October 31, 1997 ..................................................................... F-69
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Notes to the Accounts .................................................................. F-70
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Profit and Loss Accounts for the 6 months ended April 30, 1998 and 1997 ................ F-83
Balance Sheet at April 30, 1998 ........................................................ F-84
Cash Flow Statements for the 6 months ended April 30, 1998 and 1997 .................... F-85
Notes to the Accounts .................................................................. F-86
</TABLE>
F-2
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The Stockholders and Board of Directors
BPC Holding Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of BPC Holding
Corporation and subsidiaries as of January 2, 1999 and December 27, 1997, and
the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders'
equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
January 2, 1999. These financial statements are the responsibility of Holding's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of BPC
Holding Corporation and subsidiaries at January 2, 1999 and December 27, 1997,
and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended January 2, 1999, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
February 19, 1999
F-3
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27,
1999 1997
------------ --------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents .................................................... $ 2,318 $ 2,688
Accounts receivable (less allowance for doubtful
accounts of $1,651 at January 2, 1999 and $1,038 at December 27, 1997) ..... 29,951 28,385
Inventories:
Finished goods ........................................................... 23,146 22,029
Raw materials and supplies ............................................... 8,556 7,429
-------- --------
31,702 29,458
Prepaid expenses and other receivables ....................................... 1,665 1,834
Income taxes recoverable ..................................................... 577 1,167
-------- --------
Total current assets ............................................................... 66,213 63,532
Assets held in trust ............................................................... 6,679 19,738
Property and equipment:
Land ......................................................................... 7,769 5,811
Buildings and improvements ................................................... 38,960 33,891
Machinery, equipment and tooling ............................................. 141,054 122,991
Automobiles and trucks ....................................................... 1,386 1,241
Construction in progress ..................................................... 11,780 10,357
-------- --------
200,949 174,291
Less accumulated depreciation ................................................ 80,944 66,073
-------- --------
120,005 108,218
Intangible assets:
Deferred financing and origination fees, net ................................. 10,327 10,849
Covenants not to compete, net ................................................ 4,071 3,940
Excess of cost over net assets acquired, net ................................. 44,536 30,303
Deferred acquisition costs ................................................... 20 13
-------- --------
58,954 45,105
Deferred income taxes .............................................................. 2,758 2,049
Other .............................................................................. 708 802
-------- --------
Total assets ....................................................................... $255,317 $239,444
======== ========
</TABLE>
F-4
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27,
1999 1997
------------ --------------
<S> <C> <C>
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable ......................................................... $ 18,059 $ 16,732
Accrued expenses and other liabilities ................................... 10,863 7,162
Accrued interest ......................................................... 4,166 3,612
Employee compensation and payroll taxes .................................. 8,953 7,489
Income taxes ............................................................. 22 55
Current portion of long-term debt ........................................ 19,388 7,619
--------- ---------
Total current liabilities .................................................... 61,451 42,669
Long-term debt, less current portion ......................................... 303,910 298,716
Accrued dividends on preferred stock ......................................... 7,225 3,674
Deferred income taxes ........................................................ 497 --
Other liabilities ............................................................ 2,591 3,360
--------- ---------
375,674 348,419
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):
Series A Preferred Stock; 800,000 shares authorized;
600,000 shares issued and outstanding (net of discount
of $2,770 at January 2, 1999 and $3,062 at December 27, 1997) ......... 11,801 11,509
Series B Preferred Stock; 200,000 shares authorized,
issued and outstanding ................................................ 5,000 5,000
Class A Common Stock; $.01 par value:
Voting; 500,000 shares authorized; 91,000 shares
issued and outstanding .............................................. 1 1
Nonvoting; 500,000 shares authorized; 259,000 shares
issued and outstanding .............................................. 3 3
Class B Common Stock; $.01 par value:
Voting; 500,000 shares authorized; 145,058 shares
issued and 144,546 shares outstanding ............................... 1 1
Nonvoting; 500,000 shares authorized; 58,612 shares
issued and 56,937 shares outstanding ................................ 1 1
Class C Common Stock; $.01 par value:
Nonvoting; 500,000 shares authorized; 17,000 shares issued
and 16,833 shares outstanding ....................................... -- --
Treasury stock: 512 shares Class B Voting Common Stock;
1,675 shares Class B Nonvoting Common Stock; and 167 shares
Class C Nonvoting Common Stock ........................................ (280) (22)
Additional paid-in capital .............................................. 45,611 49,374
Warrants ................................................................ 3,511 3,511
Retained earnings (deficit) ............................................. (185,923) (178,353)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ........................... (83) --
--------- ---------
Total stockholders' equity (deficit) ......................................... (120,357) (108,975)
--------- ---------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit) ......................... $ 255,317 $ 239,444
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-5
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
--------------------------------------------------------
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27, DECEMBER 28,
1999 1997 1996
-------------- --------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales .................................................. $ 271,830 $ 226,953 $ 151,058
Cost of goods sold ......................................... 199,227 180,249 110,110
--------- --------- ---------
Gross margin ............................................... 72,603 46,704 40,948
Operating expenses:
Selling ................................................ 14,780 11,320 6,950
General and administrative ............................. 19,308 11,505 13,769
Research and development ............................... 1,690 1,310 858
Amortization of intangibles ............................ 4,139 2,226 524
Other expenses ......................................... 4,084 4,144 1,578
--------- --------- ---------
Operating income ........................................... 28,602 16,199 17,269
Other expenses:
Loss on disposal of property and equipment ............. 1,865 226 302
--------- --------- ---------
Income before interest and taxes ........................... 26,737 15,973 16,967
Interest:
Expense ................................................ (35,555) (32,237) (21,364)
Income ................................................. 999 1,991 1,289
--------- --------- ---------
Loss before income taxes ................................... (7,819) (14,273) (3,108)
Income taxes (benefit) ..................................... (249) 138 239
--------- --------- ---------
Net loss ................................................... (7,570) (14,411) (3,347)
Preferred stock dividends .................................. (3,551) (2,558) (1,116)
Amortization of preferred stock discount ................... (292) (74) --
--------- --------- ---------
Net loss attributable to common shareholders ............... $ (11,413) $ (17,043) $ (4,463)
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-6
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON STOCK PREFERRED STOCK ADDITIONAL
----------------------------- ---------------------- TREASURY PAID-IN
CLASS A CLASS B CLASS C CLASS A CLASS B STOCK CAPITAL
--------- --------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31, 1995(1) ......... $ -- $ -- $-- $ -- $ -- $ (58) $ 960
Net loss ................................ -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Market value adjustment - warrants ...... -- -- -- -- -- -- (1,145)
Exercise of stock options ............... -- -- -- -- -- -- 1,130
Distribution on sale of equity interests -- -- -- -- -- 58 (1,424)
Proceeds from newly issued equity ....... 4 2 -- 14,571 -- -- 52,797
Payment of deferred compensation ........ -- -- -- -- -- -- 479
Issuance of private warrants ............ -- -- -- (3,511) -- -- --
Accrued dividends on preferred stock .... -- -- -- -- -- -- (1,116)
Amortization of preferred stock discount -- -- -- 156 -- -- --
Purchase treasury stock from management . -- -- -- -- -- (22) --
--------- --------- ---- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Balance at December 28, 1996 ............ 4 2 -- 11,216 -- (22) 51,681
--------- --------- ---- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net loss ................................ -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Sale of stock to management ............. -- -- -- -- -- -- 325
Issuance of preferred stock ............. -- -- -- -- 5,000 -- --
Accrued dividends on preferred stock .... -- -- -- -- -- -- (2,558)
Amortization of preferred stock discount -- -- -- 293 -- -- (74)
--------- --------- ---- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Balance at December 27, 1997 ............ 4 2 -- 11,509 5,000 (22) 49,374
--------- --------- ---- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net loss ................................ -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Sale of stock to management ............. -- -- -- -- -- -- 80
Purchase treasury stock from management . -- -- -- -- -- (258) --
Translation loss ........................ -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Accrued dividends on preferred stock .... -- -- -- -- -- -- (3,551)
Amortization of preferred stock discount -- -- -- 292 -- -- (292)
--------- --------- ---- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Balance at January 2, 1999 .............. $ 4 $ 2 $-- $ 11,801 $ 5,000 $ (280) $ 45,611
========= ========= ==== ========= ========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ACCUMULATED
OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE COMPREHENSIVE
RETAINED INCOME INCOME
WARRANTS EARNINGS (LOSS) TOTAL (LOSS)
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31, 1995(1) ......... $ 4,034 $ (37,420) $ -- $ (32,484) $ --
Net loss ................................ -- (3,347) -- (3,347) (3,347)
Market value adjustment - warrants ...... 9,399 (8,254) -- -- --
Exercise of stock options ............... -- -- -- 1,130 --
Distribution on sale of equity interests (13,433) (114,921) -- (129,720) --
Proceeds from newly issued equity ....... -- -- -- 67,374 --
Payment of deferred compensation ........ -- -- -- 479 --
Issuance of private warrants ............ 3,511 -- -- -- --
Accrued dividends on preferred stock .... -- -- -- (1,116) --
Amortization of preferred stock discount -- -- -- 156 --
Purchase treasury stock from management . -- -- -- (22) --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Balance at December 28, 1996 ............ 3,511 (163,942) -- (97,550) (3,347)
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net loss ................................ -- (14,411) -- (14,411) (14,411)
Sale of stock to management ............. -- -- -- 325 --
Issuance of preferred stock ............. -- -- -- 5,000 --
Accrued dividends on preferred stock .... -- -- -- (2,558) --
Amortization of preferred stock discount -- -- -- 219 --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Balance at December 27, 1997 ............ 3,511 (178,353) -- (108,975) (14,411)
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net loss ................................ -- (7,570) -- (7,570) (7,570)
Sale of stock to management ............. -- -- -- 80 --
Purchase treasury stock from management . -- -- -- (258) --
Translation loss ........................ -- -- (83) (83) (83)
Accrued dividends on preferred stock .... -- -- -- (3,551) --
Amortization of preferred stock discount -- -- -- -- --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Balance at January 2, 1999 .............. $ 3,511 $(185,923) $ (83) $(120,357) $ (7,653)
========= ========= ========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
(1) Old Class A and Class B Common Stock was redeemed in connection with the
1996 Transaction (see Note 9).
SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-7
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
----------------------------------------------------
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27, DECEMBER 28,
1999 1997 1996
-------------- -------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss .......................................................... $ (7,570) $ (14,411) $ (3,347)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided
by operating activities:
Depreciation ............................................. 20,690 16,800 10,807
Non-cash interest expense ................................ 1,765 2,005 1,212
Amortization ............................................. 4,140 2,226 524
Interest funded by assets held in trust .................. 13,059 11,255 5,412
Non-cash compensation .................................... 600 -- 358
Write-off of deferred acquisition costs .................. -- 515 --
Loss on sale of property and equipment ................... 1,865 226 302
Deferred income taxes .................................... (709) -- 53
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net ........................... 4,413 (2,290) (1,716)
Inventories ........................................ (252) 2,767 (1,710)
Prepaid expenses and other receivables ............. 1,016 (137) 520
Other assets ....................................... (43) (225) (5)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses .............. (4,810) (4,516) 1,899
Income taxes payable ............................... (33) (61) 117
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities ......................... 34,131 14,154 14,426
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to property and equipment ............................... (22,595) (16,774) (13,581)
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment .................. 4,471 1,078 94
Acquisitions of businesses ........................................ (33,996) (86,406) (1,152)
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash used for investing activities ............................ (52,120) (102,102) (14,639)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from long-term borrowings ................................ 44,044 85,703 105,000
Payments on long-term borrowings .................................. (24,906) (2,821) (717)
Purchase of treasury stock from management ........................ (258) -- --
Exercise of management stock options .............................. -- -- 1,130
Proceeds from issuance of common stock ............................ 80 325 52,797
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants ............ -- -- 14,571
Rollover investments and share repurchases ........................ -- -- (125,219)
Assets held in trust .............................................. -- -- (35,600)
Net payments to public warrant holders ............................ -- -- (4,502)
Debt issuance costs ............................................... (1,341) (2,763) (5,090)
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided by financing activities ......................... 17,619 80,444 2,370
--------- --------- ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .............. (370) (7,504) 2,157
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year .................... 2,688 10,192 8,035
--------- --------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year .......................... $ 2,318 $ 2,688 $ 10,192
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-8
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION
BPC Holding Corporation ("Holding"), through its subsidiaries Berry
Plastics Corporation ("Berry" or the "Company"), Berry Iowa Corporation ("Berry
Iowa"), Berry Sterling Corporation ("Berry Sterling"), Berry Tri-Plas
Corporation ("Berry Tri-Plas"), Berry Plastics Design Corporation ("Berry
Design"), PackerWare Corporation ("PackerWare"), Venture Packaging, Inc.
("Venture Packaging") and its subsidiaries Venture Packaging Midwest, Inc. and
Venture Packaging Southeast, Inc., NIM Holdings Limited and its subsidiary
Norwich Injection Moulders Limited, and Knight Plastics, Inc., manufactures and
markets plastic packaging products through its facilities located in Evansville,
Indiana; Henderson, Nevada; Iowa Falls, Iowa; Charlotte, North Carolina; York,
Pennsylvania; Suffolk, Virginia; Woodstock, Illinois; North Walsham, England;
Monroeville, Ohio; and Lawrence, Kansas.
In conjunction with the PackerWare acquisition in January 1997 (see Note
3), the Company also acquired a manufacturing facility in Reno, Nevada. This
facility was closed in 1997, and its operations were consolidated into the
Henderson, Nevada facility. In March 1998, Berry announced the consolidation of
its Anderson, South Carolina facility with other Company locations with the
majority of the business moving to the Charlotte, North Carolina and
Monroeville, Ohio facilities.
Holding's fiscal year is a 52/53 week period ending generally on the
Saturday closest to December 31. All references herein to "1998", "1997," and
"1996" relate to the fiscal years ended January 2, 1999, December 27, 1997, and
December 28, 1996, respectively.
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CONSOLIDATION AND BUSINESS
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Holding and
its subsidiaries all of which are wholly-owned. Intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Holding, through its wholly-
owned subsidiaries, operates in two primary industry segments. The Company is a
manufacturer and marketer of plastic packaging, with sales concentrated in three
product groups within this market: plastic aerosol overcaps, rigid open-top
containers, and plastic drink cups. In addition, the Company is a manufacturer
in the retail housewares/lawn and garden market. The Company's customers are
located principally throughout the United States, without significant
concentration in any one region or any one customer. The Company performs
periodic credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally
does not require collateral.
Purchases of various densities of plastic resin used in the manufacture of
the Company's products aggregated approximately $62 million in 1998 (excluding
specialty resins). Dow Chemical Corporation is the principal supplier
(approximately 54%) of the Company's total resin material requirements. The
Company also uses other suppliers such as Union Carbide, Chevron, Phillips and
Equistar to meet its resin requirements. The Company does not anticipate any
material difficulty in obtaining an uninterrupted supply of raw materials at
competitive prices in the near future. However, should a significant shortage of
the supply of resin occur, changes in both the price and availability of the
principal raw material used in the manufacture of the Company's products could
occur and result in financial disruption to the Company.
The Company is subject to existing and potential federal, state, local and
foreign legislation designed to reduce solid waste in landfills. While the
principal resins used by the Company are recyclable and, therefore, reduce the
Company's exposure to legislation promulgated to date, there can be no assurance
that future legislation or regulatory initiatives would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company. Legislation, if promulgated, requiring plastics
to be degradable in landfills or to have minimum levels of recycled content
would have a
F-9
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
significant impact on the Company's business as would legislation providing for
disposal fees or limiting the use of plastic products.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
All highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at
the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.
INVENTORIES
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (first in, first out method)
or market.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed
primarily by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets ranging from three to 25 years.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Origination fees relating to the 1994 Notes, 1996 Notes, 1998 Notes and
deferred financing fees are being amortized using the straight-line method over
the lives of the respective debt agreements.
Covenants not to compete are being amortized over the respective lives of
the agreements.
The costs in excess of net assets acquired represent the excess purchase
price over the fair value of the net assets acquired in the original acquisition
of Berry Plastics and subsequent acquisitions. These costs are being amortized
over a range of 15 to 20 years.
Holding periodically evaluates the value of intangible assets to determine
if an impairment has occurred. This evaluation is based on various analyses
including reviewing anticipated cash flows.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Revenue from sales of products is recognized at the time product is
shipped to the customer.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain amounts on the 1997 and 1996 financial statements have been
reclassified to conform with the 1998 presentation.
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
On December 28, 1997, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" (FAS 130) which
establishes new rules for the reporting and display of comprehensive income and
its components (net income and "other comprehensive income"). Adoption of the
Statement had no impact on the Company's financial position.
F-10
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
In fiscal 1998, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information" (FAS 131) which changes the basis on which public business
enterprises report information about operating segments. The Company has two
reportable segments: packaging products and housewares products. The Company's
packaging business consists of three primary market groups: plastic aerosol
overcaps, containers, and plastic drink cups. The Company's housewares business
consists of semi-disposable plastic housewares and plastic lawn and garden
products, sold primarily through major national retail marketers and national
chain stores.
The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources based on
operating income before depreciation and amortization of intangibles adjusted to
exclude (i) market value adjustment related to stock options, (ii) other
non-recurring or "one-time" expenses, (iii) management fees and reimbursed
expenses paid to First Atlantic and (iv) certain legal expenses associated with
unusual litigation ("Adjusted EBITDA"). The accounting policies of the
reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of
significant accounting policies. The Company's reportable segments are business
units that offer different products to different markets.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27, DECEMBER 28,
1999 1997 1996
------------ -------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales:
Packaging products ............................................... $ 250,270 $ 209,433 $ 151,058
Housewares products .............................................. 21,560 17,520 --
Adjusted EBITDA:
Packaging products ............................................... 56,102 38,016 34,068
Housewares products .............................................. 3,662 2,253 --
Total assets:
Packaging products ............................................... 218,537 202,198 145,798
Housewares products .............................................. 36,780 37,246 --
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to loss before income taxes:
Adjusted EBITDA for reportable segments .......................... $ 59,764 $ 40,269 $ 34,068
Net interest expense ............................................. (34,556) (30,246) (20,075)
Depreciation ..................................................... (20,690) (16,800) (10,807)
Amortization ..................................................... (4,140) (2,226) (524)
Loss on disposal of property and equipment ....................... (1,865) (226) (302)
One-time expenses ................................................ (4,860) (4,216) (4,361)
Stock option market value adjustment ............................. (600) -- (358)
Management fees .................................................. (872) (828) (749)
--------- --------- ---------
Loss before income taxes ......................................... $ (7,819) $ (14,273) $ (3,108)
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
NOTE 3. ACQUISITIONS
On January 17, 1997, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed
certain liabilities of Container Industries, Inc. ("Container Industries") of
Pacoima, California for $2.9 million. The purchase was funded out of operating
funds. The operations of Container Industries are included in the Company's
operations since the acquisition date using the purchase method of accounting.
On January 21, 1997, the Company acquired the outstanding stock of
PackerWare Corporation, a Kansas corporation, for aggregate consideration of
approximately $28.1 million and merged PackerWare with a newly-formed, wholly-
owned subsidiary of the Company (with PackerWare being the surviving
corporation). The purchase was primarily financed through the Credit Facility
(see Note 5). The operations of PackerWare are included in the Company's
operations since the acquisition date using the purchase method of accounting.
F-11
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
On May 13, 1997, Berry Design, a newly-formed wholly-owned subsidiary of
the Company, acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain
liabilities of Virginia Design Packaging Corp. ("Virginia Design") for
approximately $11.1 million. The purchase was financed through the Credit
Facility (see Note 5). The operations of Berry Design are included in the
Company's operations since the acquisition date using the purchase method of
accounting.
On August 29, 1997, the Company acquired the outstanding common stock of
Venture Packaging for aggregate consideration of $43.7 million and merged
Venture Packaging with a newly formed subsidiary of the Company (with Venture
Packaging being the surviving corporation). The purchase was primarily financed
through the Credit Facility (see Note 5). Additionally, preferred stock and
warrants were issued to certain selling shareholders of Venture Packaging (see
Note 9). The operations of Venture Packaging are included in the Company's
operations since the acquisition date using the purchase method of accounting.
On July 2, 1998, NIM Holdings, a newly-formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of
Berry, acquired all of the capital stock of Norwich Moulders of Norwich, England
for aggregate consideration of approximately $14.0 million. The purchase was
primarily financed through the Credit Facility (see Note 9). The operations of
Norwich Moulders are included in Berry's operations since the acquisition date
using the purchase method of accounting.
On October 16, 1998, Knight Plastics, Inc. ("Knight"), a newly formed
wholly-owned subsidiary of Berry, acquired substantially all of the assets of
the Knight Engineering and Plastics Division of Courtaulds Packaging Inc. for
aggregate consideration of approximately $18.0 million. The purchase was
financed through the Credit Facility's revolving line of credit.
The pro forma results listed below are unaudited and reflect purchase
accounting adjustments assuming the Container Industries, PackerWare, Virginia
Design, and Venture acquisitions occurred on December 31, 1995; and the Norwich
Moulders and Knight acquisitions occurred on December 29, 1996.
YEAR ENDED
----------------------------------------------
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27, DECEMBER 28,
1999 1997 1996
----------- ------------- -------------
Net sales ................... $ 296,485 $ 298,679 $ 257,098
Loss before income taxes .... (8,924) (19,808) (9,932)
Net loss .................... (8,791) (20,178) (10,171)
The pro forma financial information is presented for informational
purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that
would have occurred had the acquisitions been consummated at the above dates,
nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results. Further, the
information gathered on the acquired companies is based upon unaudited internal
financial information and reflects only pro forma adjustments for additional
interest expense and amortization of the excess of the cost over the underlying
net assets acquired, net of the applicable income tax effects.
NOTE 4. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets consist of the following:
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27,
1999 1997
------------ --------------
Deferred financing and origination fees .... $ 15,817 $ 14,578
Covenants not to compete ................... 6,233 4,598
Excess of cost over net assets acquired .... 49,197 32,464
Deferred acquisition costs ................. 20 13
Accumulated amortization ................... (12,313) (6,548)
-------- --------
$ 58,954 $ 45,105
======== ========
F-12
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
Excess of cost over net assets acquired increased due to the acquisitions
of Norwich Moulders and Knight to the extent the purchase price exceeded the
fair value of the net assets acquired.
NOTE 5. LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27,
1999 1997
------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Holding 12.50% Senior Secured Notes ......................... $ 105,000 $ 105,000
Berry 12.25% Senior Subordinated Notes ...................... 125,000 100,000
Term loans .................................................. 71,243 58,300
Revolving line of credit .................................... 16,162 25,654
Nevada Industrial Revenue Bonds ............................. 4,500 5,000
Iowa Industrial Revenue Bonds ............................... -- 5,400
South Carolina Industrial Development Bonds ................. -- 6,985
Capital lease obligation payable through December 1999 ...... 561 547
Debt premium (discount), net ................................ 832 (551)
--------- ---------
323,298 306,335
Less current portion of long-term debt ...................... 19,388 7,619
--------- ---------
$ 303,910 $ 298,716
========= =========
</TABLE>
HOLDING 12.50% SENIOR SECURED NOTES
On June 18, 1996, Holding, as part of a recapitalization (see Note 9),
issued 12.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2006 (the "1996 Offering") for net
proceeds, after expenses, of approximately $100.2 million (or $64.6 million
after deducting the amount of such net proceeds used to purchase marketable
securities available for payment of interest on the notes). These notes were
exchanged in October 1996 for the 12.50% Series B Senior Secured Notes due 2006
(the "1996 Notes"). Interest is payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15
of each year. In addition, from December 15, 1999 until June 15, 2001, Holding
may, at its option, pay interest, at an increased rate of 0.75% per annum, in
additional 1996 Notes valued at 100% of the principal amount thereof.
In connection with the 1996 Notes, $35.6 million was placed in escrow,
which has been invested in U.S. government securities, to pay three years'
interest on the notes. Pending disbursement, the trustee will have a first
priority lien on the escrow account for the benefit of the holders of the 1996
Notes. Funds may be disbursed from the escrow account only to pay interest on
the 1996 Notes and, upon certain repurchases or redemptions of the notes, to pay
principal of and premium, if any, thereon. The balance in the escrow account as
of January 2, 1999 is $6.7 million.
The 1996 Notes rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future
subordinated debt of Holding, including Holding's subordinated guarantee of the
1994 Notes and 1998 Notes (as defined hereinafter) and PARI PASSU in right of
payment with all senior debt of Holding. The 1996 Notes are effectively
subordinated to all existing and future senior debt of Berry, including
borrowings under the Credit Facility and the Nevada Industrial Revenue Bond.
F-13
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
BERRY 12.25% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
On April 21, 1994, Berry completed an offering of 100,000 units consisting
of $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of 12.25% Berry Plastics
Corporation Senior Subordinated Notes, due 2004 (the "1994 Notes") and 100,000
warrants to purchase 1.13237 shares of Class A Common Stock, $.00005 par value
(collectively the "1994 Transaction"), of Holding. The net proceeds to Berry
from the sale of the 1994 Notes, after expenses, were $93.0 million. On August
24, 1998, Berry completed an additional offering of $25.0 million aggregate
principal amount of 12.25% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the
"1998 Notes"). The net proceeds to Berry from the sale of the 1998 Notes, after
expenses, were $25.2 million. The 1994 Notes and 1998 Notes mature on April 15,
2004 and interest is payable semi-annually on October 15 and April 15 of each
year and commenced on October 15, 1994 and October 15, 1998 for the 1994 Notes
and 1998 Notes respectively. Holding and all of Berry's subsidiaries fully,
jointly, and severally, and unconditionally guarantee on a senior subordinated
basis the 1994 Notes and 1998 Notes. There are no nonguarantor subsidiaries.
Separate financial statements of guarantor subsidiaries have not been included
as management believes those financial statements would not be material to
investors.
Berry is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the 1994 Notes and 1998 Notes. Subsequent to April 15,
1999, the 1994 Notes and 1998 Notes may be redeemed at the option of Berry, in
whole or in part, at redemption prices ranging from 106.125% in 1999 to 100% in
2002 and thereafter. Upon a change in control, as defined in the indenture
entered into in connection with the 1994 Transaction (the "1994 Indenture") and
the 1998 Transaction ("1998 Indenture"), each holder of notes will have the
right to require Berry to repurchase all or any part of such holder's notes at a
repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof
plus accrued interest.
The 1994 Notes and 1998 Notes rank PARI PASSU with or senior in right of
payment to all existing and future subordinated debt of Berry. The notes rank
junior in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt of Berry,
including borrowings under the Credit Facility and the Nevada Industrial Revenue
Bonds.
The 1994 Indenture and 1998 Indenture contains certain covenants which,
among other things, limit Berry and its subsidiaries' ability to incur debt,
merge or consolidate, sell, lease or transfer assets, make dividend payments and
engage in transactions with affiliates.
CREDIT FACILITY
Concurrent with the Venture Packaging Acquisition, the Company amended its
then existing financing and security agreement (the "Security Agreement") with
NationsBank, N.A. for a senior secured line of credit to increase the
commitments thereunder to an aggregate principal amount of $127.2 million (the
"Credit Facility"). Concurrently with the Norwich Acquisition, the Credit
Facility was amended and increased to $132.6 million (plus an additional
revolving credit facility of ?1.5 million (the "UK Revolver") and a term loan
facility of ?4.5 million (the "UK Term Loan"), each for NIM Holdings and
Norwich). The debt under the Credit Facility is guaranteed by Holding and
substantially all of its subsidiaries. The obligations of the Company and the
subsidiaries under the Credit Facility and the guarantees thereof are secured
primarily by all of the assets of such persons. The Credit Facility replaced the
facility previously provided by Fleet Capital Corporation.
The Credit Facility provides the Company with (i) a $50.0 million
revolving line of credit, subject to a borrowing base formula, (ii) the UK
Revolver, subject to a borrowing base, (iii) a $63.7 million term loan facility,
(iv) the UK Term Loan and (v) a $5.6 million standby letter of credit facility
to support the Company's and its subsidiaries' obligations under the Nevada
Bonds. The Credit Facility also provides for a $5.4 million term loan facility,
the proceeds of which were used to retire in July 1998 the Company's and its
subsidiaries' obligations under the Iowa Bonds, on which Berry Iowa had agreed,
pursuant to a Loan and Trust Agreement with The City of Iowa Falls, Iowa, to pay
amounts sufficient to pay principal, interest and any premium with respect to
the Iowa Bonds. Also, the Credit Facility provided a term loan facility to
support the Company's and its subsidiaries' obligations under the South Carolina
Industrial Development Bonds. In August 1998, in conjunction with the closing
and sale of the Anderson, South Carolina Facility, the Bonds were paid by the
Company. The difference between the repayment of the development bonds and other
related liabilities and the net proceeds from the sale of the facility of
approximately $3.0 million has been financed with borrowings under the term loan
facility. The Company borrowed
F-14
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
all amounts available under the term loan facility and the UK Term Loan to
finance the PackerWare Acquisition, the Virginia Design Acquisition, the Venture
Packaging Acquisition and the Norwich Acquisition. At January 2, 1999, the
Company had unused borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility's revolving line
of credit of approximately $26.3 million.
The Credit Facility matures on January 21, 2002 unless previously
terminated by the Company or by the lenders upon an Event of Default as defined
in the Security Agreement. The term loan facility requires periodic payments,
varying in amount, through the maturity of the facility. Interest on borrowings
under the Credit Facility is based on either (i) the lender's base rate (which
is the higher of the lender's prime rate and the federal funds rate plus 0.50%)
plus an applicable margin of 0.50% or (ii) LIBOR (adjusted for reserves) plus an
applicable margin of 2.0%, at the Company's option (7.0% at January 2, 1999 and
8.0% at December 27, 1997). Following receipt of the quarterly financial
statements, the agent under the Credit Facility has the option to change the
applicable interest rate margin on loans (other than under the UK Revolver and
UK Term Loan) once per quarter to a specified margin determined by the ratio of
funded debt to EBITDA of the Company and its subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, interest on borrowings under the UK Revolver and the UK Term Loan is
based on LIBOR (adjusted for reserves) plus 2.50%.
The Credit Facility contains various covenants which include, among other
things: (i) maintenance of certain financial ratios and compliance with certain
financial tests and limitations, (ii) limitations on the issuance of additional
debt and (iii) limitations on capital expenditures.
NEVADA INDUSTRIAL REVENUE BONDS
The Nevada Industrial Revenue Bonds bear interest at a variable rate (3.0%
at January 2, 1999 and 4.6% at December 27, 1997), require annual principal
payments of $0.5 million on April 1, are collateralized by irrevocable letters
of credit issued by NationsBank under the Credit Facility and mature in April
2007.
OTHER
Future maturities of long-term debt are as follows: 1999, $19,388; 2000,
$20,386; 2001, $16,105; 2002, $34,763; 2003, $500, and $231,324 thereafter.
Interest paid was $33,236, $29,927 and $19,744 for 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. Interest capitalized was $777, $341 and $225 for 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively.
NOTE 6. LEASE AND OTHER COMMITMENTS
Certain property and equipment are leased using capital and operating
leases. Capitalized lease property consisted of manufacturing equipment with a
cost of $2,970 and $1,661 and related accumulated amortization of $1,468 and
$831 at January 2, 1999, and December 27, 1997, respectively. Capital lease
amortization is included in depreciation expense. Total rental expense for
operating leases was approximately $5,414, $3,332, and $2,344 for 1998, 1997,
and 1996, respectively.
Future minimum lease payments for capital leases and noncancellable
operating leases with initial terms in excess of one year are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT JANUARY 2, 1999
---------------------------------
CAPITAL LEASES OPERATING LEASES
-------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
1999............................................. $ 606 $ 3,834
2000............................................. -- 3,724
2001............................................. -- 3,422
2002............................................. -- 2,805
</TABLE>
F-15
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
2003............................................. -- 2,207
Thereafter....................................... -- 1,921
------- --------
606 $ 17,913
========
Less: amount representing interest............... 45
-------
Present value of net minimum lease payments...... $ 561
=======
</TABLE>
NOTE 7. INCOME TAXES
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of
deferred tax liabilities and assets at January 2, 1999 and December 27, 1997 are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27,
1999 1997
------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
Tax over book depreciation ................................. $ 11,080 $ 11,073
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts ............................ 633 590
Inventory .................................................. 900 1,391
Compensation and benefit accruals .......................... 1,592 1,198
Insurance reserves ......................................... 436 338
Net operating loss carryforwards ........................... 10,012 8,372
Alternative minimum tax (AMT) credit carryforwards ......... 2,758 2,049
-------- --------
Total deferred tax assets ............................ 16,331 13,938
-------- --------
5,251 2,865
Valuation allowance ............................................ (2,493) (816)
-------- --------
Net deferred tax asset ......................................... $ 2,758 $ 2,049
======== ========
</TABLE>
Income tax expense consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27, DECEMBER 28,
1999 1997 1996
------------ ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current
Federal ........................... $ (493) $ -- $ --
Foreign ........................... 152 -- --
State ............................. 92 138 186
Deferred
Federal ........................... -- -- 69
State ............................. -- -- (16)
------- ------- -------
Income tax expense (benefit) ......... $ (249) $ 138 $ 239
------- ------- -------
</TABLE>
Holding has unused operating loss carryforwards of approximately $26.0
million for federal income tax purposes which begin to expire in 2010. AMT
credit carryforwards are available to Holding indefinitely to reduce future
years' federal income taxes. A tax sharing agreement is in place that allows
Holding to make losses available to Berry.
Income taxes paid during 1998, 1997 and 1996 approximated $526, $47, and
$528 respectively.
F-16
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
A reconciliation of income tax expense, computed at the federal statutory
rate, to income tax expense, as provided for in the financial statements, is as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
--------------------------------------------------
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27, DECEMBER 28,
1999 1997 1996
------------ -------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Income tax expense (benefit) computed at statutory rate ......... $(2,658) $(4,853) $(1,057)
State income tax expense, net of federal benefit ................ 90 138 112
Amortization of goodwill ........................................ 339 285 --
Expenses not deductible for income tax purposes ................. 432 219 51
Change in valuation allowance ................................... 1,677 4,298 1,103
Other ........................................................... (129) 51 30
------- ------- -------
Income tax expense (benefit) .................................... $ (249) $ 138 $ 239
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
NOTE 8. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLANS
Berry sponsors a defined contribution 401(k) retirement plan covering
substantially all employees. Contributions are based upon a fixed dollar amount
for employees who participate and percentages of employee contributions at
specified thresholds. Contribution expense for this plan was approximately $933,
$629, and $531 for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
NOTE 9. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
COMMON STOCK
On June 18, 1996, Holding consummated the transaction described below (the
"1996 Transaction"). BPC Mergerco, Inc. ("Mergerco"), a wholly owned subsidiary
of Holding, was organized by Atlantic Equity Partners International II, L.P.
("International"), Chase Venture Capital Associates, L.P. ("CVCA"), and certain
other institutional investors to effect the acquisition of a majority of the
outstanding capital stock of Holding. Pursuant to the terms of a Common Stock
Purchase Agreement dated as of June 12, 1996 each of International, CVCA and
certain other equity investors (collectively the "Common Stock Purchasers")
subscribed for shares of common stock of Mergerco. In addition, pursuant to the
terms of a Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of June 12, 1996 (the
"Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement"), CVCA and an additional institutional
investor (the "Preferred Stock Purchasers") purchased shares of preferred stock
of Mergerco (the "Preferred Stock") and warrants (the "1996 Warrants") to
purchase shares of common stock of Mergerco. Immediately after the purchase of
the common stock, the preferred stock and the 1996 Warrants of Mergerco,
Mergerco merged (the "Merger") with and into Holding, with Holding being the
surviving corporation. Upon the consummation of the Merger: each share of the
Class A Common Stock, $.00005 par value, and Class B Common Stock, $.00005 par
value, of Holding and certain privately-held warrants exercisable for such Class
A and Class B Common Stock were converted into the right to receive cash equal
to the purchase price per share for the common stock into which such warrants
were exercisable less the amount of the nominal exercise price therefor, and all
other classes of common stock of Holding, a majority of which was held by
certain members of management, were converted into shares of common stock of the
surviving corporation. In addition, upon the consummation of the Merger, the
holders of the warrants (the "1994 Warrants") to purchase capital stock of
Holding that were issued in connection with the 1994 Transaction became entitled
to receive cash equal to the purchase price per share for the common stock into
which such warrants were exercisable less the amount of the exercise price
therefor. The Company's common stock shareholders who held common stock
immediately preceding the 1996 Transaction retained 78% of the common stock.
Additionally, a $2,762 bonus was paid to management employees who held unvested
stock options at the time of the 1994 Transaction which is included in 1996
general and administrative expenses.
The authorized capital stock of Holding consists of 3,500,000 shares of
capital stock, including 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value (the
"Holding Common Stock"). Of the 2,500,000 shares of Holding
F-17
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
Common Stock, 500,000 shares are designated Class A voting Common Stock (the
"Class A Voting Stock"), 500,000 shares are designated Class A Nonvoting Common
Stock (the "Class A Nonvoting Stock"), 500,000 shares are designated Class B
Nonvoting Common Stock (the "Class B Nonvoting Stock"), and 500,000 shares are
designated Class C Nonvoting Common Stock (the "Class C Nonvoting Stock").
PREFERRED STOCK AND WARRANTS
In connection with the 1996 Transaction, for aggregate consideration of
$15.0 million, Mergerco issued units (the "Units") comprised of Series A Senior
Cumulative Exchangeable Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the
"Preferred Stock"), and detachable warrants to purchase shares of Class B Common
Stock (voting and non-voting) constituting 6% of the issued and outstanding
Common Stock of all classes, determined on a fully-diluted basis (the
"Warrants").
Dividends accrue at a rate of 14% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears
(each date of payment, a "Dividend Payment Date") and will accumulate until
declared and paid. Dividends declared and accruing prior to the first Dividend
Payment Date occurring after the sixth anniversary of the issue date (the "Cash
Dividend Date") may, at the option of Holding, be paid in cash in full or in
part or accrue quarterly on a compound basis. Thereafter, all dividends are
payable in cash in arrears. The dividend rate is subject to increase to a rate
of (i) 16% per annum if (and for so long as) Holding fails to declare and pay
dividends in cash for any quarterly period following the Cash Dividend Date and
(ii) 15% per annum if (and for so long as) Holding fails to comply with its
obligations relating to the rights and preferences of the Preferred Stock. If
Holding fails to pay in full, in cash, (a) all accrued and unpaid dividends on
or prior to the twelfth anniversary of the issue date or (b) all accrued
dividends on any Dividend Payment Date following the twelfth anniversary of the
issue date, the holders of Preferred Stock will be permitted to elect a majority
of the Board of Directors of Holding.
The Preferred Stock ranks prior to all other classes of stock of Holding
upon liquidation and is entitled to receive, out of assets available for
distribution, cash in the aggregate amount of $15.0 million, plus all accrued
and unpaid dividends thereon. Subject to the terms of the 1996 Indenture, on any
Dividend Payment Date, Holding has the option of exchanging the Preferred Stock,
in whole but not in part, for Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes, at the rate of
$25 in principal amount of notes for each $25 of liquidation preference of
Preferred Stock held; provided, however, that no shares of Preferred Stock may
be exchanged for so long as any shares of Preferred Stock are held by CVCA or
its affiliates. Upon such exchange, Holding will be required to pay in cash all
accrued and unpaid dividends.
Pursuant to the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, the holders of
Preferred Stock and Warrants have unlimited incidental registration rights
(subject to cutbacks under certain circumstances). The exercise price of the
Warrants is $.01 per Warrant and the Warrants are exercisable immediately upon
issuance. All unexercised warrants will expire on the tenth anniversary of the
issue date. The number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant are subject
to anti-dilution adjustments upon the occurrence of certain events.
In conjunction with the Venture Packaging acquisition, Holding authorized
and issued 200,000 shares of Series B Cumulative Preferred Stock to certain
selling shareholders of Venture Packaging. The Preferred Stock has a stated
value of $25 per share, and dividends accrue at a rate of 14.75% per annum and
will accumulate until declared and paid. The Preferred Stock ranks junior to the
Series A Preferred Stock and prior to all other capital stock of Holding. In
addition, Warrants to purchase 9,924 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
at $108 per share were issued to the same selling shareholders of Venture
Packaging.
STOCK OPTION PLAN
Pursuant to the provisions of the BPC Holding Corporation 1996 Stock
Option Plan (the "Option Plan") as amended, whereby 51,620 shares have been
reserved for future issuance, Holding has granted options to certain officers
and key employees to acquire shares of Class B Nonvoting Common Stock. These
options are subject to various agreements, which among other things, set forth
the class of stock, option price and performance thresholds to determine
exercisability and vesting requirements. The Option Plan expires October 3, 2003
or such earlier date
F-18
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
on which the Board of Directors of Holding, in its sole discretion, determines.
Option prices range from $100 to $122 per share. Options granted under the
Option Plan typically expire after seven years and vest over a five-year period
with half of each person's award based on continued employment and half based on
the Company achieving financial performance targets.
FASB Statement 123, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION ("Statement
123"), prescribes accounting and reporting standards for all stock- based
compensation plans. Statement 123 provides that companies may elect to continue
using existing accounting requirements for stock-based awards or may adopt a new
fair value method to determine their intrinsic value. Holding has elected to
continue following Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, ACCOUNTING FOR
STOCK ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES ("APB 25") to account for its employee stock options.
Under APB 25, because the exercise price of Holding's employee stock options
equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no
compensation expense is recognized at the grant date.
Information related to the Option Plan is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 2, 1999 DECEMBER 27, 1997
----------------------- ------------------------
WEIGHTED WEIGHTED
NUMBER AVERAGE NUMBER AVERAGE
OF EXERCISE OF EXERCISE
SHARES PRICE SHARES PRICE
------------ -------- ------------ --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Options outstanding,
beginning of year .............. 47,708 $ 101 43,393 $ 100
Options granted ................... 11,005 122 5,425 106
Options exercised ................. -- -- -- --
Options canceled .................. 7,984 100 (1,110) 100
------------ ------------
Options outstanding, end of
year ........................... 50,729 105 47,708 101
============ ============
Option price range at end of
year ........................... $100 - $122 $100 - $108
Options exercisable at end of
year ........................... 25,191 13,561
Options available for grant
at year end .................... 891 3,912
Weighted average fair value
of options granted during
year ........................... $ 122 $ 106
</TABLE>
The following table summarizes information about the options outstanding at
January 2, 1999:
WEIGHTED
NUMBER AVERAGE WEIGHTED
RANGE OF OUTSTANDING REMAINING AVERAGE NUMBER
EXERCISE AT JANUARY 2, CONTRACTUAL EXERCISE EXERCISABLE AT
PRICES 1999 LIFE PRICE JANUARY 2, 1999
- ----------- ------------- ----------- -------- ---------------
$100 - $122 50,729 3 years $105 25,191
Disclosure of pro forma financial information is required by Statement 123
as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options using the fair
value method as defined by the Statement. The fair value for options granted by
the Company have been estimated at the date of grant using a Black Scholes
option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
YEAR ENDED
----------------------------------------
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27, DECEMBER 28,
1999 1997 1996
---------- ----------- ------------
Risk-free interest rate ............ 6.4% 6.4% 6.5%
Dividend yield ..................... 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%
Volatility factor .................. .20 .07 .01
Expected option life ............... 4.0 years 4.0 years 5.0 years
F-19
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
For purposes of the pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the
stock options are amortized to expense over the related vesting period. Because
compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period, the initial impact
on pro forma net loss may not be representative of compensation expense in
future years, when the effect of amortization of multiple awards would be
reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Company's pro forma
net losses giving effect to the estimated compensation expense related to stock
options are as follows:
YEAR ENDED
----------------------------------------
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27, DECEMBER 28,
1999 1997 1996
---------- ----------- ------------
Net loss......................... $ (7,198) $ (14,594) $ (3,389)
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENTS
Holding entered into a new stockholders agreement (the "New Stockholders
Agreement") dated as of June 18, 1996 with the Common Stock Purchasers, certain
management stockholders and, for limited purposes thereunder, the Preferred
Stock Purchasers. The New Stockholders Agreement grants certain rights
including, but not limited to, designation of members of Holding's Board of
Directors, the initiation of an initial public offering of equity securities of
the Company or a sale of Holding. The agreement also restricts certain transfers
of Holding's equity.
Holding entered into an amended and restated agreement with its management
stockholders and International on June 18, 1996. The agreement contains
provisions (i) limiting transfers of equity by the management stockholders; (ii)
requiring the management stockholders to sell their shares as designated by
Holding or International upon the consummation of certain transactions; (iii)
granting the management stockholders certain rights of co-sale in connection
with sales by International; (iv) granting rights to repurchase capital stock
from the management stockholders upon the occurrence of certain events; and (v)
requiring the management stockholders to offer shares to Holding prior to any
permitted transfer.
NOTE 10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company is party to a management agreement (the "Management
Agreement") with First Atlantic Capital, Ltd. ("First Atlantic"). In connection
with the 1996 Transaction, Holding paid a fee of $1,250 plus reimbursement for
out-of-pocket expenses to First Atlantic for advisory services, including
originating, structuring and negotiating the 1996 Transaction. First Atlantic
also received advisory fees of $966 for originating, structuring and negotiating
the 1997 acquisitions and advisory fees of approximately $140 and $180 in July
1998 and October 1998, respectively, for originating, structuring and
negotiating the Norwich Acquisition and the Knight Acquisition, respectively.
In consideration of financial advisory and management consulting services,
the Company paid First Atlantic fees and expenses of $835, $771 and $788 for
fiscal 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively.
NOTE 11. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS INFORMATION
The Company's financial instruments generally consist of cash and cash
equivalents and the Company's long-term debt. The carrying amounts of the
Company's financial instruments approximate fair value at January 2, 1999,
except for the 1994 Notes and the 1996 Notes for which the fair value exceed the
carrying value by approximately $4.5 million and $4.2 million, respectively.
F-20
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
NOTE 12. SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (IN THOUSANDS)
The following summarizes consolidated financial information of Holding's
wholly- owned subsidiary, Berry Plastics Corporation and subsidiaries:
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27,
1999 1997
---------- ------------
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
Current assets ................................... $ 65,590 $ 62,824
Property and equipment - net of accumulated
depreciation ..................................... 120,005 108,218
Other noncurrent assets .......................... 58,716 44,480
Current liabilities .............................. 60,210 42,158
Noncurrent liabilities ........................... 210,093 205,172
Equity (deficit) ................................. (25,992) (31,808)
YEAR ENDED
-----------------------------------------
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27, DECEMBER 28,
1999 1997 1996
---------- ------------ ------------
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Net sales ........................... $ 271,830 $ 226,954 $ 151,058
Cost of goods sold .................. 199,226 180,249 110,110
Income (loss) before income taxes ... 5,650 (2,493) 6,490
Net income (loss) ................... 5,899 (2,631) 5,989
The following summarizes parent company only financial information of
Berry:
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27,
1999 1997
---------- ------------
BALANCE SHEET
Current assets ................................... $ 28,579 $ 31,492
Property and equipment - net of accumulated
depreciation ..................................... 48,220 45,091
Investment in/due from subsidiaries .............. 120,230 87,613
Other noncurrent assets .......................... 15,629 14,111
Current liabilities .............................. 41,325 53,506
Noncurrent liabilities ........................... 197,325 156,609
Equity (deficit) ................................. (25,992) (31,808)
YEAR ENDED
-----------------------------------------
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27, DECEMBER 28,
1999 1997 1996
---------- ------------ ------------
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Net sales ........................... $ 140,856 $ 140,976 $ 108,253
Cost of goods sold .................. 91,763 101,769 75,861
Income (loss) before income taxes ... 5,650 (2,493) 6,490
Net income (loss) ................... 5,899 (2,631) 5,989
F-21
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OCTOBER 2, JANUARY 2,
1999 1999
------------- ------------
(Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents ............................................. $ 2,089 $ 2,318
Accounts receivable (less allowance for doubtful accounts
of $1,648 at October 2, 1999 and $1,651 at January 2, 1999) ...... 44,097 29,951
Inventories:
Finished goods ................................................... 27,185 23,146
Raw materials and supplies ....................................... 11,070 8,556
-------- --------
38,255 31,702
Prepaid expenses and other receivables ................................ 3,087 1,665
Income taxes recoverable .............................................. 45 577
-------- --------
Total current assets ...................................................... 87,573 66,213
Assets held in trust ...................................................... 267 6,679
Property and equipment:
Land .................................................................. 8,180 7,769
Buildings and improvements ............................................ 42,941 38,960
Machinery, equipment and tooling ...................................... 162,310 141,054
Automobiles and trucks ................................................ 1,448 1,386
Construction in progress .............................................. 28,979 11,780
-------- --------
243,858 200,949
Less accumulated depreciation ......................................... 96,357 80,944
-------- --------
147,501 120,005
Intangible assets:
Deferred financing and origination fees, net .......................... 12,192 10,327
Covenants not to compete, net ......................................... 3,446 4,404
Excess of cost over net assets acquired, net .......................... 84,932 44,536
Deferred acquisition costs ............................................ 84 20
-------- --------
100,654 59,287
Deferred income taxes ..................................................... 2,758 2,758
Other ..................................................................... 1,363 375
======== ========
Total assets .............................................................. $340,116 $255,317
======== ========
</TABLE>
F-22
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OCTOBER 2 JANUARY 2,
1999 1999
------------ ------------
(Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C>
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable ....................................................... $ 19,028 $ 18,059
Accrued expenses and other liabilities ................................. 14,391 9,944
Accrued interest ....................................................... 13,238 4,166
Employee compensation and payroll taxes ................................ 15,885 8,953
Income taxes ........................................................... 892 941
Current portion of long-term debt ...................................... 17,546 19,388
--------- ---------
Total current liabilities .................................................. 80,980 61,451
Long-term debt, less current portion ....................................... 372,402 303,910
Accrued dividends on preferred stock ....................................... 10,222 7,225
Deferred income taxes ...................................................... 494 497
Other liabilities .......................................................... 1,872 2,591
--------- ---------
465,970 375,674
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
Series A Preferred Stock; 800,000 shares authorized;
600,000 shares issued and outstanding (net of
discount of $2,551 at October 2, 1999 and $2,770
at January 2, 1999) ............................................... 12,021 11,801
Series B Preferred Stock; 200,000 shares authorized, issued
and outstanding ................................................... 5,000 5,000
Class A Common Stock; $.01 par value:
Voting; 500,000 shares authorized; 91,000
shares issued and outstanding ................................. 1 1
Nonvoting; 500,000 shares authorized; 259,000
shares issued and outstanding ................................. 3 3
Class B Common Stock; $.01 par value:
Voting; 500,000 shares authorized; 145,058 shares
issued and 144,546 shares outstanding ......................... 1 1
Nonvoting; 500,000 shares authorized; 58,612 shares
issued and 57,169 shares outstanding .......................... 1 1
Class C Common Stock; $.01 par value:
Nonvoting; 500,000 shares authorized; 17,000 shares
issued and 16,833 shares outstanding .......................... -- --
Treasury stock: 512 shares Class B Voting Common Stock;
1,443 shares Class B Nonvoting Common Stock; and
167 shares Class C Nonvoting Common Stock ......................... (296) (280)
Additional paid-in capital ............................................. 42,395 45,611
Warrants ............................................................... 3,511 3,511
Retained earnings (deficit) ............................................ (188,339) (185,923)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss ................................... (152) (83)
--------- ---------
Total stockholders' equity (deficit) ....................................... (125,854) (120,357)
========= =========
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit) ....................... $ 340,116 $ 255,317
========= =========
</TABLE>
SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-23
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED THIRTY-NINE WEEKS ENDED
--------------------------------- ---------------------------------
OCTOBER 2, SEPTEMBER 26, OCTOBER 2, SEPTEMBER 26,
1999 1998 1999 1998
------------ --------------- ------------ --------------
(Unaudited) (Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales .......................................... $ 90,105 $ 68,800 $ 249,956 $ 205,116
Cost of goods sold ................................. 68,458 51,066 181,240 151,083
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Gross margin ....................................... 21,647 17,734 68,716 54,033
Operating expenses:
Selling ..................................... 4,630 3,769 13,183 10,881
General and administrative .................. 5,336 4,502 17,220 13,301
Research and development .................... 537 488 1,712 1,231
Amortization of intangibles ................. 2,432 776 4,981 2,483
Other ....................................... 1,224 877 2,890 3,240
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating income ................................... 7,488 7,322 28,730 22,897
Other income and expense:
Loss on disposal of property and
equipment ................................... 372 62 1,150 492
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Income before interest and income taxes ............ 7,116 7,260 27,580 22,405
Interest:
Expense ..................................... (11,516) (9,083) (29,539) (26,524)
Income ...................................... 41 259 204 833
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Loss before income taxes ........................... (4,359) (1,564) (1,755) (3,286)
Income tax expense ................................. 175 306 659 331
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Net loss ........................................... (4,534) (1,870) (2,414) (3,617)
Preferred stock dividends .......................... (1,034) (837) (2,996) (2,620)
Amortization of preferred stock discount ........... (73) (73) (219) (219)
========= ========= ========= =========
Net loss attributable to
common stockholders ......................... $ (5,641) $ (2,780) $ (5,629) $ (6,456)
========= ========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-24
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THIRTY-NINE WEEKS ENDED
---------------------------------
OCTOBER 2, SEPTEMBER 26,
1999 1998
------------ ---------------
(Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss .............................................................. $ (2,414) $ (3,617)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided
by operating activities:
Depreciation ................................................. 18,085 15,466
Non-cash interest expense .................................... 1,404 1,335
Amortization ................................................. 4,981 2,483
Interest funded by assets held in trust ...................... 6,413 6,617
Loss on sale of property and equipment ....................... 1,150 492
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net ................................ (7,079) (3,590)
Inventories ............................................. 706 3,492
Prepaid expenses and other receivables .................. (1,391) 316
Other assets ............................................ (4,757) 5,935
Payables and accrued expenses ........................... 15,299 (349)
-------- --------
Net cash provided by operating activities ............................. 32,397 28,580
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to property and equipment ................................... (25,580) (13,540)
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment ...................... 455 4,452
Acquisitions of businesses ............................................ (71,293) (15,948)
-------- --------
Net cash used for investing activities ................................ (96,418) (25,036)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from long-term borrowings .................................... 81,333 42,254
Payments on long-term borrowings ...................................... (14,520) (40,244)
Debt issuance costs ................................................... (3,000) (1,141)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock ................................ 56 80
Purchase of stock from management ..................................... (16) (59)
-------- --------
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities .................. 63,853 890
-------- --------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash ............................... (61) --
-------- --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .................. (229) 4,434
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period ...................... 2,318 2,688
-------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period ............................ $ 2,089 $ 7,122
======== ========
</TABLE>
SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-25
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
(UNAUDITED)
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements of BPC
Holding Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim
financial information and with the instructions for Form 10-Q and Article 10 of
Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and
footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete
financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting
of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have
been included. Operating results for the periods presented are not necessarily
indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year. The
accompanying financial statements include the results of BPC Holding Corporation
("Holding") and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Berry Plastics Corporation
("Berry"), and its wholly-owned subsidiaries: Berry Iowa Corporation, Berry
Tri-Plas Corporation, Berry Sterling Corporation, AeroCon, Inc., PackerWare
Corporation, Berry Plastics Design Corporation, Venture Packaging, Inc., Venture
Packaging Midwest, Inc., Venture Packaging Southeast, Inc., NIM Holdings Limited
("NIM Holdings"), Norwich Injection Moulders Limited ("Norwich Moulders"),
Knight Plastics, Inc., CPI Holding Corporation, Cardinal Packaging, Inc.,
Norwich Acquistion Limited, and Berry Plastics Acquisition Corporation. For
further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and
footnotes thereto included in Holding's and Berry's Form 10-K's filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission for the year ended January 2, 1999.
Certain amounts in the 1998 financial statements have been reclassified to
conform with the 1999 presentation.
2. ACQUISITIONS
On July 2, 1998, NIM Holdings, a newly-formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of
Berry, acquired all of the capital stock of Norwich Moulders of Norwich, England
for aggregate consideration of approximately $14.0 million. The purchase was
primarily financed through Berry's credit. The operations of Norwich Moulders
are included in Berry's operations since the acquisition date using the purchase
method of accounting.
On October 16, 1998, Knight Plastics, Inc. ("Knight"), a newly formed
wholly-owned subsidiary of Berry, acquired substantially all of the assets of
the Knight Engineering and Plastics Division of Courtaulds Packaging Inc. for
aggregate consideration of approximately $18.0 million. The purchase was
financed through Berry's revolving line of credit. The operations of Knight are
included in Berry's operations since the acquisition date using the purchase
method of accounting.
On July 6, 1999, Berry acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of
CPI Holding Corporation ("Cardinal"), the parent company of Cardinal Packaging,
Inc., for aggregate consideration of approximately $72.0 million. The purchase
price and allocation of such to the purchased assets and liabilities is
preliminary and subject to completion of Cardinal's working capital accounts.
The purchase was financed through the issuance by Berry of $75.0 million of 11%
Senior Subordinated Notes. The operations of Cardinal are included in Berry's
operations since the acquisition date using the purchase method of accounting.
The pro forma results listed below are unaudited and reflect purchase
accounting adjustments assuming the Norwich Moulders, Knight, and Cardinal
acquisitions occurred on December 28, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED THIRTY-NINE WEEKS ENDED
--------------------- ------------------------------------
SEPTEMBER 26, SEPTEMBER 26, OCTOBER 2,
1998 1998 1999
--------------------- --------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales ........................... $ 88,940 $ 270,370 $ 278,422
Loss before income taxes ............ (3,436) (9,878) (5,262)
Net loss ............................ (3,742) (10,326) (5,921)
</TABLE>
F-26
<PAGE>
The pro forma financial information is presented for informational
purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that
would have occurred had the acquisitions been consummated at the above date, nor
are they necessarily indicative of future operating results. Further, the
information gathered on the acquired companies is based upon unaudited internal
financial information and reflects only pro forma adjustments for additional
interest expense and amortization of the excess of the cost over the underlying
net assets acquired, net of the applicable income tax effects.
3. LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consists of the following:
OCTOBER 2, JANUARY 2,
1999 1999
------------ ------------
Holding 12.50% Senior Secured Notes ........... $105,000 $105,000
Berry 12.25% Senior Subordinated Notes ........ 125,000 125,000
Berry 11% Senior Subordinated Notes ........... 75,000 --
Term loans .................................... 56,819 71,243
Revolving line of credit ...................... 22,768 16,162
Nevada Industrial Revenue Bonds ............... 4,000 4,500
Capital leases ................................ 640 561
Debt premium, net ............................. 721 832
-------- --------
389,948 323,298
Less current portion of long-term debt ........ 17,546 19,388
======== ========
$372,402 $303,910
======== ========
The current portion of long-term debt consists of $16.9 million of quarterly
installments on the term loans, a $0.5 million repayment of the industrial bonds
and the monthly principal payments related to capital lease obligations.
On July 6, 1999, Berry completed an offering of $75.0 million aggregate
principal amount of 11% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "1999
Notes"). The net proceeds to Berry from the sale of the 1999 Notes, after
expenses, were $72.0 million. The proceeds from the 1999 Notes were used to
finance the Cardinal acquisition. The 1999 Notes mature on July 15, 2007 and
interest is payable semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of each year.
Holding and all of Berry's subsidiaries fully, jointly, severally, and
unconditionally guarantee on a senior subordinated basis the 1999 Notes. There
are no nonguarantor subsidiaries.
The debt under Berry's credit facility is guaranteed by BPC Holding and
substantially all of its subsidiaries. As of October 2, 1999, the credit
facility provided an aggregate commitment of about $134.4 million including (i)
$70.0 million revolving line of credit, subject to a borrowing base formula;
(ii) (pound)1.5 million revolving line of credit, subject to a borrowing base
("UK Revolver"); (iii) $51.1 million term loan facility; (iv) (pound)3.4 million
term loan facility ("UK Term Loan"); and (v) $5.2 million standby letter of
credit facility to support Berry and its subsidiaries' obligations under its
Nevada Industrial Revenue Bonds. At October 2, 1999, Berry had unused borrowing
capacity under the credit facility's revolving line of credit of about $23.9
million.
The credit facility matures on January 21, 2002 unless previously terminated by
the Company or by the lenders upon an Event of Default as defined in the
Security Agreement. The term loan facilities require periodic principal
payments, varying in amount through the maturity of the facility. Such periodic
payments will aggregate about $19.0 million for fiscal 1999 and about $19.9
million for fiscal 2000. Interest on borrowings under the credit facility is
based on either the lender's base rate (which is the higher of the lender's
prime rate and the federal funds rate plus 0.50%) plus an applicable margin of
0.50%; or LIBOR (adjusted for reserves) plus an applicable margin of 2.0%, at
our option. Following receipt of the quarterly financial statements, the agent
under the credit facility has the option to change the applicable interest rate
margin on loans (other than under the UK Revolver and UK Term Loan) once per
quarter to a specified margin determined by the ratio of funded debt to EBITDA
of Berry Plastics and its subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, interest
on borrowings under the UK Revolver and the UK Term Loan is based on LIBOR
(adjusted for reserves) plus 2.50%.
F-27
<PAGE>
The credit facility contains various covenants which include, among other things
(i) maintenance of certain financial ratios and compliance with certain
financial tests and limitations, (ii) limitations on the issuance of additional
debt, and (iii) limitations on capital expenditures.
F-28
<PAGE>
4. BERRY PLASTICS CORPORATION SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following summarizes financial information of Holding's wholly-owned
subsidiary, Berry Plastics Corporation, and its subsidiaries.
OCTOBER 2, JANUARY 2,
1999 1999
------------ ------------
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
Current assets ........................... $ 87,142 $ 65,590
Property and equipment - net of
accumulated depreciation ............... 147,501 120,005
Other noncurrent assets .................. 93,346 58,716
Current liabilities ...................... 76,223 60,210
Noncurrent liabilities ................... 269,765 210,093
Equity (deficit) ......................... (17,999) (25,992)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED THIRTY-NINE WEEKS ENDED
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
OCTOBER 2, SEPTEMBER 26, OCTOBER 2, SEPTEMBER 26,
1999 1998 1999 1998
----------- -------------- ------------ --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
Net sales ....................................... $ 90,105 $ 68,800 $249,956 $205,116
Cost of goods sold .............................. 68,458 51,066 181,240 151,083
Income (loss) before income taxes ............... (749) 1,652 8,716 6,223
Net income (loss) ............................... (924) 1,346 8,064 5,892
</TABLE>
The following summarizes parent company only financial information of Berry:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OCTOBER 2, JANUARY 2,
1999 1999
-------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEETS
Current assets .................................................. $ 36,350 $ 28,579
Property and equipment - net of accumulated depreciation ........ 51,458 48,220
Investment in/due from subsidiaries ............................. 185,151 120,230
Other noncurrent assets ......................................... 17,939 15,629
Current liabilities ............................................. 46,381 41,325
Noncurrent liabilities .......................................... 262,516 197,325
Equity (deficit) ................................................ (17,999) (25,992)
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED THIRTY-NINE WEEKS ENDED
----------------------------- -----------------------------
OCTOBER 2, SEPTEMBER 26, OCTOBER 2, SEPTEMBER 26,
1999 1998 1999 1998
------------ -------------- ----------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Net sales .................................... $ 40,415 $ 35,294 $116,623 $107,702
Cost of goods sold ........................... 28,033 23,001 76,675 70,055
Income before income taxes ................... 1,896 3,968 10,406 8,539
Net income ................................... 1,781 3,878 9,987 8,424
</TABLE>
F-29
<PAGE>
5. SEGMENT REPORTING
The Company has two reportable segments: plastic packaging products and plastic
housewares products. The Company's plastic packaging business consists of three
primary market groups: aerosol overcaps, containers, and drink cups. The
Company's plastic housewares business consists of semi-disposable plastic
housewares and plastic lawn and garden products, sold primarily through major
national retail marketers and national chain stores.
The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources based on operating
income before depreciation and amortization of intangibles adjusted to exclude
(i) market value adjustment related to stock options, (ii) other non-recurring
or "one-time" expenses, (iii) management fees and reimbursed expenses paid to
First Atlantic Capital, Ltd. and (iv) certain legal expenses associated with
unusual litigation ("Adjusted EBITDA"). The accounting policies of the
reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of
significant accounting policies. The Company's reportable segments are business
units that offer different products to different markets.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED THIRTY-NINE WEEKS ENDED
---------------------------- ----------------------------
OCTOBER 2, SEPTEMBER 26, OCTOBER 2, SEPTEMBER 26,
1999 1998 1999 1998
------------ -------------- ----------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales:
Plastic packaging products ....................................... $ 87,329 $ 65,273 $ 227,771 $ 186,168
Plastic housewares products ...................................... 2,776 3,527 22,185 18,948
Adjusted EBITDA:
Plastic packaging products ....................................... 17,496 14,611 51,411 41,782
Plastic housewares products ...................................... 414 125 4,155 3,020
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to loss before income taxes:
Adjusted EBITDA for reportable segments ......................... $ 17,910 $ 14,736 $ 55,566 $ 44,802
Net interest expense ............................................ (11,475) (8,824) (29,335) (25,691)
Depreciation .................................................... (6,525) (5,391) (18,085) (15,466)
Amortization .................................................... (2,432) (775) (4,981) (2,483)
Loss on disposal of property and
equipment .................................................... (372) (62) (1,150) (492)
One-time expenses ............................................... (1,224) (877) (2,890) (3,240)
Stock option market value adjustment ............................ (23) (152) (225) (62)
Management fees ................................................. (218) (219) (655) (654)
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Loss before income taxes ........................................ $ (4,359) $ (1,564) $ (1,755) $ (3,286)
</TABLE>
6. COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Comprehensive loss was $4.6 million and $1.9 million for the thirteen weeks
ended October 2, 1999 and September 26, 1998, respectively, and $2.5 million and
$3.7 million for the thirty-nine weeks ended October 2, 1999 and September 26,
1998, respectively.
F-30
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
Board of Directors and Shareholders
CPI Holding, Inc. and Subsidiary
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CPI
Holding, Inc. and Subsidiary as of November 30, 1998 and 1997, and the related
consolidated statements of income, mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and
shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the years ended November 30, 1998 and
1997 and for the period January 26, 1996 (Date of Acquisition) to November 30,
1996. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CPI Holding, Inc.
and Subsidiary as of November 30, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the years ended November 30, 1998 and 1997
and for the period January 26, 1996 (Date of Acquisition) to November 30, 1996
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Cleveland, Ohio
June 11, 1999
F-31
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
NOVEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSETS (NOTE 4) 1998 1997
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents .......................... $ 101,748 $ 18,624
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $163,000 and
$72,000 .......................................... 5,397,359 5,260,109
Inventories ........................................ 7,553,127 7,878,158
Prepaid expenses ................................... 579,064 455,492
Prepaid income taxes ............................... 428,019 50,600
Deferred income taxes (Note 7) ..................... 305,000 215,000
----------- -----------
Total current assets ............................. 14,364,317 13,877,983
----------- -----------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
Land ............................................... 295,000 295,000
Building and improvements .......................... 3,597,818 3,526,034
Machinery and equipment ............................ 24,587,601 22,222,100
Molds .............................................. 12,486,433 10,720,280
----------- -----------
Total ............................................ 40,963,852 36,763,414
----------- -----------
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization ..... 9,271,295 5,670,397
----------- -----------
Property and equipment, net ........................ 31,692,557 31,093,017
----------- -----------
GOODWILL, less accumulated amortization of $1,078,511
in 1998 and $734,756 in 1997 ..................... 14,147,546 14,491,301
----------- -----------
OTHER ASSETS (Note 3) ................................. 1,004,109 1,267,964
----------- -----------
TOTAL ................................................. $61,208,529 $60,730,265
=========== ===========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these financial statements.
F-32
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)
NOVEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 1998 1997
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current portion of long-term debt (Note 4) .......... $ 4,060,780 $ 3,519,064
Current portion of long service executive
nonqualified pension (Note 5) ....................... 420,310 380,000
Accounts payable .................................... 2,595,014 2,922,093
Accrued liabilities ................................. 547,524 881,507
------------ ------------
Total current liabilities ......................... 7,623,628 7,702,664
LONG-TERM DEBT, less current portion (Note 4) .......... 28,388,825 28,132,857
LONG SERVICE EXECUTIVE NONQUALIFIED PENSION, less
current portion (Note 5) ............................ 544,424 968,000
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Note 7) ......................... 5,182,000 4,611,000
Total liabilities ................................. 41,738,877 41,414,521
------------ ------------
MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK (Note 9) ........ 18,761,668 17,171,325
------------ ------------
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Notes 4 and 10):
Common stock:
Class A (voting), $.01 par value, authorized
500,000 shares, 89,281.5 in 1998 and 90,114.8 in
1997 issued and outstanding ..................... 893 901
Class B (non-voting), $.01 par value, authorized
300,000 shares, 124,760 issued and outstanding .. 1,247 1,247
Class C (non-voting), $.01 par value, authorized
200,000 shares, 90,791.6 issued and outstanding . 908 908
Additional paid-in capital ........................ 883,848 2,392,768
ESOP receivable (Note 8) .......................... (113,912) (186,405)
Stock subscription receivable ..................... (65,000) (65,000)
------------ ------------
Total shareholders' equity ....................... 707,984 2,144,419
------------ ------------
TOTAL .................................................. $ 61,208,529 $ 60,730,265
============ ============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these financial statements.
F-33
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 AND FOR THE PERIOD
JANUARY 26, 1996 (DATE OF ACQUISITION) TO NOVEMBER 30, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------------ ------------ ------------
(10 MONTHS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
NET SALES ............................... $ 53,970,517 $ 54,387,787 $ 45,416,838
COST OF SALES ........................... 43,066,403 42,421,263 34,275,302
------------ ------------ ------------
GROSS PROFIT ............................ 10,904,114 11,966,524 11,141,536
------------ ------------ ------------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Selling .............................. 3,087,033 3,113,293 2,790,338
General and administrative (Note 11) . 3,176,276 2,949,312 2,164,232
ESOP contribution (Note 8) ........... 26,720 30,999 209,780
------------ ------------ ------------
Total operating expenses .......... 6,290,029 6,093,604 5,164,350
------------ ------------ ------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS .................. 4,614,085 5,872,920 5,977,186
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest expense ..................... (3,383,736) (3,531,327) (3,188,345)
Miscellaneous, net ................... 5,602 (8,225) 1,500
------------ ------------ ------------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES .............. 1,235,951 2,333,368 2,790,341
INCOME TAXES (Note 7) ................... 438,700 797,000 1,056,000
------------ ------------ ------------
NET INCOME .............................. $ 797,251 $ 1,536,368 $ 1,734,341
============ ============ ============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these financial statements.
F-35
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE -----------------------------------------------
PREFERRED STOCK COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL
------------------------ ------------------- PAID-IN RETAINED
SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL EARNINGS
-------- ------------ -------- ------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE - DECEMBER 1, 1997 .................... 141,134 $ 17,171,325 305,666 $ 3,056 $ 2,392,768
REDEMPTION OF STOCK:
Common stock ............................ (833) (8) (22,145)
Preferred stock ......................... (167) (20,347)
NET INCOME .................................... $ 797,251
TAX BENEFIT OF DIVIDENDS
PAID TO ESOP FOR
UNALLOCATED SHARES ...................... 26,664
REPAYMENT OF ESOP
RECEIVABLE ..............................
DIVIDENDS:
Paid ($8.75 per Class A Preferred Shares
outstanding) ......................... (700,000)
Increase in accumulated but not declared
dividends on mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock ..................... 2,310,690 (1,486,775) (823,915)
-------- ------------ -------- ------- ----------- ---------
BALANCE, NOVEMBER 30, 1998 .................... 140,967 $ 18,761,668 304,833 $ 3,048 $ 883,848 --
======== ============ ======== ======= =========== =========
<CAPTION>
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
-------------------------------------------
STOCK TOTAL
ESOP SUBSCRIPTION SHAREHOLDERS'
RECEIVABLE RECEIVABLE EQUITY
---------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE - DECEMBER 1, 1997 .................... $ (186,405) $ (65,000) $ 2,144,419
REDEMPTION OF STOCK:
Common stock ............................ (22,153)
Preferred stock .........................
NET INCOME .................................... 797,251
TAX BENEFIT OF DIVIDENDS
PAID TO ESOP FOR
UNALLOCATED SHARES ...................... 26,664
REPAYMENT OF ESOP
RECEIVABLE .............................. 72,493 72,493
DIVIDENDS:
Paid ($8.75 per Class A Preferred Shares
outstanding) .........................
Increase in accumulated but not declared
dividends on mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock ..................... (2,310,690)
---------- ------------ -------------
BALANCE, NOVEMBER 30, 1998 .................... $ (113,912) $ (65,000) $ 707,984
========== ============ =============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these financial statements.
(Continued)
F-36
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE -----------------------------------------------
PREFERRED STOCK COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL
---------------------- ---------------- PAID-IN RETAINED
SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL EARNINGS
------- ------------ ------- ------ ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE - DECEMBER 1, 1996 ........................... 140,867 $ 15,872,343 304,333 $3,043 $ 2,988,955
ISSUANCE OF STOCK:
Common stock .................................. 1,333 13 13,318
Preferred stock ................................ 267 26,668
NET INCOME ........................................... $ 1,536,368
TAX BENEFIT OF DIVIDENDS
PAID TO ESOP FOR
UNALLOCATED SHARES ............................. 70,000
REPAYMENT OF ESOP
RECEIVABLE .....................................
DIVIDENDS:
Paid ($11.97 per Class A Preferred Shares
outstanding ) ............................... (943,559)
Increase in accumulated but not
declared dividends on mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock ............................ 2,215,873 (609,505) (1,606,368)
------- ------------ ------- ------ ----------- -----------
BALANCE, NOVEMBER 30, 1997 ........................... 141,134 $ 17,171,325 305,666 $3,056 $ 2,392,768 --
======= ============ ======= ====== =========== ===========
<CAPTION>
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
-------------------------------------------
STOCK TOTAL
ESOP SUBSCRIPTION SHAREHOLDERS'
RECEIVABLE RECEIVABLE EQUITY
---------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE - DECEMBER 1, 1996 ........................... $ (360,000) $ (65,000) $ 2,566,998
ISSUANCE OF STOCK:
Common stock .................................. 13,331
Preferred stock ................................
NET INCOME ........................................... $ 1,536,368
TAX BENEFIT OF DIVIDENDS
PAID TO ESOP FOR
UNALLOCATED SHARES ............................. 70,000
REPAYMENT OF ESOP
RECEIVABLE ..................................... $ 173,595 173,595
DIVIDENDS:
Paid ($11.97 per Class A Preferred Shares
outstanding ) ...............................
Increase in accumulated but not
declared dividends on mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock ............................ (2,215,873)
---------- ------------ -------------
BALANCE, NOVEMBER 30, 1997 ........................... $ (186,405) $ (65,000) $ 2,144,419
========== ============ =============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral
part of these financial statements.
(Continued)
F-37
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE ----------------------------------
PREFERRED STOCK COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL
---------------------- ---------------- PAID-IN
SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL
------- ------------ ------- ------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ISSUANCE OF STOCK:
Class A Preferred ....................................... 80,000 $ 8,000,000
Class B Preferred ....................................... 60,000 6,000,000
Class A Common .......................................... 88,782 $ 888 $ 886,928
Class B Common .......................................... 124,760 1,248 1,246,352
Class C Common .......................................... 86,458 864 863,720
ESOP RECEIVABLE ACQUIRED IN ACQUISITION FOR GUARANTEE OF FUTURE
DEBT PAYMENTS ...........................................
ISSUANCE OF STOCK UNDER EXECUTIVE STOCK AGREEMENTS:
Class C Common .......................................... 4,333 43 43,289
Class B Preferred ....................................... 867 86,668
NET INCOME ....................................................
REDUCTION OF ESOP RECEIVABLE ..................................
DIVIDENDS:
Increase in accumulated but not
declared dividends on redeemable preferred stock .... 1,785,675 (51,334)
------- ----------- ------- ------ -----------
BALANCE, NOVEMBER 30, 1996 .................................... 140,867 $15,872,343 304,833 $3,043 $ 2,988,955
======= =========== ======= ====== ===========
<CAPTION>
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
----------------------------------------------------------
STOCK TOTAL
RETAINED ESOP SUBSCRIPTION SHAREHOLDERS'
EARNINGS RECEIVABLE RECEIVABLE EQUITY
----------- ---------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ISSUANCE OF STOCK:
Class A Preferred .......................................
Class B Preferred .......................................
Class A Common .......................................... $ 887,816
Class B Common .......................................... 1,247,600
Class C Common .......................................... 864,584
ESOP RECEIVABLE ACQUIRED IN ACQUISITION FOR GUARANTEE OF FUTURE
DEBT PAYMENTS ........................................... $ (540,000) (540,000)
ISSUANCE OF STOCK UNDER EXECUTIVE STOCK AGREEMENTS:
Class C Common .......................................... $ (21,666) 21,666
Class B Preferred ....................................... (43,334) (43,334)
NET INCOME .................................................... $ 1,734,341 1,734,341
REDUCTION OF ESOP RECEIVABLE .................................. 180,000 180,000
DIVIDENDS:
Increase in accumulated but not
declared dividends on redeemable preferred stock .... (1,734,341) (1,785,675)
----------- ---------- ------------ -------------
BALANCE, NOVEMBER 30, 1996 .................................... -- $ (360,000) $ (65,000) $ 2,566,998
=========== ========== ============ =============
</TABLE>
(Concluded)
F-38
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 AND FOR THE PERIOD
JANUARY 26, 1996 (DATE OF ACQUISITION) TO NOVEMBER 30, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
----------- ----------- ------------
(10 MONTHS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income .................................................................. $ 797,251 $ 1,536,368 $ 1,734,341
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization ............................................ 4,167,042 3,849,775 2,954,524
(Gain) loss on disposals of property and
equipment ................................................................ (5,602) 8,225 (1,500)
Deferred income taxes .................................................... 481,000 20,000 303,000
Tax benefit of dividends paid to ESOP .................................... 26,664 70,000
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable .................................................... (137,250) 113,169 346,751
Inventories ............................................................ 325,031 344,427 (1,908,856)
Prepaid expenses, prepaid income taxes, and
deposits ............................................................. (444,735) 145,576 (388,988)
Accounts payable ....................................................... (327,079) (1,187,703) (501,026)
Accrued liabilities .................................................... (333,983) (241,057) 497,245
Income taxes payable ................................................... -- (203,900) 283,300
----------- ----------- ------------
Net cash provided by operating activities ................................... 4,548,339 4,454,880 3,318,791
----------- ----------- ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of stock of Cardinal Packaging, Inc. ...............................
along with land and buildings from a related
partnership, including acquisition costs and net
of cash received of $28,946 ............................................... -- -- (39,363,708)
Purchase of property and equipment .......................................... (4,207,586) (3,160,719) (2,882,380)
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment ............................ 7,500 2,500 1,500
Investment in patents ....................................................... (9,540) -- --
----------- ----------- ------------
Net cash used in investing activities ....................................... (4,209,626) (3,158,219) (42,244,588)
----------- ----------- ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Preferred dividends paid .................................................... (700,000) (943,559) --
Repayment of ESOP receivable ................................................ 72,493 173,595 --
Proceeds from issuance of (payments for
redemption of):
Common Stock ............................................................. (22,153) 13,331 3,021,666
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock ...................................... (20,347) 26,668 6,043,334
Proceeds from long-term debt ................................................ 4,190,822 2,508,745 30,993,349
Payments on long-term debt, and long service
executive nonqualified pension ........................................... (3,776,404) (3,112,774) (1,076,595)
----------- ----------- ------------
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities ......................... (255,589) (1,333,994) 38,981,754
----------- ----------- ------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ........................... 83,124 (37,333) 55,957
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR ................................... 18,624 55,957 --
----------- ----------- ------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR ......................................... $ 101,748 $ 18,624 $ 55,957
=========== =========== ============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for:
Income taxes ................................................................ $ 335,119 $ 925,942 $ 415,525
----------- ----------- ------------
Interest .................................................................... $ 3,776,313 $ 3,384,339 $ 2,240,510
=========== =========== ============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
The Company received stock subscriptions of $65,000 in 1996
In conjunction with the acquisition in 1996, the Company recorded liabilities
to the former shareholders totaling $1,960,000 and issued preferred stock
valued at $8,000,000 in exchange for previously issued common shares of
Cardinal .................................................................
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these financial statements.
F-39
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 AND FOR THE PERIOD
JANUARY 26, 1996 (DATE OF ACQUISITION) TO NOVEMBER 30, 1996
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND ORGANIZATION
CPI Holding, Inc. ("CPI" or the "Company") was organized under the laws of
the State of Delaware for the purpose of acquiring an injection molding
manufacturer. On January 26, 1996, CPI acquired 100 percent of the common
stock of Cardinal Packaging, Inc. ("Cardinal"). The Company, through its
wholly-owned subsidiary, Cardinal, is a manufacturer of rigid thin-walled
polyethylene and polypropylene containers and sells its products to customers
located throughout the United States and Canada. The majority of the
Company's products are used in the frozen dessert and refrigerated product
industries in the form of premium round containers. In addition, the Company
provides containers for selected industrial customers and seasonal retailers.
The Company maintains ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and
generally does not require collateral. The Company provides reserves for
potential credit losses and such losses historically have not exceeded
management's estimates. The Company is headquartered in Streetsboro, Ohio.
Additional manufacturing facilities are located in Minneapolis, Minnesota and
Ontario, California.
CPI acquired, along with land and buildings previously owned by a related
partnership, 70 percent of the common stock of Cardinal for $39,392,654,
including acquisition costs. The remaining 30 percent of the common stock of
Cardinal was acquired from the Cardinal Packaging, Inc. Employee Stock
Ownership Plan ("ESOP") in exchange for 80,000 shares of CPI Class A
redeemable preferred stock valued at $8,000,000. In addition, and in
conjunction with the acquisition, the Company entered into an agreement to
pay the sellers $2,460,000 (which includes imputed interest of $500,000) in
monthly payments through January 2001 (see Note 5).
The total purchase price, including acquisition costs, has been allocated to
the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair
values, except for the portion related to the ESOP's ownership which is
accounted for at historical costs, using the purchase method of accounting.
In addition, goodwill was reduced by $745,000 because of the deferred tax
asset recorded for the future tax benefits of the long service executive
nonqualified pension payments (See Note 7). Accordingly, the amounts recorded
for this acquisition were as follows:
Current Assets, including $28,946 of cash .................... $12,435,461
Property ..................................................... 30,557,656
Other assets ................................................. 1,743,858
-----------
Total assets acquired .................................... 44,736,975
Liabilities assumed .......................................... 11,355,378
-----------
Net assets acquired .......................................... 33,381,597
Goodwill ..................................................... 15,226,057
-----------
Total purchase price, including acquisition costs ............ $48,607,654
===========
As a result of the acquisition in 1996, the inventory on January 26, 1996 was
increased by $296,712 based on the fair market value of the acquired inventory
at the date of acquisition. Cost of sales for the period January 26, 1996 (date
of acquisition) to November 30, 1996 includes $296,712 related to this
adjustment.
F-40
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION--The consolidated financial statements
include the accounts of CPI and its wholly-owned subsidiary. All significant
intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
USE OF ESTIMATES--The preparation of financial statements in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the
financial statement date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
for the reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.
REVENUE RECOGNITION--Sales and cost of sales are recognized upon shipment of
product.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS--The Company considers all highly liquid
investments with original maturities of three months or less, when purchased,
to be cash equivalents.
INVENTORIES--Inventories are valued at the lower of cost, using the first-in,
first-out basis, or market. Inventories consist of the following at November
30:
1998 1997
---------- ----------
Raw materials ..................... $2,433,849 $1,700,765
Finished Good ..................... 5,119,278 6,177,393
---------- ----------
Total ............................. $7,553,127 $7,878,158
========== ==========
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT--Property and equipment is stated at cost. Additions,
renewals and betterments are capitalized; maintenance and repairs, which do
not extend the useful life of the asset, are expensed as incurred.
Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets, which range from ten to 40 years for buildings,
related building improvements and leasehold improvements, 12 to 15 years for
manufacturing machinery and equipment, seven years for molds, five years for
office furniture and fixtures, and three years for vehicles. Equipment under
capitalized leases is amortized over the terms of the leases, which do not
exceed the estimated useful life of the leased equipment.
GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS--The Company's intangible assets consist of
goodwill, deferred financing costs, and patent costs. Amortization is
recorded over the estimated economic lives. Goodwill is amortized over 40
years. Deferred financing costs are amortized over the terms of the related
loans with the amortization included in interest expense. Patent costs are
amortized over 17 years, beginning when the patent approval is obtained.
The Company evaluates the unamortized cost of these intangible assets to
determine if the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount and to record
an impairment loss, if necessary. This determination is based on an
evaluation of such factors as the occurrence of a significant event, a
significant change in the environment in which the business operates or,
primarily for goodwill, the expected undiscounted future net cash flows.
INCOME TAXES--Deferred income taxes are recognized for the expected future
tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial
statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined
based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of
various assets and liabilities using enacted rates in effect for the year in
which the differences are expected to reverse.
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS--In 1998, Cardinal adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income," SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and
Related Information," and SFAS No. 132, "Employers' Disclosures about
Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits". SFAS No. 130 established
standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its
components in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. SFAS No.
131 requires that a public business enterprise report financial and
F-41
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
descriptive information about its reportable operating segments such as a
measure of segment profit or loss, certain specific revenue and expense
items, and segment assets. SFAS No. 132 standardized the disclosure
requirements for pensions and other postretirement benefits. The adoption of
these statements did not have a material impact on the Company's financial
statements.
In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS
No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This
statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative
instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other
contracts, and for hedging activities. SFAS No. 133 is effective for fiscal
quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999. The Company has not
completed its evaluation of this statement but does not anticipate a material
impact on the financial statements from the adoption of this accounting
standard.
RECLASSIFICATIONS--Certain reclassifications were made to the 1996 and 1997
financial statements to conform to the presentation used in the 1998
financial statements.
3. OTHER ASSETS
Other assets consist of the following at November 30:
1998 1997
---------- ----------
Deferred financing costs, less accumulated
amortization of $607,139 in 1998 and
$392,855 in 1997 .............................. $ 892,861 $1,107,145
Deposits ......................................... 65,106 115,062
Patents, less accumulated amortization of
$18,566 in 1998 and $15,711 in 1997 ........... 46,142 39,457
Miscellaneous .................................... -- 6,300
---------- ----------
Total ...................................... $1,004,109 $1,267,964
========== ==========
4. LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consists of the following as of November 30:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Note payable to financial institution with quarterly
principal payments at scheduled amounts, plus interest at
a variable rate (7.8125 percent as of November 30,1998),
due March 1, 2001 ........................................ $10,500,000 $13,500,000
Note payable to financial institution with quarterly
principal payments at scheduled amounts beginning in 2001,
plus interest at a variable rate (8.3125 percent as of
November 30,1998), due March 1, 2001 ..................... 10,000,000 10,000,000
Revolving credit facility payable to financial institution
with interest at a variable rate (7.8125 percent as of
November 30,1998), due March 1, 2003 ..................... 7,002,522 5,615,116
Capital expansion note payable to financial institution
with quarterly interest payments at a variable rate
(8.3125 percent as of November 30, 1998), fifteen equal
quarterly principal payments, plus interest, beginning
September 1, 1999, due March 2003 ........................ 4,681,646 1,886,980
</TABLE>
F-42
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
ESOP loan to bank with semi-annual principal payments of
$90,000, plus monthly interest (6.5875 percent as of
November 30, 1998) at 85 percent of the bank's prime rate,
through January 2000; collateralized by the common stock
of the Company ........................................... 113,912 186,405
Note payable to financing company with monthly principal
and interest payments of $3,690, through October 1999;
interest at 6.755 percent a year, collateralized by
specific equipment ....................................... 39,252 79,399
Other notes payable to banks paid off in 1998 ........... -- 3,481
Capital lease obligations for equipment, payable to
various banks and leasing companies in aggregate monthly
principal and interest payments of $20,583 through July
2000; interest at 6.75 percent to 10.85 percent a year;
collateralized by equipment with an aggregate net book
value of $810,344 and $1,454,135 as of November 30, 1998
and November 30, 1997, respectively ...................... 112,273 380,540
----------- -----------
Total .................................................... 32,449,605 31,651,921
Less current portion ..................................... 4,060,780 3,519,064
----------- -----------
Amount due after one year ................................ $28,388,825 $28,132,857
=========== ===========
</TABLE>
The notes payable, revolving credit facility, and capital expansion note are
collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The credit
agreement includes financial covenants with respect to capital expenditure
limits; rent payments under operating leases; earnings before depreciation,
amortization, interest and income taxes; and fixed charge and interest
coverage ratios. As of November 30, 1998, the Company has violated certain of
these covenants related to minimum EBITDA, as defined, fixed charges coverage
ratio, interest coverage ratio, and maximum capital expenditures, for which
the lender has waived the covenant violations.
At November 30, 1998, required annual principal payments on long-term debt
are:
YEAR ENDING NOVEMBER 30,
1999........................................ $4,060,780
2000........................................ 5,765,206
2001........................................ 6,248,439
2002........................................ 6,248,439
2003........................................ 10,126,741
-----------
Total....................................... $32,449,605
===========
F-43
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Future minimum lease payments under capital leases, included above, as of
November 30, 1998 are as follows:
YEAR ENDING NOVEMBER 30,
1999........................................ $109,337
2000........................................ 7,080
--------
Total minimum lease payments................ 116,417
Less amount representing interest........... 4,144
--------
Present value of capital lease obligations
included with long-term debt at November
30, 1998................................. $112,273
========
5. LONG SERVICE EXECUTIVE NONQUALIFIED PENSION AND CONSULTING AGREEMENTS
Under the terms of the purchase agreement for the common stock of Cardinal,
the Company agreed to make payments to the previous shareholders of $41,000 a
month through January 2001 for long service executive nonqualified pension
payments. These future payments have been recorded as a liability at their
net present value. In addition, the Company paid $20,000 a year to the
previous shareholders under a consulting agreement from February 1996 through
January 1998. Consulting expense was $3,333 for 1998, $20,000 for 1997, and
$16,660 for the period January 26, 1996 to November 30, 1996.
At November 30, 1998, future payments under the long service executive
nonqualified pension agreement are as follows:
YEAR ENDING NOVEMBER 30,
1999........................................ $492,000
2000........................................ 492,000
2001........................................ 82,000
---------
Total Payments.............................. 1,066,000
Less amount representing interest (at 9.25
percent).................................. 101,266
---------
Present value of long service executive
nonqualified pension...................... 964,734
Current portion............................. 420,310
---------
Noncurrent portion.......................... $544,424
=========
6. OPERATING LEASES
The Company leases specific equipment, vehicles, and its Minneapolis,
Minnesota and Ontario, California office and plant facilities under operating
leases from unrelated parties. These leases expire at various dates through
November 2003.
Total rent expense, including month-to-month rentals, was $1,588,000 for
1998, $1,538,000 for 1997.
Future minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases as of
November 30, 1998 are:
YEAR ENDING NOVEMBER 30,
1999........................................ $1,479,200
2000........................................ 1,218,900
2001........................................ 999,300
2002........................................ 945,300
2003........................................ 855,600
----------
Total....................................... $5,498,300
==========
F-44
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
7. INCOME TAXES
The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of:
1998 1997 1996
--------- --------- -----------
(10 MONTHS)
Federal:
Current .................. $(122,300) $ 649,000 $ 618,000
Deferred ................. 267,000 31,000 245,000
State and local:
Current .................. 80,000 128,000 135,000
Deferred ................. 214,000 (11,000) 58,000
--------- --------- -----------
Total ....................... $ 438,700 $ 797,000 $ 1,056,000
========= ========= ===========
The consolidated tax provision differs from the tax provision computed at the
statutory United States tax rate of approximately 34 percent for the
following reasons:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
--------- --------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Tax provision at statutory federal rate . $ 420,000 $ 785,000 $ 949,000
Amortization of goodwill ............... 117,000 136,000 114,000
Dividends paid to Employee Stock
Ownership Plan
on allocated shares ................. (163,000) (189,000) --
State and local income taxes ........... 294,000 117,000 193,000
Other .................................. (229,300) (52,000) (200,000)
--------- --------- -----------
Total ............................ $ 438,700 $ 797,000 $ 1,056,000
========= ========= ===========
</TABLE>
The tax benefit of the deductible portion of the Class A preferred dividends
paid on the unallocated shares held by the ESOP that were utilized by the
ESOP to make debt payments was charged directly to retained earnings.
The approximate tax effect of each type of temporary difference that gave
rise to the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of November 30,
is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Current deferred income tax assets (liabilities):
Inventories ..................................... $ 73,000 $ 53,000
(Prepaid) accrued state income taxes ............ 6,000 (13,000)
Accrued liabilities ............................. 4,000 3,000
Long service executive nonqualified pension -
current ....................................... 160,000 145,000
Allowance for doubtful accounts ............... 62,000 27,000
----------- -----------
305,000 215,000
----------- -----------
Noncurrent deferred income tax assets (liabilities):
Basis of property ............................... (5,878,000) (5,509,000)
Long service executive nonqualified pension -
noncurrent ...................................... 206,000 367,000
Net operating loss carryforward ................. 102,000
Alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards .... 388,000 531,000
----------- -----------
(5,182,000) (4,611,000)
----------- -----------
Net deferred income tax liability .................. $(4,877,000) $(4,396,000)
=========== ===========
</TABLE>
F-45
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
8. EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
In 1988, Cardinal established an employee stock ownership plan. On December
14, 1989, the ESOP used $1,800,000 of proceeds from a bank loan to purchase
30 percent of Cardinal's common stock. In conjunction with the acquisition of
Cardinal by CPI in which the ESOP exchanged its 30 percent investment in
Cardinal for a 22 percent investment in CPI, the Company assumed the
remaining bank obligation of $720,000 at January 26, 1996. As of November 30,
1998, $113,912 remains outstanding on this loan. As a result of the Company
assuming the bank obligation, the Company also recorded a loan receivable
from the ESOP, which is reported as a reduction of shareholders' equity. The
Company is obligated to make contributions to the ESOP that are used by the
ESOP to pay the loan principal and interest to the bank. Shares of stock
acquired by the ESOP are allocated to each eligible employee in amounts based
on the employee's compensation. Company contributions charged to expense were
$26,720 in 1998, $30,999 in 1997 and $209,780 for the period January 26, 1996
to November 30, 1996. The Company paid Class A preferred dividends of
$700,000 in 1998 and $943,559 in 1997 to the ESOP. The ESOP used a portion of
the dividends to make the required principal payments.
9. MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK--The Company is authorized to issue
100,000 nonvoting shares of Class A redeemable preferred stock and 100,000
non-voting shares of Class B redeemable preferred stock, each with a par
value of $.01 per share. There are 80,000 shares of Class A redeemable
preferred stock outstanding as of November 30, 1998 and 1997. There are
60,966.69 shares of Class B redeemable preferred stock outstanding as of
November 30, 1998 and 61,133.36 shares outstanding as of November 30, 1997,
including 866.68 shares issued under Executive Stock Agreements described in
Note 10. Accumulating dividends accrue daily at 8.75 percent of the
liquidation value ($100 per share) plus any accumulated dividends on the
Class A redeemable preferred stock. Accumulating dividends accrue at 10
percent of the liquidation value ($100 per share) plus any accumulated
dividends on the Class B redeemable preferred stock. Unpaid accumulating
dividends are deemed to be accumulated dividends for purposes of calculating
the accumulating and nonaccumulating dividends. Nonaccumulating dividends
accrue daily at 10 percent of the liquidation value plus any accumulated
dividends on the Class A redeemable preferred stock only. Unpaid
nonaccumulating dividends are not deemed to be accumulated dividends for
purposes of calculating the accumulating and nonaccumulating dividends.
Accumulating dividends were $1,483,077 for the year ended November 30, 1998
and $1,385,329 for the year ended November 30, 1997. The nonaccumulating
dividends were $827,613 for the year ended November 30, 1998 and $830,544 for
the year ended November 30, 1997. These amounts have been recorded as an
increase in the redeemable preferred stock and as a reduction of retained
earnings and of additional paid-in capital in the accompanying consolidated
statements of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and shareholders'
equity. As of November 30, 1998, the unpaid accumulating dividends were
$2,331,161 and the unpaid nonaccumulating dividends were $2,331,864.
On June 30, 2003, the Company shall redeem all outstanding shares of the
Class A and Class B redeemable preferred stock for the aggregate liquidation
value plus all unpaid dividends. The aggregate liquidation value and unpaid
dividends of the Class A and Class B redeemable preferred stock is
$18,761,668 as of November 30, 1998 and $17,171,325 as of November 30, 1997.
The Class A redeemable preferred stock is convertible at the shareholders'
option into Class A common stock at any time based on the liquidation value
of the shares to be converted at the then current conversion price.
10. COMMON STOCK
The authorized shares of stock and the number of shares outstanding as of
November 30, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:
COMMON STOCK--The Company has three classes of common stock of which Class A
is voting and Class B and C are non-voting.
Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to convert such shares into the
same number of shares of Class A or Class C common stock at any time.
F-46
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Holders of Class C common stock are entitled to convert such shares into the
same number of shares of Class A common stock upon the occurrence of a
Conversion Event as defined in the Company's Certificate of Amendment to
Certificate of Incorporation. Class C common stock includes 4,333.2 shares
issued under Executive Stock Agreements described below, as of November 30,
1998 and 1997.
EXECUTIVE STOCK AGREEMENTS--The Company has entered into agreements with
certain members of its management under which shares of Class B redeemable
preferred stock and Class C common stock have been issued. The Company has
notes receivable aggregating $65,000 from manager shareholders for the
purchase of one-half of their shares at November 30, 1998 and 1997. These
notes bear interest at 8.25 percent a year and are reported as stock
subscriptions receivable as a reduction of shareholders' equity. One-half of
the shares of common stock and one-half of the shares of redeemable preferred
stock vest immediately and the remaining shares vest upon the payment in full
of the receivables plus any accrued interest. In the event a shareholder
manager ceases to be employed by the Company, the Company and certain
shareholders have the right to repurchase all or a portion of these shares
from the individual at the fair value of the vested shares and the lower of
the fair value of shares or the original cost of the unvested shares held as
of the date of termination.
11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The following amounts were paid to shareholders of the Company:
1998 1997 1996
-------- -------- ----------
Management fees ........ $200,000 $200,000 $ 200,000
Transaction costs ...... -- -- 1,285,000
-------- -------- ----------
Total ............. $200,000 $200,000 $1,485,000
======== ======== ==========
The management fees are included in general and administrative expense in the
accompanying statements of income. The transaction costs were capitalized as
of the acquisition date.
* * * * * *
F-47
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(In Thousands of Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MAY 31, 1999
------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents ...................................... $ 31
Accounts receivable (less allowance for doubtful accounts of
$156) ........................................................ 6,910
Inventories:
Finished goods .............................................. 5,705
Raw materials and supplies .................................. 2,338
------------
8,043
Prepaid expenses and other receivables ......................... 323
Deferred income taxes .......................................... 305
------------
Total current assets ................................................ 15,612
Property and equipment:
Land ........................................................... 295
Buildings and improvements ..................................... 3,499
Machinery, equipment and tooling ............................... 37,407
Automobiles and trucks ......................................... 54
Construction in progress ....................................... 1,914
------------
43,169
Less accumulated depreciation .................................. 11,213
------------
31,956
Intangible assets:
Deferred financing and origination fees, net ................... 786
Excess of cost over net assets acquired, net ................... 13,957
------------
14,743
Other ............................................................... 112
------------
Total assets ........................................................ $ 62,423
============
</TABLE>
F-48
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (CONTINUED)
(In Thousands of Dollars)
MAY 31, 1999
(UNAUDITED)
------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable ........................................... $ 4,205
Accrued expenses and other liabilities ..................... 157
Current portion of long-term debt .......................... 4,987
------------
Total current liabilities ....................................... 9,349
Long-term debt, less current portion ............................ 28,078
Deferred income taxes ........................................... 5,182
------------
42,609
Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock .......................... 19,348
Stockholders' equity:
Class A Common Stock (voting); $.01 par value:
500,000 shares authorized; 89,281.5 shares issued and
outstanding ............................................. 1
Class B Common Stock (non-voting); $.01 par value:
300,000 shares authorized; 124,760 shares issued and
outstanding ............................................. 1
Class C Common Stock (non-voting); $.01 par value: 200,000
shares authorized; 90,791.6 shares issued and outstanding 1
Additional paid-in capital ................................. 349
Retained earnings .......................................... 293
Less: ESOP receivable ..................................... (114)
Stock subscription receivable ......................... (65)
------------
Total stockholders' equity ...................................... 466
------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ...................... $ 62,423
============
SEE NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-49
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In Thousands of Dollars)
TWENTY-SIX WEEKS ENDED
---------------------------
MAY 31, 1999 MAY 31, 1998
------------ ------------
(UNAUDITED)
Net sales ........................................ $ 28,465 $ 26,418
Cost of goods sold ............................... 23,407 21,247
------------ ------------
Gross margin ..................................... 5,058 5,171
Operating expenses:
Selling ...................................... 1,447 1,550
General and administrative ................... 1,310 1,296
Amortization of intangibles .................. 301 311
Other ........................................ 61 43
------------ ------------
Operating income ................................. 1,939 1,971
Interest expense ............................. 1,400 1,639
------------ ------------
Income before income taxes ....................... 539 332
Income tax expense ............................... 202 114
------------ ------------
Net income ....................................... $ 337 $ 218
============ ============
SEE NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-50
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In Thousands of Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TWENTY-SIX WEEKS ENDED
------------------------
MAY 31, MAY 31,
1999 1998
---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income ............................................... $ 337 $ 218
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation ........................................ 1,942 1,746
Amortization ........................................ 298 307
Deferred income taxes ............................... -- 28
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net ........................ (1,513) (1,399)
Inventories ..................................... (490) 723
Prepaid expenses and other receivables .......... 684 (210)
Other assets .................................... (1) 38
Payables and accrued expenses ................... 1,219 101
---------- ----------
Net cash provided by operating activities ................ 2,476 1,552
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to property and equipment ...................... (2,205) (2,594)
---------- ----------
Net cash used for investing activities ................... (2,205) (2,594)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from long-term borrowings ....................... 1,460 3,299
Payments on long-term borrowings ......................... (1,809) (1,876)
Proceeds (payments) from Preferred equity ................ 7 (348)
---------- ----------
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities ..... (342) 1,075
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
---------- ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ..... (71) 33
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period ......... 102 19
---------- ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period ............... $ 31 $ 52
========== ==========
</TABLE>
SEE NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
F-51
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands of dollars, except as otherwise noted)
(Unaudited)
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements of CPI
Holding, Incorporated and its subsidiary, Cardinal Packaging, Incorporated (the
"Company") have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include
all of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting
principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all
adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a
fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the periods
presented are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for
the full fiscal year. The accompanying financial statements include the results
of CPI Holding, Incorporated ("Holding") and its wholly-owned subsidiary,
Cardinal Packaging, Incorporated ("Cardinal").
2. LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consists of the following:
MAY 31,
1999
-------
Note payable to financial institution with quarterly principal
payments at scheduled amounts, plus interest at a variable rate, due
March 1, 2000 ....................................................... $ 9,000
Note payable to financial institution with quarterly principal
payments at scheduled amounts beginning in 2001, plus interest at a
variable rate, due March 1, 2003 .................................... 10,000
Revolving credit facility payable to financial institution with
interest at a variable rate, due March 1, 2003 ...................... 8,117
Capital expansion note payable to financial institution with
quarterly interest payments at a variable rate, fifteen equal
quarterly principal payments, plus interest, beginning September 1,
1999, due March 2003 ................................................ 5,000
ESOP loan to bank with semi-annual principal payments of $90, plus
monthly interest at 85 percent of the bank's prime rate, through
January 2000; collateralized by the common stock of the Company ..... 114
Note payable to financing company with monthly principal and interest
payments of $4, through October 1999; interest at 6.755 percent a
year, collateralized by specific equipment .......................... 18
Capital lease obligations for equipment, payable to various banks and
leasing companies in aggregate monthly principal and interest
payments of $20 through July 2000; interest at 6.75 percent to 10.85
percent a year; collateralized by specific equipment ................ 57
Long service executive nonqualified pension agreements payable to the
previous shareholders. The pension agreements are payable at $41 per
month through January 2001 and are recorded at their net present
value with a discount rate of 9.25 percent .......................... 759
-------
33,065
Less current portion of long-term debt .............................. 4,987
-------
$28,078
=======
F-52
<PAGE>
CPI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
2. LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
The current portion of long-term debt consists of $4.5 million of
principal payments outlined in the table above, and $0.4 million of payments
related to the Long service executive nonqualified pension agreement.
The notes payable, revolving credit facility, and capital expansion note
are collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The credit
agreement includes financial covenants with respect to capital expenditure
limits; rent payments under operating leases; earnings before depreciation,
amortization, interest and income taxes; and fixed charge and interest coverage
ratios.
3. CARDINAL PACKAGING, INCORPORATED SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following summarizes parent company only financial information of
Holding:
MAY 31,
1999
-------
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
Current assets ............................................. $ 7
Investment in subsidiary ................................... 19,807
Other noncurrent assets .................................... --
Current liabilities ........................................ --
Noncurrent liabilities ..................................... --
Equity (deficit) ........................................... 19,814
26 WEEKS ENDED
----------------
MAY 31, MAY 31,
1999 1998
------ ------
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Net sales ................................................ $ -- $ --
Cost of goods sold ....................................... -- --
Income before income taxes ............................... 539 332
Net income ............................................... 337 218
4. SEGMENT REPORTING
The Company has one reportable segment of plastic packaging products.
F-53
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Knight Engineering & Plastics
Division of Courtaulds Packaging Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Knight Engineering & Plastics
Division of Courtaulds Packaging Inc. (the Division) as of March 31, 1998 and
the related statement of operations, and cash flows for the year then ended.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Division at March 31, 1998,
and the results of its operations and cash flows for the year then ended, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
May 19, 1999
F-54
<PAGE>
KNIGHT ENGINEERING & PLASTICS
DIVISION OF COURTAULDS PACKAGING INC.
BALANCE SHEET
MARCH 31, 1998
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash .......................................................... $ 719,004
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
$52,061 ..................................................... 3,625,898
Inventories:
Finished goods ............................................. 586,035
Raw materials and supplies ................................. 1,192,082
-----------
1,778,117
Prepaid expenses .............................................. 195,799
-----------
Total current assets ............................................. 6,318,818
Property and equipment
Land and improvements ......................................... 877,410
Buildings and improvements .................................... 5,754,664
Machinery, equipment and tooling .............................. 21,102,328
Construction in progress ...................................... 2,085,286
-----------
29,819,688
Less accumulated depreciation ................................. 16,348,730
-----------
13,470,958
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $854,972 ............ 2,402,064
-----------
$22,191,840
===========
LIABILITIES AND DIVISION EQUITY
Current liabilities
Note payable, parent .......................................... $ 3,477,089
Accounts payable .............................................. 2,336,323
Accrued expenses and other liabilities ........................ 2,493,482
-----------
Total current liabilities ........................................ 8,306,894
Division equity .................................................. 13,884,946
-----------
$22,191,840
===========
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.
F-55
<PAGE>
KNIGHT ENGINEERING & PLASTICS
DIVISION OF COURTAULDS PACKAGING INC.
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
Net sales ................................................. $ 23,836,485
Cost of goods sold ........................................ 21,058,181
Gross margin .............................................. 2,778,304
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative ..................... 3,219,902
Amortization of intangibles ............................. 162,852
------------
Operating income (loss) ................................... (604,450)
Other income (expense):
Gain on disposal of property and equipment .............. 41,400
Interest income ......................................... 3,590
Interest (expense), parent .............................. (261,325)
------------
Division (loss) ........................................... $ (820,785)
============
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.
F-56
<PAGE>
KNIGHT ENGINEERING & PLASTICS
DIVISION OF COURTAULDS PACKAGING INC.
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Division loss ................................................... $ (820,785)
Adjustments to reconcile division loss to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation ................................................. 1,702,511
Amortization ................................................. 162,852
Gain on sale of property and equipment ....................... (41,400)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net .................................. (168,875)
Inventories ............................................... 67,937
Prepaid expenses .......................................... 253,840
Accounts payable and accrued expenses ..................... 1,009,378
-----------
Net cash provided by operating activities ....................... 2,165,458
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of machinery and equipment ............................ (1,530,295)
Division equity contribution from parent ........................ 261,000
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment ................ 41,400
-----------
Net cash used in investing activities ........................... (1,227,895)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net payments on note payable, parent ............................ (456,893)
-----------
Net cash used in financing activities ........................... (456,893)
-----------
Net increase in cash ............................................ 480,670
Cash at beginning of year ....................................... 238,334
-----------
Cash at end of year ............................................. $ 719,004
===========
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.
F-57
<PAGE>
KNIGHT ENGINEERING & PLASTICS
DIVISION OF COURTAULDS PACKAGING INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of Knight Engineering
and Plastics Division of Courtaulds Packaging Inc., a West Virginia Corporation
(the Division). Courtaulds Packaging, Inc. (Parent) is owned by Courtaulds PLC,
a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales. The
Division was not a legal entity and operated as a component of a larger
business. The Division's financial statements includes only assets, liabilities
and results of operations which comprise the specific division. The balance
sheet and statement of operations, which have been prepared from the historical
accounting records of the Division, include all revenues and costs directly
attributable to the Division's business, including costs of facilities,
employees and related support functions. The Division has not been charged for
the cost of certain functions and services performed by the Parent or other
related entities on behalf of the Division. Similarly, the Division has not been
allocated any income tax expense or benefit during the year ended March 31,
1998. Management believes that the impact of costs performed by Parent and other
related entities on behalf of the Division would not be significant to the
accompanying financial statements.
The Division manufactures and markets plastic packaging products, primarily
proprietary and custom molded plastic overcaps and closures. During the year
ended March 31, 1998, the Division operated manufacturing facilities located in
Woods tock and Arlington Heights, Illinois. The Division's customers are located
principally throughout the United States.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
INVENTORIES
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (first in, first out method) or
market.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed primarily by
the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging
from three to fifty years.
GOODWILL
The cost in excess of net assets acquired represent the excess purchase price
over the fair value of the net assets acquired in the original acquisition of
the Division. These costs are being amortized over 20 years.
The Division periodically evaluates the value of intangible assets to determine
if an impairment has occurred. This evaluation is based on various analyses
including reviewing anticipated cash flows.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Revenue from sales of products is recognized at the time product is shipped to
the customer.
RETIREMENT PLANS
During the year ended March 31, 1998, the Division had two defined contribution
benefit plans, a retirement and a employee thrift plan. The Plans covered
substantially all the Division's employees. The retirement plan provides for an
annual employer contribution of 4% of gross wages. The employee thrift plan
provides for a 75% to a 100% annual match on employee deferrals of up to 6%. The
plans expenses were approximately $291,000 for the year ended March 31, 1998.
F-58
<PAGE>
KNIGHT ENGINEERING & PLASTICS
DIVISION OF COURTAULDS PACKAGING INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INCOME TAXES
The taxable income of the Division was included in the tax returns of Courtaulds
Packaging Inc. As such, separate income tax returns were not prepared or filed
for the Division.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.
Actual results may differ from those estimates.
3. NOTE PAYABLE, PARENT
At March 31, 1998, the Division had a note payable to Courtaulds Packaging Inc.
The note was used to fund the Division's working capital requirements with no
stated maturity. Interest was charged to the Division at a rate of approximately
7%.
4. SALES INFORMATION
For the year ended March 31, 1998, 38% of the Division's revenues were derived
from three customers. The accounts receivables related to these customers at
March 31, 1998 was approximately $560,000.
5. LEASES
The Division leases certain warehouse buildings under a month to month lease
arrangements. Rent expense for the year ended March 31, 1998 was approximately
$145,000.
6. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Division has engaged in business transactions with a related party, Thatcher
Tubes, Inc., throughout the year. Thatcher Tubes is a fully consolidated
subsidiary of Courtaulds Packaging Inc. During the year ended March 31, 1998,
the Division had sales of approximately $1,845,000 to Thatcher. In addition, the
related accounts receivable balance at March 31, 1998 was approximately
$354,000.
7. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On October 16, 1998, a newly formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of Berry Plastics
Corporation acquired substantially all of the assets of the Division for
aggregate consideration of approximately $18 million.
F-59
<PAGE>
KNIGHT ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS
DIVISION OF COURTAULDS PACKAGING INC.
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
(In Thousands of Dollars)
SEPTEMBER 30,
1998
---------------
(UNAUDITED)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents .................................. $ 790
Accounts receivable (less allowance for doubtful
accounts of $50) ........................................ 2,785
Inventories:
Finished goods .......................................... 522
Raw materials and supplies .............................. 1,256
---------------
1,778
Prepaid expenses and other receivables ..................... 199
---------------
Total current assets ......................................... 5,552
Property and equipment:
Land ....................................................... 877
Buildings and improvements ................................. 6,059
Machinery, equipment and tooling ........................... 22,456
Construction in progress ................................... 2,620
---------------
32,012
Less accumulated depreciation .............................. 18,678
---------------
13,334
Goodwill (net of accumulated amortization of $936) ........... 2,321
---------------
$ 21,207
===============
LIABILITIES AND DIVISION EQUITY Current liabilities:
Notes payable, parent ...................................... $ 3,186
Accounts payable ........................................... 2,443
Accrued expenses and other liabilities ..................... 2,024
---------------
Total current liabilities .................................... 7,653
Division equity .............................................. 13,554
---------------
$ 21,207
===============
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.
F-60
<PAGE>
KNIGHT ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS
DIVISION OF COURTAULDS PACKAGING INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In Thousands of Dollars)
SIX-MONTHS ENDED
------------------------------
SEPTEMBER 30, SEPTEMBER 30,
1998 1997
------------- -------------
(Unaudited)
Net sales .................................... $ 11,893 $ 11,721
Cost of goods sold ........................... 10,596 11,097
------------- -------------
Gross margin ................................. 1,297 624
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative ...... 1,377 1,244
Amortization of intangibles .............. 81 81
------------- -------------
Operating income (loss) ...................... (161) (701)
Other income and expense:
Gain on sale of property and
equipment ................................ -- 9
Interest expense, parent ................. (169) (226)
Interest income .......................... -- 2
------------- -------------
Division loss ................................ $ (330) $ (916)
============= =============
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.
F-61
<PAGE>
KNIGHT ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS
DIVISION OF COURTAULDS PACKAGING INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In Thousands of Dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX-MONTHS ENDED
-------------------------------
SEPTEMBER 30, SEPTEMBER 30,
1998 1997
------------- -------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Division loss ........................................ $ (330) $ (916)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation .................................... 918 1,030
Amortization .................................... 81 81
Gain on sale of property and equipment .......... -- (9)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net ...................... 841 257
Inventories ................................... -- 115
Prepaid expenses and other receivables ........ (4) 153
Payables and accrued expenses ................. (363) (313)
------------- -------------
Net cash provided by operating activities ............ 1,143 398
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to property and equipment .................. (781) (59)
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment ..... -- 9
Division equity contribution from parent ............. -- 133
------------- -------------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing
activities ........................................ (781) 83
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net payments on note payable, parent ................. (291) (286)
------------- -------------
Net cash used in financing activities ................ (291) (286)
------------- -------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ............ 71 195
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period ..... 719 238
------------- -------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period ........... $ 790 $ 433
============= =============
</TABLE>
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.
F-62
<PAGE>
KNIGHT ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS
DIVISION OF COURTAULDS PACKAGING INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED)
(Unaudited)
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of Knight Engineering
and Plastics Division of Courtaulds Packaging Inc., a West Virginia Corporation
(the Division) and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do
not include all of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted
accounting principles for complete financial statements. Courtaulds Packaging,
Inc. (Parent) is owned by Courtauld PLC, a public limited company organized
under the laws of England and Wales. The Division was not a legal entity and
operated as a component of a larger business. The Division's financial statement
includes only assets, liabilities and results of operations which comprise the
specific division. The balance sheet and statement of operations, which have
been prepared from the historical accounting records of the Division, include
all revenues and costs directly attributable to the Division's business,
including costs of facilities, employees and related support functions. The
Division has not been charged for the cost of certain functions and services
performed by the Parent or other related entities on behalf of the Division.
Similarly, the Division has not been allocated any income tax expense or
benefit. Management believes that the impact of costs performed by Parent and
other related entities on behalf of the Division would not be significant to the
accompanying financial statements.
2. NOTE PAYABLE, PARENT
At September 30, 1998, the Division had a note payable to Courtaulds Packaging
Inc. The note was used to fund the Division's working capital requirements with
no stated maturity. Interest was charged to the Division at a rate of
approximately 7%.
3. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On October 16, 1998, a newly formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of Berry Plastics
Corporation acquired substantially all of the assets of the Division for
aggregate consideration of approximately $18 million.
F-62
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
DIRECTORS
J E Barlow (Chairman)
A R Sandell (Managing)
T D Johnson
SECRETARY REGISTERED OFFICE
Mrs. J Barlow Stanford Tuck Road
North Walsham
Norfolk
AUDITORS
Lovewell Blake
Chartered Accountants
102 Prince of Wales Road
Norwich
REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31ST OCTOBER 1997
The directors present herewith the audited accounts for the year ended 31st
October 1997.
DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES
Company law requires the directors to prepare accounts that give a true and fair
view of the state of affairs of the company and of the profit or loss for its
financial year. In doing so the directors are required to:
o select suitable accounting policies and apply them consistently;
o make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
o state whether applicable accounting standards have been followed,
o subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the
accounts;
o prepare the accounts on the going concern basis unless it is
inappropriate
o to presume that the company will continue in business.
The directors are responsible for maintaining proper accounting records that
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the
company and to enable them to ensure that the accounts comply with the Companies
Act 1985. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the company
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud
and other irregularities.
REVIEW OF ACTIVITIES
The company's main activities are unchanged since last year and are principally
those of the production of plastic goods by injection moulding.
In the opinion of the directors the company will be able to maintain its present
level of turnover for the foreseeable future.
The profit for the year has been added to the balance on the profit and loss
account.
F-64
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS (CONTINUED)
DIRECTORS
The directors named above held office throughout the year.
In accordance with the articles of association T D Johnson will retire at the
annual general meeting and, being eligible, offers himself for re-election.
The interests of the directors of the company at 31st October 1997 in the shares
of the company, according to the register required to be kept by Section 325 of
the Companies Act 1985 were as follows:
31ST OCTOBER 31ST OCTOBER 31ST OCTOBER 1995
1997 ORDINARY 1996 ORDINARY ORDINARY SHARES
SHARES SHARES -----------------------
FULLY PAID FULLY PAID FULLY PAID PARTLY PAID
------------- ------------- ---------- -----------
J E Barlow........... 60 60 11 49
A R Sandell.......... 29 29 -- 29
T D Johnson.......... 11 11 -- 11
MARKET VALUE OF INTEREST IN LAND
In the opinion of the directors, the current open market value on an existing
use basis of the freehold land and buildings exceeds the net book value as shown
in the balance sheet at the 31st October 1997 by (pound)80,711.
CLOSE COMPANY PROVISIONS
The company is a close company within the provisions of the Income and
Corporation Taxes Act 1988.
AUDITORS
A resolution to re-appoint Lovewell Blake will be proposed at the annual general
meeting.
By order of the board
J BARLOW
Secretary
North Walsham 22nd December 1997
F-65
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
TO THE DIRECTORS OF
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
To the Directors of
Norwich Injection Moulders Limited
We have audited the balance sheets of Norwich Injection Moulders Limited
as at 31st October 1997, 31st October 1996 and 31st October 1995, and the
related profit and loss accounts and cash flow statements for each of the three
years in the period ended 31st October 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with United Kingdom auditing
standards which do not differ in any significant respect from United States
generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Norwich Injection Moulders
Limited at 31st October 1997, 1996 and 1995, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31st October
1997 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
Kingdom which differ in certain respects from those generally accepted in the
United States (see Note 24 of Notes to the Accounts).
/S/ LOVEWELL BLAKE
Chartered Accountants
Norwich, England
22nd December 1997 in respect of accounts
to 31st October 1997
31st January 1997 in respect of accounts
to 31st October 1996
11th March 1996 in respect of accounts
to 31st October 1995
except for Note 24 Differences between
United Kingdom and United States
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
as to which the date is 18th May 1999
F-66
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
31ST OCTOBER 31ST OCTOBER 31ST OCTOBER
NOTES 1997 1996 1995
----- ------------ ------------ ------------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Turnover ........................... 2 8,117,742 7,308,368 5,046,307
Change in stock of finished goods .. 5,908 26,405 15,783
------------ ------------ ------------
8,123,650 7,334,773 5,062,090
Other operating income ............. 3 21,738 6,823 3,749
------------ ------------ ------------
8,145,388 7,341,596 5,065,839
Raw materials and consumables ...... 3,772,741 3,521,241 2,270,368
Other external charges ............. 677,847 616,428 468,515
Staff costs ........................ 4 1,510,732 1,421,872 1,073,648
Depreciation ....................... 6 441,666 338,363 293,657
Other operating charges ............ 537,182 482,605 432,372
Interest payable and similar charges 7 103,769 120,943 128,526
------------ ------------ ------------
7,043,937 6,501,452 4,666,086
------------ ------------ ------------
Profit on ordinary activities before
taxation ......................... 8 1,101,451 840,144 399,753
Tax on profit on ordinary activities 9 261,160 4,618 98,035
------------ ------------ ------------
Profit on ordinary activities after
taxation ......................... * 840,291 835,526 301,718
Balance 1st November 1996 .......... 2,209,809 1,374,283 1,072,565
------------ ------------ ------------
Balance 31st October 1997 .......... 3,050,100 2,209,809 1,374,283
============ ============ ============
</TABLE>
There are no movements in shareholders funds other than the increase to the
retained profits for the years ended 31st October 1997, 31st October 1996 and
31st October 1995.
There were no recognized gains or losses other than the profit of (pound)840,291
in the year ended 31st October 1997, (pound)835,526 in the year ended 31st
October 1996 and (pound)301,718 in the year ended 31st October 1995.
*A summary of the significant adjustments to the profit on ordinary activities
after taxation (net income) that would be required if US Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles were to be applied instead of those generally accepted in
the United Kingdom is set out in Note 24 of Notes to the Accounts.
F-67
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
31ST OCTOBER 31ST OCTOBER 31ST OCTOBER
NOTES 1997 1996 1995
----- ------------- ------------- -------------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
FIXED ASSETS
Tangible assets ........... 10 3,839,712 3,507,176 2,978,664
CURRENT ASSETS
Stock and work in progress 11 342,324 313,971 231,064
Debtors ................... 12 1,622,209 1,582,819 1,234,573
Bank balances ............. 510,081 560,087 --
Cash in hand .............. 464 338 669
------------- ------------- -------------
2,475,078 2,457,215 1,466,306
CREDITORS - AMOUNTS FALLING
DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR ....... 13 2,384,216 2,696,054 1,783,404
NET CURRENT
ASSETS/(LIABILITIES) ...... 90,862 (238,839) (317,098)
------------- ------------- -------------
TOTAL ASSETS LESS
CURRENT LIABILITIES ....... 3,930,574 3,268,337 2,661,566
CREDITORS - AMOUNTS FALLING
DUE AFTER MORE THAN ONE
YEAR ...................... 14 880,374 1,058,428 1,098,041
PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES
AND CHARGES
DEFERRED TAXATION ......... 15 -- -- 189,227
------------- ------------- -------------
3,050,200 2,209,909 1,374,298
============= ============= =============
CAPITAL AND RESERVES
Called up share capital ... 16 100 100 15
Profit and loss account ... 3,050,100 2,209,809 1,374,283
------------- ------------- -------------
3,050,200 2,209,909 1,374,298
============= ============= =============
</TABLE>
JE BARLOW - Director AR SANDELL - Director
The statutory accounts for the year to 31st October 1997 were approved by the
board of directors on 22nd December 1997. The statutory accounts for the year to
31st October 1997 were approved by the board of directors on 31st January 1997.
The statutory accounts for the year to 31st October 1997 were approved by the
board of directors on 27th February 1996.
o A summary of the significant adjustments to capital and reserves
(shareholders funds) that would be required if US Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles were to be applied instead of those generally
accepted in the United Kingdom is set out in Note 24 of Notes to the
Accounts.
F-68
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
CASH FLOW STATEMENT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
31ST OCTOBER 31ST OCTOBER 31ST OCTOBER
NOTES 1997 1996 1995
----- ------------ ------------ ------------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES ....... 20 1,520,397 1,443,181 781,305
RETURNS ON INVESTMENTS AND SERVICING
OF FINANCE ................................ 21 (84,576) (122,884) (126,426)
TAXATION .................................. (193,817) (70,214) (50,052)
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE AND FINANCIAL
INVESTMENT .............................. 21 (980,793) (635,844) (924,113)
------------ ------------ ------------
CASH INFLOW BEFORE USE OF LIQUID
RESOURCES AND FINANCING ................. 261,211 614,239 (319,286)
FINANCING - DECREASE IN DEBT .............. 21 (251,086) (9,654) 379,110
- CALLS ON SHARE CAPITAL .......... 21 -- 85 --
------------ ------------ ------------
INCREASE IN CASH IN THE YEAR .............. 22 10,125 604,760 59,824
============ ============ ============
RECONCILIATION OF NET CASH FLOW TO MOVEMENT
IN NET DEBT
INCREASE IN CASH IN THE YEAR .............. 10,125 604,760 59,824
CASH OUTFLOW/(INFLOW) FROM
DECREASE/INCREASE IN DEBT AND LEASE
FINANCING ................................. 21 251,086 9,564 (379,110)
------------ ------------ ------------
MOVEMENT IN NET DEBT IN THE PERIOD ........ 261,211 614,324 (319,286)
NET DEBT AT 1ST NOVEMBER .................. (921,849) (1,536,173) (1,216,887)
------------ ------------ ------------
NET DEBT AT 31ST OCTOBER .................. 22 (660,638) (921,849) (1,536,173)
============ ============ ============
</TABLE>
The significant differences between the cashflow statement presented above and
that required under US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles are set out in
Note 24 of Notes to the Accounts.
F-69
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS
1. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(A) BASIS OF ACCOUNTING
The accounts are prepared under the historical cost basis of accounting and
in accordance with applicable UK accounting standards.
(B) DEPRECIATION
Depreciation is provided on fixed assets at rates sufficient to write off, on
a straight line basis, the cost of the assets over their expected useful
lives. It is the company's policy to maintain its freehold property to such a
standard that its residual disposal value will at least equal its book value
and accordingly no provision for depreciation has been made. The principal
annual rates used for this purpose which are consistent with those of last
year are:
Freehold land and buildings Not depreciated
Leasehold property expenditure Over period of the lease
Plant and machinery 10% - 50%
Motor vehicles 20% - 25%
Loose tools Written off on a usage basis
(C) STOCK AND WORK IN PROGRESS
Stock and work in progress are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable
value. In general cost is determined on a first in first out basis and
includes transport and handling costs. In the case of work in progress cost
includes all direct expenditure and production overheads based on the normal
level of activity. Net realisable value is the price at which stock can be
sold in the normal course of business after allowing for the costs of
realisation and, where appropriate, the cost of conversion from their
existing state to a finished condition. Provision is made where necessary for
obsolete, slow moving and defective stock.
(D) FINANCE LEASE AND HIRE PURCHASE CONTRACTS
Assets held under finance leases, other than hire purchase contracts, are
capitalized at their fair value and are depreciated over either the lease
term, or the useful working life of the asset, whichever is the shorter.
Fair value is usually the cost at which the company could have purchased the
asset.
Future rental payments due during the primary lease period are shown as
creditors.
The difference between the total primary lease payments and the fair value of
the asset is treated as a finance charge and is charged to the profit and
loss account on a straight line basis over the primary lease period.
Secondary lease rentals are charged to profit and loss account in the period
in which they are paid.
Assets held under hire purchase contracts are capitalized at their fair value
and are depreciated over their useful working life on the same basis as set
out in note 1(b).
F-70
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)
1. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
(E) OPERATING LEASES
Operating lease rentals are charged to profit and loss account in the period
in which they are incurred.
(F) DEFERRED TAXATION
Provision is made for deferred taxation where, in the opinion of the
directors, it is likely to be payable in the foreseeable future.
(G) PENSION SCHEME
The company operates defined contribution schemes. The assets of the schemes
are held separately from those of the company in independently administered
funds. The charge in the profit and loss accounts represents the
contributions payable by the company to the funds for the year.
(H) FOREIGN CURRENCIES
Assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at
the rates of exchange ruling on the balance sheet date. Transactions in
foreign currencies are recorded at the rate ruling at the date of the
transaction. Significant differences arising due to exchange fluctuations
have been reflected in the profit and loss account.
2. TURNOVER
The contribution to turnover and profit before taxation arises from the
production of plastic goods by injection moulding.
1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- ---------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
Geographical analysis of turnover
United Kingdom .......................... 7,890,743 7,160,110 4,887,260
Rest of Europe .......................... 226,999 148,258 159,047
--------- --------- ---------
8,117,742 7,308,368 5,046,307
========= ========= =========
3. OTHER OPERATING INCOME
1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- ---------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
Training grants ............................ 500 2,589 3,700
Interest received (gross) .................. 21,238 4,234 49
--------- --------- ---------
21,738 6,823 3,749
========= ========= =========
F-71
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)
4. EMPLOYEE INFORMATION
The average number of persons employed by the company during the year
including directors is analyzed below:
1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- ---------
Manufacturing and packing ............... 57 52 42
Selling and administration .............. 18 17 16
Former employees ........................ 2 2 2
--------- --------- ---------
77 71 60
========= ========= =========
1997 1996 1995
----------- ----------- -----------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
Staff costs:
Wages and salaries paid
to the company's
employees ........................... 1,313,859 1,264,343 926,530
Pensions to former
employees ........................... 14,905 14,905 14,905
Social security costs ............... 139,201 107,619 98,325
Pension contributions ............... 42,767 35,005 33,888
----------- ----------- -----------
1,510,732 1,421,872 1,073,648
=========== =========== ===========
5. DIRECTORS' EMOLUMENTS
1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- ---------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
Management remuneration ................... 271,217 363,153 206,546
Pension contributions ..................... 15,818 16,043 15,449
Taxable benefits .......................... 27,301 28,608 29,403
--------- --------- ---------
314,336 407,804 251,398
========= ========= =========
The directors' emoluments disclosed above (excluding pension contributions)
include amounts paid to:
(pound) (pound) (pound)
--------- --------- ---------
The Highest Paid Director............... 106,903 137,910 86,398
Retirement benefits in respect of the three directors are accruing under a
defined contribution scheme. The contributions paid in respect of the highest
paid director were (pound)5,488 ((pound)5,583 in the year ended 31st October
1996 anD (pound)5,365 in the year ended 31st October 1995).
F-72
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)
6. DEPRECIATION
The charge for the year is made up as under:
1997 1996 1995
------- ------- -------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
The charge for the year is made up as under:
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets
Owned assets ................................. 342,082 193,832 143,785
Assets held under finance lease
and hire purchase contracts .................. 116,103 169,931 151,738
------- ------- -------
458,185 363,763 295,523
Profit on sale of tangible fixed
assets ....................................... (16,519) (25,400) (1,866)
------- ------- -------
441,666 338,363 293,657
======= ======= =======
7. INTEREST PAYABLE AND SIMILAR CHARGES
1997 1996 1995
------- ------- -------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
Bank loan and overdraft ...................... 63,718 69,425 80,945
Finance leases and hire purchase
contracts expiring within five years ...... 40,051 51,518 47,581
------- ------- -------
103,769 120,943 128,526
======= ======= =======
8. PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE TAXATION
The profit on ordinary activities before taxation is stated after charging
the following amounts:
1997 1996 1995
------- ------- -------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
Hire of equipment ................................ 55,698 71,616 72,385
Rent of land and buildings ....................... 22,080 22,127 28,203
Auditors remuneration ............................ 3,000 3,000 2,750
F-73
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)
9. TAX ON PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES
1997 1996 1995
------- ------- --------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
Corporation tax for the year at 30% (1996 30%,
1995 25%)
Taxation payable .............................. 261,163 193,845 70,043
Overprovision in previous year ................ (3) -- --
Decrease in provision for deferred
tax ........................................ -- (189,227) 27,992
------- ------- --------
261,160 4,618 98,035
======= ======= ========
F-74
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)
10. TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXPENDITURE
ON SHORT
FREEHOLD LEASEHOLD PLANT AND MOTOR
TOTAL PROPERTY PROPERTY MACHINERY VEHICLES
---------- --------- ---------- ---------- --------
(pound) (pound) (pound) (pound) (pound)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
COST
1st November 1994 .......................... 3,211,137 921,157 298 2,167,594 122,088
Additions .................................. 843,420 269,790 -- 546,130 27,500
Disposals .................................. (109,265) -- -- (85,375) (23,890)
---------- --------- -------- ---------- --------
31st October 1995 .......................... 3,945,292 1,190,947 298 2,628,349 125,698
Additions .................................. 967,725 1,719 -- 933,038 32,968
Disposals .................................. (168,686) -- -- (137,011) (31,675)
---------- --------- -------- ---------- --------
31st October 1995 .......................... 4,744,331 1,192,666 298 3,424,376 126,991
Additions .................................. 900,630 26,623 -- 779,975 94,032
Disposals .................................. (365,688) -- -- (276,915) (88,773)
---------- --------- -------- ---------- --------
31st October 1995 .......................... 5,279,273 1,219,289 298 3,927,436 132,250
========== ========= ======== ========== ========
DEPRECIATION
1st November 1994 .......................... 729,236 -- 225 696,176 32,835
Disposals .................................. (58,131) -- -- (46,677) (11,454)
Charge for the year ........................ 295,523 -- 12 265,347 30,146
---------- --------- -------- ---------- --------
31st October 1995 .......................... 966,628 -- 237 914,846 51,545
Disposals .................................. (93,236) -- -- (70,136) (23,100)
Charge for the year ........................ 363,763 -- 12 334,547 29,204
---------- --------- -------- ---------- --------
31st October 1996 .......................... 1,237,155 -- 249 1,179,257 57,649
Disposals .................................. (255,779) -- -- (193,173) (62,606)
Charge for the year ........................ 458,185 -- 12 431,284 26,889
---------- --------- -------- ---------- --------
31st October 1997 .......................... 1,439,561 -- 261 1,417,368 21,932
========== ========= ======== ========== ========
NET BOOK AMOUNT
31st October 1997 .......................... 3,839,712 1,219,289 37 2,510,068 110,318
========== ========= ======== ========== ========
31st October 1996 .......................... 3,507,176 1,192,666 49 2,245,119 69,342
========== ========= ======== ========== ========
31st October 1995 .......................... 2,978,664 1,190,947 61 1,713,503 74,153
========== ========= ======== ========== ========
31st October 1994 .......................... 2,481,901 921,157 73 1,471,418 89,253
========== ========= ======== ========== ========
</TABLE>
Details of fixed assets held under finance leases and hire purchase
contracts, which are included in the relevant headings in the table above,
are as follows:
1997 1996 1995
------- --------- -------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
Net book value at 31st October 1997 ...... 808,682 1,080,707 954,467
======= ========= =======
F-75
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)
11. STOCK AND WORK IN PROGRESS
The amounts attributable to the different categories are as follows:
1997 1996 1995
------- ------- -------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
Raw materials ............... 200,506 200,719 129,345
Packing materials ........... 9,698 11,492 15,035
Finished goods .............. 87,466 81,558 61,156
Work in progress ............ 44,654 20,202 25,528
------- ------- -------
342,324 313,971 231,064
======= ======= =======
12. DEBTORS
1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- ---------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
Trade debtors ............... 1,595,311 1,562,039 1,219,983
Loans ....................... -- -- 160
Prepayments ................. 26,898 20,780 14,430
--------- --------- ---------
1,622,209 1,582,819 1,234,573
========= ========= =========
13. CREDITORS - AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- ---------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
<S> <C> <C>
Bank overdraft (see note (a) below) .......... -- 60,005 105,009
Bank loan (see note (b) below) ............... 36,664 36,664 36,664
--------- --------- ---------
Bank loan and overdraft ...................... 36,664 96,669 141,673
Trade creditors .............................. 1,578,688 1,743,509 1,044,690
Corporation tax payable 1st August 1998
(1996 - 1st August 1997, 1995
- 1st August 1996) ........................ 261,163 193,820 70,189
Taxation and social security payments ........ 163,762 130,944 142,640
Hire purchase obligations (see note (c) below) 254,145 327,177 297,128
Accruals ..................................... 89,794 203,935 87,084
--------- --------- ---------
2,384,216 2,696,054 1,783,404
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
(a) Secured by a fixed and floating charge over the other assets of the
company.
(b) Secured by a mortgage on the freehold premises.
(c) Secured on the assets concerned.
F-76
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)
14. CREDITORS - AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER MORE THAN ONE YEAR
1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- ---------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
Bank loan bearing interest at various rates
repayable by quarter installments
(see note (a) below) ................... 705,742 742,406 779,070
(see note (b) below) ................... 174,632 316,022 318,971
--------- --------- ---------
880,374 1,058,428 1,098,041
========= ========= =========
(a) Secured by a mortgage on the freehold
premises
(b) Secured on the assets concerned .....
The bank loan above analyzed by due dates
of repayment
Repayable between one and two years ..... 36,664 36,664 36,664
Repayable between two and five years .... 109,992 109,992 109,992
Repayable after more than five years by
installments ............................ 559,086 595,750 632,414
--------- --------- ---------
705,742 742,406 779,070
========= ========= =========
15. DEFERRED TAXATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
PROVIDED UNPROVIDED PROVIDED UNPROVIDED PROVIDED UNPROVIDED
-------- ---------- -------- ---------- -------- ----------
(pound) (pound) (pound) (pound) (pound) (pound)
Accelerated capital
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Allowances ............. -- 373,364 -- 316,866 189,227 --
======== ========== ======== ========== ======== ==========
</TABLE>
16. SHARE CAPITAL
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
------- ------- -------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
AUTHORIZED
Ordinary shares of(pound)1 each ........................... 100 100 100
------- ------- -------
CALLED UP SHARE CAPITAL
Shares issued at(pound)1 each (1997:100, 1996:100, 1995:11) 100 100 11
Shares issued at 5p each (1997:nil, 1996:nil, 1995:89) .... -- -- 4
------- ------- -------
100 100 15
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
F-77
<PAGE>
17. LEASING COMMITMENTS
The company leases land and building in Norwich. At 31st October 1997 the
lease has an unexpired term of two years, at a rental of (pound)22,080.
18. CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
1997 1996 1995
------- ------- -------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
Authorized and contracted for .................... 43,652 -- 175,108
======= ======= =======
19. CONTROLLING INTEREST
Mr. J E Barlow owns 60% of the issued share capital of the company and, as
such, controls the company.
20. NOTES TO CASHFLOW STATEMENT
Reconciliation of operating profit to net cash inflow from operating
activities.
1997 1996 1995
---------- ---------- --------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
Operating profit ........................ 1,101,451 840,144 399,753
Depreciation ............................ 441,666 338,363 293,657
Interest payable and similar charges .... 103,769 120,943 128,526
Interest received ....................... (21,238) (4,234) --
Increase in stocks ...................... (28,353) (82,907) (59,607)
Increase in debtors ..................... (39,390) (348,246) (290,978)
(Decrease)/Increase in creditors ........ (37,508) 579,118 309,954
---------- ---------- --------
Net cash inflow from operating activities 1,520,397 1,443,181 781,305
========== ========== ========
F-78
<PAGE>
21. ANALYSIS OF CASH FLOWS FOR HEADINGS NETTED IN THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT
RETURNS ON INVESTMENTS AND SERVICING OF FINANCE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
------- -------- --------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest received .............................. 21,238 4,234 --
Interest paid .................................. (63,598) (73,625) (81,245)
Interest element of finance lease rental payments (42,216) (53,493) (45,181)
------- -------- --------
NET CASH (OUTFLOW) FOR RETURNS ON
INVESTMENTS AND SERVICING OF FINANCE ........ (84,576) (122,884) (126,426)
======= ======== ========
</TABLE>
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE AND FINANCIAL INVESTMENT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
---------- -------- --------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Purchase of tangible fixed assets ............... (1,107,221) (736,694) (977,113)
Proceeds from the sale of fixed assets .......... 126,428 100,850 53,000
---------- -------- --------
NET CASH (OUTFLOW) FOR
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE AND FINANCIAL) INVESTMENT . (980,793) (635,844) (924,113)
========== ======== ========
</TABLE>
FINANCING
1997 1996 1995
-------- -------- --------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
Loans advanced to company .................. -- -- 250,000
Loans repaid by company .................... (36,664) (36,664) (29,466)
Hire purchase advances to company .......... 137,700 386,953 453,296
Hire purchase and finance lease repayments . (352,122) (359,853) (294,720)
Calls on share capital ..................... -- 85 --
-------- -------- --------
NET CASH (OUTFLOW)/INFLOW FROM FINANCING ... (251,086) (9,479) (379,110)
======== ======== ========
F-79
<PAGE>
22. ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET DEBT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT AT
1ST NOVEMBER CASH OTHER 31ST OCTOBER
1994 FLOWS CHANGES 1995
-------------- -------------- ------------- ---------------
(pound) (pound) (pound) (pound)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash in hand, at bank ..................... 131 538 -- 669
Overdraft ................................. (164,295) 59,286 -- (105,009)
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(164,164) 59,824 -- (104,340)
Hire purchase and finance leases .......... (457,523) (158,576) -- (616,099)
Debt due within one year .................. (25,600) 29,466 (40,530) (36,664)
Debt due after one year ................... (569,600) (250,000) 40,530 (779,070)
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(1,216,887) (319,286) -- (1,536,173)
========== ========== ========== ==========
AT AT
1ST NOVEMBER CASH OTHER 31ST OCTOBER
1995 FLOWS CHANGES 1996
-------------- -------------- ------------- ---------------
(pound) (pound) (pound) (pound)
Cash in hand, at bank ..................... 669 559,756 -- 560,425
Overdraft ................................. (105,009) 45,004 -- (60,005)
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(104,340) 604,760 -- 500,420
Hire purchase and finance leases .......... (616,099) (27,100) -- (643,199)
Debt due within one year .................. (36,664) 36,664 (36,664) (36,664)
Debt due after one year ................... (779,070) -- 36,664 (742,406)
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(1,536,173) 614,324 -- (921,849)
========== ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT AT
1ST NOVEMBER CASH OTHER 31ST OCTOBER
1996 FLOWS CHANGES 1997
-------------- -------------- ------------- ---------------
(pound) (pound) (pound) (pound)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Cash in hand, at bank ..................... 560,425 (49,880) -- 510,545
Overdraft ................................. (60,005) 60,005 -- --
-------- -------- -------- --------
500,420 10,125 -- 510,545
Hire purchase and finance leases .......... (643,199) 214,422 -- (428,777)
Debt due within one year .................. (36,664) 36,664 (36,664) (36,664)
Debt due after one year ................... (742,406) -- 36,664 (705,742)
-------- -------- -------- --------
(921,849) 261,211 -- (660,638)
======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
23. COMPANIES ACT 1985
These financial statements do not comprise the Company's statutory accounts
within the meaning of section 240 of the Companies Act 1985 of Great
Britain. Statutory accounts for the years ended 31st October 1997, 1996 and
1995, on which the auditors' reports were unqualified, have been delivered
to the Registrar of Companies for England and Wales.
F-80
<PAGE>
24. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN UNITED KINGDOM AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED
ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES.
The company's accounts are prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United Kingdom ("UK GAAP") which differ from
United States generally accepted accounting principles ("US GAAP"). The
significant differences applicable to the company are summarized below.
DEPRECIATION OF FREEHOLD PROPERTY
Under UK GAAP, the company does not depreciate its freehold property. Under
US GAAP, depreciation would be provided.
FINANCE LEASES AND HIRE PURCHASE CONTRACTS
Under UK GAAP, the finance charge relating to finance (capital) leases and
hire purchase contracts is charged to the profit and loss account on a
straight line basis. Under US GAAP, such finance charges would be charged to
income over the period of the lease so as to provide a constant rate of
interest on the remaining balance of the capital obligation. It is
considered that the difference between the two methods in this case does not
have a material effect on either the balance sheets as at 31st October 1995,
31st October 1996 and 31st October 1997 or the reported results for the
years then ended.
DEFERRED TAXATION
Under UK GAAP, provision for deferred taxation is only made where in the
opinion of the directors it is likely to be payable in the foreseeable
future.
Under US GAAP, deferred taxation is computed for all temporary differences
between the tax and book bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax
assets are recognized to the extent their realisation is more likely than
not.
The following is a summary of the significant adjustments to income and
shareholders' funds which would be required if US GAAP were to be applied
instead of UK GAAP.
INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED 31ST YEAR ENDED 31ST YEAR ENDED 31ST
OCTOBER 1997 OCTOBER 1996 OCTOBER 1995
----------------- ---------------- ----------------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation as
reported in the profit and loss account .................... 840,291 835,526 301,718
Adjustments
Depreciation ............................................... (22,160) (21,627) (21,593)
Deferred taxation - methodology ............................ (73,260) (250,215) (9,789)
- on above adjustments ................... 6,648 6,488 6,478
---------- ---------- ----------
Net income as adjusted to accord with
US GAAP Net income ......................................... 751,519 570,172 276,814
========== ========== ==========
F-81
<PAGE>
24. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN UNITED KINGDOM AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED
ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (CONTINUED)
SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS
YEAR ENDED 31ST YEAR ENDED 31ST YEAR ENDED 31ST
OCTOBER 1997 OCTOBER 1996 OCTOBER 1995
----------------- ---------------- ----------------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
Capital and reserves as reported ................................. 3,050,200 2,209,909 1,374,298
Adjustments
Fixed assets
Tangible assets-freehold property depreciation ................... (97,427) (75,267) (53,640)
Deferred taxation - methodology ....................... (361,320) (288,060) (37,845)
- on above adjustments .............. 29,228 22,580 16,092
---------- ---------- ----------
Shareholders' funds as adjusted to accord
with US GAAP ............................................... 2,620,681 1,869,162 1,298,905
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
The statement of cash flows prepared under UK GAAP presents substantially the
same information as that required under US GAAP but it differs with regard to
the classification of items within it and as regards the definition of cash
under UK GAAP and cash and cash equivalents under US GAAP.
Under UK GAAP, cash flows are presented separately for operating activities,
returns on investments and servicing of finance, taxation, capital
expenditure and financial investment and financing. US GAAP require only
three categories of cash flow activity to be reported, operating, investing
and financing. Cash flows from taxation and returns on investments and
servicing shown under UK GAAP would be included within operating activities
under US GAAP. Capital expenditure and financial investment would be included
within investing activities under US GAAP.
Under UK GAAP, cash is defined as cash in hand and deposits repayable on
demand less bank overdrafts repayable on demand. Under US GAAP, cash and cash
equivalents would not include bank overdrafts but would include cash deposits
repayable within three months at their inception.
The categories of cash flows under US GAAP can be summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED 31ST YEAR ENDED 31ST YEAR ENDED 31ST
OCTOBER 1997 OCTOBER 1996 OCTOBER 1995
------------------ ------------------ ------------------
(pound) (pound) (pound)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash inflow from operating activities .................... 1,242,004 1,250,083 604,827
Cash outflow on investing activities ..................... (980,793) (635,844) (924,113)
Cash outflow from financing activities ................... (251,086) (9,479) 379,110
(Decrease)/Increase in cash and cash equivalents ......... (49,880) 559,756 538
Cash and cash equivalents
At 1st November .................................... 560,425 669 131
At 31st October .................................... 510,545 560,425 669
</TABLE>
F-82
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
6 MONTHS 6 MONTHS
ENDED ENDED
30 APRIL 1998 30 APRIL 1997
--------------- ---------------
(pound) (pound)
<S> <C> <C>
Turnover ................................................. 4,294,764 3,954,620
Change in stock of finished goods ........................ (8,941) (5,726)
---------- ----------
4,285,823 4,948,894
Other operating income ................................... 11,663 10,707
---------- ----------
4,297,486 3,959,601
Raw materials and consumables ............................ 1,813,051 1,735,182
Other external charges ................................... 272,590 316,745
Staff costs .............................................. 812,776 731,892
Depreciation ............................................. 251,990 201,514
Other operating charges .................................. 405,219 434,945
Interest payable and similar charges ..................... 47,096 53,500
---------- ----------
3,602,722 3,473,778
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation ............ 694,754 485,823
Tax on profit on ordinary activities ..................... 225,798 115,140
---------- ----------
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation ............. 468,956 370,683
Balance 1st November ..................................... 3,050,100 2,209,809
---------- ----------
Balance 30th April ....................................... 3,519,056 2,580,492
========== ==========
</TABLE>
There are no movements in shareholders funds other than the increase to
the retained profits for the six month periods ended 30th April 1998 and 30th
April 1997.
There were no recognized gains or losses other than the profit of
(pound)468,956 in the six months ended 30th April 1998, and (pound)370,683 in
the six months ended 30th April 1997.
* A summary of the significant adjustments to the profit on ordinary activities
after taxation (net income) that would be required if US Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles were to be applied instead of those generally accepted
in the United Kingdom is set out in the Notes to the Accounts.
F-83
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
BALANCE SHEET
30 APRIL 1998
---------------
(pound)
FIXED ASSETS
Tangible Assets .......................................... 3,907,483
CURRENT ASSETS
Stock and work in progress ............................... 307,332
Debtors .................................................. 1,651,367
Cash at bank and in hand ................................. 886,682
---------
2,845,381
CREDITORS - AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR .......... 2,240,635
---------
NET CURRENT ASSETS/(LIABILITIES) ......................... 604,746
---------
NET ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES ...................... 4,512,229
CREDITORS - AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER MORE THAN ONE YEAR . 993,073
PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES
DEFERRED TAXATION ........................................ --
---------
3,519,156
=========
CAPITAL AND RESERVES*
Called up share capital .................................. 100
Profit and loss account .................................. 3,519,056
---------
3,519,156
---------
* A summary of the significant adjustments to capital and reserves (shareholders
funds) that would be required if US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
were to be applied instead of those generally accepted in the United Kingdom
is set out in the Notes to the Accounts.
F-84
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
CASH FLOW STATEMENT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
6 MONTHS ENDED 6 MONTHS ENDED
30TH APRIL 1998 30TH APRIL 1997
----------------- ----------------
(pound) (pound)
<S> <C> <C>
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES ........................................... 887,585 585,484
RETURNS ON INVESTMENTS AND SERVING OF FINANCE ................................. (35,433) (42,793)
TAXATION ...................................................................... -- --
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE AND FINANCIAL INVESTMENT .................................. (319,771) (422,933)
-------- --------
Cash inflow before use of liquid resources and financing ...................... 532,381 119,758
FINANCING - Decrease in debt .................................................. (156,244) (159,666)
-------- --------
INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH IN THE PERIOD ..................................... 376,137 (39,908)
======== ========
RECONCILIATION OF NET CASH FLOW TO MOVEMENT IN NET DEBT
INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH IN THE PERIOD ..................................... 376,137 (39,908)
Cash outflow/(inflow) from decrease/increase in debt and lease financing ...... 156,244 159,666
-------- --------
MOVEMENT IN THE NET DEBT IN THE PERIOD ........................................ 532,381 119,758
NET DEBT AT 1ST NOVEMBER ...................................................... (660,638) (921,849)
-------- --------
NET DEBT AT 30TH APRIL ........................................................ (128,257) (802,091)
======== ========
</TABLE>
The significant differences between the cashflow statement presented
above and that required under the US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
are set out in Note 4 of the Notes to the Accounts.
F-85
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS
1. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The accounts are prepared under the historical cost basis of accounting
and in accordance with applicable UK accounting standards.
2. CREDITORS - AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR
1998 1997
--------- ---------
(pound) (pound)
Bank loan (see note (a) below) ............... 36,664 36,664
--------- ---------
Bank loan and overdraft ...................... 36,664 36,664
Trade creditor ............................... 1,544,442 1,747,629
Corporation tax payable 1st August ........... 261,163 193,820
Taxation and social security payments ........ 187,366 172,042
Hire purchase obligations (see (b) below) .... 211,000 211,000
--------- ---------
2,240,635 2,361,155
========= =========
(a) Secured by a mortgage on a freehold premises.
(b) Secured on the assets concerned.
3. CREDITORS - AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER MORE THAN ONE YEAR
1998 1997
--------- ---------
(pound) (pound)
Bank loan bearing interest at various
rates repayable by quarterly
installments (see note (a) below) ........ 687,410 724,074
Hire purchase obligations ................ 79,865 290,865
Corporation Tax .......................... 225,798 115,140
--------- ---------
993,073 1,130,079
========= =========
(a) Secured by a mortgage on the freehold premises.
(b) Secured on the assets concerned.
1998 1997
------- -------
(pound) (pound)
The bank loan above analyzed by due
dates of repayment
Repayable between one and two years .......... 36,664 36,664
Repayable between two and five years ......... 109,992 109,992
Repayable after more than five years
by installments ............................ 540,754 577,418
------- -------
687,410 724,074
======= =======
4. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN UNITED KINGDOM AND UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED
ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES.
The company's accounts are prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom ("UK GAAP") which differ
from United States generally accepted accounting principles ("US GAAP"). The
significant differences applicable to the company are summarized below.
F-86
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)
DEPRECIATION OF FREEHOLD PROPERTY
Under UK GAAP, the company does not depreciate its freehold property.
Under US GAAP, depreciation would be provided.
FINANCE LEASES AND HIRE PURCHASE CONTRACTS
Under UK GAAP, the finance charge relating to finance (capital) leases and
hire purchase contracts is charged to the profit and loss account on a straight
line basis. Under US GAAP, such finance charges would be charged to income over
the period of the lease so as to provide a constant rate of interest on the
remaining balance of the capital obligation. It is considered that the
difference between the two methods in this case does not have a material effect
on either the balance sheets as at 30th April 1997 and 30th April 1998 or the
reported results for the six month periods then ended.
DEFERRED TAXATION
Under UK GAAP, provision for deferred taxation is only made where in the
opinion of the directors it is likely to be payable in the foreseeable future.
Under US GAAP, deferred taxation is computed for all temporary differences
between the tax and book bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets
are recognized to the extent their realization is more likely than not.
The following is a summary of the significant adjustments to income and
shareholders' funds which would be required if US GAAP were to be applied
instead of UK GAAP.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCOME
6 MONTHS ENDED 6 MONTHS ENDED
30TH APRIL 1998 30TH APRIL 1997
----------------- -----------------
(pound) (pound)
<S> <C> <C>
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation as reported
on the profit and loss account ..................................... 468,956 370,683
Adjustments
Depreciation ......................................................... (11,080) (10,814)
Deferred taxation - methodology ...................................... (37,420) (36,630)
- an above adjustments ............................. 3,324 3,244
---------- ----------
Net income as adjusted to accord with US GAAP Net income ............. 423,780 326,483
========== ==========
SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS
6 MONTHS ENDED 6 MONTHS ENDED
30TH APRIL 1998 30TH APRIL 1997
----------------- -----------------
(pound) (pound)
Capital and reserves as reported ..................................... 3,519,156 2,580,592
Adjustments
Fixed Assets
Tangible Assets - freehold property depreciation ..................... (108,507) (86,347)
Deferred taxation - methodology ........................ (397,950) (324,690)
- on above adjustments ............... 32,550 25,904
---------- ----------
Shareholders' funds as adjusted to accord with US GAAP ............... 3,045,249 2,195,459
========== ==========
</TABLE>
F-87
<PAGE>
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS (CONTINUED)
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
The statement of cash flows prepared under UK GAAP presents substantially
the same information as that required under US GAAP but it differs with regard
to the classification of items within it and as regards the definition of cash
under UK GAAP and cash and cash equivalents under US GAAP.
Under UK GAAP, cash flows are presented separately for operating
activities, returns on investments and servicing of finance, taxation, capital
expenditure and financial investment and financing. US GAAP require only three
categories of cash flow activity to be reported, operating, investing and
financing. Cash flows from taxation and returns on investments and servicing
shown under UK GAAP would be included within operating activities under US GAAP.
Capital expenditure and financial investment would be included within investing
activities under US GAAP.
Under UK GAAP, cash is defined as cash in hand and deposits repayable on
demand less bank overdrafts repayable on demand. Under US GAAP, cash and cash
equivalents would not include bank overdrafts but would include cash deposits
repayable within three months at their inception.
The categories of cash flows under US GAAP can be summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
6 MONTHS ENDED 6 MONTHS ENDED
30TH APRIL 1998 30TH APRIL 1997
----------------- -----------------
(pound) (pound)
<S> <C> <C>
Cash inflow from operating activities ..................... 676,633 501,630
Cash outflow on investing activities ...................... (319,771) (422,933)
Cash outflow from financing activities .................... (156,244) (159,666)
(Decrease)/Increase in cash and cash equivalents .......... 376,137 (39,908)
Cash and cash equivalents
At 1st November .................................. 510,545 500,420
At 30th April .................................... 886,682 460,512
</TABLE>
F-88
<PAGE>
================================================================================
NO DEALER, SALES PERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION
WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THE PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITY OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES OFFERED
HEREBY, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN
WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION TO SUCH PERSON.
NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER
ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN
IS CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
Available Information ........................... ii
Summary of Prospectus ........................... 1
Risk Factors .................................... 12
Company History ................................. 20
The Exchange Offer .............................. 22
Capitalization .................................. 30
Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated
Financial Statements ......................... 31
Selected Historical Financial Data .............. 35
Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations ................................ 37
Business ........................................ 43
Management ...................................... 53
Principal Stockholders .......................... 60
Certain Transactions ............................ 62
Description of Certain Indebtedness ............. 66
Description of Notes ............................ 69
Material Federal Income Tax
Considerations ............................... 90
Plan of Distribution ............................ 94
Legal Matters ................................... 94
Experts ......................................... 95
Index to Financial Statements ................... F-1
$25,000,000
BERRY PLASTICS CORPORATION
12 1/4% SERIES C SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
DUE 2004
-----------------
PROSPECTUS
-----------------
DECEMBER 2, 1999
================================================================================
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
The Certificate or Articles of Incorporation of the Company and each of
the Guarantors (except Norwich), in each case as amended, provide that the
Company and the Guarantors shall indemnify their respective directors to the
fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, Kansas General Corporation Code, Ohio
General Corporation Law, South Carolina Business Corporation Act and the laws of
England and Wales (collectively, the "Corporation Law"), as applicable.
The Corporation Law provides for indemnification by the Company and each
of the Guarantors of their respective directors and officers. In addition, the
By-laws of each of the Company and each Guarantor require the respective company
to indemnify its current or former directors and officers to the fullest extent
permitted by the applicable Corporation Law.
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a) EXHIBITS
2.1 Asset Purchase Agreement dated February 12, 1992, among the Company,
Berry Iowa, Berry Carolina, Inc., Genpak Corporation, a New York
corporation, and Innopac International Inc., a public Canadian
corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed on February 24, 1994 (Registration No. 33-75706) (the
"Form S-1") and incorporated herein by reference)
2.2 Asset Purchase Agreement dated December 24, 1994, between the Company
and Berry Plastics, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Form S-1 and
incorporated herein by reference)
2.3 Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 1, 1995, among Berry Sterling,
Sterling Products, Inc. and the stockholders of Sterling Products,
Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on
March 31, 1995 (the "1994 Form 10-K") and incorporated herein by
reference)
2.4 Asset Purchase Agreement dated December 21, 1995, among Berry
Tri-Plas, Tri-Plas, Inc. and Frank C. DeVore (filed as Exhibit 2.4 to
the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 28, 1996 (the "1995
Form 10-K") and incorporated herein by reference)
2.5 Asset Purchase Agreement dated January 23, 1996, between the Company
and Alpha Products, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.5 to the 1995 Form 10-K
and incorporated herein by reference)
2.6 Stock Purchase and Recapitalization Agreement dated as of June 12,
1996, by and among Holding, BPC Mergerco, Inc. ("Mergerco") and the
other parties thereto (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on July 3, 1996 (the "Form 8-K") and incorporated
herein by reference)
2.7 Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of June 12,
1996, by and among Holding, Mergerco, Chase Venture Capital
Associates, L.P. ("CVCA") and The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
Company ("Northwestern") (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to the Form 8-K and
incorporated herein by reference)
2.8 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 18, 1996, by and
between Holding and Mergerco (filed as Exhibit 2.3 to the Form 8-K
and incorporated herein by reference)
II-1
<PAGE>
2.9 Certificate of Merger of Mergerco with and into Holding, dated as of
June 18, 1996 (filed as Exhibit 2.9 to the Registration Statement on
Form S-4 filed on July 17, 1996 (Registration No. 333-08313) (the
"1996 Form S-4") and incorporated herein by reference)
2.10 Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of January 14, 1997
(the "PackerWare Reorganization Agreement"), among the Company,
PackerWare Acquisition Corporation, PackerWare Corporation and the
shareholders of PackerWare (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on February 4, 1997 (the "1997 8-K") and
incorporated herein by reference)
2.11 Amendment to the PackerWare Reorganization Agreement dated as of
January 20, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to the 1997 8-K and
incorporated herein by reference)
2.12 Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 17, 1997, among the
Company, Container Industries and the shareholders of Container
Industries (filed as Exhibit 2.12 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 28, 1996 (the "1996 Form 10-K")
and incorporated herein by reference)
2.13 Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of January 14, 1997, as
amended on January 20, 1997, among the Company, PackerWare
Acquisition Corporation, PackerWare Corporation and the Shareholders
of PackerWare Corporation (filed as Exhibits 2.1 and 2.2 to the
Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 3, 1997 and incorporated
herein by reference)
2.14 Asset Purchase Agreement dated May 13, 1997, among the Company, Berry
Design, Virginia Design Packaging Corp. and the shareholders of
Virginia Design Packaging Corp. (filed as Exhibit 2.14 to the Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 27, 1997 (the
"1997 Form 10-K") and incorporated herein by reference)
**2.15 Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of the Entire Issued Share
Capital of Norwich Injection Moulders Limited dated July 2, 1998,
among the Company, NIM Holdings Limited and the persons listed on
Schedule 1 thereto
2.16 Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 18, 1999 among the Company, CPI
Holding, Cardinal and the Shareholders of CPI Holding (filed as
Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 21, 1999
and incorporated herein by reference).
3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Holding (filed
as Exhibit 3.1 to the 1996 Form S-4 and incorporated herein by
reference)
3.2 By-laws of Holding (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Form S-1 and
incorporated herein by reference)
3.3 Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.3 to
the Form S-1 and incorporated herein by reference)
3.4 By-laws of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.4 to the Form S-1 and
incorporated herein by reference)
3.5 Certificate of Incorporation of Berry Iowa (filed as Exhibit 3.5 to
the Form S-1 and incorporated herein by reference)
3.6 By-laws of Berry Iowa (filed as Exhibit 3.6 to the Form S-1 and
incorporated herein by reference)
3.7 Certificate of Incorporation of Berry Tri-Plas (filed as Exhibit 3.7
to the Form S-1 and incorporated herein by reference)
3.8 By-laws of Berry Tri-Plas (filed as Exhibit 3.8 to the Form S-1 and
incorporated herein by reference)
3.9 Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of Berry
Tri-Plas (filed as Exhibit 3.9 to the 1996 Form 10-K and incorporated
herein by reference)
II-2
<PAGE>
3.10 Certificate of Designation, Preferences, and Rights of Series B
Cumulative Preferred Stock of Holding (filed as Exhibit 3.10 to the
1997 Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference)
**3.11 Certificate of Incorporation of Berry Sterling
**3.12 By-laws of Berry Sterling
**3.13 Certificate of Incorporation of AeroCon
**3.14 By-laws of AeroCon
*3.15 Articles of Incorporation of PackerWare
*3.16 By-laws of PackerWare
**3.17 Certificate of Incorporation of Berry Design
**3.18 By-laws of Berry Design
**3.19 Certificate of Incorporation of Venture Holdings
**3.20 By-laws of Venture Holdings
*3.21 Articles of Incorporation of Venture Midwest
*3.22 By-laws of Venture Midwest
*3.23 Articles of Incorporation for Venture Southeast
*3.24 By-laws of Venture Southeast
**3.25 Memorandum of Association of NIM Holdings
**3.26 Articles of Association of NIM Holdings
**3.27 Memorandum of Association of Norwich
**3.28 Articles of Association of Norwich
**3.29 Certificate of Incorporation of Knight Plastics
**3.30 By-laws of Knight Plastics
*3.31 Certificate of Incorporation of CPI Holding Corporation
*3.32 By-laws of CPI Holding Corporation
*3.33 Certificate of Incorporation of Cardinal Packaging, Inc.
*3.34 Code of Regulations of Cardinal Packaging, Inc.
*3.35 Memorandum of Association of Norwich Acquisition Limited
*3.36 Articles of Association of Norwich Acquisition Limited
II-3
<PAGE>
*3.37 Certificate of Incorporation of Berry Plastics Acquisitions
Corporation
*3.38 By-laws of Berry Plastics Acquisition Corporation
4.1 Indenture between the Company and United States Trust Company of New
York, as Trustee dated April 21, 1994 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the
Registration Statement filed on Form S-4 (Registration file number
333-85739) on August 20, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference)
4.2 Warrant Agreement between Holding and United States Trust Company of
New York, as Warrant Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Form S-1 and
incorporated herein by reference)
4.3 Indenture dated as of June 18, 1996, between Holding and First Trust
of New York, National Association, as Trustee (the "Trustee"),
relating to Holding's Series A and Series B 12.5% Senior Secured
Notes Due 2006 (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the 1996 Form S-4 and
incorporated herein by reference)
4.4 Pledge, Escrow and Disbursement Agreement dated as of June 18, 1996,
by and among Holding, the Trustee and First Trust of New York,
National Association, as Escrow Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the
1996 Form S-4 and incorporated herein by reference)
4.5 Holding Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of June 18, 1996,
between Holding and First Trust of New York, National Association, as
Collateral Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the 1996 Form S-4 and
incorporated herein by reference)
4.6 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 18, 1996, by and among
Holding and DLJ (filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the 1996 Form S-4 and
incorporated herein by reference)
4.7 BPC Holding Corporation 1996 Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 4.7
to the 1996 Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference)
4.8 Form of Nontransferable Performance-Based Incentive Stock Option
Agreement (filed as Exhibit 4.7 to the 1996 Form 10-K and
incorporated herein by reference)
**4.9 Indenture dated as of August 24, 1998 among the Company, the
Guarantors and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee
**4.10 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 24, 1998 by and
among the Company, the Guarantors and DLJ
4.11 Indenture dated as of July 6, 1999 among the Company, the Guarantors
and United States Trust Company of New York , as trustee (filed as
Exhibit 10.27 of the S-4 of the Company filed on August 20, 1999
(Registration No. 333-85739) and incorporated herein by reference).
4.12 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 6, 1999 by and among
the Company, the Guarantors, DLJ and Chase Securities, Inc. (filed as
Exhibit 10.28 to the S-4 of the Company filed on August 20, 1999
(Registration No. 333-85739) and incorporated herein by reference).
*5 Opinion of O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP (including the consent of
such firm) regarding the legality of the securities being offered
*8 Opinion of O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP regarding the material
United States Federal income tax consequences to the holders of the
securities being offered
**10.1 Second Amended and Restated Financing and Security Agreement dated as
of July 2, 1998, as amended, by and among the Company, NIM Holdings,
Norwich, Fleet Capital Corporation, General Electric Capital
Corporation, Heller Financial, Inc. and NationsBank, N.A.
II-4
<PAGE>
10.2 Employment Agreement dated December 24, 1990, as amended, between the
Company and Martin R. Imbler ("Imbler") (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the
Form S-1 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.3 Amendment to Imbler Employment Agreement dated November 30, 1995
(filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the 1995 Form 10-K and incorporated herein
by reference)
10.4 Amendment to Imbler Employment Agreement dated June 30, 1996 (filed
as Exhibit 10.4 to the 1996 Form S-4 and incorporated herein by
reference)
10.5 Employment Agreement dated December 24, 1990, as amended, between the
Company and R. Brent Beeler ("Beeler") (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the
Form S-1 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.6 Amendment to Beeler Employment Agreement dated November 30, 1995
(filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the 1995 Form 10-K and incorporated herein
by reference)
10.7 Amendment to Beeler Employment Agreement dated June 30, 1996 (filed
as Exhibit 10.7 to the 1996 Form S-4 and incorporated herein by
reference)
10.8 Employment Agreement dated December 24, 1990, as amended, between the
Company and James M. Kratochvil ("Kratochvil") (filed as Exhibit
10.12 to the Form S-1 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.9 Amendment to Kratochvil Employment Agreement dated November 30, 1995
(filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the 1995 Form 10-K and incorporated herein
by reference)
10.10 Amendment to Kratochvil Employment Agreement dated June 30, 1996
(filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the 1996 Form S-4 and incorporated herein
by reference)
10.11 Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 1993, between the Company
and Ira G. Boots ("Boots") (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Form S-1
and incorporated herein by reference)
10.12 Amendment to Boots Employment Agreement dated November 30, 1995
(filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the 1995 Form 10-K and incorporated herein
by reference)
10.13 Amendment to Boots Employment Agreement dated June 30, 1996 (filed as
Exhibit 10.16 to the 1996 Form S-4 and incorporated herein by
reference)
10.14 Financing Agreement dated as of April 1, 1991, between the City of
Henderson, Nevada Public Improvement Trust and the Company (including
exhibits) (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Form S-1 and incorporated
herein by reference)
**10.15 Letter of Credit of NationsBank, N.A. dated April 16, 1997
10.16 Purchase Agreement dated as of June 12, 1996, between Holding and DLJ
relating to the 12.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2006 (filed as Exhibit
10.22 to the 1996 Form S-4 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.17 Stockholders Agreement dated as of June 18, 1996, among Holding,
Atlantic Equity Partners International II, L.P., CVCA and the other
parties thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the 1996 Form S-4 and
incorporated herein by reference)
10.18 Warrant to purchase Class B Common Stock of Holding dated June 18,
1996, issued to CVCA (Warrant No. 1) (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the
1996 Form S-4 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.19 Warrant to purchase Class B Common Stock of Holding dated June 18,
1996, issued to CVCA (Warrant No. 2) (filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the
1996 Form S-4 and incorporated herein by reference)
II-5
<PAGE>
10.20 Warrant to purchase Class B Common Stock of Holding dated June 18,
1996, issued to The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
(Warrant No. 3) (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the 1996 Form S-4 and
incorporated herein by reference)
10.21 Warrant to purchase Class B Common Stock of Holding dated June 18,
1996, issued to The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
(Warrant No. 4) (filed as Exhibit 10.27 to the 1996 Form S-4 and
incorporated herein by reference)
10.22 Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated June 18, 1996,
among Holding and certain stockholders of Holding (filed as Exhibit
10.28 to the 1996 Form S-4 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.23 Second Amended and Restated Management Agreement dated June 18, 1996,
between First Atlantic Capital, Ltd. and the Company (filed as
Exhibit 10.29 to the 1996 Form S-4 and incorporated herein by
reference)
10.24 Warrant to purchase Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of BPC Holding
Corporation, dated August 29, 1997, issued to Willard J. Rathbun
(filed as Exhibit 10.30 to the 1997 Form 10-K and incorporated herein
by reference)
10.25 Warrant to purchase Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of BPC Holding
Corporation, dated August 29, 1997, issued to Craig Rathbun (filed as
Exhibit 10.31 to the 1997 Form 10-K and incorporated herein by
reference)
**10.26 Purchase Agreement dated August 19, 1998 among the Company, the
Guarantors and DLJ
**10.27 Purchase Agreement dated July 6, 1999 among the Company, the
Guarantors, DLJ and Chase Securities Inc.
*21 List of Subsidiaries
*23.1 Consent of O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP (included as part of its
opinion filed as Exhibit 5 hereto)
*23.2 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors
*23.3 Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors
*23.4 Consent of Lovewell Blake, independent auditors
*/**24 Powers of Attorney
*25 Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 of United States Trust Company of New York, as
Trustee (separately bound)
**27 Financial Data Schedule
*99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal
*99.2 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
*99.3 Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies
and Other Nominees
*99.4 Form of Letter to Clients
- ----------
* Filed herewith.
II-6
<PAGE>
(b) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Report of Independent Auditors S-1
Schedule I -- Condensed Financial Information of Registrant S-2
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts S-6
Schedules other than the above have been omitted because they are either not
applicable or the required information has been disclosed in the financial
statements or notes thereto.
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrants pursuant to the Corporation Law, the Certificate of Incorporation
and By-laws, or otherwise, the Registrants have been advised that in the opinion
of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In
the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
the payment by the Registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of the Registrants in the successful defense of
any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the
Registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction
the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication
of such issue.
The Registrants hereby undertake:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement;
(a) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of
the Securities Act;
(b) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising
after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most
recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in
the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set
forth in the registration statement;
(c) To include any material information with respect to the
plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration
statement or any material change to such information in the
registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a
new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective
amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at
the termination of the offering.
The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
form of prospectus filed by the Registrants pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
(4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
registration statement as of that time it was declared effective.
II-7
<PAGE>
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the
time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to
Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the
date of responding to the request.
The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.
The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to file an application for
the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under
subsection (a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the
rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission under Section 305(b)(2) of
the Act.
II-8
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 2nd day of
December, 1999.
BERRY PLASTICS CORPORATION
By:/S/ MARTIN R.IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons on
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
_______________________________ Chairman of the Board of December 2, 1999
Roberto Buaron Directors
*
_______________________________ President, Chief Executive December 2, 1999
Martin R. Imbler Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
*
_______________________________ Executive Vice President, December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
*
_______________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Ira G. Boots
*
_______________________________ Director December 2, 1999
David M. Clarke
*
_______________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Lawrence G. Graev
*
_______________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Joseph S. Levy
II-9
<PAGE>
*
_______________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Donald J. Hofmann
*
_______________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Mathew J. Lori
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-10
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 2nd day of
December, 1999.
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ Chairman of the Board of December 2, 1999
Roberto Buaron Directors
*
___________________________ President and Director December 2, 1999
Martin R. Imbler (Principal Executive Officer)
*
___________________________ Executive Vice President, December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
David M. Clarke
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Lawrence G. Gracy
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Doanld J. Hofmann
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Joseph S. Levy
II-11
<PAGE>
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Matthew J. Lori
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorne-in-fact
II-12
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the
2nd day of December, 1999.
BERRY IOWA CORPORATION
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ Chairman of the Board of December 2, 1999
Roberto Buaron Directors
*
___________________________ President, Chief Executive December 2, 1999
Martin R. Imbler Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
*
___________________________ Executive Vice President, December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Joseph S. Levy
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-13
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the
2nd day of December, 1999.
BERRY TRI-PLAS CORPORATION
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ Chairman of the Board of December 2, 1999
Roberto Buaron Directors
*
___________________________ President, Chief Executive
Martin R. Imbler Officer and Director December 2, 1999
(Principal Executive Officer)
*
___________________________ Executive Vice President, December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Joseph S. Levy
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-14
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the
2nd day of December, 1999.
BERRY STERLING CORPORATION
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ Chairman of the Board of December 2, 1999
Roberto Buaron Directors
*
___________________________ President, Chief Executive December 2, 1999
Martin R. Imbler Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
*
___________________________ Executive Vice President, December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Joseph S. Levy
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-15
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the
2nd day of December, 1999.
AEROCON, INC.
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ President, Chief Executive
Martin R. Imbler Officer and Chairman of the
Board of Directors December 2, 1999
(Principal Executive Officer)
*
___________________________ Executive Vice President, December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Joseph S. Levy
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-16
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the
2nd day of December, 1999.
PACKERWARE CORPORATION
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ Chairman of the Board of December 2, 1999
Roberto Buaron Directors
*
___________________________ President Chief Executive
Martin R. Imbler Officer and Director December 2, 1999
(Principal Executive Officer)
*
___________________________ Executive Vice President, December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Joseph S. Levy
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-17
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the
2nd day of December, 1999.
BERRY PLASTICS DESIGN CORPORATION
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ Chairman of the Board of December 2, 1999
Roberto Buaron Directors
*
___________________________ President, Chief Executive
Martin R. Imbler Officer and Director December 2, 1999
(Principal Executive Officer)
*
___________________________ Executive Vice President, December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Joseph S. Levy
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-18
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the
2nd day of December, 1999.
VENTURE PACKAGING, INC.
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ Chairman of the Board of December 2, 1999
Roberto Buaron Directors
*
___________________________ President, Chief Executive
Martin R. Imbler Officer and Director December 2, 1999
(Principal Executive Officer)
*
___________________________ Executive Vice President, December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Joseph S. Levy
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-19
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the
2nd day of December, 1999.
VENTURE PACKAGING MIDWEST, INC.
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ Chairman of the Board of December 2, 1999
Roberto Buaron Directors
*
___________________________ President, Chief Executive
Martin R. Imbler Officer and Director December 2, 1999
(Principal Executive Officer)
*
___________________________ Executive Vice President, December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Joseph S. Levy
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-20
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the
2nd day of December, 1999.
VENTURE PACKAGING SOUTHEAST, INC.
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ Chairman of the Board of December 2, 1999
Roberto Buaron Directors
*
___________________________ President, Chief Executive
Martin R. Imbler Officer and Director December 2, 1999
(Principal Executive Officer)
*
___________________________ Executive Vice President, December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Joseph S. Levy
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-21
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the
2nd day of December, 1999.
NIM HOLDINGS LIMITED
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ Chairman of the Board of
Martin R. Imbler Directors (Principal December 2, 1999
(Principal Executive Officer)
*
___________________________ Director (Principal December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Financial and
Accounting Officer)
*
___________________________ Sales and Marketing
Trevor D. Johnson Director December 2, 1999
*
___________________________ Managing Director December 2, 1999
Alan R. Sandell
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Ira G. Boots
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-22
<PAGE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
I, the undersigned director of NIM HOLDINGS LIMITED, do hereby
constitute and appoint JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL and MARTIN R. IMBLER, or either of
them, my true and lawful attorneys and agents, to do any and all acts and things
in my name and on my behalf in my capacity as a director and to execute any and
all instruments for me and in my name in the capacity indicated below, which
said attorneys and agents, or either of them, may deem necessary or advisable to
enable said Corporation to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules,
regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in
connection with this Registration Statement, including specifically, but without
limitation, power and authority to sign for me in my name in the capacity
indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
hereto; and I do hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents,
or either of them, shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
person on behalf of the registrant and in the capacity and on the date
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
/s/ GRAHAM EDWARDS Director December 2, 1999
Graham Edwards
II-23
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the
2nd day of December, 1999.
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
Chairman of the Board of Directors
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ Chairman of the Board of December 2, 1999
Martin R. Imbler Directors (Principal
Executive Officer)
*
___________________________ Director (Principal December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Financial and Accounting
Officer)
*
___________________________ Sales and Marketing December 2, 1999
Trevor D. Johnson Director
*
___________________________ Managing Director December 2, 1999
Alan R. Sandell
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Ira G. Boots
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-24
<PAGE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
We, the undersigned directors of NIM HOLDINGS LIMITED, do hereby
constitute and appoint JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL and MARTIN R. IMBLER, or either of
them, our true and lawful attorneys and agents, to do any and all acts and
things in our name and on our behalf in our capacity as directors and to execute
any and all instruments for us and in our names in the capacity indicated below,
which said attorneys and agents, or either of them, may deem necessary or
advisable to enable said Corporation to comply with the Securities Act of 1933
and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, in connection with this Registration Statement, including
specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us in our
names in the capacity indicated below, any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) hereto; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that
said attorneys and agents, or either of them, shall do or cause to be done by
virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacity and on the date
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
/s/ GRAHAM EDWARDS Director December 2, 1999
Graham Edwards
/s/ DOUGLAS BELL Director December 2, 1999
Douglas Bell
/s/ STEVEN CASSIDY Director December 2, 1999
Steven Cassidy
/s/ ADRIAN ATKINS Director December 2, 1999
Adrian Atkins
II-25
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the
2nd day of December, 1999.
KNIGHT PLASTICS, INC.
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ Chairman of the Board of December 2, 1999
Roberto Buaron Directors
*
___________________________ President, Chief Executive December 2, 1999
Martin R. Imbler Officer and Director
(Principal Executive
Officer)
*
___________________________ Executive Vice President, December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Joseph S. Levy
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-26
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the
2nd day of December, 1999.
CPI HOLDING CORPORATION
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ Chairman of the Board of December 2, 1999
Roberto Buaron Directors
*
___________________________ President, Chief Executive December 2, 1999
Martin R. Imbler Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
*
___________________________ Executive Vice President, December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Joseph S. Levy
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-27
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the
2nd day of December, 1999.
CARDINAL PACKAGING, INC.
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ Chairman of the Board of December 2, 1999
Roberto Buaron Directors
*
___________________________ President, Chief Executive December 2, 1999
Martin R. Imbler Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
*
___________________________ Executive Vice President, December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Joseph S. Levy
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-28
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the
2nd day of December, 1999.
NORWICH ACQUISITION LIMITED
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ Chairman of the Board of December 2, 1999
Martin R. Imbler Directors (Principal
Executive Officer)
*
___________________________ Director (Principal December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Financial and Accounting
Officer)
*
___________________________ Sales and Marketing December 2, 1999
Trevor D. Johnson Director
*
___________________________ Managing Director December 2, 1999
Alan R. Sandell
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Ira G. Boots
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-29
<PAGE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
I, the undersigned director of NORWICH ACQUISITION LIMITED, do
hereby constitute and appoint JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL and MARTIN R. IMBLER, or
either of them, my true and lawful attorneys and agents, to do any and all acts
and things in my name and on my behalf in my capacity as a director and to
execute any and all instruments for me and in my name in the capacity indicated
below, which said attorneys and agents, or either of them, may deem necessary or
advisable to enable said Corporation to comply with the Securities Act of 1933
and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, in connection with this Registration Statement, including
specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for me in my
name in the capacity indicated below, any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) hereto; and I do hereby ratify and confirm all that
said attorneys and agents, or either of them, shall do or cause to be done by
virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
person on behalf of the registrant and in the capacity and on the date
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
/s/ GRAHAM EDWARDS Director December 2, 1999
Graham Edwards
II-30
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the
2nd day of December, 1999.
BERRY PLASTICS ACQUISITION CORPORATION
By: /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
Martin R. Imbler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
*
___________________________ Chairman of the Board of December 2, 1999
Roberto Buaron Directors
*
___________________________ President, Chief Executive
Officer and Director
Martin R. Imbler (Principal Executive Officer) December 2, 1999
*
___________________________ Executive Vice President, December 2, 1999
James M. Kratochvil Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
*
___________________________ Director December 2, 1999
Joseph S. Levy
*By: /s/ JAMES M. KRATOCHVIL
James M. Kratochvil
Attorney-in-fact
II-31
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
The Stockholders and Board of Directors
BPC Holding Corporation
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of BPC Holding Corporation
as of January 2, 1999 and December 27, 1997, and for each of the three years in
the period ended January 2, 1999, and have issued our report thereon dated
February 19, 1999 (included elsewhere in this Registration Statement). Our
audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in Item 21(b) of
this Registration Statement. These schedules are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our
audits.
In our opinion, the financial statement schedules referred to above, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
February 19, 1999
S-1
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
(PARENT COMPANY)
SCHEDULE I -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27,
1999 1997
----------- -----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Cash ............................................... $ 622 $ 708
Other assets (principally investment in subsidiary). (25,992) (31,808)
Assets held in trust ............................... 6,679 18,933
Intangible assets .................................. 3,704 4,281
Due from Berry Plastics Corporation ................ 8,095 8,095
Other .............................................. -- --
--------- ---------
Total assets ....................................... $ (6,892) $ 209
========= =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities ................................ $ 1,240 $ 510
Accrued dividends .................................. 7,225 3,674
Long-term debt ..................................... 105,000 105,000
--------- ---------
Total liabilities .................................. 113,465 109,184
Preferred stock .................................... 16,801 16,509
Class A common stock ............................... 4 4
Class B common stock ............................... 2 2
Class C common stock ............................... -- --
Treasury stock ..................................... 280 (22)
Additional paid-in capital ......................... 45,611 49,374
Warrants ........................................... 3,511 3,511
Retained earnings (deficit) ........................ (185,923) (178,353)
--------- ---------
Total stockholders' equity (deficit) ............... (120,357) (108,975)
--------- ---------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ......... $ (6,892) $ 209
========= =========
</TABLE>
S-2
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED
--------------------------------------
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27, DECEMBER 28,
1999 1997 1996
---------- ----------- -----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
Net sales ............................ $ -- $ -- $ --
Cost of goods sold ................... -- -- --
-------- -------- --------
Gross profit ......................... -- -- --
Operating expenses ................... 749 220 3,304
Interest expense, net ................ 12,720 11,560 6,294
-------- -------- --------
Loss before income taxes and
equity in net income (loss)
of subsidiary ..................... (13,469) (11,780) (9,598)
Equity in net income (loss) of
subsidiary ........................ 5,899 (2,631) 5,989
-------- -------- --------
Loss before income taxes ............. (7,570) (14,411) (3,609)
Income taxes ......................... -- -- (262)
-------- -------- --------
Net loss ............................. (7,570) (14,411) (3,347)
Preferred stock dividends ............ (3,551) (2,558) (1,116)
Amortization of preferred
stock discount .................... (292) (74) --
-------- -------- --------
Net loss attributable to common
shareholders ...................... $(11,413) $(17,043) $ (4,463)
======== ======== ========
S-3
<PAGE>
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED
------------------------------------
JANUARY 2, DECEMBER 27, DECEMBER 28,
1999 1997 1996
--------- --------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS)
Net income (loss) ....................... $ (7,570) $ (14,411) $ (3,347)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss
provided by operating activities:
Net loss (income) of subsidiary ..... (5,899) 2,631 (5,989)
Amortization and non cash interest .. 500 726 441
Interest funded by assets
held in trust ..................... 12,221 11,256 5,412
Non-cash compensation ............... -- -- 358
Changes in operating assets
and liabilities ................... 840 (208) 427
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided by (used for)
operating activities .................. 92 (6) (2,698)
Net cash provided by investing activities -- -- --
Net cash provided by financing
activities
Exercise of management stock options.... -- -- 1,130
Proceeds from senior secured notes...... -- -- 105,000
--------- --------- ---------
Proceeds from issuance of common
and preferred stock and warrants ...... 80 325 67,369
--------- --------- ---------
Rollover investments and share
repurchases........................... -- -- (125,219)
Assets held in trust ................... -- -- (35,600)
Net payments to warrant holders ........ -- -- (4,502)
Debt issuance costs .................... -- -- (5,069)
Other .................................. (258) -- (22)
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash from financing
activities ............................ (178) 325 3,087
--------- --------- ---------
Net increase in cash and cash
equivalents ........................... (86) 319 389
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of year ..................... 708 389 --
--------- --------- ---------
Cash and equivalents at
end of year ........................... $ 622 $ 708 $ 389
========= ========= =========
S-4
<PAGE>
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
(1) BASIS OF PRESENTATION. In the parent company-only financial statements,
Holding's investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in
undistributed earnings of subsidiaries since date of acquisition. The parent
company-only financial statements should be read in conjunction with Holding's
consolidated financial statements, which are included beginning on page F-1.
(2) GUARANTEE. Berry had approximately $218.1 million and $201.3 million of
long-term debt outstanding at January 2, 1999 and December 27, 1997,
respectively. Under the terms of the debt agreements, Holding has guaranteed the
payment of all principal and interest.
S-5
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTs
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CHARGED TO
BALANCE AT CHARGED TO OTHER BALANCE AT
BEGINNING COSTS AND ACCOUNTS- DEDUCTIONS- END OF
DESCRIPTION OF PERIOD EXPENSES DESCRIBE DESCRIBE YEAR
- ------------------------------- --------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Year ended January 2, 1999:
Allowance for doubtful accounts $1,038 $ 875 $ 280 $ 542(1) $1,651
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
Year ended December 27, 1997:
Allowance for doubtful accounts $ 618 $ 325 $ 358(2) $ 263(1) $1,038
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
Year ended December 28, 1996:
Allowance for doubtful accounts $ 737 $ 322 $ -- $ 441(1) $ 618
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
(1) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.
(2) Primarily relates to purchase of accounts receivable and related allowance
through acquisitions.
S-6
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 3.15
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
PACKERWARE CORPORATION
---------------------------
ARTICLE I
NAME
The name of the corporation (herein called the "Corporation") is
PACKERWARE CORPORATION.
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT
The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State
of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street, City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware
19901. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is
National Registered Agents, Inc.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Statute").
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK
The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is 10,000 shares, all of which are
shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.
<PAGE>
ARTICLE V
INCORPORATOR
The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:
NAME MAILING ADDRESS
Michele S. Riley c/o O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP
30 Rockefeller Plaza
41st Floor
New York, New York 10112
ARTICLE VI
DIRECTORS
The number of directors of the Corporation shall be such as from
time to time shall be fixed in the manner provided in the By-laws of the
Corporation. The election of directors of the Corporation need not be by ballot
unless the By-laws so require.
ARTICLE VII
DIRECTORS' LIABILITY
A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware Statute, or (iv) for
any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.
If the Delaware Statute is amended after the date of incorporation of the
Corporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the
personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the
Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by
the Delaware Statute, as so amended.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the
stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or
protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal
or modification.
-2-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VIII
MANAGEMENT OF THE CORPORATION
For the management of the business and for the conduct of the
affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation
of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders, it is
further provided:
(a) In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by
the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly
authorized and empowered:
(i) to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-laws in any manner
not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this
Certificate of Incorporation;
(ii) without the assent or vote of the stockholders, to
authorize and issue securities and obligations of the Corporation,
secured or unsecured, and to include therein such provisions as to
redemption, conversion or other terms thereof as the Board of
Directors in its sole discretion may determine, and to authorize the
mortgaging or pledging, as security therefor, of any property of the
Corporation, real or personal, including after-acquired property;
(iii) to determine whether any, and if any, what part, of the
net profits of the Corporation or of its surplus shall be declared
in dividends and paid to the stockholders, and to direct and
determine the use and disposition of any such net profits or such
surplus; and
(iv) to fix from time to time the amount of net profits of the
Corporation or of its surplus to be reserved as working capital or
for any other lawful purpose.
In addition to the powers and authorities herein or by statute
expressly conferred upon it, the Board of Directors may exercise all such
powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the
Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the laws of the
State of Delaware, of this Certificate of Incorporation and of the By-laws
of the Corporation.
(b) Any director or any officer elected or appointed by the
stockholders or by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time in
such manner as shall be provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.
(c) From time to time any of the provisions of this Certificate of
Incorporation may be altered, amended or repealed, and other provisions
authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may
be added or inserted, in the manner and at the time prescribed by said
laws, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the
Corporation by this Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to
the provisions of this paragraph (c).
-3-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IX
CREDITORS MEETINGS
Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the
Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the
Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the
provisions of Section 291 of the Delaware Statute or on the application of
trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the
Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of the Delaware Statute, order a
meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or
class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in
such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing
three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the
stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be,
agree on any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the
Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said
compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by
the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the
creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of
stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the
Corporation.
-4-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, the undersigned, being the sole incorporator
hereinabove named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DO HEREBY CERTIFY, under
penalties of perjury, that this is my act and deed and that the facts
hereinabove stated are truly set forth and, accordingly, I have hereunto set my
hand as of the 22nd day of June, 1999.
___________________________
Michele S. Riley
-5-
EXHIBIT 3.16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PACKERWARE CORPORATION
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
-------------------------
BY-LAWS
-------------------------
AS ADOPTED ON JUNE 22, 1999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
PACKERWARE CORPORATION
BY-LAWS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Article I Offices.......................................................... 1
1.1 Registered Office................................................ 1
1.2 Other Offices.................................................... 1
Article II
2.1 Meeting of Stockholders; Stockholders' consent in Lieu of
Meeting; Annual Meetings......................................... 1
Article III Board of Directors............................................. 4
3.1 General Powers................................................... 4
3.2 Number and Term of Office........................................ 5
3.3 Election of Directors............................................ 5
3.4 Resignation, Removal and Vacancies............................... 5
3.5 Meetings......................................................... 5
3.6 Directors' Consent in Lieu of Meeting............................ 6
3.7 Action by Means of Conference Telephone or Similar
Communications Equipment......................................... 6
3.8 Committees....................................................... 7
Article IV Officers........................................................ 7
4.1 Executive Officers............................................... 7
4.2 Authority and Duties............................................. 7
4.3 Other Officers................................................... 7
4.4 Term of Office, Resignation and Removal.......................... 7
4.5 Vacancies........................................................ 8
4.6 The Chairman..................................................... 8
4.7 The President.................................................... 8
4.8 The Secretary.................................................... 8
4.9 The Treasurer.................................................... 9
Article V Contracts, Checks, Drafts, Bank Accounts, Etc. .................. 9
5.1 Execution of Documents........................................... 9
5.2 Deposits......................................................... 9
5.3 Proxies with Respect to Stock or Other Securities of Other
Corporations..................................................... 9
Article VI Shares and Their Transfer; Fixing Record Date................... 10
6.1 Certificates for Shares.......................................... 10
6.2 Record........................................................... 10
6.3 Transfer and Registration of Stock............................... 10
<PAGE>
6.4 Addresses of Stockholders........................................ 11
6.5 Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates....................... 11
6.6 Regulations...................................................... 11
6.7 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.......... 11
Article VII Seal........................................................... 12
Article VIII Fiscal Year................................................... 12
Article IX Indemnification and Insurance................................... 12
9.1 Indemnification.................................................. 12
9.2 Insurance........................................................ 14
Article X Amendment........................................................ 14
<PAGE>
BY-LAWS OF
PACKERWARE CORPORATION
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE.
The registered office of PACKERWARE CORPORATION (the "Corporation")
in the State of Delaware shall be at 9 Loockerman Street, City of Dover, County
of Kent 19901, and the registered agent in charge thereof shall be National
Registered Agents, Inc.
1.2 OTHER OFFICES.
The Corporation may also have an office or offices at any other
place or places within or outside the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE II
2.1 MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS; STOCKHOLDERS' CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING; ANNUAL
MEETINGS.
The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of
directors, and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come
before the meeting, shall be held at such place, date and hour as shall be fixed
by the Board of Directors (the "Board") and designated in the notice or waiver
of notice thereof, except that no annual meeting need be held if all actions,
including the election of directors, required by the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Statute") to be taken at a stockholders'
annual meeting are taken by written consent in lieu of meeting pursuant to
Section 2.10 of this Article II.
2.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS.
A special meeting of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes
may be called by the Board, the Chairman, the President or the record holders of
at least a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
Corporation, to be held at such place, date and hour as shall be designated in
the notice or waiver of notice thereof.
2.3 NOTICE OF MEETINGS.
Except as otherwise required by statute, the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation (the "Certificate") or these By-laws, notice of
each annual or special meeting of the stockholders shall be given to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less
1
<PAGE>
than 10 nor more than 60 days before the day on which the meeting is to be held,
by delivering written notice thereof to him personally, or by mailing a copy of
such notice, postage prepaid, directly to him at his address as it appears in
the records of the Corporation, or by transmitting such notice thereof to him at
such address by telegraph, cable or other telephonic transmission. Every such
notice shall state the place, the date and hour of the meeting, and, in case of
a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.
Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall not be required to be given to any
stockholder who shall attend such meeting in person or by proxy, or who shall,
in person or by attorney thereunto authorized, waive such notice in writing,
either before or after such meeting. Except as otherwise provided in these
By-laws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any
meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any such notice or waiver of
notice. Notice of any adjourned meeting of stockholders shall not be required to
be given, except when expressly required by law.
2.4 QUORUM.
At each meeting of the stockholders, except where otherwise provided
by the Certificate or these By-laws, the holders of a majority of the issued and
outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such
meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, a majority in
interest of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy and
entitled to vote, or, in the absence of all the stockholders entitled to vote,
any officer entitled to preside at, or act as secretary of, such meeting, shall
have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, until stockholders
holding the requisite amount of stock to constitute a quorum shall be present or
represented. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present,
any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting
as originally called.
2.5 ORGANIZATION.
Unless otherwise determined by the Board, at each meeting of the
stockholders, one of the following shall act as chairman of the meeting and
preside thereat, in the following order of precedence:
(a) the Chairman;
(b) the President;
(c) any director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation
designated by the Board to act as chairman of such meeting and to preside
thereat if the Chairman or the President shall be absent from such
meeting;
(d)or a stockholder of record who shall be chosen chairman of such
meeting by a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat.
The Secretary or, if he shall be presiding over such meeting in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.5 or if he shall be absent from
such meeting, the person (who shall be an Assistant Secretary, if an Assistant
Secretary has been appointed and is present)
2
<PAGE>
whom the chairman of such meeting shall appoint, shall act as secretary of such
meeting and keep the minutes thereof.
2.6 ORDER OF BUSINESS.
The order of business at each meeting of the stockholders shall be
determined by the chairman of such meeting, but such order of business may be
changed by a majority in voting interest of those present in person or by proxy
at such meeting and entitled to vote thereat.
2.7 VOTING.
Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate or these
By-laws, at each meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder of the
Corporation shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share
of Common Stock of the Corporation held by him and registered in his name on the
books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to Section 6.7 of Article VI
as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at
such meeting. Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to
vote the shares so held. A person whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to
vote, unless, in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the Corporation, he
has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the
pledgee or his proxy may represent such stock and vote thereon. If shares or
other securities having voting power stand in the record of two or more persons,
whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common,
tenants by the entirety or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same
fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary shall be
given written notice to the contrary and furnished with a copy of the instrument
or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided,
their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect:
(a) if only one votes, his act binds all;
(b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds
all;
(c) and if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any
particular matter, such shares shall be voted in the manner provided by
law.
If the instrument so filed shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal
interests, a majority or even-split for the purposes of this Section 2.7 shall
be a majority or even-split in interest. The Corporation shall not vote directly
or indirectly any share of its own capital stock. Any vote of stock may be given
by the stockholder entitled thereto in person or by his proxy appointed by an
instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by his attorney
thereunto authorized, delivered to the secretary of the meeting; provided,
however, that no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date, unless
said proxy provides for a longer period. At all meetings of the stockholders,
all matters (except where other provision is made by law, the Certificate or
these By-laws) shall be decided by the vote of a majority in interest of the
stockholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote
thereon, a quorum being present. Unless demanded by a stockholder present in
person or by proxy at any meeting and entitled to vote thereon, the vote on any
question need not be by ballot. Upon a demand by any such stockholder for a vote
by ballot upon any question, such vote by ballot shall be taken. On a vote by
ballot,
3
<PAGE>
each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by his proxy,
if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.
2.8 INSPECTION.
The chairman of the meeting may at any time appoint one or more
inspectors to serve at any meeting of the stockholders. Any inspector may be
removed, and a new inspector or inspectors appointed, by the Board at any time.
Such inspectors shall decide upon the qualifications of voters, accept and count
votes, declare the results of such vote, and subscribe and deliver to the
secretary of the meeting a certificate stating the number of shares of stock
issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereon and the number of shares
voted for and against the question, respectively. The inspectors need not be
stockholders of the Corporation, and any director or officer of the Corporation
may be an inspector on any question other than a vote for or against his
election to any position with the Corporation or on any other matter in which he
may be directly interested. Before acting as herein provided, each inspector
shall subscribe an oath faithfully to execute the duties of an inspector with
strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.
2.9 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS.
It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the
Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger to prepare and make, at
least 10 days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the
stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and
showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in
the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any
stockholder, for any purpose germane to any such meeting, during ordinary
business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to such meeting, either
at a place within the city where such meeting is to be held, which place shall
be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place
where the meeting is to be held. Such list shall also be produced and kept at
the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be
inspected by any stockholder who is present.
2.10 STOCKHOLDERS' CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING.
Any action required by the Delaware Statute to be taken at any annual or special
meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken
at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a
meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, by a consent in writing, as
permitted by the Delaware Statute.
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
3.1 GENERAL POWERS.
The business, property and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or
under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all such powers of the
Corporation and do
4
<PAGE>
all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the
Certificate directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
3.2 NUMBER AND TERM OF OFFICE.
The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by the
Board. Directors need not be stockholders. Each director shall hold office until
his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death or
resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.
3.3 ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.
At each meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors at
which a quorum is present, the persons receiving the greatest number of votes,
up to the number of directors to be elected, of the stockholders present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon shall be the directors;
provided, however, that for purposes of such vote no stockholder shall be
allowed to cumulate his votes. Unless an election by ballot shall be demanded as
provided in Section 2.7 of Article II, election of directors may be conducted in
any manner approved at such meeting.
3.4 RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND VACANCIES.
Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
Board, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take
effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, upon
receipt thereof; unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without
cause, at any time by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then
entitled to vote at an election of directors or by written consent of the
stockholders pursuant to Section 2.10 of Article II.
Vacancies occurring on the Board for any reason may be filled by
vote of the stockholders or by the stockholders' written consent pursuant to
Section 2.10 of Article II, or by vote of the Board or by the directors' written
consent pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Article III. If the number of directors
then in office is less than a quorum, such vacancies may be filled by a vote of
a majority of the directors then in office.
3.5 MEETINGS.
(a) ANNUAL MEETINGS. As soon as practicable after each annual
election of directors, the Board shall meet for the purpose of organization and
the transaction of other business, unless it shall have transacted all such
business by written consent pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Article III.
(b) OTHER MEETINGS. Other meetings of the Board shall be held at
such times and places as the Board, the Chairman, the President or any director
shall from time to time determine.
5
<PAGE>
(c) NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Notice shall be given to each director of
each meeting, including the time, place and purpose of such meeting. Notice of
each such meeting shall be mailed to each director, addressed to him at his
residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the date on which
such meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to him at such place by telegraph,
cable, wireless or other form of recorded communication, or be delivered
personally or by telephone not later than the day before the day on which such
meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any director who shall
attend such meeting. A written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled
thereto, whether before or after the time of the meeting stated therein, shall
be deemed equivalent to notice.
(d) PLACE OF MEETINGS. The Board may hold its meetings at such place
or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to
time determine, or as shall be designated in the respective notices or waivers
of notice thereof.
(e) QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING. A majority of the total number of
directors then in office shall be present in person at any meeting of the Board
in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting,
and the vote of a majority of those directors present at any such meeting at
which a quorum is present shall be necessary for the passage of any resolution
or act of the Board, except as otherwise expressly required by law or these
By-laws. In the absence of a quorum for any such meeting, a majority of the
directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting from time to time until a
quorum shall be present.
(f) ORGANIZATION. At each meeting of the Board, one of the following
shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside thereat, in the following order
of precedence:
(i) the Chairman;
(ii) the President (if a director); or
(iii) any director designated by a majority of the directors
present.
The Secretary or, in the case of his absence, an Assistant Secretary, if an
Assistant Secretary has been appointed and is present, or any person whom the
chairman of the meeting shall appoint shall act as secretary of such meeting and
keep the minutes thereof.
3.6 DIRECTORS' CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING.
Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the
Board may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote,
if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by
all the directors then in office and such consent is filed with the minutes of
the proceedings of the Board.
3.7 ACTION BY MEANS OF CONFERENCE TELEPHONE OR SIMILAR COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT.
Any one or more members of the Board may participate in a meeting of
the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment
by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and
participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at
such meeting.
6
<PAGE>
3.8 COMMITTEES.
The Board may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of
the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to
consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, which to the extent
provided in said resolution or resolutions shall have and may exercise the
powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the
Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all
papers which may require it, such committee or committees to have such name or
names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board.
A majority of all the members of any such committee may determine its action and
fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board shall otherwise
provide. The Board shall have power to change the members of any such committee
at any time, to fill vacancies and to discharge any such committee, either with
or without cause, at any time.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
4.1 EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.
The principal officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman, if
one is appointed (and any references to the Chairman shall not apply if a
Chairman has not been appointed), a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and
may include such other officers as the Board may appoint pursuant to Section 4.3
of this Article IV. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.
4.2 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES.
All officers, as between themselves and the Corporation, shall have
such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as
may be provided in these By-laws or, to the extent so provided, by the Board.
4.3 OTHER OFFICERS.
The Corporation may have such other officers, agents and employees
as the Board may deem necessary, including one or more Assistant Secretaries,
one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Vice Presidents, each of whom
shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties
as the Board, the Chairman or the President may from time to time determine. The
Board may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and define the
authority and duties of, or remove, any such officers, agents or employees.
4.4 TERM OF OFFICE, RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL.
All officers shall be elected or appointed by the Board and shall
hold office for such term as may be prescribed by the Board. Each officer shall
hold office until his successor has been elected or appointed and qualified or
until his earlier death or resignation or removal in
7
<PAGE>
the manner hereinafter provided. The Board may require any officer to give
security for the faithful performance of his duties.
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
Board, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take
effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, at the
time it is accepted by action of the Board. Except as aforesaid, the acceptance
of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
All officers and agents elected or appointed by the Board shall be
subject to removal at any time by the Board or by the stockholders of the
Corporation with or without cause.
4.5 VACANCIES.
If the office of Chairman, President, Secretary or Treasurer becomes
vacant for any reason, the Board shall fill such vacancy, and if any other
office becomes vacant, the Board may fill such vacancy. Any officer so appointed
or elected by the Board shall serve only until such time as the unexpired term
of his predecessor shall have expired, unless reelected or reappointed by the
Board.
4.6 THE CHAIRMAN.
The Chairman shall give counsel and advice to the Board and the
officers of the Corporation on all subjects concerning the welfare of the
Corporation and the conduct of its business and shall perform such other duties
as the Board may from time to time determine. Unless otherwise determined by the
Board, he shall preside at meetings of the Board and of the stockholders at
which he is present.
4.7 THE PRESIDENT.
Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the President shall be the
chief executive officer of the Corporation. The President shall have general and
active management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation
subject to the control of the Board and shall see that all orders and
resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The President shall from time
to time make such reports of the affairs of the Corporation as the Board of
Directors may require and shall perform such other duties as the Board may from
time to time determine.
4.8 THE SECRETARY.
The Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, attend all meetings
of the Board and all meetings of the stockholders and shall record all votes and
the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose. He may
give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of
the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the
Board, the Chairman or the President, under whose supervision he shall act. He
shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and affix the same to any
duly authorized instrument requiring it and, when so affixed, it shall be
attested by his signature or by the signature of the Treasurer or, if appointed,
an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer. He shall keep in safe custody
the certificate books and stockholder records and such other books and records
as the
8
<PAGE>
Board may direct, and shall perform all other duties incident to the office of
Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by
the Board, the Chairman or the President.
4.9 THE TREASURER.
The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of the corporate funds
and other valuable effects, including securities, shall keep full and accurate
accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and
shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the
credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the
Board. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be
ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, shall
render to the Chairman, President and directors, at the regular meetings of the
Board, or whenever they may require it, an account of all his transactions as
Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation and shall perform
all other duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as
from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board, the Chairman or the
President.
ARTICLE V
CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.
5.1 EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS.
The Board shall designate, by either specific or general resolution,
the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation who shall have the power
to execute and deliver deeds, contracts, mortgages, bonds, debentures, checks,
drafts and other orders for the payment of money and other documents for and in
the name of the Corporation, and may authorize such officers, employees and
agents to delegate such power (including authority to redelegate) by written
instrument to other officers, employees or agents of the Corporation; unless so
designated or expressly authorized by these By-laws, no officer, employee or
agent shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract
or engagement, to pledge its credit or to render it liable pecuniarily for any
purpose or amount.
5.2 DEPOSITS.
All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be
deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation or otherwise as the
Board or Treasurer, or any other officer of the Corporation to whom power in
this respect shall have been given by the Board, shall select.
5.3 PROXIES WITH RESPECT TO STOCK OR OTHER SECURITIES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.
The Board shall designate the officers of the Corporation who shall
have authority from time to time to appoint an agent or agents of the
Corporation to exercise in the name and on behalf of the Corporation the powers
and rights which the Corporation may have as the holder of stock or other
securities in any other corporation, and to vote or consent with respect to such
stock or securities. Such designated officers may instruct the person or persons
so appointed as
9
<PAGE>
to the manner of exercising such powers and rights, and such designated officers
may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation
and under its corporate seal or otherwise, such written proxies, powers of
attorney or other instruments as they may deem necessary or proper in order that
the Corporation may exercise its powers and rights.
ARTICLE VI
SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER; FIXING RECORD DATE
6.1 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.
Every owner of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to have a
certificate certifying the number and class of shares owned by him in the
Corporation, which shall be in such form as shall be prescribed by the Board.
Certificates shall be numbered and issued in consecutive order and shall be
signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Chairman, the President or
any Vice President, and by the Treasurer (or an Assistant Treasurer, if
appointed) or the Secretary (or an Assistant Secretary, if appointed). In case
any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate or
certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation,
whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or
certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or
certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and
delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate had not
ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.
6.2 RECORD.
A record in one or more counterparts shall be kept of the name of
the person, firm or corporation owning the shares represented by each
certificate for stock of the Corporation issued, the number of shares
represented by each such certificate, the date thereof and, in the case of
cancellation, the date of cancellation. Except as otherwise expressly required
by law, the person in whose name shares of stock stand on the stock record of
the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes regarding the
Corporation.
6.3 TRANSFER AND REGISTRATION OF STOCK.
The transfer of stock and certificates which represent the stock of
the Corporation shall be governed by Article 8 of Subtitle 1 of Title 6 of the
Delaware Code (the Uniform Commercial Code), as amended from time to time.
Registration of transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made
only on the books of the Corporation upon request of the registered holder
thereof, or of his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly
executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and upon the surrender
of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed or
accompanied by a stock power duly executed.
10
<PAGE>
6.4 ADDRESSES OF STOCKHOLDERS.
Each stockholder shall designate to the Secretary an address at
which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be served or
mailed to him, and, if any stockholder shall fail to designate such address,
corporate notices may be served upon him by mail directed to him at his
post-office address, if any, as the same appears on the share record books of
the Corporation or at his last known post-office address.
6.5 LOST, DESTROYED AND MUTILATED CERTIFICATES.
The holder of any shares of the Corporation shall immediately notify
the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of the certificate
therefor, and the Board may, in its discretion, cause to be issued to him a new
certificate or certificates for such shares, upon the surrender of the mutilated
certificates or, in the case of loss or destruction of the certificate, upon
satisfactory proof of such loss or destruction, and the Board may, in its
discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate or his legal
representative to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety
or sureties as it may direct to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that
may be made against it on account of the alleged loss or destruction of any such
certificate.
6.6 REGULATIONS.
The Board may make such rules and regulations as it may deem
expedient, not inconsistent with these By-laws, concerning the issue, transfer
and registration of certificates for stock of the Corporation.
6.7 FIXING DATE FOR DETERMINATION OF STOCKHOLDERS OF RECORD.
(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any
adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall
not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted
by the Board, and which record date shall be not more than 60 nor less than 10
days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board,
the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at
a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next
preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the
close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is
held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote
at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.
(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board
may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which
the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date
shall be not more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing
the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the
Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to
corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board
is required by the Delaware Statute, shall be the first date on which a signed
written consent setting forth the action taken or
11
<PAGE>
proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its
registered office in this State, its principal place of business or an officer
or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of
meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's
registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return
receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior
action by the Board is required by the Delaware Statute, the record date for
determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the
Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment
of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of
any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other
lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not
precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted,
and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no
record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such
purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts
the resolution relating thereto.
ARTICLE VII
SEAL
The Board may provide a corporate seal, which shall be in the form
of a circle and shall bear the full name of the Corporation, the year of
incorporation of the Corporation and the words and figures "Corporate Seal -
Delaware."
ARTICLE VIII
FISCAL YEAR
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year unless
otherwise determined by the Board.
ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
9.1 INDEMNIFICATION.
(a) As provided in the Certificate, to the fullest extent permitted
by the Delaware Statute as the same exists or may hereafter be amended a
director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its
stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.
(b) Without limitation of any right conferred by paragraph (a) of
this Section 9.1, each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be
made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
12
<PAGE>
criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by
reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of
the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer or employee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an
employee benefit plan (hereinafter an "indemnitee"), whether the basis of such
proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity while serving as a
director, officer or employee or in any other capacity while serving as a
director, officer or employee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware Statute, as the
same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment,
only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide
broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all
expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, excise
taxes or amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such
indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to
an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or employee and shall
inure to the benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, testators, intestates, executors
and administrators; provided, however, that such person acted in good faith and
in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best
interests of the Corporation, and with respect to a criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful;
provided further, however, that no indemnification shall be made in the case of
an action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation in relation
to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding
that such director, officer, employee or agent is liable to the Corporation,
unless a court having jurisdiction shall determine that, despite such
adjudication, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification;
provided further, however, that, except as provided in Section 9.1(c) of this
Article IX with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the
Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding
(or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part
thereof) initiated by such indemnitee was authorized by the Board of Directors
of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX
shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the
Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of
its final disposition (hereinafter an "advancement of expenses"); provided,
however, that, if the Delaware Statute requires, an advancement of expenses
incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and
not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such
indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan)
shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking
(hereinafter an "undertaking"), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all
amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial
decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a "final
adjudication") that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such
expenses under this Section or otherwise.
(c) If a claim under Section 9.1(b) of this Article IX is not paid
in full by the Corporation with 60 days after a written claim has been received
by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of
expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee
may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the
unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit,
or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses
pursuant to the terms of any undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be
paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit
brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to
13
<PAGE>
indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to
enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and
(ii) in any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses
pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to
recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met
the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware Statute. Neither
the failure of the Corporation (including the Board, independent legal counsel,
or the stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of
such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances
because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
the Delaware Statute, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including
the Board, independent legal counsel or the stockholders) that the indemnitee
has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that
the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of
such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit
brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an
advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an
advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of
proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such
advancement of expenses, under this Section or otherwise shall be on the
Corporation.
(d) The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses
conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any
person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Charter, agreement,
vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
9.2 INSURANCE.
The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense,
to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation or any person who is or was serving at the request of
the Corporation as a director, officer, employer or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any
expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power
to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the
Delaware Statute.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT
Any by-law (including these By-laws) may be adopted, amended or
repealed by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to
vote or by the stockholders' written consent pursuant to Section 2.10 of Article
II, or by the vote of the Board or by the directors' written consent pursuant to
Section 3.6 of Article III.
*****
14
EXHIBIT 3.21
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
VENTURE PACKAGING MIDWEST, INC.
---------------------------
ARTICLE I
NAME
The name of the corporation (herein called the "Corporation") is
Venture Packaging MIDWEST, inc.
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT
The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State
of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street, City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware
19901. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is
National Registered Agents, Inc.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Statute").
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK
The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is 850 shares, all of which are shares
of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.
<PAGE>
ARTICLE V
INCORPORATOR
The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:
NAME MAILING ADDRESS
Michele S. Riley c/o O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP
30 Rockefeller Plaza
41st Floor
New York, New York 10112
ARTICLE VI
DIRECTORS
The number of directors of the Corporation shall be such as from
time to time shall be fixed in the manner provided in the By-laws of the
Corporation. The election of directors of the Corporation need not be by ballot
unless the By-laws so require.
ARTICLE VII
DIRECTORS' LIABILITY
A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware Statute, or (iv) for
any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.
If the Delaware Statute is amended after the date of incorporation of the
Corporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the
personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the
Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by
the Delaware Statute, as so amended.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the
stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or
protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal
or modification.
-2-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VIII
MANAGEMENT OF THE CORPORATION
For the management of the business and for the conduct of the
affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation
of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders, it is
further provided:
(a) In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by
the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly
authorized and empowered:
(i) to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-laws in any
manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or
this Certificate of Incorporation;
(ii) without the assent or vote of the stockholders, to
authorize and issue securities and obligations of the Corporation,
secured or unsecured, and to include therein such provisions as to
redemption, conversion or other terms thereof as the Board of
Directors in its sole discretion may determine, and to authorize the
mortgaging or pledging, as security therefor, of any property of the
Corporation, real or personal, including after-acquired property;
(iii) to determine whether any, and if any, what part, of
the net profits of the Corporation or of its surplus shall be
declared in dividends and paid to the stockholders, and to direct
and determine the use and disposition of any such net profits or
such surplus; and
(iv) to fix from time to time the amount of net profits of
the Corporation or of its surplus to be reserved as working capital
or for any other lawful purpose.
In addition to the powers and authorities herein or by statute
expressly conferred upon it, the Board of Directors may exercise all such
powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the
Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the laws of the
State of Delaware, of this Certificate of Incorporation and of the By-laws
of the Corporation.
(b) Any director or any officer elected or appointed by the
stockholders or by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time in
such manner as shall be provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.
(c) From time to time any of the provisions of this Certificate of
Incorporation may be altered, amended or repealed, and other provisions
authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may
be added or inserted, in the manner and at the time prescribed by said
laws, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the
Corporation by this Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to
the provisions of this paragraph (c).
-3-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IX
CREDITORS MEETINGS
Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the
Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the
Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the
provisions of Section 291 of the Delaware Statute or on the application of
trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the
Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of the Delaware Statute, order a
meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or
class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in
such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing
three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the
stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be,
agree on any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the
Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said
compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by
the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the
creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of
stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the
Corporation.
-4-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, the undersigned, being the sole incorporator
hereinabove named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DO HEREBY CERTIFY, under
penalties of perjury, that this is my act and deed and that the facts
hereinabove stated are truly set forth and, accordingly, I have hereunto set my
hand as of the 22nd day of June, 1999.
______________________________
Michele S. Riley
-5-
EXHIBIT 3.22
================================================================================
VENTURE PACKAGING SOUTHEAST, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
---------------------------
BY-LAWS
---------------------------
AS ADOPTED ON JUNE 22, 1999
================================================================================
<PAGE>
VENTURE PACKAGING SOUTHEAST, INC.
BY-LAWS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
Article I Offices......................................................... 1
1.1 Registered Office.................................................. 1
1.2 Other Offices...................................................... 1
Article II
2.1 Meeting of Stockholders; Stockholders'consent in Lieu of Meeting;
Annual Meetings.................................................. 1
Article III Board of Directors............................................ 4
3.1 General Powers..................................................... 4
3.2 Number and Term of Office.......................................... 5
3.3 Election of Directors.............................................. 5
3.4 Resignation, Removal and Vacancies................................. 5
3.5 Meetings........................................................... 5
3.6 Directors' Consent in Lieu of Meeting.............................. 6
3.7 Action by Means of Conference Telephone or Similar Communications
Equipment........................................................ 6
3.8 Committees......................................................... 7
Article IV Officers....................................................... 7
4.1 Executive Officers................................................. 7
4.2 Authority and Duties............................................... 7
4.3 Other Officers..................................................... 7
4.4 Term of Office, Resignation and Removal............................ 7
4.5 Vacancies.......................................................... 8
4.6 The Chairman....................................................... 8
4.7 The President...................................................... 8
4.8 The Secretary...................................................... 8
4.9 The Treasurer...................................................... 9
Article V Contracts, Checks, Drafts, Bank Accounts, Etc................... 9
5.1 Execution of Documents............................................. 9
5.2 Deposits........................................................... 9
5.3 Proxies with Respect to Stock or Other Securities of Other
Corporations..................................................... 9
Article VI Shares and Their Transfer; Fixing Record Date.................. 10
6.1 Certificates for Shares............................................ 10
6.2 Record............................................................. 10
6.3 Transfer and Registration of Stock................................. 10
<PAGE>
6.4 Addresses of Stockholders.......................................... 11
6.5 Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates......................... 11
6.6 Regulations........................................................ 11
6.7 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record............ 11
Article VII Seal.......................................................... 12
Article VIII Fiscal Year.................................................. 12
Article IX Indemnification and Insurance.................................. 12
9.1 Indemnification.................................................... 12
9.2 Insurance.......................................................... 14
Article X Amendment....................................................... 14
<PAGE>
BY-LAWS OF
VENTURE PACKAGING SOUTHEAST, INC.
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE.
The registered office of Venture Packaging Southeast, inc. (the
"Corporation") in the State of Delaware shall be at 9 Loockerman Street, City of
Dover, County of Kent 19901, and the registered agent in charge thereof shall be
National Registered Agents, Inc.
1.2 OTHER OFFICES.
The Corporation may also have an office or offices at any other
place or places within or outside the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE II
2.1 MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS; STOCKHOLDERS' CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING;
ANNUAL MEETINGS.
The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of
directors, and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come
before the meeting, shall be held at such place, date and hour as shall be fixed
by the Board of Directors (the "Board") and designated in the notice or waiver
of notice thereof, except that no annual meeting need be held if all actions,
including the election of directors, required by the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Statute") to be taken at a stockholders'
annual meeting are taken by written consent in lieu of meeting pursuant to
Section 2.10 of this Article II.
2.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS.
A special meeting of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes
may be called by the Board, the Chairman, the President or the record holders of
at least a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
Corporation, to be held at such place, date and hour as shall be designated in
the notice or waiver of notice thereof.
2.3 NOTICE OF MEETINGS.
Except as otherwise required by statute, the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation (the "Certificate") or these By-laws, notice of
each annual or special meeting of the
1
<PAGE>
stockholders shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at
such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the day on which the
meeting is to be held, by delivering written notice thereof to him personally,
or by mailing a copy of such notice, postage prepaid, directly to him at his
address as it appears in the records of the Corporation, or by transmitting such
notice thereof to him at such address by telegraph, cable or other telephonic
transmission. Every such notice shall state the place, the date and hour of the
meeting, and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which
the meeting is called. Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall not be
required to be given to any stockholder who shall attend such meeting in person
or by proxy, or who shall, in person or by attorney thereunto authorized, waive
such notice in writing, either before or after such meeting. Except as otherwise
provided in these By-laws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the
purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any such notice
or waiver of notice. Notice of any adjourned meeting of stockholders shall not
be required to be given, except when expressly required by law.
2.4 QUORUM.
At each meeting of the stockholders, except where otherwise provided
by the Certificate or these By-laws, the holders of a majority of the issued and
outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such
meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, a majority in
interest of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy and
entitled to vote, or, in the absence of all the stockholders entitled to vote,
any officer entitled to preside at, or act as secretary of, such meeting, shall
have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, until stockholders
holding the requisite amount of stock to constitute a quorum shall be present or
represented. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present,
any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting
as originally called.
2.5 ORGANIZATION.
Unless otherwise determined by the Board, at each meeting of the
stockholders, one of the following shall act as chairman of the meeting and
preside thereat, in the following order of precedence:
(a) the Chairman;
(b) the President;
(c) any director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation
designated by the Board to act as chairman of such meeting and to preside
thereat if the Chairman or the President shall be absent from such
meeting; or
(d) a stockholder of record who shall be chosen chairman of such
meeting by a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat.
The Secretary or, if he shall be presiding over such meeting in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.5 or if he shall be absent from
such meeting, the person (who
2
<PAGE>
shall be an Assistant Secretary, if an Assistant Secretary has been appointed
and is present) whom the chairman of such meeting shall appoint, shall act as
secretary of such meeting and keep the minutes thereof.
2.6 ORDER OF BUSINESS.
The order of business at each meeting of the stockholders shall be
determined by the chairman of such meeting, but such order of business may be
changed by a majority in voting interest of those present in person or by proxy
at such meeting and entitled to vote thereat.
2.7 VOTING.
Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate or these
By-laws, at each meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder of the
Corporation shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share
of Common Stock of the Corporation held by him and registered in his name on the
books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to Section 6.7 of Article VI
as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at
such meeting. Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to
vote the shares so held. A person whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to
vote, unless, in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the Corporation, he
has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the
pledgee or his proxy may represent such stock and vote thereon. If shares or
other securities having voting power stand in the record of two or more persons,
whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common,
tenants by the entirety or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same
fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary shall be
given written notice to the contrary and furnished with a copy of the instrument
or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided,
their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect:
(a) if only one votes, his act binds all;
(b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds
all; and
(c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any
particular matter, such shares shall be voted in the manner provided by
law.
If the instrument so filed shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal
interests, a majority or even-split for the purposes of this Section 2.7 shall
be a majority or even-split in interest. The Corporation shall not vote directly
or indirectly any share of its own capital stock. Any vote of stock may be given
by the stockholder entitled thereto in person or by his proxy appointed by an
instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by his attorney
thereunto authorized, delivered to the secretary of the meeting; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date, unless
said proxy provides for a longer period. At all meetings of the stockholders,
all matters (except where other provision is made by law, the Certificate or
these By-laws) shall be decided by the vote of a majority in interest of the
stockholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote
thereon, a quorum being present. Unless demanded by a stockholder present in
person or by proxy at any meeting and entitled to vote thereon, the vote on any
question need not be by ballot. Upon a demand by any such stockholder for a vote
by ballot upon any question, such vote by ballot shall be taken. On a vote by
ballot,
3
<PAGE>
each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by his proxy, if there
be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.
2.8 INSPECTION.
The chairman of the meeting may at any time appoint one or more
inspectors to serve at any meeting of the stockholders. Any inspector may be
removed, and a new inspector or inspectors appointed, by the Board at any time.
Such inspectors shall decide upon the qualifications of voters, accept and count
votes, declare the results of such vote, and subscribe and deliver to the
secretary of the meeting a certificate stating the number of shares of stock
issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereon and the number of shares
voted for and against the question, respectively. The inspectors need not be
stockholders of the Corporation, and any director or officer of the Corporation
may be an inspector on any question other than a vote for or against his
election to any position with the Corporation or on any other matter in which he
may be directly interested. Before acting as herein provided, each inspector
shall subscribe an oath faithfully to execute the duties of an inspector with
strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.
2.9 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS.
It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the
Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger to prepare and make, at
least 10 days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the
stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and
showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in
the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any
stockholder, for any purpose germane to any such meeting, during ordinary
business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to such meeting, either
at a place within the city where such meeting is to be held, which place shall
be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place
where the meeting is to be held. Such list shall also be produced and kept at
the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be
inspected by any stockholder who is present.
2.10 STOCKHOLDERS' CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING.
Any action required by the Delaware Statute to be taken at any
annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, or any action
which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be
taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, by a consent
in writing, as permitted by the Delaware Statute.
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
3.1 GENERAL POWERS.
The business, property and affairs of the Corporation shall be
managed by or under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all such
powers of the Corporation and do
4
<PAGE>
all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate directed
or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
3.2 NUMBER AND TERM OF OFFICE.
The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by the
Board. Directors need not be stockholders. Each director shall hold office until
his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death or
resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.
3.3 ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.
At each meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors at
which a quorum is present, the persons receiving the greatest number of votes,
up to the number of directors to be elected, of the stockholders present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon shall be the directors;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that for purposes of such vote no stockholder shall be
allowed to cumulate his votes. Unless an election by ballot shall be demanded as
provided in Section 2.7 of Article II, election of directors may be conducted in
any manner approved at such meeting.
3.4 RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND VACANCIES.
Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
Board, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take
effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, upon
receipt thereof; unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without
cause, at any time by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then
entitled to vote at an election of directors or by written consent of the
stockholders pursuant to Section 2.10 of Article II.
Vacancies occurring on the Board for any reason may be filled by
vote of the stockholders or by the stockholders' written consent pursuant to
Section 2.10 of Article II, or by vote of the Board or by the directors' written
consent pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Article III. If the number of directors
then in office is less than a quorum, such vacancies may be filled by a vote of
a majority of the directors then in office.
3.5 MEETINGS.
(a) ANNUAL MEETINGS. As soon as practicable after each annual
election of directors, the Board shall meet for the purpose of organization and
the transaction of other business, unless it shall have transacted all such
business by written consent pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Article III.
(b) OTHER MEETINGS. Other meetings of the Board shall be held at
such times and places as the Board, the Chairman, the President or any director
shall from time to time determine.
5
<PAGE>
(c) NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Notice shall be given to each director of
each meeting, including the time, place and purpose of such meeting. Notice of
each such meeting shall be mailed to each director, addressed to him at his
residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the date on which
such meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to him at such place by telegraph,
cable, wireless or other form of recorded communication, or be delivered
personally or by telephone not later than the day before the day on which such
meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any director who shall
attend such meeting. A written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled
thereto, whether before or after the time of the meeting stated therein, shall
be deemed equivalent to notice.
(d) PLACE OF MEETINGS. The Board may hold its meetings at such place
or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to
time determine, or as shall be designated in the respective notices or waivers
of notice thereof.
(e) QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING. A majority of the total number of
directors then in office shall be present in person at any meeting of the Board
in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting,
and the vote of a majority of those directors present at any such meeting at
which a quorum is present shall be necessary for the passage of any resolution
or act of the Board, except as otherwise expressly required by law or these
By-laws. In the absence of a quorum for any such meeting, a majority of the
directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting from time to time until a
quorum shall be present.
(f) ORGANIZATION. At each meeting of the Board, one of the following
shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside thereat, in the following order
of precedence:
(i) the Chairman;
(ii) the President (if a director); or
(iii) any director designated by a majority of the directors
present.
The Secretary or, in the case of his absence, an Assistant Secretary, if an
Assistant Secretary has been appointed and is present, or any person whom the
chairman of the meeting shall appoint shall act as secretary of such meeting and
keep the minutes thereof.
3.6 DIRECTORS' CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING.
Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the
Board may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote,
if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by
all the directors then in office and such consent is filed with the minutes of
the proceedings of the Board.
3.7 ACTION BY MEANS OF CONFERENCE TELEPHONE OR SIMILAR COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT.
Any one or more members of the Board may participate in a meeting of
the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment
by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and
participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at
such meeting.
6
<PAGE>
3.8 COMMITTEES.
The Board may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of
the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to
consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, which to the extent
provided in said resolution or resolutions shall have and may exercise the
powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the
Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all
papers which may require it, such committee or committees to have such name or
names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board.
A majority of all the members of any such committee may determine its action and
fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board shall otherwise
provide. The Board shall have power to change the members of any such committee
at any time, to fill vacancies and to discharge any such committee, either with
or without cause, at any time.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
4.1 EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.
The principal officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman, if
one is appointed (and any references to the Chairman shall not apply if a
Chairman has not been appointed), a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and
may include such other officers as the Board may appoint pursuant to Section 4.3
of this Article IV. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.
4.2 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES.
All officers, as between themselves and the Corporation, shall have
such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as
may be provided in these By-laws or, to the extent so provided, by the Board.
4.3 OTHER OFFICERS.
The Corporation may have such other officers, agents and employees
as the Board may deem necessary, including one or more Assistant Secretaries,
one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Vice Presidents, each of whom
shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties
as the Board, the Chairman or the President may from time to time determine. The
Board may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and define the
authority and duties of, or remove, any such officers, agents or employees.
4.4 TERM OF OFFICE, RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL.
All officers shall be elected or appointed by the Board and shall
hold office for such term as may be prescribed by the Board. Each officer shall
hold office until his successor has been elected or appointed and qualified or
until his earlier death or resignation or removal in
7
<PAGE>
the manner hereinafter provided. The Board may require any officer to give
security for the faithful performance of his duties.
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
Board, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take
effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, at the
time it is accepted by action of the Board. Except as aforesaid, the acceptance
of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
All officers and agents elected or appointed by the Board shall be
subject to removal at any time by the Board or by the stockholders of the
Corporation with or without cause.
4.5 VACANCIES.
If the office of Chairman, President, Secretary or Treasurer becomes
vacant for any reason, the Board shall fill such vacancy, and if any other
office becomes vacant, the Board may fill such vacancy. Any officer so appointed
or elected by the Board shall serve only until such time as the unexpired term
of his predecessor shall have expired, unless reelected or reappointed by the
Board.
4.6 THE CHAIRMAN.
The Chairman shall give counsel and advice to the Board and the
officers of the Corporation on all subjects concerning the welfare of the
Corporation and the conduct of its business and shall perform such other duties
as the Board may from time to time determine. Unless otherwise determined by the
Board, he shall preside at meetings of the Board and of the stockholders at
which he is present.
4.7 THE PRESIDENT.
Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the President shall be the
chief executive officer of the Corporation. The President shall have general and
active management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation
subject to the control of the Board and shall see that all orders and
resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The President shall from time
to time make such reports of the affairs of the Corporation as the Board of
Directors may require and shall perform such other duties as the Board may from
time to time determine.
4.8 THE SECRETARY.
The Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, attend all meetings
of the Board and all meetings of the stockholders and shall record all votes and
the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose. He may
give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of
the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the
Board, the Chairman or the President, under whose supervision he shall act. He
shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and affix the same to any
duly authorized instrument requiring it and, when so affixed, it shall be
attested by his signature or by the signature of the Treasurer or, if appointed,
an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer. He shall keep in safe custody
the certificate books and stockholder records and such other books and records
as the
8
<PAGE>
Board may direct, and shall perform all other duties incident to the office of
Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by
the Board, the Chairman or the President.
4.9 THE TREASURER.
The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of the corporate funds
and other valuable effects, including securities, shall keep full and accurate
accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and
shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the
credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the
Board. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be
ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, shall
render to the Chairman, President and directors, at the regular meetings of the
Board, or whenever they may require it, an account of all his transactions as
Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation and shall perform
all other duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as
from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board, the Chairman or the
President.
ARTICLE V
CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.
5.1 EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS.
The Board shall designate, by either specific or general resolution,
the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation who shall have the power
to execute and deliver deeds, contracts, mortgages, bonds, debentures, checks,
drafts and other orders for the payment of money and other documents for and in
the name of the Corporation, and may authorize such officers, employees and
agents to delegate such power (including authority to redelegate) by written
instrument to other officers, employees or agents of the Corporation; unless so
designated or expressly authorized by these By-laws, no officer, employee or
agent shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract
or engagement, to pledge its credit or to render it liable pecuniarily for any
purpose or amount.
5.2 DEPOSITS.
All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be
deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation or otherwise as the
Board or Treasurer, or any other officer of the Corporation to whom power in
this respect shall have been given by the Board, shall select.
5.3 PROXIES WITH RESPECT TO STOCK OR OTHER SECURITIES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.
The Board shall designate the officers of the Corporation who shall
have authority from time to time to appoint an agent or agents of the
Corporation to exercise in the name and on behalf of the Corporation the powers
and rights which the Corporation may have as the holder of stock or other
securities in any other corporation, and to vote or consent with respect to such
stock or securities. Such designated officers may instruct the person or persons
so appointed as
9
<PAGE>
to the manner of exercising such powers and rights, and such designated officers
may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation
and under its corporate seal or otherwise, such written proxies, powers of
attorney or other instruments as they may deem necessary or proper in order that
the Corporation may exercise its powers and rights.
ARTICLE VI
SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER; FIXING RECORD DATE
6.1 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.
Every owner of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to have a
certificate certifying the number and class of shares owned by him in the
Corporation, which shall be in such form as shall be prescribed by the Board.
Certificates shall be numbered and issued in consecutive order and shall be
signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Chairman, the President or
any Vice President, and by the Treasurer (or an Assistant Treasurer, if
appointed) or the Secretary (or an Assistant Secretary, if appointed). In case
any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate or
certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation,
whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or
certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or
certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and
delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate had not
ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.
6.2 RECORD.
A record in one or more counterparts shall be kept of the name of
the person, firm or corporation owning the shares represented by each
certificate for stock of the Corporation issued, the number of shares
represented by each such certificate, the date thereof and, in the case of
cancellation, the date of cancellation. Except as otherwise expressly required
by law, the person in whose name shares of stock stand on the stock record of
the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes regarding the
Corporation.
6.3 TRANSFER AND REGISTRATION OF STOCK.
The transfer of stock and certificates which represent the stock of
the Corporation shall be governed by Article 8 of Subtitle 1 of Title 6 of the
Delaware Code (the Uniform Commercial Code), as amended from time to time.
Registration of transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made
only on the books of the Corporation upon request of the registered holder
thereof, or of his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly
executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and upon the surrender
of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed or
accompanied by a stock power duly executed.
10
<PAGE>
6.4 ADDRESSES OF STOCKHOLDERS.
Each stockholder shall designate to the Secretary an address at
which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be served or
mailed to him, and, if any stockholder shall fail to designate such address,
corporate notices may be served upon him by mail directed to him at his
post-office address, if any, as the same appears on the share record books of
the Corporation or at his last known post-office address.
6.5 LOST, DESTROYED AND MUTILATED CERTIFICATES.
The holder of any shares of the Corporation shall immediately notify
the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of the certificate
therefor, and the Board may, in its discretion, cause to be issued to him a new
certificate or certificates for such shares, upon the surrender of the mutilated
certificates or, in the case of loss or destruction of the certificate, upon
satisfactory proof of such loss or destruction, and the Board may, in its
discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate or his legal
representative to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety
or sureties as it may direct to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that
may be made against it on account of the alleged loss or destruction of any such
certificate.
6.6 REGULATIONS.
The Board may make such rules and regulations as it may deem
expedient, not inconsistent with these By-laws, concerning the issue, transfer
and registration of certificates for stock of the Corporation.
6.7 FIXING DATE FOR DETERMINATION OF STOCKHOLDERS OF RECORD.
(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any
adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall
not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted
by the Board, and which record date shall be not more than 60 nor less than 10
days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board,
the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at
a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next
preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the
close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is
held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote
at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.
(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board
may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which
the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date
shall be not more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing
the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the
Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to
corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board
is required by the Delaware Statute, shall be the first date on which a signed
written consent setting forth the action taken or
11
<PAGE>
proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its
registered office in this State, its principal place of business or an officer
or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of
meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's
registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return
receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior
action by the Board is required by the Delaware Statute, the record date for
determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the
Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to
receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights
or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change,
conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action,
the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date
upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record
date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is
fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall
be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution
relating thereto.
ARTICLE VII
SEAL
The Board may provide a corporate seal, which shall be in the form
of a circle and shall bear the full name of the Corporation, the year of
incorporation of the Corporation and the words and figures "Corporate Seal -
Delaware."
ARTICLE VIII
FISCAL YEAR
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year unless
otherwise determined by the Board.
ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
9.1 INDEMNIFICATION.
(a) As provided in the Certificate, to the fullest extent permitted
by the Delaware Statute as the same exists or may hereafter be amended a
director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its
stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.
(b) Without limitation of any right conferred by paragraph (a) of
this Section 9.1, each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be
made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
12
<PAGE>
criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by
reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of
the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer or employee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an
employee benefit plan (hereinafter an "indemnitee"), whether the basis of such
proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity while serving as a
director, officer or employee or in any other capacity while serving as a
director, officer or employee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware Statute, as the
same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment,
only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide
broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all
expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, excise
taxes or amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such
indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to
an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or employee and shall
inure to the benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, testators, intestates, executors
and administrators; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such person acted in good faith and
in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best
interests of the Corporation, and with respect to a criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful;
PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that no indemnification shall be made in the case of
an action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation in relation
to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding
that such director, officer, employee or agent is liable to the Corporation,
unless a court having jurisdiction shall determine that, despite such
adjudication, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification;
PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that, except as provided in Section 9.1(c) of this
Article IX with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the
Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding
(or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part
thereof) initiated by such indemnitee was authorized by the Board of Directors
of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX
shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the
Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of
its final disposition (hereinafter an "advancement of expenses"); PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that, if the Delaware Statute requires, an advancement of expenses
incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and
not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such
indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan)
shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking
(hereinafter an "undertaking"), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all
amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial
decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a "final
adjudication") that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such
expenses under this Section or otherwise.
(c) If a claim under Section 9.1(b) of this Article IX is not paid
in full by the Corporation with 60 days after a written claim has been received
by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of
expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee
may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the
unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit,
or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses
pursuant to the terms of any undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be
paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit
brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but
not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to
13
<PAGE>
an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit by
the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of
an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a
final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of
conduct set forth in the Delaware Statute. Neither the failure of the
Corporation (including the Board, independent legal counsel, or the
stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such
suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances
because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
the Delaware Statute, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including
the Board, independent legal counsel or the stockholders) that the indemnitee
has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that
the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of
such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit
brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an
advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an
advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of
proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such
advancement of expenses, under this Section or otherwise shall be on the
Corporation.
(d) The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses
conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any
person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Charter, agreement,
vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
9.2 INSURANCE.
The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense,
to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation or any person who is or was serving at the request of
the Corporation as a director, officer, employer or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any
expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power
to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the
Delaware Statute.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT
Any by-law (including these By-laws) may be adopted, amended or
repealed by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to
vote or by the stockholders' written consent pursuant to Section 2.10 of Article
II, or by the vote of the Board or by the directors' written consent pursuant to
Section 3.6 of Article III.
* * * * *
14
EXHIBIT 3.23
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
VENTURE PACKAGING SOUTHEAST, INC.
---------------------------
ARTICLE I
NAME
The name of the corporation (herein called the "Corporation") is
Venture Packaging Southeast, Inc.
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT
The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State
of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street, City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware
19901. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is
National Registered Agents, Inc.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Statute").
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK
The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares, all of which are
shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.
<PAGE>
ARTICLE V
INCORPORATOR
The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:
NAME MAILING ADDRESS
Michele S. Riley c/o O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP
30 Rockefeller Plaza
41st Floor
New York, New York 10112
ARTICLE VI
DIRECTORS
The number of directors of the Corporation shall be such as from
time to time shall be fixed in the manner provided in the By-laws of the
Corporation. The election of directors of the Corporation need not be by ballot
unless the By-laws so require.
ARTICLE VII
DIRECTORS' LIABILITY
A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware Statute, or (iv) for
any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.
If the Delaware Statute is amended after the date of incorporation of the
Corporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the
personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the
Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by
the Delaware Statute, as so amended.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the
stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or
protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal
or modification.
-2-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VIII
MANAGEMENT OF THE CORPORATION
For the management of the business and for the conduct of the
affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation
of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders, it is
further provided:
(a) In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by
the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly
authorized and empowered:
(i) to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-laws in any
manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or
this Certificate of Incorporation;
(ii) without the assent or vote of the stockholders, to
authorize and issue securities and obligations of the Corporation,
secured or unsecured, and to include therein such provisions as to
redemption, conversion or other terms thereof as the Board of
Directors in its sole discretion may determine, and to authorize the
mortgaging or pledging, as security therefor, of any property of the
Corporation, real or personal, including after-acquired property;
(iii) to determine whether any, and if any, what part, of
the net profits of the Corporation or of its surplus shall be
declared in dividends and paid to the stockholders, and to direct
and determine the use and disposition of any such net profits or
such surplus; and
(iv) to fix from time to time the amount of net profits of
the Corporation or of its surplus to be reserved as working capital
or for any other lawful purpose.
In addition to the powers and authorities herein or by statute
expressly conferred upon it, the Board of Directors may exercise all such
powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the
Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the laws of the
State of Delaware, of this Certificate of Incorporation and of the By-laws
of the Corporation.
(b) Any director or any officer elected or appointed by the
stockholders or by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time in
such manner as shall be provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.
(c) From time to time any of the provisions of this Certificate of
Incorporation may be altered, amended or repealed, and other provisions
authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may
be added or inserted, in the manner and at the time prescribed by said
laws, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the
Corporation by this Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to
the provisions of this paragraph (c).
-3-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IX
CREDITORS MEETINGS
Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the
Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the
Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the
provisions of Section 291 of the Delaware Statute or on the application of
trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the
Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of the Delaware Statute, order a
meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or
class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in
such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing
three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the
stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be,
agree on any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the
Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said
compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by
the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the
creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of
stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the
Corporation.
-4-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, the undersigned, being the sole incorporator
hereinabove named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DO HEREBY CERTIFY, under
penalties of perjury, that this is my act and deed and that the facts
hereinabove stated are truly set forth and, accordingly, I have hereunto set my
hand as of the day of June, 1999.
__________________________________
Michele S. Riley
-5-
EXHIBIT 3.24
================================================================================
VENTURE PACKAGING SOUTHEAST, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
---------------------------
BY-LAWS
---------------------------
AS ADOPTED ON JUNE 22, 1999
================================================================================
<PAGE>
VENTURE PACKAGING SOUTHEAST, INC.
BY-LAWS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
Article I Offices........................................................ 1
1.1 Registered Office................................................. 1
1.2 Other Offices..................................................... 1
Article II
2.1 Meeting of Stockholders; Stockholders'consent in Lieu of Meeting;
Annual Meetings................................................. 1
Article III Board of Directors........................................... 4
3.1 General Powers.................................................... 4
3.2 Number and Term of Office......................................... 5
3.3 Election of Directors............................................. 5
3.4 Resignation, Removal and Vacancies................................ 5
3.5 Meetings.......................................................... 5
3.6 Directors' Consent in Lieu of Meeting............................. 6
3.7 Action by Means of Conference Telephone or Similar Communications
Equipment....................................................... 6
3.8 Committees........................................................ 7
Article IV Officers...................................................... 7
4.1 Executive Officers................................................ 7
4.2 Authority and Duties.............................................. 7
4.3 Other Officers.................................................... 7
4.4 Term of Office, Resignation and Removal........................... 7
4.5 Vacancies......................................................... 8
4.6 The Chairman...................................................... 8
4.7 The President..................................................... 8
4.8 The Secretary..................................................... 8
4.9 The Treasurer..................................................... 9
Article V Contracts, Checks, Drafts, Bank Accounts, Etc.................. 9
5.1 Execution of Documents............................................ 9
5.2 Deposits.......................................................... 9
5.3 Proxies with Respect to Stock or Other Securities of Other
Corporations.................................................... 9
Article VI Shares and Their Transfer; Fixing Record Date................. 10
6.1 Certificates for Shares........................................... 10
6.2 Record............................................................ 10
6.3 Transfer and Registration of Stock................................ 10
<PAGE>
6.4 Addresses of Stockholders......................................... 11
6.5 Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates........................ 11
6.6 Regulations....................................................... 11
6.7 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record........... 11
Article VII Seal......................................................... 12
Article VIII Fiscal Year................................................. 12
Article IX Indemnification and Insurance................................. 12
9.1 Indemnification................................................... 12
9.2 Insurance......................................................... 14
Article X Amendment...................................................... 14
<PAGE>
BY-LAWS OF
VENTURE PACKAGING SOUTHEAST, INC.
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE.
The registered office of Venture Packaging Southeast, inc. (the
"Corporation") in the State of Delaware shall be at 9 Loockerman Street, City of
Dover, County of Kent 19901, and the registered agent in charge thereof shall be
National Registered Agents, Inc.
1.2 OTHER OFFICES.
The Corporation may also have an office or offices at any other
place or places within or outside the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE II
2.1 MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS; STOCKHOLDERS' CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING;
ANNUAL MEETINGS.
The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of
directors, and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come
before the meeting, shall be held at such place, date and hour as shall be fixed
by the Board of Directors (the "Board") and designated in the notice or waiver
of notice thereof, except that no annual meeting need be held if all actions,
including the election of directors, required by the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Statute") to be taken at a stockholders'
annual meeting are taken by written consent in lieu of meeting pursuant to
Section 2.10 of this Article II.
2.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS.
A special meeting of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes
may be called by the Board, the Chairman, the President or the record holders of
at least a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
Corporation, to be held at such place, date and hour as shall be designated in
the notice or waiver of notice thereof.
2.3 NOTICE OF MEETINGS.
Except as otherwise required by statute, the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation (the "Certificate") or these By-laws, notice of
each annual or special meeting of the
1
<PAGE>
stockholders shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at
such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the day on which the
meeting is to be held, by delivering written notice thereof to him personally,
or by mailing a copy of such notice, postage prepaid, directly to him at his
address as it appears in the records of the Corporation, or by transmitting such
notice thereof to him at such address by telegraph, cable or other telephonic
transmission. Every such notice shall state the place, the date and hour of the
meeting, and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which
the meeting is called. Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall not be
required to be given to any stockholder who shall attend such meeting in person
or by proxy, or who shall, in person or by attorney thereunto authorized, waive
such notice in writing, either before or after such meeting. Except as otherwise
provided in these By-laws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the
purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any such notice
or waiver of notice. Notice of any adjourned meeting of stockholders shall not
be required to be given, except when expressly required by law.
2.4 QUORUM.
At each meeting of the stockholders, except where otherwise provided
by the Certificate or these By-laws, the holders of a majority of the issued and
outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such
meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, a majority in
interest of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy and
entitled to vote, or, in the absence of all the stockholders entitled to vote,
any officer entitled to preside at, or act as secretary of, such meeting, shall
have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, until stockholders
holding the requisite amount of stock to constitute a quorum shall be present or
represented. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present,
any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting
as originally called.
2.5 ORGANIZATION.
Unless otherwise determined by the Board, at each meeting of the
stockholders, one of the following shall act as chairman of the meeting and
preside thereat, in the following order of precedence:
(a) the Chairman;
(b) the President;
(c) any director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation
designated by the Board to act as chairman of such meeting and to preside
thereat if the Chairman or the President shall be absent from such
meeting; or
(d) a stockholder of record who shall be chosen chairman of such
meeting by a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat.
The Secretary or, if he shall be presiding over such meeting in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.5 or if he shall be absent from
such meeting, the person (who
2
<PAGE>
shall be an Assistant Secretary, if an Assistant Secretary has been appointed
and is present) whom the chairman of such meeting shall appoint, shall act as
secretary of such meeting and keep the minutes thereof.
2.6 ORDER OF BUSINESS.
The order of business at each meeting of the stockholders shall be
determined by the chairman of such meeting, but such order of business may be
changed by a majority in voting interest of those present in person or by proxy
at such meeting and entitled to vote thereat.
2.7 VOTING.
Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate or these
By-laws, at each meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder of the
Corporation shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share
of Common Stock of the Corporation held by him and registered in his name on the
books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to Section 6.7 of Article VI
as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at
such meeting. Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to
vote the shares so held. A person whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to
vote, unless, in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the Corporation, he
has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the
pledgee or his proxy may represent such stock and vote thereon. If shares or
other securities having voting power stand in the record of two or more persons,
whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common,
tenants by the entirety or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same
fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary shall be
given written notice to the contrary and furnished with a copy of the instrument
or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided,
their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect:
(a) if only one votes, his act binds all;
(b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds
all; and
(c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any
particular matter, such shares shall be voted in the manner provided by
law.
If the instrument so filed shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal
interests, a majority or even-split for the purposes of this Section 2.7 shall
be a majority or even-split in interest. The Corporation shall not vote directly
or indirectly any share of its own capital stock. Any vote of stock may be given
by the stockholder entitled thereto in person or by his proxy appointed by an
instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by his attorney
thereunto authorized, delivered to the secretary of the meeting; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date, unless
said proxy provides for a longer period. At all meetings of the stockholders,
all matters (except where other provision is made by law, the Certificate or
these By-laws) shall be decided by the vote of a majority in interest of the
stockholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote
thereon, a quorum being present. Unless demanded by a stockholder present in
person or by proxy at any meeting and entitled to vote thereon, the vote on any
question need not be by ballot. Upon a demand by any such stockholder for a vote
by ballot upon any question, such vote by ballot shall be taken. On a vote by
ballot,
3
<PAGE>
each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by his proxy, if there
be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.
2.8 INSPECTION.
The chairman of the meeting may at any time appoint one or more
inspectors to serve at any meeting of the stockholders. Any inspector may be
removed, and a new inspector or inspectors appointed, by the Board at any time.
Such inspectors shall decide upon the qualifications of voters, accept and count
votes, declare the results of such vote, and subscribe and deliver to the
secretary of the meeting a certificate stating the number of shares of stock
issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereon and the number of shares
voted for and against the question, respectively. The inspectors need not be
stockholders of the Corporation, and any director or officer of the Corporation
may be an inspector on any question other than a vote for or against his
election to any position with the Corporation or on any other matter in which he
may be directly interested. Before acting as herein provided, each inspector
shall subscribe an oath faithfully to execute the duties of an inspector with
strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.
2.9 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS.
It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the
Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger to prepare and make, at
least 10 days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the
stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and
showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in
the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any
stockholder, for any purpose germane to any such meeting, during ordinary
business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to such meeting, either
at a place within the city where such meeting is to be held, which place shall
be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place
where the meeting is to be held. Such list shall also be produced and kept at
the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be
inspected by any stockholder who is present.
2.10 STOCKHOLDERS' CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING.
Any action required by the Delaware Statute to be taken at any
annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, or any action
which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be
taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, by a consent
in writing, as permitted by the Delaware Statute.
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
3.1 GENERAL POWERS.
The business, property and affairs of the Corporation shall be
managed by or under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all such
powers of the Corporation and do
4
<PAGE>
all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate directed
or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
3.2 NUMBER AND TERM OF OFFICE.
The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by the
Board. Directors need not be stockholders. Each director shall hold office until
his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death or
resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.
3.3 ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.
At each meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors at
which a quorum is present, the persons receiving the greatest number of votes,
up to the number of directors to be elected, of the stockholders present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon shall be the directors;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that for purposes of such vote no stockholder shall be
allowed to cumulate his votes. Unless an election by ballot shall be demanded as
provided in Section 2.7 of Article II, election of directors may be conducted in
any manner approved at such meeting.
3.4 RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND VACANCIES.
Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
Board, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take
effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, upon
receipt thereof; unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without
cause, at any time by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then
entitled to vote at an election of directors or by written consent of the
stockholders pursuant to Section 2.10 of Article II.
Vacancies occurring on the Board for any reason may be filled by
vote of the stockholders or by the stockholders' written consent pursuant to
Section 2.10 of Article II, or by vote of the Board or by the directors' written
consent pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Article III. If the number of directors
then in office is less than a quorum, such vacancies may be filled by a vote of
a majority of the directors then in office.
3.5 MEETINGS.
(a) ANNUAL MEETINGS. As soon as practicable after each annual
election of directors, the Board shall meet for the purpose of organization and
the transaction of other business, unless it shall have transacted all such
business by written consent pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Article III.
(b) OTHER MEETINGS. Other meetings of the Board shall be held at
such times and places as the Board, the Chairman, the President or any director
shall from time to time determine.
5
<PAGE>
(c) NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Notice shall be given to each director of
each meeting, including the time, place and purpose of such meeting. Notice of
each such meeting shall be mailed to each director, addressed to him at his
residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the date on which
such meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to him at such place by telegraph,
cable, wireless or other form of recorded communication, or be delivered
personally or by telephone not later than the day before the day on which such
meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any director who shall
attend such meeting. A written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled
thereto, whether before or after the time of the meeting stated therein, shall
be deemed equivalent to notice.
(d) PLACE OF MEETINGS. The Board may hold its meetings at such place
or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to
time determine, or as shall be designated in the respective notices or waivers
of notice thereof.
(e) QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING. A majority of the total number of
directors then in office shall be present in person at any meeting of the Board
in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting,
and the vote of a majority of those directors present at any such meeting at
which a quorum is present shall be necessary for the passage of any resolution
or act of the Board, except as otherwise expressly required by law or these
By-laws. In the absence of a quorum for any such meeting, a majority of the
directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting from time to time until a
quorum shall be present.
(f) ORGANIZATION. At each meeting of the Board, one of the following
shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside thereat, in the following order
of precedence:
(i) the Chairman;
(ii) the President (if a director); or
(iii) any director designated by a majority of the directors
present.
The Secretary or, in the case of his absence, an Assistant Secretary, if an
Assistant Secretary has been appointed and is present, or any person whom the
chairman of the meeting shall appoint shall act as secretary of such meeting and
keep the minutes thereof.
3.6 DIRECTORS' CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING.
Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the
Board may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote,
if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by
all the directors then in office and such consent is filed with the minutes of
the proceedings of the Board.
3.7 ACTION BY MEANS OF CONFERENCE TELEPHONE OR SIMILAR COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT.
Any one or more members of the Board may participate in a meeting of
the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment
by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and
participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at
such meeting.
6
<PAGE>
3.8 COMMITTEES.
The Board may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of
the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to
consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, which to the extent
provided in said resolution or resolutions shall have and may exercise the
powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the
Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all
papers which may require it, such committee or committees to have such name or
names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board.
A majority of all the members of any such committee may determine its action and
fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board shall otherwise
provide. The Board shall have power to change the members of any such committee
at any time, to fill vacancies and to discharge any such committee, either with
or without cause, at any time.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
4.1 EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.
The principal officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman, if
one is appointed (and any references to the Chairman shall not apply if a
Chairman has not been appointed), a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and
may include such other officers as the Board may appoint pursuant to Section 4.3
of this Article IV. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.
4.2 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES.
All officers, as between themselves and the Corporation, shall have
such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as
may be provided in these By-laws or, to the extent so provided, by the Board.
4.3 OTHER OFFICERS.
The Corporation may have such other officers, agents and employees
as the Board may deem necessary, including one or more Assistant Secretaries,
one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Vice Presidents, each of whom
shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties
as the Board, the Chairman or the President may from time to time determine. The
Board may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and define the
authority and duties of, or remove, any such officers, agents or employees.
4.4 TERM OF OFFICE, RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL.
All officers shall be elected or appointed by the Board and shall
hold office for such term as may be prescribed by the Board. Each officer shall
hold office until his successor has been elected or appointed and qualified or
until his earlier death or resignation or removal in
7
<PAGE>
the manner hereinafter provided. The Board may require any officer to give
security for the faithful performance of his duties.
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
Board, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take
effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, at the
time it is accepted by action of the Board. Except as aforesaid, the acceptance
of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
All officers and agents elected or appointed by the Board shall be
subject to removal at any time by the Board or by the stockholders of the
Corporation with or without cause.
4.5 VACANCIES.
If the office of Chairman, President, Secretary or Treasurer becomes
vacant for any reason, the Board shall fill such vacancy, and if any other
office becomes vacant, the Board may fill such vacancy. Any officer so appointed
or elected by the Board shall serve only until such time as the unexpired term
of his predecessor shall have expired, unless reelected or reappointed by the
Board.
4.6 THE CHAIRMAN.
The Chairman shall give counsel and advice to the Board and the
officers of the Corporation on all subjects concerning the welfare of the
Corporation and the conduct of its business and shall perform such other duties
as the Board may from time to time determine. Unless otherwise determined by the
Board, he shall preside at meetings of the Board and of the stockholders at
which he is present.
4.7 THE PRESIDENT.
Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the President shall be the
chief executive officer of the Corporation. The President shall have general and
active management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation
subject to the control of the Board and shall see that all orders and
resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The President shall from time
to time make such reports of the affairs of the Corporation as the Board of
Directors may require and shall perform such other duties as the Board may from
time to time determine.
4.8 THE SECRETARY.
The Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, attend all meetings
of the Board and all meetings of the stockholders and shall record all votes and
the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose. He may
give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of
the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the
Board, the Chairman or the President, under whose supervision he shall act. He
shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and affix the same to any
duly authorized instrument requiring it and, when so affixed, it shall be
attested by his signature or by the signature of the Treasurer or, if appointed,
an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer. He shall keep in safe custody
the certificate books and stockholder records and such other books and records
as the
8
<PAGE>
Board may direct, and shall perform all other duties incident to the office of
Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by
the Board, the Chairman or the President.
4.9 THE TREASURER.
The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of the corporate funds
and other valuable effects, including securities, shall keep full and accurate
accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and
shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the
credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the
Board. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be
ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, shall
render to the Chairman, President and directors, at the regular meetings of the
Board, or whenever they may require it, an account of all his transactions as
Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation and shall perform
all other duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as
from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board, the Chairman or the
President.
ARTICLE V
CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.
5.1 EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS.
The Board shall designate, by either specific or general resolution,
the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation who shall have the power
to execute and deliver deeds, contracts, mortgages, bonds, debentures, checks,
drafts and other orders for the payment of money and other documents for and in
the name of the Corporation, and may authorize such officers, employees and
agents to delegate such power (including authority to redelegate) by written
instrument to other officers, employees or agents of the Corporation; unless so
designated or expressly authorized by these By-laws, no officer, employee or
agent shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract
or engagement, to pledge its credit or to render it liable pecuniarily for any
purpose or amount.
5.2 DEPOSITS.
All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be
deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation or otherwise as the
Board or Treasurer, or any other officer of the Corporation to whom power in
this respect shall have been given by the Board, shall select.
5.3 PROXIES WITH RESPECT TO STOCK OR OTHER SECURITIES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.
The Board shall designate the officers of the Corporation who shall
have authority from time to time to appoint an agent or agents of the
Corporation to exercise in the name and on behalf of the Corporation the powers
and rights which the Corporation may have as the holder of stock or other
securities in any other corporation, and to vote or consent with respect to such
stock or securities. Such designated officers may instruct the person or persons
so appointed as
9
<PAGE>
to the manner of exercising such powers and rights, and such designated officers
may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation
and under its corporate seal or otherwise, such written proxies, powers of
attorney or other instruments as they may deem necessary or proper in order that
the Corporation may exercise its powers and rights.
ARTICLE VI
SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER; FIXING RECORD DATE
6.1 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.
Every owner of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to have a
certificate certifying the number and class of shares owned by him in the
Corporation, which shall be in such form as shall be prescribed by the Board.
Certificates shall be numbered and issued in consecutive order and shall be
signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Chairman, the President or
any Vice President, and by the Treasurer (or an Assistant Treasurer, if
appointed) or the Secretary (or an Assistant Secretary, if appointed). In case
any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate or
certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation,
whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or
certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or
certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and
delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate had not
ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.
6.2 RECORD.
A record in one or more counterparts shall be kept of the name of
the person, firm or corporation owning the shares represented by each
certificate for stock of the Corporation issued, the number of shares
represented by each such certificate, the date thereof and, in the case of
cancellation, the date of cancellation. Except as otherwise expressly required
by law, the person in whose name shares of stock stand on the stock record of
the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes regarding the
Corporation.
6.3 TRANSFER AND REGISTRATION OF STOCK.
The transfer of stock and certificates which represent the stock of
the Corporation shall be governed by Article 8 of Subtitle 1 of Title 6 of the
Delaware Code (the Uniform Commercial Code), as amended from time to time.
Registration of transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made
only on the books of the Corporation upon request of the registered holder
thereof, or of his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly
executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and upon the surrender
of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed or
accompanied by a stock power duly executed.
10
<PAGE>
6.4 ADDRESSES OF STOCKHOLDERS.
Each stockholder shall designate to the Secretary an address at
which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be served or
mailed to him, and, if any stockholder shall fail to designate such address,
corporate notices may be served upon him by mail directed to him at his
post-office address, if any, as the same appears on the share record books of
the Corporation or at his last known post-office address.
6.5 LOST, DESTROYED AND MUTILATED CERTIFICATES.
The holder of any shares of the Corporation shall immediately notify
the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of the certificate
therefor, and the Board may, in its discretion, cause to be issued to him a new
certificate or certificates for such shares, upon the surrender of the mutilated
certificates or, in the case of loss or destruction of the certificate, upon
satisfactory proof of such loss or destruction, and the Board may, in its
discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate or his legal
representative to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety
or sureties as it may direct to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that
may be made against it on account of the alleged loss or destruction of any such
certificate.
6.6 REGULATIONS.
The Board may make such rules and regulations as it may deem
expedient, not inconsistent with these By-laws, concerning the issue, transfer
and registration of certificates for stock of the Corporation.
6.7 FIXING DATE FOR DETERMINATION OF STOCKHOLDERS OF RECORD.
(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any
adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall
not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted
by the Board, and which record date shall be not more than 60 nor less than 10
days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board,
the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at
a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next
preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the
close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is
held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote
at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.
(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board
may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which
the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date
shall be not more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing
the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the
Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to
corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board
is required by the Delaware Statute, shall be the first date on which a signed
written consent setting forth the action taken or
11
<PAGE>
proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its
registered office in this State, its principal place of business or an officer
or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of
meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's
registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return
receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior
action by the Board is required by the Delaware Statute, the record date for
determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the
Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment
of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of
any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other
lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not
precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted,
and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no
record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such
purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts
the resolution relating thereto.
ARTICLE VII
SEAL
The Board may provide a corporate seal, which shall be in the form
of a circle and shall bear the full name of the Corporation, the year of
incorporation of the Corporation and the words and figures "Corporate Seal -
Delaware."
ARTICLE VIII
FISCAL YEAR
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year unless
otherwise determined by the Board.
ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
9.1 INDEMNIFICATION.
(a) As provided in the Certificate, to the fullest extent permitted
by the Delaware Statute as the same exists or may hereafter be amended a
director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its
stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.
(b) Without limitation of any right conferred by paragraph (a) of
this Section 9.1, each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be
made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
12
<PAGE>
criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by
reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of
the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer or employee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an
employee benefit plan (hereinafter an "indemnitee"), whether the basis of such
proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity while serving as a
director, officer or employee or in any other capacity while serving as a
director, officer or employee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware Statute, as the
same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment,
only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide
broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all
expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, excise
taxes or amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such
indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to
an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or employee and shall
inure to the benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, testators, intestates, executors
and administrators; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such person acted in good faith and
in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best
interests of the Corporation, and with respect to a criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful;
PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that no indemnification shall be made in the case of
an action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation in relation
to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding
that such director, officer, employee or agent is liable to the Corporation,
unless a court having jurisdiction shall determine that, despite such
adjudication, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification;
PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that, except as provided in Section 9.1(c) of this
Article IX with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the
Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding
(or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part
thereof) initiated by such indemnitee was authorized by the Board of Directors
of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX
shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the
Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of
its final disposition (hereinafter an "advancement of expenses"); PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that, if the Delaware Statute requires, an advancement of expenses
incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and
not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such
indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan)
shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking
(hereinafter an "undertaking"), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all
amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial
decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a "final
adjudication") that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such
expenses under this Section or otherwise.
(c) If a claim under Section 9.1(b) of this Article IX is not paid
in full by the Corporation with 60 days after a written claim has been received
by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of
expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee
may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the
unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit,
or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses
pursuant to the terms of any undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be
paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit
brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to
13
<PAGE>
indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to
enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and
(ii) in any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses
pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to
recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met
the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware Statute. Neither
the failure of the Corporation (including the Board, independent legal counsel,
or the stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of
such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances
because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
the Delaware Statute, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including
the Board, independent legal counsel or the stockholders) that the indemnitee
has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that
the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of
such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit
brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an
advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an
advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of
proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such
advancement of expenses, under this Section or otherwise shall be on the
Corporation.
(d) The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses
conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any
person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Charter, agreement,
vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
9.2 INSURANCE.
The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense,
to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation or any person who is or was serving at the request of
the Corporation as a director, officer, employer or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any
expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power
to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the
Delaware Statute.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT
Any by-law (including these By-laws) may be adopted, amended or
repealed by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to
vote or by the stockholders' written consent pursuant to Section 2.10 of Article
II, or by the vote of the Board or by the directors' written consent pursuant to
Section 3.6 of Article III.
* * * * *
14
EXHIBIT 3.31
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
EPI ACQUISITION CORPORATION
ARTICLE I
The name of the corporation is EPI Acquisition Corporation.
ARTICLE II
The address of the corporation's registered office in the State of
Delaware is 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, in the City of Dover, County of
Kent 19904. The name of its registered agent at such address is The
Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.
ARTICLE III
The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted
is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be
organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE IV
The total number of Shares of stock which the corporation has
authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) Shares of Common Stock, par value one
cent ($0.01) per share.
ARTICLE V
The name and mailing address of the sole Incorporator are as
follows:
NAME MAILING ADDRESS
---- ---------------
Thaddine G. Gomez 200 East Randolph Drive
Suite 5700
Chicago, Illinois 60601
ARTICLE VI
The corporation is to have perpetual existence.
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VII
In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by
statute, the board of directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to
make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.
ARTICLE VIII
Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of
Delaware, as the by-laws of the corporation may provide. The books of the
corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as
may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws
of the corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless
the by-laws of the corporation so provide.
ARTICLE IX
To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director
of this corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its stockholders
for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or
modification of this ARTICLE NINE shall not adversely affect any right or
protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal
or modification.
ARTICLE X
The corporation expressly elects not to be governed by ss.203 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE XI
The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal
any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation in the manner now
or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all
rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this
reservation.
<PAGE>
I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole Incorporator hereinbefore named,
for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and
certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts stated herein are true,
and accordingly have hereunto set my hand on the 27th day of April, 1995.
--------------------------
Thaddine G. Gomez
Sole Incorporator
<PAGE>
State of Delaware
OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE
---------------------------
I, EDWARD J. FREEL, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO
HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF
AMENDMENT OF "EPI ACQUISITION CORPORATION", CHANGING ITS NAME FROM "EPI
ACQUISITION CORPORATION" TO "CPI HOLDING CORPORATION", FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON
THE TWENTY-SECOND DAY OF DECEMBER, A.D. 1995, AT 9 O'CLOCK A.M.
-----------------------------------
Edward J. Freel, Secretary of State
AUTHENTICATION:
DATE:
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO THE
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
BEFORE PAYMENT OF CAPITAL
OF
EPI ACQUISITION CORPORATION
* * * * *
Adopted in accordance with the
provisions of ss. 241 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
* * * * *
The undersigned, being the sole incorporator of EPI Acquisition
Corporation, a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of
the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), does hereby certify as
follows:
FIRST: The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the
"Certificate of Incorporation") is hereby amended by deleting ARTICLE I in its
entirety and substituting therefor a new ARTICLE I as follows:
ARTICLE I
The name of the corporation is CPI Holding Corporation.
SECOND: The Corporation has not received payment for any of its
stock.
THIRD: The foregoing amendment has been duly adopted, pursuant to
the provisions of ss.241 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, by the sole incorporator of the Corporation. The directors of the
Corporation were not named in the Certificate of Incorporation and to date have
not been elected.
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole incorporator
hereinabove named, for the purpose of amending the Certificate of Incorporation
of the Corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, under penalties of perjury does hereby declare and certify that this
is the act and deed of the Corporation and the facts stated herein are true, and
accordingly has hereunto signed this Certificate of Amendment in the Certificate
of Incorporation as of the 22nd day of December, 1995.
----------------------------
Thaddine G. Gomez
Sole Incorporator
<PAGE>
State of Delaware
OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE
---------------------------
I, EDWARD J. FREEL, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO
HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF
AMENDMENT OF "CPI HOLDING CORPORATION", FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWENTY-FIFTH
DAY OF JANUARY, A.D. 1996, AT 3 O'CLOCK P.M.
-----------------------------------
Edward J. Freel, Secretary of State
AUTHENTICATION:
DATE:
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO CERTIFICATE
OF INCORPORATION OF
CPI HOLDING CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 241
of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The undersigned, being the President of CPI Holding Corporation, a
corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), does hereby
certify as follows:
1. That ARTICLE IV of the Certificate of Incorporation of the
Corporation is hereby amended to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached
hereto and made a part hereof.
2. That the Corporation has not received payment for any of its
stock.
3. The foregoing amendment has been duly adopted pursuant to the
provisions of Section 241 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the President hereinabove
named, for the purpose of amending the Certificate of Incorporation of the
Corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,
under penalties of perjury does hereby declare and certify that this is the act
and deed of the Corporation and the facts stated herein are true, and
accordingly has hereunto signed this Amendment to the Certificate of
Incorporation this 25th day of January, 1996.
/S/ TERRY L. HARTMAN
-----------------------------------
Terry L. Hartman, President
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
ARTICLE IV
AUTHORIZED SHARES
SECTION 1. AUTHORIZED SHARES.
The total number of Shares of capital stock which the Corporation
has authority to issue is 1,200,000 Shares, consisting of:
(a) 500,000 Shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the
"CLASS A COMMON");
(b) 300,000 Shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the
"CLASS B COMMON");
(c) 200,000 Shares of Class C Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the
"CLASS C COMMON");
(d) 100,000 Shares of Class A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per
share (the "CLASS A PREFERRED");
(e) 100,000 Shares of Class B Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the
"CLASS B PREFERRED"); and
The Class A Common, the Class B Common and the Class C Common are hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "COMMON STOCK." The Class A Preferred and the
Class B Preferred are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "PREFERRED
STOCK".
SECTION 2. AMENDMENT.
(a) Any amendment or modification shall be binding and effective
with respect to any provision of subsection 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), or 2(a) of this
Section A with the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the
Class A Common and Class B Common outstanding at the time such action is taken
(voting as a single class).
(b) Any amendment or modification shall be binding and effective
with respect to any provision of subsection 1(d), 1(e) or 2(b) of this Section A
with the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Class A
Common and Class B Common outstanding at the time such action is taken (voting
as a single class) and a majority of the Class B Preferred outstanding at the
time such action is taken.
PREFERRED STOCK
Except as otherwise provided in this Part B or as otherwise provided
by applicable law, all Shares of Class A Preferred and Class B Preferred (each
share of Preferred Stock being referred to herein as a "SHARE") shall be
identical in all respects and shall entitle the
<PAGE>
holders thereof to the same rights and privileges, subject to the same
modifications, limitations and restrictions.
SECTION 1. DIVIDENDS.
When and as declared by the Corporation's board of directors and to
the extent permitted under the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the
Corporation shall pay preferential dividends to the holders of the Preferred
Stock as provided in this Section 1.
1A. ACCUMULATING DIVIDENDS.
Except as otherwise provided herein:
(i) dividends on each Share of the Class A Preferred shall
accrue on a daily basis at the rate of 8.75% per annum of the sum of the
Liquidation Value thereof plus all accumulated (as provided in Section 1C
of this Part B) and unpaid dividends thereon from and including the date
of issuance of such Share to and including the date on which the
Liquidation Value of such Share (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends
thereon) is paid; and
(ii) dividends on each Share of the Class B Preferred shall
accrue on a daily basis at the rate of 10% per annum of the sum of the
Liquidation Value thereof plus all accumulated (as provided in Section 1C
of this Part B) and unpaid dividends thereon from and including the date
of issuance of such Share to and including the date on which the
Liquidation Value of such Share (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends
thereon) is paid.
Such dividends on each Share of Class A Preferred and Class B
Preferred ("ACCUMULATING DIVIDENDS") shall accrue whether or not they have been
declared and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds of the
Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends. The date on which
the Corporation initially issues any Share shall be deemed to be its "date of
issuance" regardless of the number of times transfer of such Share is made on
the stock records maintained by or for the Corporation and regardless of the
number of certificates which may be issued to evidence such Share.
1B. NON-ACCUMULATING DIVIDENDS.
Except as otherwise provided herein, additional dividends
("NON-ACCUMULATING DIVIDENDS") on each Share of the Class A Preferred shall
accrue on a daily basis at the rate of 10% per annum of the sum of the
Liquidation Value thereof plus any accumulated (as provided in Section 1C of
this Part B) and unpaid Accumulating Dividends thereon from and including the
date of issuance of such Share to and including the date on which the
Liquidation Value of such Share (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon)
is paid. Non-Accumulating Dividends shall accrue whether or not they have been
declared and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds of the
Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends. Non-Accumulating
Dividends on a Share shall be paid only upon redemption, conversion or a
liquidation in accordance with the terms of this Part B. Non-Accumulating
Dividends shall not accrue on any Shares of Class B Preferred.
-11-
<PAGE>
1C. DIVIDEND REFERENCE DATES.
To the extent not paid on March 31 and September 30, of each year,
beginning March 31, 1997 (the "DIVIDEND REFERENCE DATES"), all Accumulating
Dividends which have accrued on each Share outstanding during the six-month
period ending on the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding each
such Dividend Reference Date and, with respect to the first Dividend Reference
Date, during the period from the date of issuance of each Share through February
28, 1997 shall be accumulated (and shall be referred to as "accumulated
dividends" for purposes of this Part B) and shall remain accumulated dividends
with respect to such Share until paid. No Accumulating Dividend shall be deemed
to be an "accumulated dividend" under this Part B except as expressly provided
in this Section 1C.
1D. DISTRIBUTION OF PARTIAL DIVIDEND PAYMENTS.
If at any time the Corporation pays less than the total amount of
Accumulating Dividends then accrued with respect to the Preferred Stock, (i)
such payment shall first be distributed ratably among the holders of Class A
Preferred based upon the aggregate accrued but unpaid Accumulating Dividends on
the Shares of Class A Preferred held by each such holder and (ii) any remaining
amount shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Class B Preferred based
upon the aggregate accrued but unpaid Accumulating Dividends on the Shares of
Class B Preferred held by each such holder.
1E. PARTICIPATION IN COMMON STOCK CASH DIVIDEND PAYMENTS.
Subject to Section 3 of this Part B, if the Corporation declares or
pays any cash dividends on its Common Stock, the Corporation shall also declare
and pay to each holder of Class A Preferred, at the same time that it declares
and pays such cash dividends on its Common Stock, the dividends which would have
been declared and paid with respect to the Common Stock issuable upon conversion
of each Share of Class A Preferred then held by such holder had such Shares of
Class A Preferred been converted immediately prior to the record date for such
dividend, or if no record date is fixed, the date as of which the record holders
of Common Stock entitled to such dividends are to be determined.
SECTION 2. LIQUIDATION.
Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,
(a) each holder of Class A Preferred shall be entitled to be paid, before any
distribution or payment is made upon any Junior Securities, an amount in cash
equal to the greater of (i) the aggregate Liquidation Value (plus all accrued
and unpaid Accumulating Dividends and Non-Accumulating Dividends) of all Shares
held by such holder and (ii) the amount that would have been paid to such holder
with respect to the Class A Common issuable upon conversion of the Class A
Preferred had all of the Class A Preferred been converted immediately prior to
such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and (b) each holder of Class B
Preferred shall be entitled to be paid, before any distribution or payment is
made upon any Junior Securities, an amount in cash equal to the aggregate
Liquidation Value (plus all accrued and unpaid Accumulating Dividends) of all
Shares held by such holder, and thereafter the holders of Preferred Stock shall
not be entitled to any further payment. If upon any such liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,
-12-
<PAGE>
the Corporation's assets to be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock
are insufficient to permit payment to such holders of the aggregate amount which
they are entitled to be paid, then the entire assets to be distributed shall
first be distributed ratably among the holders of Class A Preferred based upon
the aggregate Liquidation Value (plus all accrued and unpaid Accumulating
Dividends and Non-Accumulating Dividends thereon) of the Class A Preferred held
by each such holder and any remaining assets shall be distributed ratably among
the holders of Class B Preferred based upon the aggregate Liquidation Value
(plus all accrued and unpaid Accumulating Dividends thereon) of the Class B
Preferred held by each such holder. Prior to the time of any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the Corporation shall declare for
payment all accrued and unpaid Accumulating Dividends and Non-Accumulating
Dividends with respect to the Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall mail
written notice of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, not less than 60
days prior to the payment date stated therein, to each record holder of
Preferred Stock (which notice shall reaffirm the right of each holder of Shares
of Class A Preferred to convert such holder's Shares into Class A Common in
accordance with Section 7 of this Part B). Neither the consolidation or merger
of the Corporation into or with any other entity or entities, nor the sale or
transfer by the Corporation of all or any part of its assets, nor the reduction
of the capital stock of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section
2.
SECTION 3. PRIORITY OF PREFERRED STOCK.
So long as any Preferred Stock remains outstanding, neither the
Corporation nor any Subsidiary shall redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire
directly or indirectly any Junior Securities, nor shall the Corporation directly
or indirectly pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution upon any
Junior Securities, if at the time of or immediately after any such redemption,
purchase, acquisition, dividend or distribution the Corporation has failed to
pay the full amount of Accumulating Dividends accrued on the Preferred Stock or
the Corporation has failed to make any redemption of the Preferred Stock
required hereunder; PROVIDED that the Corporation may purchase (i) Junior
Securities from present or former employees, officers or directors of or
consultants to the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, (ii) Junior Securities
pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement between the Corporation and Cardinal
Packaging, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (or any successor plan), dated as
of January __, 1996, as the same may be amended or replaced, and (iii) pursuant
to any right of refusal arising out of or relating to the Cardinal Packaging,
Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (or any successor plan) or applicable law.
SECTION 4. REDEMPTIONS.
4A. SCHEDULED REDEMPTIONS.
(i) On June 30, 2003 (the "CLASS A SCHEDULED REDEMPTION
DATE"), the Corporation shall redeem all outstanding Shares of Class A
Preferred at a price per Share equal to the Liquidation Value thereof
(plus accrued and unpaid Accumulating Dividends and Non-Accumulating
Dividends thereon). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time after
delivery of the notice required pursuant to Section 4D but prior to the
Class A Scheduled Redemption Date, the holders of a majority of the
outstanding Shares of Class
-13-
<PAGE>
A Preferred deliver written notice to the Corporation requesting a
deferral of such redemption, then the redemption of Class A Preferred
shall be deferred (and the Shares of Class A Preferred shall remain
outstanding and shall continue to retain all rights and preferences set
forth herein) until the later of (a) the date on which the holders of a
majority of the outstanding Shares of Class A Preferred deliver written
notice to the Corporation terminating the request for deferral (the "CLASS
A DEFERRAL TERMINATION NOTICE") and (b) the date on which such Shares of
Class A Preferred are otherwise actually redeemed or purchased by the
Corporation. The Corporation shall be obligated to redeem all such Shares
of Class A Preferred within 30 days after receipt of the Class A Deferral
Termination Notice.
(ii) On June 30, 2003 (the "CLASS B SCHEDULED REDEMPTION
DATE"), the Corporation shall redeem all outstanding Shares of Class B
Preferred at a price per Share equal to the Liquidation Value thereof
(plus accrued and unpaid Accumulating Dividends thereon). Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if at any time after delivery of the notice required
pursuant to Section 4D but prior to the Class B Scheduled Redemption Date,
the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares of Class B Preferred
deliver written notice to the Corporation requesting a deferral of such
redemption, then the redemption of Class B Preferred shall be deferred
(and the Shares of Class B Preferred shall remain outstanding and shall
continue to retain all rights and preferences set forth herein) until the
later of (a) the date on which the holders of a majority of the
outstanding Shares of Class B Preferred deliver written notice to the
Corporation terminating the request for deferral (the "CLASS B DEFERRAL
TERMINATION NOTICE") and (b) the date on which such Shares of Class B
Preferred are otherwise actually redeemed or purchased by the Corporation.
Subject to the immediately following sentence, the Corporation shall be
obligated to redeem all such Shares of Class B Preferred within 30 days
after receipt of the Class B Deferral Termination Notice.
4B. OPTIONAL REDEMPTIONS.
(i) The Corporation may at any time and from time to time
following the occurrence of a Significant Corporate Transaction (as
defined below) redeem any portion of the Shares of Preferred Stock then
outstanding at a price per Share equal to the Liquidation Value thereof
(plus all accrued and unpaid Accumulating Dividends and Non-Accumulating
Dividends thereon). For purposes of this Section 4B, a "Significant
Corporate Transaction" shall mean any of the following: (1) any sale or
issuance or series of sales and/or issuances of Shares of the
Corporation's capital stock by the Corporation or any holders thereof
which results in any Person or group of affiliated Persons (other than the
owners of Common Stock as of February 1, 1996) owning capital stock of the
Corporation possessing the voting power (under ordinary circumstances) to
elect a majority of the Corporation's board of directors, (2) any sale or
transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and
its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (measured by fair market value
determined in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Corporation's
board of directors) in any transaction or series of transactions (other
than sales in the ordinary course of business), (3) any merger or
consolidation to which the Corporation is a party except for a merger in
which the Corporation is the surviving corporation and, after giving
effect to such merger, the holders of the Corporation's
-14-
<PAGE>
outstanding capital stock possessing a majority of the voting power (under
ordinary circumstances) to elect a majority of the Corporation's board of
directors immediately prior to the merger shall own the Corporation's
outstanding capital stock possessing the voting power (under ordinary
circumstances) to elect a majority of the Corporation's board of directors
and (4) a public offering of the Corporation's Common Stock registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. If a proposed Significant
Corporate Transaction does not occur, all notices for redemption in
connection therewith shall be automatically rescinded.
(ii) Redemptions made pursuant to this paragraph 4B shall not
relieve the Corporation of its obligation to redeem Preferred Stock on the
scheduled redemption date pursuant to paragraph 4A hereof.
4C. REDEMPTION PAYMENT.
For each Share which is to be redeemed, the Corporation shall be
obligated on the Redemption Date to pay to the holder thereof (upon surrender by
such holder at the Corporation's principal office of the certificate
representing such Share) an amount equal to the Liquidation Value of such Share
(plus all accrued and unpaid Accumulating Dividends and Non-Accumulating
Dividends thereon). If, upon a scheduled redemption date on which both classes
of Preferred Stock are required to be redeemed (I.E., the holders of one class
of Preferred Stock have not delivered a deferral notice as set forth in Section
4A), the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of Shares are
insufficient to permit redemption of both the Class A Preferred and the Class B
Preferred, then those funds that are available shall first be used to redeem the
maximum possible number of Shares ratably among the holders of Class A Preferred
based upon the aggregate Liquidation Value (plus all accrued and unpaid
Accumulating Dividends and Non-Accumulating Dividends thereon) of the Class A
Preferred held by each holder of Class A Preferred, and any remaining funds that
are available shall be used to redeem the maximum possible number of Shares
ratably among the holders of Class B Preferred based upon the aggregate
Liquidation Value (plus all accrued and unpaid Accumulating Dividends thereon)
of the Class B Preferred held by each holder of Class B Preferred. At any time
thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for
the redemption of Shares, such funds shall immediately be used to redeem the
balance of the Shares which the Corporation has become obligated to redeem on
any Redemption Date (in accordance with the terms hereof) but which it has not
redeemed.
4D. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.
The Corporation shall deliver written notice of each redemption of
Preferred Stock to each record holder not less than 60 days prior to the date on
which such redemption is to be made (which notice shall, if applicable, reaffirm
the right of each holder of Shares of Class A Preferred to convert such holder's
Shares into Class A Common in accordance with Section 7 of this Part B). Upon
the giving of any such notice of redemption which relates to a redemption at the
Corporation's option, the Corporation shall become obligated to redeem the total
number of Shares specified in such notice at the time of redemption specified
therein (less the total number of Shares that may have been converted by the
holders thereof into Class A Common in accordance with the terms of this Part
B). In case fewer than the total number of Shares
-15-
<PAGE>
represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the
number of unredeemed Shares shall be issued to the holder thereof without cost
to such holder promptly after surrender of the certificate representing the
redeemed Shares.
4E. DIVIDENDS AFTER REDEMPTION DATE.
No Shares is entitled to any dividends accruing after the date on
which the Liquidation Value of such Share (plus all accrued and unpaid
Accumulating Dividends and Non-Accumulating Dividends thereon) is paid to the
holder thereof. On such date all rights of the holder of such Share shall cease,
and such Share shall not be deemed to be outstanding.
4F. REDEEMED OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRED SHARES.
Any Shares which are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the
Corporation shall be cancelled and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.
SECTION 5. VOTING RIGHTS.
Except as otherwise provided herein and as otherwise required by
law, the Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights; PROVIDED that the holders
of Class A Preferred shall be entitled to vote with the holders of the Class A
Common (voting together as a single class) on all matters submitted to the
holders of the Class A Common for a vote, with each share of Class A Common
being entitled to one vote per share and each Share of Class A Preferred
entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common issuable upon conversion
of the Class A Preferred at the time the vote is taken.
SECTION 6. REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER; RESTRICTION ON OWNERSHIP.
(i) The Corporation shall keep at its principal office (or
such other place as the Corporation reasonably designates) a register for
the registration of Preferred Stock. Upon the surrender of any certificate
representing Preferred Stock at such place, the Corporation shall, at the
request of the record holder of such certificate, execute and deliver (at
the Corporation's expense) a new certificate or certificates in exchange
therefor representing in the aggregate the number of Shares represented by
the surrendered certificate, and the Corporation forthwith shall cancel
such surrendered certificate. Each such new certificate will be registered
in such name and shall represent such number of Shares as is required by
the holder of the surrender certificate and will be substantially
identical in form to the surrendered certificate, and dividends shall
accrue on the Preferred Stock represented by such new certificate from the
date to which dividends have been fully paid on such Preferred Stock
represented by the surrendered certificate. The issuance of new
certificates shall be made without charge to the holders of the
surrendered certificates for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other
cost incurred by the Corporation in connection with such issuance.
(ii) Ownership of Shares of Class A Preferred shall be
restricted to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, any employee of
the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (but not a former employee) or
to an employee stock ownership plan (within
-16-
<PAGE>
the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), and no
other persons shall be permitted to own or otherwise hold any Shares of
Class A Preferred.
SECTION 7. CONVERSION.
7A. CONVERSION OF CLASS A PREFERRED.
Each holder of Class A Preferred shall be entitled at any time to
convert any or all of the Shares of such holder's Class A Preferred into a
number of Shares of Class A Common computed by multiplying the number of Shares
to be converted by $100.00 and dividing the result by the Conversion Price then
in effect (as defined in Section 7C of this Part B). Promptly following
conversion (and in any event within 90 days), all accrued but unpaid
Accumulating Dividends and Non-Accumulating Dividends on a converted Share shall
be paid to the holder of such Share, and if the funds of the Corporation are
legally available for payment of such dividends on the date of payment are
insufficient to pay all such dividends on such payment date, those funds which
are legally available shall be used to pay such dividends to the holders of the
Shares being converted based upon the aggregate Liquidation Value of such Shares
(plus all accrued and unpaid Accumulating Dividends and Non-Accumulating
Dividends thereon) held by each such holder. Interest on such dividends shall
accrue from the date of conversion until final payment of such dividends at the
per annum rate paid on three-month U.S. Treasury Bills issued immediately prior
to the date of conversion.
7B. CONVERSION PROCEDURE.
(i) Conversion of Shares of Class A Preferred into Shares of
Class A Common shall be effected by the surrender of the certificate or
certificates representing the Shares to be converted at the principal
office of the Corporation at any time during normal business hours,
together with a written notice by the holder of such Class A Preferred
stating that such holder desires to convert the Shares, or a stated number
of the Shares, of such Class A Preferred represented by such certificate
or certificates into Shares of Class A Common. Each conversion shall be
deemed to have been effected as of the close of business on the date on
which such certificate or certificates have been surrendered and such
notice has been received (or such later date as specified in such notice),
and at such time the rights of the holder of the converted Class A
Preferred as such holder shall cease and the person or persons in whose
name or names the certificate or certificates for Shares of Class A Common
are to be issued upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the
holder or holders of record of the Shares of Class A Common represented
thereby.
(ii) Promptly after the surrender of certificates and the
receipt of the written notice or the request described above, the
Corporation shall issue and deliver in accordance with the surrendering
holder's instructions (a) the certificate or certificates for the Class A
Common issuable upon such conversion and (b) a certificate representing
any Class A Preferred which was represented by the certificate or
certificates delivered to the Corporation in connection with such
conversion but which was not converted.
-17-
<PAGE>
(iii) The issuance of certificates for Class A Common upon
conversion of Class A Preferred will be made without charge to the holders
of such Shares for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other cost
incurred by the Corporation in connection with such conversion and the
related issuance of Class A Common.
(iv) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep
available out of its authorized but unissued Shares of Class A Common,
solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of the Class A
Preferred, such number of Shares of Class A Common issuable upon the
conversion of all outstanding Class A Preferred. All Shares of Class A
Common issuable upon the conversion of the Class A Preferred shall, when
issued, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free
from all taxes, liens and charges. The Corporation shall take all such
actions as may be necessary to assure that all such Shares of Class A
Common may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or
governmental regulation or any requirements of any domestic securities
exchange upon which Shares of Class A Common may be listed (except for
official notice of issuance which will be immediately transmitted by the
Corporation upon issuance).
(v) The Corporation shall not close its books against the
transfer of Shares of Common Stock in any manner which would interfere
with the timely conversion of any Shares of Class A Preferred.
7C. CONVERSION PRICE.
(i) GENERAL. The initial Conversion Price shall be $94.545.
The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time
pursuant to this Section 7C.
(ii) SUBDIVISION OR COMBINATION OF COMMON STOCK. If the
Corporation at any time subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend,
recapitalization or otherwise) one or more classes of its outstanding
Shares of Common Stock into a greater number of Shares, the Conversion
Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be
proportionately reduced, and if the Corporation at any time combines (by
reverse stock split or otherwise) one or more classes of its outstanding
Shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of Shares, the Conversion
Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be
proportionately increased.
(iii) REORGANIZATION, RECLASSIFICATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER
OR SALE. Any recapitalization, reorganization, reclassification,
consolidation, merger, sale of all or substantially all of the
Corporation's assets to another Person or other transaction which is
effected in such a manner that holders of Common Stock are entitled to
receive (either directly or upon subsequent liquidation) stock, securities
or assets with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock is referred to
herein as an "Organic Change." Prior to the consummation of any Organic
Change, the Corporation shall make appropriate provisions to insure that
each of the holders of Class A Preferred shall thereafter have the right
to acquire and receive, in lieu of or in addition to (as the case may be)
the Shares of Class A Common immediately theretofore acquirable and
receivable upon the conversion
-18-
<PAGE>
of such holder's Class A Preferred, such Shares of stock, securities or
assets as such holder would have received in connection with such Organic
Change if such holder had converted its Class A Preferred immediately
prior to such Organic Change. In each such case, the Corporation shall
also make appropriate provisions to insure that the provisions of this
Section 7 and Section 3 and 4 hereof shall thereafter be applicable to the
Preferred Stock (including, in the case of any such consolidation, merger
or sale in which the successor entity or purchasing entity is other than
the Corporation, an immediate adjustment of the Conversion Price to the
value for the Common Stock reflected by the terms of such consolidation,
merger or sale, and a corresponding immediate adjustment in the number of
Shares of Class A Common acquirable and receivable upon conversion of
Class A Preferred, if the value so reflected is less than the Conversion
Price in effect immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or sale).
(iv) NOTICES. Immediately upon any adjustment of the
Conversion Price, the Corporation shall give written notice thereof to all
holders of Class A Preferred setting forth in reasonable detail the
calculation of such adjustment.
SECTION 8. REPLACEMENT.
Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation
(an affidavit of the registered holder shall be satisfactory) of the ownership
and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any certificate evidencing
Shares, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of
indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (provided that if the
holder is a financial institution, other institutional investor or executive
officer of the Corporation, such holder's own agreement shall be satisfactory),
or, in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender of such certificate, the
Corporation shall (at its expense) execute and deliver in lieu of such
certificate a new certificate of like kind representing the number of Shares
represented by such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate and dated
the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate, and dividends
shall accrue on the Preferred Stock represented by such new certificate from the
date to which dividends have been fully paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or
mutilated certificate.
SECTION 9. DEFINITIONS.
"JUNIOR SECURITIES" means any of the Corporation's equity securities
other than the Preferred Stock.
"LIQUIDATION VALUE" of any Share as of any particular date shall
be equal to $100.00.
"PERSON" means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a
limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a
joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any
department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
"REDEMPTION DATE" as to any Share means the date specified in the
notice of any redemption at the Corporation's option or the applicable date
specified herein in the case of any other redemption; PROVIDED that no such date
shall be a Redemption Date unless the Liquidation
-19-
<PAGE>
Value of such Share (plus all accrued and unpaid Accumulating Dividends and
Non-Accumulating Dividends thereon) is actually paid in full on such date, and
if not so paid in full, the Redemption Date shall be the date on which such
amount is fully paid.
"SUBSIDIARY" means any corporation of which the Shares of
outstanding capital stock possessing the voting power (under ordinary
circumstances) in electing the board of directors are, at the time as of which
any determination is being made, owned by the Corporation either directly or
indirectly through Subsidiaries.
SECTION 10. AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.
No amendment, modification or waiver shall be binding or effective
with respect to any provision of this Part B without the prior written consent
of the holders of at least majority of the Class B Preferred outstanding at the
time such action is taken (voting as a single class); PROVIDED that the vote of
the holders of a majority of Shares of any class of Preferred Stock shall be
required if any such amendment would alter or change the powers, preferences or
special rights of the Shares of such class so as to affect such class adversely.
SECTION 11. NOTICES.
Except as otherwise expressly provided hereunder, all notices
referred to herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or by reputable
overnight courier service, charges prepaid, and shall be deemed to have been
given when so mailed or sent (i) to the Corporation, at its principal executive
offices and (ii) to any stockholder, at such holder's address as it appears in
the stock records of the Corporation (unless otherwise indicated by any such
holder).
COMMON STOCK
Except as otherwise provided in this Section C or as otherwise
required by applicable law, all Shares of Class A Common, Class B Common and
Class C Common shall be identical in all respects and shall entitle the holders
thereof to the same rights and privileges, subject to the same qualifications,
limitations and restrictions.
SECTION 1. VOTING RIGHTS.
Except as otherwise provided in this Section C or as otherwise
required by applicable law, (a) the holders of Class A Common shall be entitled
to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the
Corporation, and (b) the holders of Class B Common and the holders of Class C
Common shall have no right to vote on any matters to be voted on by the
stockholders of the Corporation; PROVIDED that the holders of Class B Common
shall have the right to vote as a separate class, and the holders of Class C
Common shall have the right to vote as a separate class, on any merger or
consolidation of the Corporation with or into another entity or entities, or any
recapitalization or reorganization, in which such Shares of Class B Common or
Class C Common would receive or be exchanged for consideration different on a
per share basis from consideration received with respect to or in exchange for
the Shares of Class A Common or would otherwise be treated differently from
Shares of Class A Common in connection with such transaction; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that a transaction in which the holders of
-20-
<PAGE>
Class B Common or Class C Common receive securities substantially similar to
those received by the holders of Class A Common, except that such securities
received by such holders of Class B Common or Class C Common contain terms and
restrictions substantially similar to those specifically applicable to the Class
B Common or Class C Common, as the case may be, pursuant to this Article IV,
shall not require the affirmative vote of the holders of the Class B Common or
the holders of the Class C Common.
SECTION 2. DIVIDENDS.
As and when dividends are declared or paid thereon, whether in cash,
property or securities of the Corporation, the holders of Class A Common, the
holders of Class B Common and the holders of Class C Common shall, subject to
the terms of Section 1E of Part B above, be entitled to participate in such
dividends ratably on a per share basis; PROVIDED that (i) if dividends are
declared which are payable in Shares of Class A Common, Class B Common or Class
C Common, dividends shall be declared which are payable at the same rate on all
classes of stock, and the dividends payable in Shares of Class A Common shall be
payable to holders of that class of stock, the dividends payable in Shares of
Class A Common shall be payable to holders of that class of stock, the dividends
payable in Shares of Class B Common shall be payable to holders of that class of
stock and the dividends payable in Shares of Class C Common shall be payable to
holders of that class of stock and (ii) if the dividends consist of other voting
securities of the Corporation, the Corporation shall make available to each
holder of Class B Common or Class C Common, at such holder's request, dividends
consisting of non-voting securities of the Corporation which are otherwise
identical to the voting securities and, in the case of the holders of Class B
Common or Class C Common, which are convertible into or exchangeable for such
voting securities on the same terms as the Class B Common or Class C Common, as
applicable, is convertible into the Class A Common. The right of the holders of
Common Stock to receive dividends are subject to the provisions of the Preferred
Stock in Part B above.
SECTION 3. LIQUIDATION.
Subject to the provisions of the Preferred Stock in Part B above,
the holders of the Class A Common, the Class B Common and the Class C Common
shall be entitled to participate ratably on a per share basis in all
distributions to the holders of Common Stock in any liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Corporation.
SECTION 4. CONVERSION.
4A. CONVERSION OF CLASS B COMMON.
Each holder of Class B Common shall be entitled at any time to
convert any or all of the Shares of such holder's Class B Common into the same
number of Class A Common or the same number of Class C Common.
4B. CONVERSION OF CLASS C COMMON.
Upon the occurrence (or the expected occurrence as described in
(iii) below) of any Conversion Event, each holder of Class C Common shall be
entitled to convert any or all of
-21-
<PAGE>
the Shares of such holder's Class C Common into the same number of Shares of
Class A Common.
For purposes of this paragraph 4B, a "Conversion Event" shall mean
any public offering or public sale of securities of the Corporation (including a
public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and a public sale
pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar
rule then in force).
Each holder of Class C Common shall be entitled to convert Shares of
Class C Common in connection with any Conversion Event if such holder reasonably
believes that such Conversion Event will be consummated, and a written request
for conversion from any holder of Class C Common to the Corporation stating such
holder's reasonable belief that a Conversion Event shall occur shall be
conclusive and shall obligate the Corporation to effect such conversion in a
timely manner so as to enable each such holder to participate in such Conversion
Event. The Corporation will not cancel the Shares of Class C Common so converted
before the tenth day following such Conversion Event and will reserve such
Shares until such tenth day for reissuance in compliance with the next sentence.
If any Shares of Class C Common are converted into Shares of Class A Common in
connection with a Conversion Event and such Shares of Class A Common are not
actually distributed, disposed of or sold pursuant to such Conversion Event,
such Shares of Class A Common shall be promptly converted back into the same
number of Shares of Class C Common.
4C. CONVERSION PROCEDURE.
(i) Each conversion of Shares of Class B Common or Class C
Common into Shares of Class A Common or Class C Common shall be effected
by the surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the
Shares to be converted at the principal office of the Corporation at any
time during normal business hours, together with (a) in the case of Class
B Common, a written notice by the holder of such Class B Common stating
that such holder desires to convert the Shares, or a stated number of the
Shares, of such Class B Common represented by such certificate or
certificates into Shares of Class A Common or Class C Common or (b) in the
case of Class C Common, the request described in Section 4B(iii) hereof.
Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as of the close of
business on the date on which such certificate or certificates have been
surrendered and such notice has been received (or such later date as
specified in the request described in Section 4B(iii)), and at such time
the rights of the holder of the converted Class B Common or Class C Common
as such holder shall cease and the person or persons in whose name or
names the certificate or certificates for Shares of Class A Common or
Class C Common, as applicable, are to be issued upon such conversion shall
be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the Shares of
Class A Common or Class C Common represented thereby.
(ii) Promptly after the surrender of certificates and the
receipt of the written notice or the request described above, the
Corporation shall issue and deliver in accordance with the surrendering
holder's instructions (a) the certificate or certificates for the Class A
Common or Class C Common, as the case may be, issuable upon such
conversion and (b) a certificate representing any Class B Common or Class
C Common
-22-
<PAGE>
which was represented by the certificate or certificates delivered to the
Corporation in connection with such conversion but which was not
converted.
(iii) The issuance of certificates for Class A Common or Class
C Common upon conversion of Class B Common or Class C Common will be made
without charge to the holders of such Shares for any issuance tax in
respect thereof or other costs incurred by the Corporation in connection
with such conversion and the related issuance of Class A Common or Class C
Common.
(iv) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep
available out of its authorized but unissued Shares of Class A Common,
solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of the Class B
Common and Class C Common, such number of Shares of Class A Common
issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding Class B Common and all
outstanding Class C Common. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and
keep available out of its authorized but unissued Shares of Class C
Common, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of the
Class B Common, such number of Shares of Class C Common issuable upon the
conversion of all outstanding Class B Common. All Shares of Class A Common
and Class C Common issuable upon the conversion of the Class B Common and
Class C Common shall, when issued, be duly and validly issued, fully paid
and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges. The
Corporation shall take all such actions as may be necessary to assure that
all such Shares of Class A Common and Class C Common may be so issued
without violation of any applicable law or governmental regulation or any
requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which Shares of
Class A Common or Class C Common may be listed (except for official notice
of issuance which will be immediately transmitted by the Corporation upon
issuance).
(v) The Corporation shall not close its books against the
transfer of Shares of Common Stock in any manner which would interfere
with the timely conversion of any Shares of Class B Common or Class C
Common.
SECTION 5. STOCK SPLITS.
If the Corporation in any manner subdivides (by any stock split,
stock dividend, recapitalization or otherwise) or combines (by reverse stock
split or otherwise) the outstanding Shares of one class of Common Stock, the
outstanding Shares of the other classes of Common Stock shall be proportionately
subdivided or combined in a similar manner.
SECTION 6. REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER.
The Corporation shall keep at its principal office (or such other
place as the Corporation reasonably designates) a register for the registration
of Shares of Common Stock. Upon the surrender of any certificate representing
Shares of any class of Common Stock at such place, the Corporation shall, at the
request of the registered holder of such certificate, execute and deliver a new
certificate or certificates in exchange therefor representing in the aggregate
the number of Shares of such class represented by the surrendered certificate,
and the Corporation forthwith shall cancel such surrendered certificate. Each
such new certificate will be registered
-23-
<PAGE>
in such name and will represent such number of Shares of such class as is
requested by the holder of the surrendered certificate and will be substantially
identical in form to the surrendered certificate. The issuance of new
certificates shall be made without charge to the holders of the surrendered
certificates for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other cost incurred by
the Corporation in connection with such issuance.
SECTION 7. REPLACEMENT.
Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation
(an affidavit of the registered holder will be satisfactory) of the ownership
and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any certificate evidencing one
or more Shares of any class of Common Stock, and in the case of any such loss,
theft or destruction, upon receipt of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the
Corporation (provided that if the holder is a financial institution, other
institutional investor or executive officer of the Corporation, such holder's
own agreement will be satisfactory), or, in the case of any such mutilation upon
surrender of such certificate, the Corporation shall (at its expense) execute
and deliver in lieu of such certificate a new certificate of like kind
representing the number of Shares of such class represented by such lost,
stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate and dated the date of such lost,
stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate.
SECTION 8. NOTICES.
All notices referred to herein shall be in writing, shall be
delivered personally or by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be
deemed to have been given when so delivered or mailed to the Corporation at its
principal executive offices and to any stockholder at such holder's address as
it appears in the stock records of the Corporation (unless otherwise specified
in a written notice to the Corporation by such holder).
SECTION 9. AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.
No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Section C shall be
effective without the prior approval of the holders of a majority of the then
outstanding Class A Common and Class B Common (voting as a single class);
PROVIDED that the vote of the holders of a majority of any class of Common Stock
shall be required if any such amendment would alter or change the powers,
preferences or special rights of the Shares of such class so as to affect such
class adversely.
-24-
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CPI HOLDING CORPORATION
(Under Sections 242 And 245)
The following Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
CPI Holding Corporation, duly adopted pursuant to Section 245 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, amends, restates and supersedes the
existing Certificate of Incorporation, which was originally filed with the
Secretary of State of Delaware on April 27, 1995 under the name EPI Acquisition
Corporation.
ARTICLE I
NAME
The name of the corporation (herein called the "Corporation") is CPI
Holding Corporation.
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT
The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State
of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street, City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware
19901. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is
National Registered Agents, Inc.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Statute").
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK
The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares, all of which are
shares of Common Stock, par value of $.01 per share.
<PAGE>
ARTICLE V
DIRECTORS
The number of directors of the Corporation shall be such as from
time to time shall be fixed in the manner provided in the By-laws of the
Corporation. The election of directors of the Corporation need not be by ballot
unless the By-laws so require.
ARTICLE VI
DIRECTORS' LIABILITY
A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware Statute, or (iv) for
any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.
If the Delaware Statute is amended after the date of incorporation of the
Corporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the
personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the
Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by
the Delaware Statute, as so amended.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the
stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or
protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal
or modification.
ARTICLE VII
MANAGEMENT OF THE CORPORATION
For the management of the business and for the conduct of the
affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation
of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders, it is
further provided:
In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the
State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized and empowered:
to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-laws in any manner not inconsistent with
the laws of the State of Delaware or this Certificate of Incorporation;
without the assent or vote of the stockholders, to authorize and issue
securities and obligations of the Corporation, secured or unsecured, and to
include therein such provisions as to redemption, conversion or other terms
thereof as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may determine, and to
authorize the mortgaging or pledging, as security therefor, of any property of
the Corporation, real or personal, including after-acquired property;
-2-
<PAGE>
to determine whether any, and if any, what part, of the net profits of the
Corporation or of its surplus shall be declared in dividends and paid to the
stockholders, and to direct and determine the use and disposition of any such
net profits or such surplus; and
to fix from time to time the amount of net profits of the Corporation or of its
surplus to be reserved as working capital or for any other lawful purpose.
In addition to the powers and authorities herein or by statute
expressly conferred upon it, the Board of Directors may exercise all such
powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the
Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the laws of the
State of Delaware, of this Certificate of Incorporation and of the By-laws
of the Corporation.
Any director or any officer elected or appointed by the stockholders or by the
Board of Directors may be removed at any time in such manner as shall be
provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.
From time to time any of the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation may
be altered, amended or repealed, and other provisions authorized by the laws of
the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the
manner and at the time prescribed by said laws, and all rights at any time
conferred upon the stockholders of the Corporation by this Certificate of
Incorporation are granted subject to the provisions of this paragraph (c).
ARTICLE VIII
CREDITORS MEETINGS
Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the
Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the
Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the
provisions of Section 291 of the Delaware Statute or on the application of
trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the
Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of the Delaware Statute, order a
meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or
class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in
such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing
three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the
stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be,
agree on any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the
Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said
compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by
the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the
creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of
stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the
Corporation.
-3-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole stockholder of
CPI Holding Corporation, for the purpose of amending and restating the
Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Corporation pursuant to the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, under penalties of perjury do
hereby declare and certify that this is the act and deed of the Corporation and
the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly have hereunto signed this
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation this 6th day of July, 1999.
CPI HOLDING CORPORATION
--------------------------------------
Name: James M. Kratochvil
Title:Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer, Treasurer and
Secretary
EXHIBIT 3.32
BY-LAWS
OF
CPI HOLDING CORPORATION
A DELAWARE CORPORATION
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE.
The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be
located at 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle. The
name of the corporation's registered agent at such address shall be The
Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc. The registered office and/or registered
agent of the corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the board
of directors.
1.2 OTHER OFFICES.
The corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within
and without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors may from time to
time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
2.1 PLACE AND TIME OF MEETINGS.
An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year within one
hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the immediately preceding fiscal
year of the corporation for the purpose of electing directors and conducting
such other proper business as may come before the meeting. The date, time and
place of the annual meeting shall be determined by the president of the
corporation; provided, that if the president does not act, the board of
directors shall determine the date, time and place of such meeting.
2.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS.
Special meetings of stockholders may be called for any purpose and may be
held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall
be stated in a notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.
<PAGE>
2.3 PLACE OF MEETINGS.
The board of directors may designate any place, either within or without
the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any
special meeting called by the board of directors. If no designation is made, or
if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the
principal executive office of the corporation.
2.4 NOTICE.
Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a
meeting, written or printed notice stating the place, date, time, and, in the
case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes, of such meeting, shall be
given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten
(10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. All such
notices shall be delivered, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction
of the board of directors, the president or the secretary, and if mailed, such
notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail,
postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the
same appears on the records of the corporation. Attendance of a person at a
meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the
person attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the
meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.
2.5 STOCKHOLDERS LIST.
The officer having charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall
make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a
complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting arranged in
alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of
shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to
the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting,
during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to
the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held,
which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be
produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time
thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
2.6 QUORUM.
The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock,
present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all
meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the
certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present, the holders of a
majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting,
and entitled to vote at the meeting, may adjourn the meeting to another time
and/or place.
2.7 ADJOURNED MEETINGS.
When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be
given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at
the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the
corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the
original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty
<PAGE>
(30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the
adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
2.8 VOTE REQUIRED.
When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares
present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on
the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the question is
one upon which by express provisions of an applicable law or of the certificate
of incorporation a different vote is required, in which case such express
provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.
2.9 VOTING RIGHTS.
Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware or by the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or any
amendments thereto and subject to Section 3 of Article VI hereof, every
stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one (1)
vote in person or by proxy for each share of common stock held by such
stockholder.
2.10 PROXIES.
Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to
express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may
authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such
proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless
the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be
irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it
is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A
proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it
is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation
generally. Any proxy is suspended when the person executing the proxy is present
at a meeting of stockholders and elects to vote, except that when such proxy is
coupled with an interest and the fact of the interest appears on the face of the
proxy, the agent named in the proxy shall have all voting and other rights
referred to in the proxy, notwithstanding the presence of the person executing
the proxy. At each meeting of the stockholders, and before any voting commences,
all proxies filed at or before the meeting shall be submitted to and examined by
the secretary or a person designated by the secretary, and no shares may be
represented or voted under a proxy that has been found to be invalid or
irregular.
2.11 ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT.
Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action
required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the
corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting
of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and
without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so
taken and bearing the dates of signature of the stockholders who signed the
consent or consents, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having
not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize
or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon
were present and voted and shall be delivered to the
<PAGE>
corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, or
the corporation's principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the
corporation having custody of the book or books in which proceedings of meetings
of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation's registered
office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt
requested provided, however, that no consent or consents delivered by certified
or registered mail shall be deemed delivered until such consent or consents are
actually received at the registered office. All consents properly delivered in
accordance with this section shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered.
No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to
therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered
to the corporation as required by this section, written consents signed by the
holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so
recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting
by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who
have not consented in writing. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent
or consents of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken
by the stockholders at a meeting thereof.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
3.1 GENERAL POWERS.
The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under
the direction of the board of directors.
3.2 NUMBER, ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.
The number of directors which shall constitute the first board shall be
three (3). Thereafter, the number of directors shall be established from time to
time by resolution of the board. The directors shall be elected by a plurality
of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the
meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors. The directors shall
be elected in this manner at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as
provided in Section 4 of this Article III. Each director elected shall hold
office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her
earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.
3.3 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION.
Any director or the entire board of directors may be removed at any time,
with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled
to vote at an election of directors. Whenever the holders of any class or series
are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the
corporation's certificate of incorporation, the provisions of this section shall
apply, in respect to the removal without cause of a director or directors so
elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class or
series and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole. Any director
may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation.
4
<PAGE>
3.4 VACANCIES.
Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in
the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors
then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Each
director so chosen shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and
qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as herein
provided.
3.5 ANNUAL MEETINGS.
The annual meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held
without other notice than this by-law immediately after, and at the same place
as, the annual meeting of stockholders.
3.6 OTHER MEETINGS AND NOTICE.
Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the board of directors
may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to
time be determined by resolution of the board. Special meetings of the board of
directors may be called by or at the request of the president on at least
twenty-four (24) hours notice to each director, either personally, by telephone,
by mail, or by telegraph.
3.7 QUORUM, REQUIRED VOTE AND ADJOURNMENT.
A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for
the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of directors present at a
meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors.
If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors, the
directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without
notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
3.8 COMMITTEES.
The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the
whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one
or more of the directors of the corporation, which to the extent provided in
such resolution or these by-laws shall have and may exercise the powers of the
board of directors in the management and affairs of the corporation except as
otherwise limited by law. The board of directors may designate one or more
directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Such committee or
committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time
by resolution adopted by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep
regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors
when required.
3.9 COMMITTEE RULES.
Each committee of the board of directors may fix its own rules of
procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may
otherwise be provided by a resolution of the board of directors designating such
committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a
5
<PAGE>
resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee
shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. In the event that a member and that
member's alternate, if alternates are designated by the board of directors as
provided in Section 8 of this Article III, of such committee is or are absent or
disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not
disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a
quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act
at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.
3.10 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT.
Members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate
in and act at any meeting of such board or committee through the use of a
conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all
persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in
the meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at the
meeting.
3.11 WAIVER OF NOTICE AND PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT.
Any member of the board of directors or any committee thereof who is
present at a meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have waived notice of
such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of
objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business
because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Such member shall be
conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her
dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her
written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the
secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by
registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after the
adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member
who voted in favor of such action.
3.12 ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT.
Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, any
action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of
directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all
members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in
writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings
of the board or committee.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
4.1 NUMBER.
The officers of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors
and shall consist of a president, one or more vice-presidents, secretary, a
treasurer, and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed
necessary or desirable by the board of directors. Any number of offices may be
held by the same person. In its discretion, the board of directors may choose
6
<PAGE>
not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable, except that the
offices of president and secretary shall be filled as expeditiously as possible.
4.2 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.
The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the board of
directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders or
as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. The president shall be elected
annually by the board of directors at the first meeting of the board of
directors held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter
as conveniently may be. The president shall appoint other officers to serve for
such terms as he or she deems desirable. Vacancies may be filled or new offices
created and filled at any meeting of the board of directors. Each officer shall
hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her
earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.
4.3 REMOVAL.
Any officer or agent elected by the board of directors may be removed by
the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the
corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice
to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.
4.4 VACANCIES.
Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation,
removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the board of directors
for the unexpired portion of the term by the board of directors then in office.
4.5 COMPENSATION.
Compensation of all officers shall be fixed by the board of directors, and
no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his
or her also being a director of the corporation.
4.6 THE PRESIDENT.
The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation;
shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and board of directors at
which he is present; subject to the powers of the board of directors, shall have
general charge of the business, affairs and property of the corporation, and
control over its officers, agents and employees; and shall see that all orders
and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The president
shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the
seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be
otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof
shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or
agent of the corporation. The president shall have such other powers and perform
such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or as may be
provided in these by-laws.
7
<PAGE>
4.7 VICE-PRESIDENTS.
The vice-president, or if there shall be more than one, the
vice-presidents in the order determined by the board of directors or by the
president, shall, in the absence or disability of the president, act with all of
the powers and be subject to all the restrictions of the president. The
vice-presidents shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers
as the board of directors, the president or these bylaws may, from time to time,
prescribe.
4.8 THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES.
The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors, all
meetings of the committees thereof and all meetings of the stockholders and
record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for
that purpose. Under the president's supervision, the secretary shall give, or
cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these by-laws or by law;
shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the
president or these bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe; and shall have
custody of the corporate seal of the corporation. The secretary, or an assistant
secretary, shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument
requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the
signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general
authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to
attest the affixing by his signature. The assistant secretary, or if there be
more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of
directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the
duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other
duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, the president, or
secretary may, from time to time, prescribe.
4.9 THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURER.
The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and
securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements
in books belonging to the corporation; shall deposit all monies and other
valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation as may be
ordered by the board of directors; shall cause the funds of the corporation to
be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper
vouchers for such disbursements; and shall render to the president and the board
of directors, at its regular meeting or when the board of directors so requires,
an account of the corporation; shall have such powers and perform such duties as
the board of directors, the president or these by-laws may, from time to time,
prescribe. If required by the board of directors, the treasurer shall give the
corporation a bond (which shall be rendered every six (6) years) in such sums
and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of
directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of treasurer
and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of death, resignation,
retirement, or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money, and
other property of whatever kind in the possession or under the control of the
treasurer belonging to the corporation. The assistant treasurer, or if there
shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the
board of directors, shall in the absence or disability of the treasurer, perform
the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer. The assistant treasurers
shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of
directors, the president or treasurer may, from time to time, prescribe.
8
<PAGE>
4.10 OTHER OFFICERS. ASSISTANT OFFICERS AND AGENTS.
Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose
duties are provided for in these by-laws, shall have such authority and perform
such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board of
directors.
4.11 ABSENCE OR DISABILITY OF OFFICERS.
In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the corporation
and of any person hereby authorized to act in such officer's place during such
officer's absence or disability, the board of directors may by resolution
delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any
director, or to any other person whom it may select.
ARTICLE V
INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND OTHERS
5.1 NATURE OF INDEMNITY.
Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party
to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the
fact that he, or a person of whom he is the legal representative, is or was a
director or officer, of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of
the corporation as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another
corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall
be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent which
it is empowered to do so unless prohibited from doing so by the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be
amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such
amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than
said law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against
all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees actually and
reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding) and such
indemnification shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and
administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 2 hereof,
the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in
connection with a proceeding initiated by such person only if such proceeding
was authorized by the board of directors of the corporation. The right to
indemnification conferred in this Article V shall be a contract right and,
subject to Sections 2 and 5 hereof, shall include the right to be paid by the
corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of
its final disposition. The corporation may, by action of its board of directors,
provide indemnification to employees and agents of the corporation with the same
scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.
5.2 PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Any indemnification of a director or officer of the corporation under
Section 1 of this Article V or advance of expenses under Section 5 of this
Article V shall be made promptly, and in any event within thirty (30) days, upon
the written request of the director or officer. If a determination by the
corporation that the director or officer is entitled to indemnification
9
<PAGE>
pursuant to this Article V is required, and the corporation fails to respond
within sixty (60) days to a written request for indemnity, the corporation shall
be deemed to have approved the request. If the corporation denies a written
request for indemnification or advancing of expenses, in whole or in part, or if
payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within thirty (30) days,
the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article V shall be
enforceable by the director or officer in any court of Competent jurisdiction.
Such person's costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully
establishing his right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such
action shall also be indemnified by the corporation. It shall be a defense to
any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses
incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where
the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the corporation) that the
claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the corporation to
indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of such defense
shall be on the corporation. Neither the failure of the corporation (including
its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have
made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that
indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has
met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the corporation
(including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its
stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct,
shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has
not met the applicable standard of conduct.
5.3 ARTICLE NOT EXCLUSIVE.
The rights to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in
defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this
Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or
hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of
incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise.
5.4 INSURANCE.
The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and
on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary,
or agent of the corporation or was serving at the request of the corporation as
a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against
him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not the
corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability
under this Article V.
5.5 EXPENSES.
Expenses incurred by any person described in Section 1 of this Article V
in defending a proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of such
proceeding's final disposition unless otherwise determined by the board of
directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of
the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be
determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.
Such expenses
10
<PAGE>
incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and
conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.
5.6 EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS.
Persons who are not covered by the foregoing provisions of this Article V
and who are or were employees or agents of the corporation, or who are or were
serving at the request of the corporation as employees or agents of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, may be
indemnified to the extent authorized at any time or from time to time by the
board of directors.
5.7 CONTRACT RIGHTS.
The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract right
between the corporation and each director or officer who serves in any such
capacity at any time while this Article V and the relevant provisions of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or other applicable law are in
effect, and any repeal or modification of this Article V or any such law shall
not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of
facts or proceeding then existing.
5.8 MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION.
For purposes of this Article V, references to "the corporation" shall
include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation
(including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or
merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and
authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that
any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such
constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent
corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same
position under this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving
corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation
if its separate existence had continued.
ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK
6.1 FORM.
Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a
certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the president or a
vice-president and the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation,
certifying the number of shares of a specific class or series owned by such
holder in the corporation. If such a certificate is countersigned (1) by a
transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent other than the corporation or its
employee or(2) by a registrar, other than the corporation or its employee, the
signature of any such president, vice-president, secretary, or assistant
secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who have signed, or
whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate
or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the corporation
whether because of death,
11
<PAGE>
resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been
delivered by the corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless
be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such
certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been
used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the corporation.
All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise
identified. The name of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are
issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the
books of the corporation. Shares of stock of the corporation shall only be
transferred on the books of the corporation by the holder of record thereof or
by such holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the
corporation of the certificate or certificates for such shares endorsed by the
appropriate person or persons, with such evidence of the authenticity of such
endorsement, transfer, authorization, and other matters as the corporation may
reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In
that event, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate
to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or certificates, and
record the transaction on its books. The board of directors may appoint a bank
or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state
thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with
the transfer of any class or series of securities of the corporation.
6.2 LOST CERTIFICATES.
The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be
issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the
corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of
an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be
lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or
certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition
precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or
destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to
give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any
claim that may be made against the corporation on account of the loss, theft or
destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.
6.3 FIXING A RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS.
In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof,
the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not
precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by
the board of directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60)
nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date
is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close
of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is given, or if
notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on
which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment
of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new
record date for the adjourned meeting.
12
<PAGE>
6.4 FIXING A RECORD DATE FOR ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT.
In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to
consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the board of directors
may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which
the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and
which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the
resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors. If no
record date has been fixed by the board of directors, the record date for
determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is required by
statute, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth
the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by
delivery to its registered off.ice in the State of Delaware, its principal place
of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the
book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery
made to the corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by
the board of directors and prior action by the board of directors is required by
statute, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to
corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business
on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution taking such
prior action.
6.5 FIXING A RECORD DATE FOR OTHER PURPOSES.
In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to
receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights
or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change,
conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action,
the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not
precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted,
and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such
action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders
for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the
board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
6.6 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.
Prior to the surrender to the corporation of the certificate or
certificates for a share or shares of stock with a request to record the
transfer of such share or shares, the corporation may treat the registered owner
as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications,
and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. The corporation
shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in
such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall
have express or other notice thereof.
6.7 SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR STOCK.
Unless otherwise provided for in the subscription agreement, subscriptions
for shares shall be paid in full at such time, or in such installments and at
such times, as shall be determined by the board of directors. Any call made by
the board of directors for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform as to all
shares of the same class or as to all shares of the same series. In case of
13
<PAGE>
default in the payment of any installment or call when such payment is due, the
corporation may proceed to collect the amount due in the same manner as any debt
due the corporation.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
7.1 DIVIDENDS.
Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the
provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the
board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends
may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to
the provisions of the certificate of incorporation. Before payment of any
dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available
for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their
absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet
contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any
property of the corporation, or any other purpose and the directors may modify
or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
7.2 CHECKS, DRAFTS OR ORDERS.
All checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money by or to the
corporation and all notes and other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name
of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents
of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be determined by resolution of
the board of directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.
7.3 CONTRACTS.
The board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent
or agents, of the corporation to enter into any contract or to execute and
deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
7.4 LOANS.
The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or
otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its
subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the
corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such
loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the
corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without
interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of
directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of
stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to
deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at
common law or under any statute.
7.5 FISCAL YEAR.
The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the
board of directors.
14
<PAGE>
7.6 CORPORATE SEAL.
The board of directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be in
the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the
corporation and the words "Corporate Seal, Delaware". The seal may be used by
causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or
otherwise.
7.7 VOTING SECURITIES OWNED BY CORPORATION.
Voting securities in any other corporation held by the corporation shall
be voted by the president, unless the board of directors specifically confers
authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or
confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person
authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with
general power of substitution.
7.8 INSPECTION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS.
Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall,
upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right
during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the
corporation's stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and
records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean
any purpose reasonably related to such person's interest as a stockholder. In
every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks
the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power
of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent
to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed
to the corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware or at its
principal place of business.
7.9 SECTION HEADINGS.
Section headings in these by-laws are for convenience of reference only
and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise
construing any provision herein.
7.10 INCONSISTENT PROVISIONS.
In the event that any provision of these bylaws is or becomes inconsistent
with any provision of the certificate of incorporation, the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable law, the provision of these
by-laws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but
shall otherwise be given full force and effect.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
These by-laws may be amended, altered, or repealed and new by-laws adopted
at any meeting of the board of directors by a majority vote. The fact that the
power to adopt, amend, alter, or repeal the by-laws has been conferred upon the
board of directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.
13
EXHIBIT 3.33
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
CARDINAL PACKAGING, INC.
ARTICLE I
The name of the Corporation shall be CARDINAL PACKAGING, INC.
ARTICLE II
The place in Ohio where the principal office of the Corporation is
to be located is Akron, Summit County.
ARTICLE III
The Corporation is formed for the purposes of developing,
manufacturing, servicing, repairing, treating, finishing, buying, selling and
generally dealing in, in every manner, materials, articles and products of every
kind and description, performing services of every kind and description,
holding, leasing and mortgaging and dealing, in every manner, in all real and
personal property and doing all things necessary or incidental to the foregoing
purposes.
The Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time
to substantially change its purposes in any manner now or hereafter permitted by
statute. Any change of the purposes of the Corporation, authorized or approved
by the holders of shares entitled to exercise the proportion of the voting power
of the Corporation now or hereafter required by the statute or by the Articles
of Incorporation of the Corporation for such authorization or approvals shall be
binding and conclusive upon every shareholder of the Corporation, as fully as if
such shareholder had voted therefor; and no shareholder, notwithstanding that he
may have voted against such change of purposes or may have objected in writing
thereto, shall be entitled to payment of the fair cash value of his shares.
ARTICLE IV
The number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to have
outstanding is 750 shares of Common Stock, without par value (hereinafter called
"Common Stock"). Each share of Common Stock shall be equal to every other share
of Common Stock. The holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one
vote for each share of such stock upon all matter presented to the shareholders.
<PAGE>
ARTICLE V
Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no shareholder of the
Corporation shall by reason of his holding shares of any class have any
pre-emptive or preferential right to purchase or subscribe to any share of any
class of the Corporation, now or hereafter authorized, or any note, debenture,
bond or other security convertible into or carrying options or warrants to
purchase shares of any class, now or hereafter authorized, whether or not the
issuance of any such share, or such note, debenture, bond or other security,
would adversely affect the dividends or voting rights of such shareholder, and
the Board of Directors may issue shares of any class of the Corporation, or any
note, debenture, bond or other security convertible into or carrying options or
warrants to purchase shares of any class, without offering any such share of any
class, either in whole or in part, to the existing shareholders of any class;
provided, however, that the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, grant
such preferential subscription rights at such price and upon such other terms
and conditions as it may determine.
ARTICLE VI
The Corporation may from time to time pursuant to authorization by
the Board of Directors and without action by the shareholders, purchase or
otherwise acquire shares of the Corporation of any class or series in such
manner, upon such terms and in such amounts as the Directors shall determine,
subject, however, to such provisions, limitations and restrictions, if any,
relating to the purchase or acquisition of shares of the Corporation as shall be
contained in the express terms of the class or series of shares of the
Corporation being purchased or acquired or in the express terms of any other
class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation outstanding at
the time of such purchase or acquisition.
ARTICLE VII
The amount of capital with which the Corporation will begin business
is not less than Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00).
ARTICLE VIII
A Director or officer of the Corporation shall not be disqualified
from dealing or contracting with the Corporation as vendor, purchaser, employee,
agent or otherwise; nor shall any transaction, contract, or other act of the
Corporation be void or voidable or in any way affected or invalidated by the
fact that any Director or officer or any firm in which such Director or officer
is a member or any corporation of which such Director or officer is a
shareholder, director, or officer is in any way interested in such transaction,
contract, or other act, provided the fact that such director, office, firm or
corporation is so interested shall be disclosed or shall be known to the Board
of Directors or such members thereof who shall be present at any meeting of the
Board of Directors at which action upon any such transaction, contract, or other
act shall be taken, nor shall any such director or officer be accountable or
responsible to the Corporation for or in respect of any such transaction,
contract, or other act of the Corporation or for any gains or profits realized
by him by reason of the fact that he or any firm of which he is a member or
-2-
<PAGE>
any corporation of which he is a shareholder, director or officer is interested
in such transaction, contract or other act; and any such director may be counted
in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board of
Directors of the Corporation which shall authorize or take action in respect of
any such transaction, contract or other act, and may vote thereat to authorize,
ratify, or approve any such transaction, contract or other act with like force
and effect as if he or any firm of which he is a member, or any corporation of
which he is a shareholder, director or officer were not interested in such
transaction, contract or other act.
Signed this 28th day of April, 1983.
----------------------------------------
Stephen R. Kalette, Incorporator
-3-
<PAGE>
APPOINTMENT OF AGENT
The undersigned, being the sole incorporator of CARDINAL PACKAGING,
INC., hereby appoints 1600 CNB Corp., an Ohio corporation upon whom any process,
notice or demand required or permitted by statute is to be served upon the
Corporation may be served. Its complete address is: 1600 Central National Bank
Building, Cleveland, Cuyahoga County, Ohio 44114.
Signed this 28th day of April, 1983.
--------------------------------------
Stephen R. Kalette
* * * * * * *
Cleveland, Ohio
April 28, 1983
CARDINAL PACKAGING, INC.
Gentlemen:
We hereby accept appointment as agent of your Corporation, upon whom
process, tax notices or demands may be served.
1600 CNB CORP.
By___________________________________
EXHIBIT 3.34
CODE OF REGULATIONS
OF
CARDINAL PACKAGING, INC.
ARTICLE I
CAPITAL STOCK
1.1 TRANSFER AND REGISTRATION OF CERTIFICATES
The Board of Directors shall have authority to make such rules and
regulations as they deem expedient concerning the issuance, transfer and
registration of certificates for shares and the shares represented thereby and
may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.
1.2 SUBSTITUTED CERTIFICATES
Any person claiming a certificate for shares to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed shall make an affidavit or affirmation of that fact, shall give the
Corporation and its registrar(s) and its transfer agent(s) a bond of indemnity
satisfactory to the Board of Directors and, if required by the Board of
Directors, shall advertise the same in such manner as may be required, whereupon
a new certificate may be executed and delivered of the same tenor and for the
same number of shares as the one alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
ARTICLE II
THE SHAREHOLDERS
2.1 ANNUAL MEETINGS
The annual meeting of the Corporation shall be held at the principal
office of the Corporation, or at such other place, within or without the State
of Ohio, as may be designated by the Board of Directors, on the last Tuesday in
June of each year, but if that day is a legal holiday, on the first business day
next following. Any business which may be properly brought before any meeting of
the shareholders, including the election of Directors, may be considered and
transacted at the annual meeting.
2.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS
A special meeting of the shareholders may be called by the President, or
by any two Directors, or by shareholders representing 25% of the outstanding
shares of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat. The call for each special
meeting shall specify the time, place (which may be within or without the State
of Ohio) and purpose or purposes thereof, and no other business other than that
specified in said call shall be considered at such meeting.
<PAGE>
2.3 NOTICE OF MEETING
A written notice of every meeting of the shareholders (including the
annual meeting), stating the time, place and purposes thereof, shall be given by
or at the direction of the President, the Secretary or the officer or persons
calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to notice of the
meeting not less than seven nor more than sixty days before such meeting. All
notices with respect to any shares to which persons are jointly entitled may be
given to that one of such persons who is first named upon the books of the
Corporation and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of
such shares. Such notice shall be deemed to be sufficiently delivered, when
deposited in the United States mail addressed to the shareholder at his address
as it appears on the records of the Corporation with postage thereon prepaid.
2.4 WAIVER OF NOTICE
A written waiver, signed by a shareholder, of notice of a shareholders'
meeting, whether executed before, at or after such meeting, shall be equivalent
to giving such notice. Attendance by a shareholder at a shareholders' meeting,
without objection prior to or at the commencement of such meeting, shall
constitute a waiver by him of notice of such meeting.
2.5 CLOSING OF BOOKS AND FIXING RECORD DATE
The Board of Directors may determine the record date for the determination
of which persons are entitled to notices, dividends, distributions, rights and
the like, but said record date shall not be a date earlier than the date on
which the record date is fixed and shall not be more than sixty days preceding
the date of the meeting of shareholders or the date fixed for the payment of
dividends or distributions of the exercise of any rights. The Board of Directors
may close the stock record book against transfers of shares during the whole or
any part of such period.
2.6 QUORUM
At any meeting of the shareholders, the holders of a majority of the
shares entitled to vote then issued and outstanding, whether present in person
or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. If a quorum shall not be
present or represented at any meeting of the shareholders, those shareholders
present or represented shall have the power, without notice other than
announcement at the meeting, to adjourn the meeting until a quorum shall be
present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present
or represented any business may be transacted as might have been if the quorum
had been present at the originally-scheduled meeting. The Corporation shall not,
directly or indirectly, vote any shares issued by it and thereafter acquired and
owned by it and not retired, and such shares shall not be considered issued and
outstanding in computing the number of shares entitled to vote at any meeting of
shareholders.
2.7 VOTING
Unless expressly provided to the contrary in the Articles of
Incorporation, this Code of Regulations, or the Ohio Revised Code, each question
properly before any meeting of the
-2-
<PAGE>
shareholders at which a quorum is present shall be decided by a vote of the
holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote which are present or
represented at such meeting.
2.8 ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT
Any action which may be authorized or taken at a meeting of the
shareholders, may be taken or authorized without a meeting by writing or
writings signed by all of the shareholders, which writing or writings shall be
filed with or entered upon the records of the Corporation.
2.9 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES
The Shares evidenced by this certificate have not been registered under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and have been acquired for
investment and may not be sold, transferred, pledged or hypothecated except
pursuant to (i) an effective registration statement registering the Shares under
the Act, (ii) a transaction permitted by Rule 144 or Rule 145 under the Act as
to which the issuer has received reasonably-satisfactory evidence of compliance
with the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 145, if same ever shall be applicable,
(iii) an opinion of counsel satisfactory to issuer or (iv) a no-action letter
from the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission to the effect that
registration is not required under the Act.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
3.1 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
The number of Directors shall be one (1). This number may be fixed or
changed at a meeting of the shareholders called for the purpose of fixing the
number of Directors or of electing Directors at which a quorum is present, by
the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting
and entitled to vote on such proposal. In case the shareholders fail to fix the
number of Directors to be elected, the number elected shall be deemed to be the
number of Directors fixed.
3.2 ELECTION AND TERM
Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders or at a
special meeting called for that purpose. Each Director who shall be elected
shall serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and shall hold office
until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his death, resignation or
removal.
3.3 AUTHORITY
All the authority of the Corporation shall be exercised by the Board of
Directors, except as otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation, this
Code of Regulations or the Ohio Revised Code.
-3-
<PAGE>
3.4 PLACE OF MEETING
The Board of Directors may hold its meetings at such place or places
within or without the State of Ohio, as the Board may, from time to time,
determine.
3.5 ANNUAL MEETINGS
An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately
following the annual meeting of shareholders. No prior notice of such meeting
shall be required.
3.6 SPECIAL MEETINGS
Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President
or any two members of the Board of Directors.
3.7 NOTICE OF MEETING
Written notice of the time and place of each special meeting of the Board
of Directors shall be given at or by the direction of the President or the
Secretary to each Director, either by personal delivery or by mail, telegram or
cablegram, at least two days before the meeting. Such notice need not contain a
statement of the purposes of such meeting.
3.8 QUORUM
A majority of the number of Directors then fixed shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business.
3.9 VOTING
Unless expressly provided to the contrary in the Articles of
Incorporation, this Code of Regulations, or the Ohio Revised Code, each
question, properly before any meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is
present shall be decided by a vote of a majority of the Directors who are
present.
3.10 ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT
Any action which may be authorized or taken at a meeting of the Board of
Directors, may be authorized or taken without a meeting by a writing or writings
signed by all the Directors, which writing or writings shall be filed or entered
upon the records of the Corporation.
3.11 RESIGNATION
Any Director may resign at any time by giving notice to the Board of
Directors or the President or Secretary, and such resignation shall be deemed to
take effect upon its receipt by the person or persons to whom addressed, unless
some other time is specified therein.
-4-
<PAGE>
3.12 VACANCY
In case of any vacancy in the Board of Directors, through death, insanity,
bankruptcy, resignation or disqualification, or through removal as provided in
the Ohio Revised Code, the remaining Directors, though less than a majority of
the whole authorized number of Directors, may, by the vote of a majority of
their number, elect a successor to hold office for the unexpired portion of the
term of the Director whose place shall be vacant, and until his successor is
elected and qualified.
3.13 VACANCY DEEMED TO EXIST
A vacancy within the meaning of Section 3.12 shall also be deemed to exist
if, at any time, the shareholders increase the authorized number of Directors
and do not, at the same meeting or any adjournment thereof, elect the necessary
additional Director or Directors.
3.14 SALARIES
The Board of Directors may establish reasonable compensation for service
as a Director and may provide for the reimbursement of expenses incurred by a
Director in the discharge of his duties.
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES
4.1 DESIGNATION OF EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
The Board of Directors may designate three or more Directors to constitute
the Executive Committee. No member of the Executive Committee shall continue to
be a member thereof after he ceases to be a Director of the Corporation. The
Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to increase or decrease the
number of members of the Executive Committee (but in no event to less than
three), to fill vacancies thereon, to remove any member thereof, and to change
the functions or terminate the existence thereof.
4.2 POWERS OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
During the intervals between meetings of the Board of Directors, and
subject to such limitations as may be required by law or by resolution of the
Board of Directors, the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all of
the authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the Corporation;
provided, however, it shall not have the power to fill vacancies occurring in
the Board of Directors or in any committee. The Executive Committee may also
from time to time formulate and recommend to the Board of Directors for
approval, general policies regarding the management of the business and affairs
of the Corporation.
4.3 OTHER COMMITTEES
The Directors may from time to time create any other committee or
Directors to act in the intervals between meetings of the Directors and may
delegate to such committee or committees
-5-
<PAGE>
any of the authority of the Directors in any committee of the Directors. The
Directors shall consist of less than three Directors. The Directors may appoint
one or more Directors as alternate members of any such committee, who may take
the place of any absent member or members at any meeting of any such committee.
4.4 PROCEDURE; MEETINGS; QUORUM
Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, a majority of the
members of any committee appointed by the Directors pursuant to this chapter
shall constitute a quorum at any meeting thereof, and the act of a majority of
the members present at a meeting at which quorum is present shall be the act of
such committee. Action may be taken by any committee, without a meeting by a
writing or writings signed by all of its members. Any such committee shall
prescribe its own rules for calling and holding meetings and its method of
procedure, subject to any rules prescribed by the Directors and the rules
prescribed by this Code of Regulations, and shall keep a written record of all
action taken by it.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
5.1 OFFICERS
This Corporation may have a Chairman of the Board, a Chairman of the
Executive Committee and shall have a President (all of whom shall be Directors),
a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Corporation may also have one or more Vice
Presidents and Vice Chairmen and such other officers and assistant officers as
the Directors may deem necessary. By designating a person to serve as an officer
of the Corporation, the Directors shall be deemed to have considered such office
necessary and to have established such office in accordance with this Section.
5.2 ELECTION, TERM AND QUALIFICATION
The officers shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board of
Directors, or as soon thereafter as possible. Each such officer shall serve
until the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors and until his successor
is elected and qualified, or until his death, resignation or removal.
5.3 RESIGNATION
An officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the Board of
Directors, the President or the Secretary. Such notice shall be effective when
received by the person or persons to whom directed, unless some other time is
specified therein.
5.4 REMOVAL
Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of
Directors without prejudice to the contract rights of such officer. The election
of an officer for a given term and the
-6-
<PAGE>
provisions of this Code of Regulations with respect to term of office shall not
be deemed to create contract rights.
5.5 VACANCY
The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy in any office occurring by
whatever reason.
5.6 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS
The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation.
Subject to the foregoing, the officers of the corporation shall have such
authority and shall perform such duties as are customarily incident to their
respective offices, subject always to the directions of the Board of Directors,
or as may be specified from time to time by the Board of Directors regardless of
whether such authority and duties are customarily incident to such office.
Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, if the Corporation has a
Vice Chairman of the Board, his sole duty shall be to preside at meetings in the
absence of the Chairman of the Board.
5.7 SALARIES
The Board of Directors may, irrespective of any personal interest of any
of them, establish reasonable compensation of officers, which may include
pension, disability and death benefits, for services as officers of the
Corporation.
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES
6.1 COSTS INCURRED
Unless expressly provided to the contrary in the Articles of
Incorporation, this Code of Regulations, or the general corporation law of Ohio,
the Corporation shall indemnify any Director, officer, member of the Executive
Committee or advisor thereto, or employee, or former Director, officer, member
or advisor, or employee of the Corporation or any person who is serving or has
served at its request as a Director, officer, member or advisor, or employee of
any corporation, against costs, expenses (Including attorneys' fees), judgments,
decrees, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement actually or necessarily
incurred by him in connection with the defense of any pending or threatened
action, suit, claim or proceeding, criminal or civil, in which he is or may be
made a party by reason of his having been such Director, officer, member or
advisor, or employee, provided that (i) he is adjudicated or determined not to
have been negligent or guilty of misconduct in the performance of his duty to
the Corporation of which he is a Director, officer, member of advisor, or
employee; (ii) he is determined to have acted in good faith in what reasonably
is believed to be the best interest of such Corporation and (iii) in any matter
the subject of a criminal action, suit or proceeding, he is determined to have
had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The
determination as to (ii) and (iii) and in the absence of an adjudication as to
(i) by a court of competent jurisdiction, the determination as to (i), shall be
made by the Board of Directors of the Corporation acting at a meeting at which a
quorum consisting of Directors who are not parties to or threatened with any
such action, suit, claim or proceeding is present. Any Director who is a party
to or threatened
-7-
<PAGE>
with any such action, suit, claim or proceeding shall not be qualified to vote.
If for this reason a quorum of Directors cannot be obtained to vote on such
indemnification then a committee composed of Directors not a party to or
threatened with any such action, suit, claim or proceeding shall be formed to
vote on the matter. If such a committee cannot be formed, then a majority of the
Directors shall select independent legal counsel to make the determination and
submit their written opinion that indemnification is proper (or is not proper)
in the circumstances because the within applicable standards have been (or have
not been) met by such person.
6.2 NON-EXCLUSIVE
The foregoing right of indemnification shall be in addition to any rights
to which any Director, officer, member or advisor, or employee, or former
Director, officer, member or advisor or employee may otherwise be entitled as a
matter of law or equity and is not in restriction or limitation of any other
privilege or power which the Corporation may have with respect to the
indemnification or reimbursement of Directors, officers, members or advisors, or
employees under the Articles of Incorporation, the Code of Regulations, any
agreement, any insurance purchased by the Corporation, vote of the shareholders
or otherwise.
6.3 SUCCESSORS
All rights of indemnification shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors or administrators of each such Director, officer, member or advisor,
or employee.
ARTICLE VII
AGENDA
7.1 AGENDA FOR MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
(a) Call meeting to order
(b) Proof of notice of meeting
(c) Roll call and filing of proxies with Secretary
(d) Reading and disposition of previously-approved minutes
(e) Reports of officers and committees
(f) If an annual meeting or special meeting called for that
purpose, election of Directors
(g) Unfinished business
(h) New business
(i) Adjournment
-8-
<PAGE>
7.2 AGENDA FOR MEETING OF DIRECTORS
(a) Call to order
(b) Proof of notice of meeting
(c) Roll call
(d) Reading and disposition of previously, approved minutes
(e) Reports of officers and committees
(f) Unfinished business
(g) New business
(h) Adjournment
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
8.1 FISCAL YEAR
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such as may be determined from
time to time by the Board of Directors.
8.2 SEAL
If the Board of Directors shall so order, the Corporation shall have a
seal, which shall be circular in form and mounted upon a metal die. About the
upper periphery shall appear the name of the Corporation and about the lower
periphery shall appear the word "Ohio". In the center of the seal shall appear
the words "Corporate Seal".
8.3 ENDORSEMENT OF STOCK CERTIFICATES
Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, any share or shares of
stock issued by any corporation and owned by the Corporation (including
re-acquired shares of stock of the Corporation) may, for sale or transfer, be
endorsed in the name of the Corporation by the President or one of the Vice
Presidents, and attested to by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, either
with or without affixing thereto the Corporate Seal.
8.4 VOTING UPON SHARES HELD BY THE CORPORATION
Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the President in
person or by proxy or proxies appointed by him shall have full power and
authority on behalf of the Corporation to vote, act and consent with respect to
any shares issued by other corporations which the Corporation may own, which may
be held in the Corporation's name or as to which the Corporation may otherwise
have the right to vote, act or consent.
-9-
<PAGE>
8.5 DEPOSITS
All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited
from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as the
Board of Directors may select.
8.6 CHECK, DRAFTS, ETC.
All checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money, notes, or
other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be
signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation and in
such manner as the Board of Directors may determine.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
9.1 AMENDMENT OF CODE OF REGULATIONS
The Code of Regulations may be amended or repealed and new amendments may
be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitling them to
exercise a majority of the voting power of the Corporation, or by action by
written consent of a like number of shareholders.
-10-
EXHIBIT 3.35
THE COMPANIES ACTS 1985 TO 1989
--------------------------------
COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
--------------------------------
MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
OF
--------------------------
NORWICH ACQUISITION LIMITED
---------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The Company's Name is NORWICH ACQUISITION LIMITED
2 The Company's Registered Office is to be situate in England and Wales.
3 The Company's objects are:
(1) Without prejudice to the objects hereinafter specified to carry on
business as a General Commercial Company.
(2) To carry an any other business which may seem to the Company to be
capable of being conveniently or advantageously carried on in
connection or conjunction with any business of the Company with a
view directly or indirectly to enhancing the value of or to render
profitable or more profitable any of the Company's property, assets
or rights or expertise.
(3) To purchase or otherwise acquire and undertake all or any part of
the business property and liabilities of any company, firm, person
or body carrying on or proposing to carry on any business which the
Company is authorised to carry on or possessed of property suitable
for the purposes of the Company.
(4) To purchase or otherwise acquire take on lease or in exchange, let
or hire any real or personal property or assets or any rights or
privileges which the Company may think necessary or convenient or
capable of being profitably dealt with in such manner as may be
thought fit.
1
<PAGE>
(5) To amalgamate or enter into any partnership or into any arrangement
or other association for sharing profits union of interests,
co-operation, joint adventure, reciprocal concession or otherwise
with any company, firm, person or body carrying on or engaged in or
about to carry on or engage in any business or transactions which
the Company is authorised to carry on or engage in or any business
transaction capable of being conducted so as directly or indirectly
to benefit the Company.
(6) To subscribe, underwrite, purchase or otherwise acquire shares or
stock in or securities or investments of any nature whatsoever and
to subsidise or otherwise assist any such company and with or
without guarantee to sell, hold, re-issue or otherwise deal with
such shares, investments, stock or securities and any rights or
options in respect thereof and to buy and sell foreign exchange.
(7) To build, develop, construct, maintain, alter, enlarge, pull down,
remove or replace any buildings, works, factories, roads, structures
or facilities of all kinds and plant and machinery necessary or
convenient for the business of the Company and to join with any
person, firm or company in doing any of the things aforesaid.
(8) To enter into any arrangements with any Government or Authorities
supreme, municipal, local or otherwise and to obtain from any such
Government or Authority all rights, concessions, authorisations and
privileges that may seem conducive to the Company's objects or any
of them.
(9) To obtain the grant of, purchase or otherwise acquire any
concessions, contracts, licences, grants, trade marks, copyrights or
rights of any kind, patents, inventions, privileges, exclusive or
otherwise, authorities, monopolies, undertakings or businesses, or
any right or option in relation thereto, and to perform and fulfil
the terms and conditions thereof, and to carry the same into effect,
operate thereunder, develop, grant licences thereunder, and turn to
account, maintain or sell, dispose of, and deal with the same in
such manner as the Company may think expedient.
(10) To apply for, promote and obtain any provisional order, Act of
Parliament or charter for enabling the Company to carry any of its
objects into effect or for effecting any modification of the
Company's constitution or for any other purpose which may seem
expedient and to oppose any proceedings or applications which may
seem calculated directly or indirectly to prejudice the Company's
interests.
(11) To promote or join in the promotion of any company for the purpose
of acquiring all or any of the business, property, assets, rights
and liabilities of any company whether or not having objects similar
to those of the Company or for any other purpose which may seem
directly or indirectly calculated to benefit the Company and to
place or guarantee the placing of, underwrite, subscribe for or
otherwise acquire all or any part of the shares, debentures or other
securities of any such other company.
2
<PAGE>
(12) To enter into any arrangements or contracts with any person, firm or
company for carrying on the whole or any part of the business of the
Company, and to fix and determine their remuneration, which may be
by way of money payment, allotment of shares (either fully or partly
paid) or otherwise.
(13) To sell, exchange, lease, grant licences, dispose of, turn to
account or otherwise deal with the whole of the undertaking,
property, assets, rights and effects of the Company or any part
thereof for such consideration as may be considered expedient and in
particular shares, stock or other securities whether fully or partly
paid up.
(14) To pay for any rights or property acquired by the Company, and to
remunerate any person, firm or company rendering services to the
Company whether by cash payment or by the allotment of shares,
debentures or other securities of the Company credited as paid up in
full or in part or in any other manner whatsoever, and to pay all or
any of the preliminary expenses of the Company and of any company
formed or promoted by the Company.
(15) To invest the monies of the Company not immediately required for any
other purpose of the Company by the purchase of the shares or
securities of any company or by the purchase of any interest in land
or buildings or in such other manner as shall from time to time be
considered expedient.
(16) To guarantee the payment of any debentures, debenture stock, bonds,
mortgages, charges, obligations, interest, dividends, securities,
monies or shares or the performance of contracts or engagements of
any other company, firm or person and to give indemnities and
guarantees of all kinds and to enter into partnership or any joint
purse arrangement with any person, firm or Company having objects
similar to those of the Company or any of them.
(17) To guarantee or give indemnities or provide security whether by
personal obligation or covenant or by mortgaging or charging all or
any part of the undertaking, property and assets both present and
future and uncalled capital of the Company, or by all or any of such
methods, the performance of any contracts or obligations of any
person, firm or company whatsoever.
(18) To advance, lend or deposit money or give credit to or with any
company, firm or person on such terms as may be thought fit and with
or without security.
(19) To draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue, and to
buy, sell and deal with bills of exchange, promissory notes,
debentures, bills of lading, warrants and other negotiable or
transferable instruments or securities.
(20) To raise or borrow and to secure or discharge any debt or obligation
of the Company, and to receive money on deposit or loan in such a
manner and on such terms as may seem expedient and in such manner as
may be thought fit and in particular by mortgages and charges and
the issue of debentures or debenture stock or other securities of
any description upon all or any part of the undertaking, property,
assets and rights of the Company both present and future including
any uncalled capital of the Company.
3
<PAGE>
(21) To establish and maintain or contribute to any scheme for the
acquisition by trustees of shares in the Company or its holding
company to be held by or for the benefit of employees (including any
Director holding a salaried employment or office) of the Company or
(so far as for the time being permitted by law) any of the Company's
subsidiaries and to lend money (so far as aforesaid) to any such
employees to enable them to acquire shares of the Company or its
holding company and to formulate and carry into effect any scheme
for sharing profits with any such employees.
(22) To establish and maintain or procure the establishment and
maintenance of any contributory or non-contributory pension or
super-annuation funds for the benefit of, and to give or procure the
giving of donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances or emoluments
to any persons who are or were at any time in the employment or
service of the Company or of any company which is a subsidiary of
the Company or any such holding company or otherwise is allied to or
associated with the Company, or who are or were at any time
directors or officers of the Company or of any such other company,
and the wives, widows, families and dependants of any such persons;
to establish and subsidise and subscribe to any institutions,
associations, clubs or funds calculated to be for the benefit of or
to advance the interests and well-being of the Company or of any
such other company and make payments to or towards the insurance of
any such person and do any of the matters aforesaid either alone or
in conjunction with any such other company as aforesaid.
(23) To purchase and maintain insurance for or for the benefit of any
person or persons who are or were at any time directors, officers or
employees or auditors of the Company, or of any other company which
is its holding company, or any company which is associated with the
Company, or of any subsidiary undertaking of the Company or trustees
of any pension fund in which any employees of the Company or of any
such other company or subsidiary undertaking are interested,
including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing)
insurance against any liability incurred by such persons in respect
of any act or omission in the actual or purported execution and/or
discharge of their duties and/or in the exercise or purported
exercise of their powers and/or otherwise in relation to their
duties, powers or offices in relation to the Company or any such
other company, subsidiary undertaking or pension fund and to such
extent as may be permitted by law to indemnify or to exempt any such
person against or from any such liability; for the purposes of this
clause "holding company" and "subsidiary undertaking" shall have the
same meanings as in the Companies Act 1985 as amended by the
Companies Act 1989.
(24) To distribute among the members of the Company in specie or
otherwise any property or assets of the Company subject to any
consent required by law.
(25) To procure the registration, recognition or incorporation of the
Company in or under the laws of any territory outside England.
4
<PAGE>
(26) To issue any securities which the Company has power to issue for any
other purpose by way of security or indemnity or in satisfaction of
any liability undertaken or agreed to be undertaken by the Company.
(27) To guarantee or otherwise support or secure, either with or without
the Company receiving any consideration or advantage and whether by
personal covenant or by mortgaging or charging all or any part of
the undertaking, property, assets, rights and revenues (present and
future) and uncalled capital of the Company, or by both such methods
or by any other means whatever, the discharge and performance
respectively of the liabilities and obligations of and the repayment
or payment of any moneys whatever by any person, firm or company,
including (but not limited to):
(i) the discharge and performance respectively of any liabilities
and obligations whatever of, and the repayment or payment of
any moneys whatever by, any company which is for the time
being or is likely to become the Company's holding company or
a subsidiary of the Company or another subsidiary of the
Company's holding company (the terms 'holding company' and
'subsidiary' having the meanings given to them by Section 736
of the Companies Act 1985) or otherwise associated with the
Company in business; and
(ii) the discharge and performance respectively of any liabilities
and obligations incurred in connection with or for the purpose
of the acquisition of shares in the Company or in any company
which is for the time being the Company's holding company
insofar as the giving of any such guarantee or other support
or security is not prohibited by law; and
(iii) the repayment or payment of the principal amounts of, and
premiums, interest and dividends on, any borrowings and
securities.
(28) To the extent that the same is permitted by law to give financial
assistance for the purpose of the acquisition of shares in the
Company or in the Company's holding company (as that term is defined
by Section 736 of the Companies Act 1985) for the time being and for
the purpose of reducing or discharging a liability incurred for the
purpose of such an acquisition and to give such assistance by means
of a gift, loan or guarantee, indemnity, the provision of security
or otherwise howsoever permitted by law.-
(29) To do all or any of the things and matters aforesaid in any part of
the world, and either as principals, agents, contractors, trustees
or otherwise, and by or through subsidiary companies, agents,
sub-contractors or trustees or otherwise, and either alone or in
conjunction with others.
(30) To do all such other things as may be considered to be incidental or
conducive to any of the above objects.
5
<PAGE>
And it is hereby declared that the objects of the Company as
specified in each of the foregoing paragraphs of this clause shall
be separate and distinct objects and shall not be restrictively
construed but the widest interpretation shall be given thereto, and
they shall not, except where the context expressly so requires, be
in any way limited or restricted by reference to or inference from
the terms of any other sub-clause or the order in which the same
occur or by the name of the Company.
4. The liability of the Members is limited.
5. The Authorised Share Capital of the Company is (pound)1,000 divided into
1,000 Ordinary Shares of (pound)1 each.
Note: Clauses 3 (27) and (28) inserted by special resolution dated 2 July 1999
6
<PAGE>
WE, the Subscribers to this Memorandum of Association wish to be formed
into a Company pursuant to this Memorandum; and we agree to take the number of
shares shown opposite our respective names.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
NAMES and ADDRESSES of SUBSCRIBERS Number of Shares
taken by each
Subscriber
-------------------------------------------------------------------
EMMANUEL COHEN ONE
2nd Floor
80 Great Eastern Street
London EC2A 3JL
Company Director
VIOLET COHEN ONE
2nd Floor
80 Great Eastern Street
London EC2A 3JL
Company Director ______________________
Total shares taken TWO
----------------------------------------------------------------
DATED the 14th day of June 1999
WITNESS to the above signatures:
RM COMPANY SERVICES LIMITED
7
<PAGE>
2nd Floor
80 Great Eastern Street
London EC2A 3JL
Company Formation Agent
8
EXHIBIT 3.36
THE COMPANIES ACT 1985
PRIVATE COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
OF
NORWICH ACQUISITION LIMITED
ADOPTED BY SPECIAL RESOLUTION PASSED 2 JULY 1999
1 PRELIMINARY
The regulations contained in Table A in the Schedule to the Companies (Table A
to F) Regulations 1985 in force at the time of adoption of these Articles (such
Table being hereinafter called "Table A") shall apply to the Company save
insofar as they are excluded or varied by these Articles and such regulations
(save as so excluded or varied) and these Articles shall be the regulations of
the Company.
2 INTERPRETATION
In these Articles and in Table A the following expressions have the
following meanings unless inconsistent with the context:-
"the Act" the Companies Act 1985 including any statutory
modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being
in force.
"these Articles" these Articles of Association, whether as originally
adopted or as from time to time altered by special
resolution.
"clear days" in relation to the period of a notice means that period
excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to
be given and the day for which it is given or on which
it is to take effect.
"the directors" the directors for the time being of the Company or (as
the context shall require) any of them acting as the
board of directors of the Company but such expression
shall not include any associate directors (as
hereinafter defined) who shall not be deemed to be
directors of the Company for any purpose whatsoever.
"executed" includes any mode of execution.
"the holder" in relation to shares means the member whose name is
entered in the register of members as the holder of the
shares.
"office" the registered office of the Company.
<PAGE>
"seal" the common seal of the Company (if any).
"secretary" the secretary of the Company or any other person
appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the
Company, including a joint, assistant or deputy
secretary.
"share" includes any interest in a share.
"the United Kingdom" Great Britain and Northern Ireland.
Unless the context otherwise requires, words or expressions contained in
these Articles and in Table A bear the same meaning as in the Act but
excluding any statutory modification thereof not in force when these
Articles become binding on the Company. Regulation 1 of Table A shall not
apply to the Company.
3 SHARE CAPITAL
3.1 No shares comprised in the authorised share capital of the Company
from time to time shall be issued without the consent in writing of
the holder or holders (in aggregate) of a majority of the voting
rights in the Company (within the meaning of Section 736A(2) of the
Act) nor shall any share be issued at a discount or otherwise be
issued in breach of the provisions of these Articles or of the Act.
3.2 Regulation 4 of Table A and, in accordance with Section 91(1) of the
Act, sections 89(1) and 90(1) to (6) (inclusive) of the Act shall
not apply to the Company.
4 LIEN
Save in respect of any share registered in the name of Berry Plastics
Corporation, the Company shall have a first and paramount lien on all
shares, whether fully paid or not, standing registered in the name of any
person indebted or under liability to the Company, whether he shall be the
sole registered holder thereof or shall be one of two or more joint holders,
for all moneys presently payable by him or his estate to the Company.
Regulation 8 of Table A shall be modified accordingly.
5 CALLS ON SHARES AND FORFEITURE
There shall be added at the end of the first sentence of regulation 18 of Table
A, so as to increase the liability of any member in default in respect of a
call, the words "and all expenses that may have been incurred by the Company
by reason of such non-payment."
6 TRANSFER OF SHARES
6.1 The first sentence in regulation 24 of Table A shall not apply to
the Company. The words "They may also" at the beginning of the
second sentence of that regulation shall be replaced by the words
"The directors may".
2
<PAGE>
6.2 Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, the directors
shall not decline to register any transfer of shares, nor may they
suspend registration thereof where such a transfer is executed by
any bank or institution to whom such shares have been charged by way
of security, or by any nominee of such a bank or institution,
pursuant to the power of sale under such security, and a certificate
by any official of such bank or institution that the shares were so
charged and the transfer was so executed shall be conclusive
evidence of such facts.
7 GENERAL MEETINGS
The directors may call general meetings and regulation 37 of Table A shall not
apply to the Company.
8 NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS
8.1 A notice convening a general meeting shall be required to specify
the general nature of the business to be transacted only in the case
of special business and regulation 38 of Table A shall be modified
accordingly. The words "or a resolution appointing a person a
director" and paragraphs (a) and (b) in regulation 38 of Table A
shall be deleted and the words "in accordance with section 369(3) of
the Act" shall be inserted after the words "if it is so agreed" in
that regulation.
8.2 All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at an
extraordinary general meeting, and also all that is transacted at an
annual general meeting with the exception of declaring a dividend,
the consideration of the profit and loss account, balance sheet, and
the reports of the directors and auditors, the appointment of and
the fixing of the remuneration of the auditors and the giving or
renewal of any authority in accordance with the provisions of
section 80 of the Act.
8.3 Every notice convening a general meeting shall comply with the
provisions of section 372(3) of the Act as to giving information to
members in regard to their right to appoint proxies; and notices of
and other communications relating to any general meeting which any
member is entitled to receive shall be sent to the directors and to
the auditors for the time being of the Company.
9 PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS
9.1 The words "save that, if and for so long as the Company has only one
person as a member, one member present in person or by proxy shall
be a quorum" shall be added at the end of the second sentence of
regulation 40 of Table A.
9.2 If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time
appointed for a general meeting the general meeting shall stand
adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and
place or to such other day and at such other time and place as the
directors may determine; and if at the adjourned general meeting a
quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed
therefor the
3
<PAGE>
member or members present in person or by proxy or (being a body
corporate) by representative and entitled to vote upon the business
to be transacted shall constitute a quorum and shall have power to
decide upon all matters which could properly have been disposed of
at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. Regulation 41
of Table A shall not apply to the Company.
10 VOTES OF MEMBERS
10.1 Regulation 54 of Table A shall not apply to the Company. Subject to
any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any class
or classes of shares, on a show of hands every member entitled to
vote who (being an individual) is present in person or by proxy (not
being himself a member entitled to vote) or (being a corporate body)
is present by a representative or proxy (not being himself a member
entitled to vote) shall have one vote and, on a poll, every member
shall have one vote for each share of which he is the holder.
10.2 The words "be entitled to" shall be inserted between the words
"shall" and "vote" in regulation 57 of Table A.
10.3 A member shall not be entitled to appoint more than one proxy to
attend on the same occasion and accordingly the final sentence of
regulation 59 of Table A shall not apply to the Company. Any such
proxy shall be entitled to cast the votes to which he is entitled in
different ways.
11 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
11.1 Regulation 64 of Table A shall not apply to the Company.
11.2 The maximum number and minimum number respectively of the directors
may be determined from time to time by ordinary resolution. Subject
to and in default of any such determination there shall be no
maximum number of directors and the minimum number of directors
shall be one.
12 ALTERNATE DIRECTORS
12.1 An alternate director shall be entitled to receive notice of all
meetings of the directors and of all meetings of committees of the
directors of which his appointer is a member (subject to his giving
to the Company an address within the United Kingdom at which notices
may be served on him), to attend and vote at any such meeting at
which the director appointing him is not personally present, and
generally to perform all the functions of his appointor at such
meeting as a director in his absence. An alternate director shall
not be entitled as such to receive any remuneration from the
Company, save that he may be paid by the Company such part (if any)
of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as such
appointor may by notice in writing to the Company from time to time
direct. Regulation 66 of Table A shall not apply to the Company.
12.2 A director, or any such other person as is mentioned in regulation
65 of Table A, may act as an alternate director to represent more
than one director, and an
4
<PAGE>
alternate director shall be entitled at any meeting of the directors
or of any committee of the directors to one vote for every director
whom he represents in addition to his own vote (if any) as a
director, but he shall count as only one for the purpose of
determining whether a quorum is present and the final sentence of
regulation 88 shall not apply to the Company.
12.3 Save as otherwise provided in the regulations of the Company, an
alternate director shall be deemed for the purposes specified in
Article 12.1 to be a director and shall alone be responsible for his
own acts and defaults and he shall not be deemed to be the agent of
the director appointing him. Regulation 69 of Table A shall not
apply to the Company.
13 APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS
13.1 The directors shall not be required to retire by rotation and
regulations 73 to 80 (inclusive) of Table A shall not apply to the
Company.
13.2 A member or members holding a majority of the voting rights in the
Company (within the meaning of section 736A(2) of the Act) shall
have power at any time, and from time to time, to appoint any person
to be a director, either as an additional director (provided that
the appointment does not cause the number of directors to exceed any
number determined in accordance with Article 11.2 as the maximum
number of directors for the time being in force) or to fill a
vacancy and to remove from office any director howsoever appointed.
Any such appointment or removal shall be made by notice in writing
to the Company signed by the member or members taking the same or,
in the case of a member being a corporate body, signed by one of its
directors or duly authorised officers or by its duly authorised
attorney and shall take effect upon lodgement of such notice at the
office.
13.3 The Company may by ordinary resolution appoint any person who is
willing to act to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an
additional director.
13.4 The directors may appoint a person who is willing to act to be a
director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director,
provided that the appointment does not cause the number of directors
to exceed any number determined in accordance with Article 11.2 as
the maximum number of directors for the time being in force.
14 DISQUALIFICATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
The office of a director shall be vacated if:
14.1 he ceases to be a director by virtue of any provision of the Act or
these Articles or he becomes prohibited by law from being a
director; or
14.2 he becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his
creditors generally; or
5
<PAGE>
14.3 he is, or may be, suffering from mental disorder and either:
14.3.1 he is admitted to hospital in pursuance of an application
for admission for treatment under the Mental Health Act
1983 or, in Scotland, an application for admission under
the Mental Health (Scotland) Act 1960, or
14.3.2 an order is made by a court having jurisdiction (whether
in the United Kingdom or elsewhere) in matters concerning
mental disorder for his detention or for the appointment
of a receiver, curator bonis or other person to exercise
powers with respect to his property or affairs; or
14.3.3 he resigns his office by notice to the Company; or
14.4 he shall for more than six consecutive months have been absent
without permission of the directors from meetings of the directors
held during that period and the directors resolve that his office be
vacated; or
14.5 he is removed from office as a director pursuant to Article 13.2;
and regulation 81 of Table A shall not apply to the Company.
15 GRATUITIES AND PENSIONS
Regulation 87 of Table A shall not apply to the Company and the directors may
exercise any powers of the Company conferred by its Memorandum of
Association to give and provide pensions, annuities, gratuities or any other
benefits whatsoever to or for past or present directors or employees (or
other dependants) of the Company or any subsidiary or associated undertaking
(as defined in section 27(3) of the Companies Act 1989) of the Company and
the directors shall be entitled to retain any benefits received by them or
any of them by reason of the exercise of any such powers.
16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE DIRECTORS
16.1 Whensoever the minimum number of the directors shall be one pursuant
to the provisions of Article 11.2 a sole director shall have
authority to exercise all the powers and discretions which are
expressed by Table A and by these Articles to be vested in the
directors generally and regulations 89 and 90 of Table A shall be
modified accordingly.
16.2 Subject to the provisions of the Act, and provided that he has
disclosed to the directors the nature and extent of any interest of
his, a director notwithstanding his office:
16.2.1 may be a party to or otherwise interested in any
transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which
the Company is in any way interested;
6
<PAGE>
16.2.2 may be a director or other office of or employed by or be
a party to any transaction or arrangement with or
otherwise interested in any body corporate promoted by the
Company or in which the Company is in any way interested;
16.2.3 may or any firm or company of which he is a member or
director may act in a professional capacity for the
Company or any body corporate in which the Company is in
any way interested;
16.2.4 shall not by reason of his office be accountable to the
Company for any benefit which he derives from such office,
service or employment or from any such transaction or
arrangement or from any interest or any such body
corporate and no such transaction or arrangement shall be
liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or
benefit; and
16.2.5 shall be entitled to vote on any resolution and (whether
or not he shall vote) be counted in the quorum on any
matter referred to in any of Articles 16.2.1 to 16.2.4
(inclusive) or on any resolution which in any way concerns
or relates to a matter in which he has, directly or
indirectly, any kind of interest whatsoever and if he
shall vote on any resolution as aforesaid his vote shall
be counted.
16.3 For the purposes of Article 16.2:
16.3.1 a general notice to the directors that a director is to be
regarded as having an interest of the nature and extent
specified in the notice in any transaction or arrangement
in which a specified person or class of persons is
interested shall be deemed to be a disclosure that the
director has an interest in any such transaction of the
nature and extent so specified;
16.3.2 an interest of which a director has no knowledge and of
which it is unreasonable to expect him to have knowledge
shall not be treated as an interest of his; and
16.3.3 an interest of a person who is for any purpose of the Act
(excluding any statutory modification not in force when
these Articles were adopted) connected with a director
shall be treated as an interest of the director and in
relation to an alternate director an interest of his
appointor shall be treated as an interest of the alternate
director without prejudice to any interest which the
alternate director has otherwise.
16.4 Any director (including an alternate director) may participate in a
meeting of the directors or a committee of the directors of which he
is a member by means of a conference telephone or similar
communications equipment whereby all persons participating in the
meeting can hear each other and participation in a meeting in this
manner shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at such
meeting and, subject to these Articles and the Act, he shall be
entitled to vote and be counted in a quorum accordingly. Such a
meeting shall be deemed to take place where the largest group of
those participating is assembled or, if there is no such group,
where the chairman of the meeting then is.
7
<PAGE>
16.5 Regulation 88 of Table A shall be amended by substituting for the
sentence:
"It shall not be necessary to give notice of a meeting to a director who
is absent from the United Kingdom"
the following sentence:-
"Notice of every meeting of the directors shall be given to each director
and his alternate, including directors and alternate directors who
may for the time being be absent from the United Kingdom and have
given the Company an address within the United Kingdom for service.
16.6 Regulations 94 to 97 (inclusive) of Table A shall not apply to the
Company.
17 THE SEAL
If the Company has a seal it shall be used only with the authority of the
directors or of a committee of the directors. The directors may determine
who shall sign any instrument to which the seal is affixed and unless
otherwise so determined, every instrument to which the seal is affixed shall
be signed by one director and by the secretary or another director. In the
second sentence of Regulation A the words 'shall be sealed with the seal
and' shall be deleted. Each share certificate shall only be issued by
authority of the directors or of a committee of the directors authorised by
the directors and shall bear the signature of one director and the company
secretary or a second director.
18 NOTICES
18.1 In regulation 112 of Table A, the words "by facsimile to a facsimile
number supplied by the member for such purpose or" shall be inserted
immediately after the words "or by sending it" and the words "first
class" shall be inserted immediately before the words "post in a
prepaid envelope".
18.2 Where a notice is sent by first class post, proof of the notice
having been posted in a properly addressed, prepaid envelope shall
be conclusive evidence that the notice was given and shall be deemed
to have been given at the expiration of 24 hours after the envelope
containing the same is posted. Where a notice is sent by facsimile
receipt of the appropriate answerback shall be conclusive evidence
that the notice was given and the notice shall be deemed to have
been given at the time of transmission following receipt of the
appropriate answerback. Regulation 115 of Table A shall not apply to
the Company.
18.3 If at any time by reason of the suspension or curtailment of postal
services within the United Kingdom the Company is unable effectively
to convene a general meeting by notices sent through the post, a
general meeting may be convened by a notice advertised in at least
one national daily newspaper and such notice shall be deemed to have
been duly served on all members entitled thereto at noon on
8
<PAGE>
the day when the advertisement appears. In any such case the Company
shall send confirmatory copies of the notice by post if at least
seven days prior to the meeting the posting of notices to addresses
throughout the United Kingdom again becomes practicable.
19 WINDING UP
In regulation 117 of Table A, the words "with the like sanction" shall be
inserted immediately before the words "determine how the division".
20 INDEMNITY
20.1 Subject to the provisions of section 310 of the Act every director
(including an alternate director) or other officer of the Company
shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against all
losses or liabilities which he may sustain or incur in or about the
lawful execution of the duties of his office or otherwise in
relation thereto, including any liability incurred by him in
defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which
judgment is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted or in
connection with any application under section 144 or section 727 of
the Act in which relief is granted to him by the court, and no
director (including an alternate director) or other officer shall be
liable for any loss, damage or misfortune which may happen to or be
incurred by the Company in the lawful execution of the duties of his
office or in relation thereto. Regulation 118 of Table A shall not
apply to the Company.
20.2 The directors shall have power to purchase and maintain at the
expense of the Company for the benefit of any director (including an
alternate director), officer or auditor of the Company insurance
against any such liability as is referred to in section 310(1) of
the Act and subject to the provisions of the Act against any other
liability which may attach to him or loss or expenditure which he
may incur in relation to anything done or alleged to have been done
or omitted to be done as a director (including an alternate
director), officer or auditor.
20.3 The directors may authorise directors of companies within the same
group of companies as the Company to purchase and maintain insurance
at the expense of the Company for the benefit of any director
(including an alternate director), other officer or auditor in such
company in respect of such liability, loss or expenditure as is
referred to in Article 20.2.
21 ASSOCIATE DIRECTORS
21.1 The directors may from time to time appoint any manager or other
officer or person in the employment of the Company to be a associate
director of the Company.
21.2 The appointment of a person to be a associate director shall not
(save as otherwise agreed between him and the Company) affect the
terms and conditions of his employment by the Company whether as
regards duties, powers, remuneration, pension or otherwise and his
appointment as a associate director
9
<PAGE>
shall be terminated if the provisions of Article 14 would apply to
him if he were a director so as to cause him to vacate office as
such or if he resigns his employment or appointment or in the event
of his ceasing to be in the employment of the Company in some
capacity other than that of a associate director or in the event of
his appointment being terminated by a resolution of the directors.
21.3 The appointment, removal and remuneration of any associate director
shall be determined by the directors with full power to make such
arrangements as the directors may think fit and the directors shall
have the right to enter into any contracts on behalf of the Company
or transact any business of any description without the knowledge or
approval of the associate directors except that no act shall be done
that would impose any personal liability on any or all of the
associate directors except with his or their knowledge and consent.
21.4 In calculating the number to form a quorum at any meeting of the
directors any associate directors present shall not be counted. An
associate director shall not be entitled to vote nor (except when
expressly invited by the directors to attend) to receive notice of
or to attend at any meeting of the directors or of a committee of
the directors.
21.5 The directors may designate the associate directors or any of them
by such other name or title in place of the word "Associate" as they
may from time to time consider to be descriptive of their office and
actual duties. Any associate director so designated shall be
entitled to describe himself accordingly and, in the absence of such
designation, shall be entitled to describe himself as "associate
director"; in signing any document which he is authorised to sign as
associate director he shall always after his signature add the words
"associate director" or, if he shall have been otherwise designated,
such other name or title designated to him.
10
EXHIBIT 3.37
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
BERRY PLASTICS ACQUISITION CORPORATION
---------------------------
ARTICLE I
NAME
The name of the corporation (herein called the "Corporation") is
BERRY PLASTICS ACQUISITION CORPORATION.
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT
The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State
of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street, City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware
19901. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is
National Registered Agents, Inc.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Statute").
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK
The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares, all of which are
shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.
<PAGE>
ARTICLE V
INCORPORATOR
The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:
NAME MAILING ADDRESS
---- ---------------
Michele S. Riley c/o O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP30
30 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, New York 10112
ARTICLE VI
DIRECTORS
The number of directors of the Corporation shall be such as from
time to time shall be fixed in the manner provided in the By-laws of the
Corporation. The election of directors of the Corporation need not be by ballot
unless the By-laws so require.
ARTICLE VII
DIRECTORS' LIABILITY
A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware Statute, or (iv) for
any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.
If the Delaware Statute is amended after the date of incorporation of the
Corporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the
personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the
Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by
the Delaware Statute, as so amended.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the
stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or
protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal
or modification.
-2-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VIII
MANAGEMENT OF THE CORPORATION
For the management of the business and for the conduct of the
affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation
of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders, it is
further provided:
(a) In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by
the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly
authorized and empowered:
(i) to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-laws in any manner
not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this
Certificate of Incorporation;
(ii) without the assent or vote of the stockholders, to
authorize and issue securities and obligations of the Corporation,
secured or unsecured, and to include therein such provisions as to
redemption, conversion or other terms thereof as the Board of
Directors in its sole discretion may determine, and to authorize the
mortgaging or pledging, as security therefor, of any property of the
Corporation, real or personal, including after-acquired property;
(iii) to determine whether any, and if any, what part, of the
net profits of the Corporation or of its surplus shall be declared
in dividends and paid to the stockholders, and to direct and
determine the use and disposition of any such net profits or such
surplus; and
(iv) to fix from time to time the amount of net profits of the
Corporation or of its surplus to be reserved as working capital or
for any other lawful purpose.
In addition to the powers and authorities herein or by statute
expressly conferred upon it, the Board of Directors may exercise all such
powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the
Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the laws of the
State of Delaware, of this Certificate of Incorporation and of the By-laws
of the Corporation.
(b) Any director or any officer elected or appointed by the
stockholders or by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time in
such manner as shall be provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.
(c) From time to time any of the provisions of this Certificate of
Incorporation may be altered, amended or repealed, and other provisions
authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may
be added or inserted, in the manner and at the time prescribed by said
laws, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the
Corporation by this Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to
the provisions of this paragraph (c).
-3-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IX
CREDITORS MEETINGS
Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the
Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the
Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the
provisions of Section 291 of the Delaware Statute or on the application of
trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the
Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of the Delaware Statute, order a
meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or
class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in
such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing
three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the
stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be,
agree on any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the
Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said
compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by
the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the
creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of
stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the
Corporation.
-4-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, the undersigned, being the sole incorporator
hereinabove named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DO HEREBY CERTIFY, under
penalties of perjury, that this is my act and deed and that the facts
hereinabove stated are truly set forth and, accordingly, I have hereunto set my
hand as of the 22nd day of June, 1999.
--------------------------------
Michele S. Riley
EXHIBIT 3.38
================================================================================
BERRY PLASTICS ACQUISITION CORPORATION
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
---------------------------
BY-LAWS
---------------------------
AS ADOPTED ON JUNE 22, 1999
================================================================================
<PAGE>
BERRY PLASTICS ACQUISITION CORPORATION
BY-LAWS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
Article I Offices........................................................ 1
1.1 Registered Office................................................. 1
1.2 Other Offices..................................................... 1
Article II
2.1 Meeting of Stockholders; Stockholders'consent in Lieu of Meeting;
Annual Meetings................................................. 1
Article III Board of Directors........................................... 4
3.1 General Powers.................................................... 4
3.2 Number and Term of Office......................................... 5
3.3 Election of Directors............................................. 5
3.4 Resignation, Removal and Vacancies................................ 5
3.5 Meetings.......................................................... 5
3.6 Directors' Consent in Lieu of Meeting............................. 6
3.7 Action by Means of Conference Telephone or Similar Communications
Equipment....................................................... 6
3.8 Committees........................................................ 7
Article IV Officers...................................................... 7
4.1 Executive Officers................................................ 7
4.2 Authority and Duties.............................................. 7
4.3 Other Officers.................................................... 7
4.4 Term of Office, Resignation and Removal........................... 7
4.5 Vacancies......................................................... 8
4.6 The Chairman...................................................... 8
4.7 The President..................................................... 8
4.8 The Secretary..................................................... 8
4.9 The Treasurer..................................................... 9
Article V Contracts, Checks, Drafts, Bank Accounts, Etc.................. 9
5.1 Execution of Documents............................................ 9
5.2 Deposits.......................................................... 9
5.3 Proxies with Respect to Stock or Other Securities of Other
Corporations.................................................... 9
Article VI Shares and Their Transfer; Fixing Record Date................. 10
6.1 Certificates for Shares........................................... 10
6.2 Record............................................................ 10
6.3 Transfer and Registration of Stock................................ 10
<PAGE>
6.4 Addresses of Stockholders......................................... 11
6.5 Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates........................ 11
6.6 Regulations....................................................... 11
6.7 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record........... 11
Article VII Seal......................................................... 12
Article VIII Fiscal Year................................................. 12
Article IX Indemnification and Insurance................................. 12
9.1 Indemnification................................................... 12
9.2 Insurance......................................................... 14
Article X Amendment...................................................... 14
<PAGE>
BY-LAWS OF
BERRY PLASTICS ACQUISITION CORPORATION
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE.
The registered office of Berry Plastics Acquisition Corporation (the
"Corporation") in the State of Delaware shall be at 9 Loockerman Street, City of
Dover, County of Kent 19901, and the registered agent in charge thereof shall be
National Registered Agents, Inc.
1.2 OTHER OFFICES.
The Corporation may also have an office or offices at any other
place or places within or outside the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE II
2.1 MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS; STOCKHOLDERS' CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING;
ANNUAL MEETINGS.
The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of
directors, and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come
before the meeting, shall be held at such place, date and hour as shall be fixed
by the Board of Directors (the "Board") and designated in the notice or waiver
of notice thereof, except that no annual meeting need be held if all actions,
including the election of directors, required by the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Statute") to be taken at a stockholders'
annual meeting are taken by written consent in lieu of meeting pursuant to
Section 2.10 of this Article II.
2.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS.
A special meeting of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes
may be called by the Board, the Chairman, the President or the record holders of
at least a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
Corporation, to be held at such place, date and hour as shall be designated in
the notice or waiver of notice thereof.
2.3 NOTICE OF MEETINGS.
Except as otherwise required by statute, the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation (the "Certificate") or these By-laws, notice of
each annual or special meeting of the
1
<PAGE>
stockholders shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at
such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the day on which the
meeting is to be held, by delivering written notice thereof to him personally,
or by mailing a copy of such notice, postage prepaid, directly to him at his
address as it appears in the records of the Corporation, or by transmitting such
notice thereof to him at such address by telegraph, cable or other telephonic
transmission. Every such notice shall state the place, the date and hour of the
meeting, and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which
the meeting is called. Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall not be
required to be given to any stockholder who shall attend such meeting in person
or by proxy, or who shall, in person or by attorney thereunto authorized, waive
such notice in writing, either before or after such meeting. Except as otherwise
provided in these By-laws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the
purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any such notice
or waiver of notice. Notice of any adjourned meeting of stockholders shall not
be required to be given, except when expressly required by law.
2.4 QUORUM.
At each meeting of the stockholders, except where otherwise provided
by the Certificate or these By-laws, the holders of a majority of the issued and
outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such
meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, a majority in
interest of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy and
entitled to vote, or, in the absence of all the stockholders entitled to vote,
any officer entitled to preside at, or act as secretary of, such meeting, shall
have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, until stockholders
holding the requisite amount of stock to constitute a quorum shall be present or
represented. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present,
any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting
as originally called.
2.5 ORGANIZATION.
Unless otherwise determined by the Board, at each meeting of the
stockholders, one of the following shall act as chairman of the meeting and
preside thereat, in the following order of precedence:
(a) the Chairman;
(b) the President;
(c) any director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation
designated by the Board to act as chairman of such meeting and to preside
thereat if the Chairman or the President shall be absent from such
meeting; or
(d) a stockholder of record who shall be chosen chairman of such
meeting by a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat.
The Secretary or, if he shall be presiding over such meeting in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.5 or if he shall be absent from
such meeting, the person (who
2
<PAGE>
shall be an Assistant Secretary, if an Assistant Secretary has been appointed
and is present) whom the chairman of such meeting shall appoint, shall act as
secretary of such meeting and keep the minutes thereof.
2.6 ORDER OF BUSINESS.
The order of business at each meeting of the stockholders shall be
determined by the chairman of such meeting, but such order of business may be
changed by a majority in voting interest of those present in person or by proxy
at such meeting and entitled to vote thereat.
2.7 VOTING.
Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate or these
By-laws, at each meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder of the
Corporation shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share
of Common Stock of the Corporation held by him and registered in his name on the
books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to Section 6.7 of Article VI
as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at
such meeting. Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to
vote the shares so held. A person whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to
vote, unless, in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the Corporation, he
has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the
pledgee or his proxy may represent such stock and vote thereon. If shares or
other securities having voting power stand in the record of two or more persons,
whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common,
tenants by the entirety or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same
fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary shall be
given written notice to the contrary and furnished with a copy of the instrument
or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided,
their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect:
(a) if only one votes, his act binds all;
(b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds
all; and
(c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any
particular matter, such shares shall be voted in the manner provided by
law.
If the instrument so filed shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal
interests, a majority or even-split for the purposes of this Section 2.7 shall
be a majority or even-split in interest. The Corporation shall not vote directly
or indirectly any share of its own capital stock. Any vote of stock may be given
by the stockholder entitled thereto in person or by his proxy appointed by an
instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by his attorney
thereunto authorized, delivered to the secretary of the meeting; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date, unless
said proxy provides for a longer period. At all meetings of the stockholders,
all matters (except where other provision is made by law, the Certificate or
these By-laws) shall be decided by the vote of a majority in interest of the
stockholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote
thereon, a quorum being present. Unless demanded by a stockholder present in
person or by proxy at any meeting and entitled to vote thereon, the vote on any
question need not be by ballot. Upon a demand by any such stockholder for a vote
by ballot upon any question, such vote by ballot shall be taken. On a vote by
ballot,
3
<PAGE>
each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by his proxy, if there
be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.
2.8 INSPECTION.
The chairman of the meeting may at any time appoint one or more
inspectors to serve at any meeting of the stockholders. Any inspector may be
removed, and a new inspector or inspectors appointed, by the Board at any time.
Such inspectors shall decide upon the qualifications of voters, accept and count
votes, declare the results of such vote, and subscribe and deliver to the
secretary of the meeting a certificate stating the number of shares of stock
issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereon and the number of shares
voted for and against the question, respectively. The inspectors need not be
stockholders of the Corporation, and any director or officer of the Corporation
may be an inspector on any question other than a vote for or against his
election to any position with the Corporation or on any other matter in which he
may be directly interested. Before acting as herein provided, each inspector
shall subscribe an oath faithfully to execute the duties of an inspector with
strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.
2.9 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS.
It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the
Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger to prepare and make, at
least 10 days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the
stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and
showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in
the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any
stockholder, for any purpose germane to any such meeting, during ordinary
business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to such meeting, either
at a place within the city where such meeting is to be held, which place shall
be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place
where the meeting is to be held. Such list shall also be produced and kept at
the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be
inspected by any stockholder who is present.
2.10 STOCKHOLDERS' CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING.
Any action required by the Delaware Statute to be taken at any
annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, or any action
which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be
taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, by a consent
in writing, as permitted by the Delaware Statute.
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
3.1 GENERAL POWERS.
The business, property and affairs of the Corporation shall be
managed by or under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all such
powers of the Corporation and do
4
<PAGE>
all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate directed
or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
3.2 NUMBER AND TERM OF OFFICE.
The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by the
Board. Directors need not be stockholders. Each director shall hold office until
his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death or
resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.
3.3 ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.
At each meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors at
which a quorum is present, the persons receiving the greatest number of votes,
up to the number of directors to be elected, of the stockholders present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon shall be the directors;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that for purposes of such vote no stockholder shall be
allowed to cumulate his votes. Unless an election by ballot shall be demanded as
provided in Section 2.7 of Article II, election of directors may be conducted in
any manner approved at such meeting.
3.4 RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND VACANCIES.
Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
Board, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take
effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, upon
receipt thereof; unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without
cause, at any time by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then
entitled to vote at an election of directors or by written consent of the
stockholders pursuant to Section 2.10 of Article II.
Vacancies occurring on the Board for any reason may be filled by
vote of the stockholders or by the stockholders' written consent pursuant to
Section 2.10 of Article II, or by vote of the Board or by the directors' written
consent pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Article III. If the number of directors
then in office is less than a quorum, such vacancies may be filled by a vote of
a majority of the directors then in office.
3.5 MEETINGS.
(a) ANNUAL MEETINGS. As soon as practicable after each annual
election of directors, the Board shall meet for the purpose of organization and
the transaction of other business, unless it shall have transacted all such
business by written consent pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Article III.
(b) OTHER MEETINGS. Other meetings of the Board shall be held at
such times and places as the Board, the Chairman, the President or any director
shall from time to time determine.
5
<PAGE>
(c) NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Notice shall be given to each director of
each meeting, including the time, place and purpose of such meeting. Notice of
each such meeting shall be mailed to each director, addressed to him at his
residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the date on which
such meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to him at such place by telegraph,
cable, wireless or other form of recorded communication, or be delivered
personally or by telephone not later than the day before the day on which such
meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any director who shall
attend such meeting. A written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled
thereto, whether before or after the time of the meeting stated therein, shall
be deemed equivalent to notice.
(d) PLACE OF MEETINGS. The Board may hold its meetings at such place
or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to
time determine, or as shall be designated in the respective notices or waivers
of notice thereof.
(e) QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING. A majority of the total number of
directors then in office shall be present in person at any meeting of the Board
in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting,
and the vote of a majority of those directors present at any such meeting at
which a quorum is present shall be necessary for the passage of any resolution
or act of the Board, except as otherwise expressly required by law or these
By-laws. In the absence of a quorum for any such meeting, a majority of the
directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting from time to time until a
quorum shall be present.
(f) ORGANIZATION. At each meeting of the Board, one of the following
shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside thereat, in the following order
of precedence:
(i) the Chairman;
(ii) the President (if a director); or
(iii) any director designated by a majority of the directors
present.
The Secretary or, in the case of his absence, an Assistant Secretary, if an
Assistant Secretary has been appointed and is present, or any person whom the
chairman of the meeting shall appoint shall act as secretary of such meeting and
keep the minutes thereof.
3.6 DIRECTORS' CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING.
Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the
Board may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote,
if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by
all the directors then in office and such consent is filed with the minutes of
the proceedings of the Board.
3.7 ACTION BY MEANS OF CONFERENCE TELEPHONE OR SIMILAR COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT.
Any one or more members of the Board may participate in a meeting of
the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment
by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and
participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at
such meeting.
6
<PAGE>
3.8 COMMITTEES.
The Board may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of
the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to
consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, which to the extent
provided in said resolution or resolutions shall have and may exercise the
powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the
Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all
papers which may require it, such committee or committees to have such name or
names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board.
A majority of all the members of any such committee may determine its action and
fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board shall otherwise
provide. The Board shall have power to change the members of any such committee
at any time, to fill vacancies and to discharge any such committee, either with
or without cause, at any time.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
4.1 EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.
The principal officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman, if
one is appointed (and any references to the Chairman shall not apply if a
Chairman has not been appointed), a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and
may include such other officers as the Board may appoint pursuant to Section 4.3
of this Article IV. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.
4.2 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES.
All officers, as between themselves and the Corporation, shall have
such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as
may be provided in these By-laws or, to the extent so provided, by the Board.
4.3 OTHER OFFICERS.
The Corporation may have such other officers, agents and employees
as the Board may deem necessary, including one or more Assistant Secretaries,
one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Vice Presidents, each of whom
shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties
as the Board, the Chairman or the President may from time to time determine. The
Board may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and define the
authority and duties of, or remove, any such officers, agents or employees.
4.4 TERM OF OFFICE, RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL.
All officers shall be elected or appointed by the Board and shall
hold office for such term as may be prescribed by the Board. Each officer shall
hold office until his successor has been elected or appointed and qualified or
until his earlier death or resignation or removal in
7
<PAGE>
the manner hereinafter provided. The Board may require any officer to give
security for the faithful performance of his duties.
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
Board, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take
effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, at the
time it is accepted by action of the Board. Except as aforesaid, the acceptance
of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
All officers and agents elected or appointed by the Board shall be
subject to removal at any time by the Board or by the stockholders of the
Corporation with or without cause.
4.5 VACANCIES.
If the office of Chairman, President, Secretary or Treasurer becomes
vacant for any reason, the Board shall fill such vacancy, and if any other
office becomes vacant, the Board may fill such vacancy. Any officer so appointed
or elected by the Board shall serve only until such time as the unexpired term
of his predecessor shall have expired, unless reelected or reappointed by the
Board.
4.6 THE CHAIRMAN.
The Chairman shall give counsel and advice to the Board and the
officers of the Corporation on all subjects concerning the welfare of the
Corporation and the conduct of its business and shall perform such other duties
as the Board may from time to time determine. Unless otherwise determined by the
Board, he shall preside at meetings of the Board and of the stockholders at
which he is present.
4.7 THE PRESIDENT.
Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the President shall be the
chief executive officer of the Corporation. The President shall have general and
active management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation
subject to the control of the Board and shall see that all orders and
resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The President shall from time
to time make such reports of the affairs of the Corporation as the Board of
Directors may require and shall perform such other duties as the Board may from
time to time determine.
4.8 THE SECRETARY.
The Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, attend all meetings
of the Board and all meetings of the stockholders and shall record all votes and
the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose. He may
give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of
the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the
Board, the Chairman or the President, under whose supervision he shall act. He
shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and affix the same to any
duly authorized instrument requiring it and, when so affixed, it shall be
attested by his signature or by the signature of the Treasurer or, if appointed,
an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer. He shall keep in safe custody
the certificate books and stockholder records and such other books and records
as the
8
<PAGE>
Board may direct, and shall perform all other duties incident to the office of
Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by
the Board, the Chairman or the President.
4.9 THE TREASURER.
The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of the corporate funds
and other valuable effects, including securities, shall keep full and accurate
accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and
shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the
credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the
Board. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be
ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, shall
render to the Chairman, President and directors, at the regular meetings of the
Board, or whenever they may require it, an account of all his transactions as
Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation and shall perform
all other duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as
from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board, the Chairman or the
President.
ARTICLE V
CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.
5.1 EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS.
The Board shall designate, by either specific or general resolution,
the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation who shall have the power
to execute and deliver deeds, contracts, mortgages, bonds, debentures, checks,
drafts and other orders for the payment of money and other documents for and in
the name of the Corporation, and may authorize such officers, employees and
agents to delegate such power (including authority to redelegate) by written
instrument to other officers, employees or agents of the Corporation; unless so
designated or expressly authorized by these By-laws, no officer, employee or
agent shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract
or engagement, to pledge its credit or to render it liable pecuniarily for any
purpose or amount.
5.2 DEPOSITS.
All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be
deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation or otherwise as the
Board or Treasurer, or any other officer of the Corporation to whom power in
this respect shall have been given by the Board, shall select.
5.3 PROXIES WITH RESPECT TO STOCK OR OTHER SECURITIES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.
The Board shall designate the officers of the Corporation who shall
have authority from time to time to appoint an agent or agents of the
Corporation to exercise in the name and on behalf of the Corporation the powers
and rights which the Corporation may have as the holder of stock or other
securities in any other corporation, and to vote or consent with respect to such
stock or securities. Such designated officers may instruct the person or persons
so appointed as
9
<PAGE>
to the manner of exercising such powers and rights, and such designated officers
may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation
and under its corporate seal or otherwise, such written proxies, powers of
attorney or other instruments as they may deem necessary or proper in order that
the Corporation may exercise its powers and rights.
ARTICLE VI
SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER; FIXING RECORD DATE
6.1 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.
Every owner of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to have a
certificate certifying the number and class of shares owned by him in the
Corporation, which shall be in such form as shall be prescribed by the Board.
Certificates shall be numbered and issued in consecutive order and shall be
signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Chairman, the President or
any Vice President, and by the Treasurer (or an Assistant Treasurer, if
appointed) or the Secretary (or an Assistant Secretary, if appointed). In case
any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate or
certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation,
whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or
certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or
certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and
delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate had not
ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.
6.2 RECORD.
A record in one or more counterparts shall be kept of the name of
the person, firm or corporation owning the shares represented by each
certificate for stock of the Corporation issued, the number of shares
represented by each such certificate, the date thereof and, in the case of
cancellation, the date of cancellation. Except as otherwise expressly required
by law, the person in whose name shares of stock stand on the stock record of
the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes regarding the
Corporation.
6.3 TRANSFER AND REGISTRATION OF STOCK.
The transfer of stock and certificates which represent the stock of
the Corporation shall be governed by Article 8 of Subtitle 1 of Title 6 of the
Delaware Code (the Uniform Commercial Code), as amended from time to time.
Registration of transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made
only on the books of the Corporation upon request of the registered holder
thereof, or of his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly
executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and upon the surrender
of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed or
accompanied by a stock power duly executed.
10
<PAGE>
6.4 ADDRESSES OF STOCKHOLDERS.
Each stockholder shall designate to the Secretary an address at
which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be served or
mailed to him, and, if any stockholder shall fail to designate such address,
corporate notices may be served upon him by mail directed to him at his
post-office address, if any, as the same appears on the share record books of
the Corporation or at his last known post-office address.
6.5 LOST, DESTROYED AND MUTILATED CERTIFICATES.
The holder of any shares of the Corporation shall immediately notify
the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of the certificate
therefor, and the Board may, in its discretion, cause to be issued to him a new
certificate or certificates for such shares, upon the surrender of the mutilated
certificates or, in the case of loss or destruction of the certificate, upon
satisfactory proof of such loss or destruction, and the Board may, in its
discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate or his legal
representative to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety
or sureties as it may direct to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that
may be made against it on account of the alleged loss or destruction of any such
certificate.
6.6 REGULATIONS.
The Board may make such rules and regulations as it may deem
expedient, not inconsistent with these By-laws, concerning the issue, transfer
and registration of certificates for stock of the Corporation.
6.7 FIXING DATE FOR DETERMINATION OF STOCKHOLDERS OF RECORD.
(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any
adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall
not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted
by the Board, and which record date shall be not more than 60 nor less than 10
days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board,
the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at
a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next
preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the
close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is
held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote
at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.
(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board
may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which
the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date
shall be not more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing
the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the
Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to
corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board
is required by the Delaware Statute, shall be the first date on which a signed
written consent setting forth the action taken or
11
<PAGE>
proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its
registered office in this State, its principal place of business or an officer
or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of
meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's
registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return
receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior
action by the Board is required by the Delaware Statute, the record date for
determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the
Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to
receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights
or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change,
conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action,
the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date
upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record
date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is
fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall
be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution
relating thereto.
ARTICLE VII
SEAL
The Board may provide a corporate seal, which shall be in the form
of a circle and shall bear the full name of the Corporation, the year of
incorporation of the Corporation and the words and figures "Corporate Seal -
Delaware."
ARTICLE VIII
FISCAL YEAR
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year unless
otherwise determined by the Board.
ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
9.1 INDEMNIFICATION.
(a) As provided in the Certificate, to the fullest extent permitted
by the Delaware Statute as the same exists or may hereafter be amended a
director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its
stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.
(b) Without limitation of any right conferred by paragraph (a) of
this Section 9.1, each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be
made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
12
<PAGE>
criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by
reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of
the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer or employee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an
employee benefit plan (hereinafter an "indemnitee"), whether the basis of such
proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity while serving as a
director, officer or employee or in any other capacity while serving as a
director, officer or employee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware Statute, as the
same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment,
only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide
broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all
expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, excise
taxes or amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such
indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to
an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or employee and shall
inure to the benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, testators, intestates, executors
and administrators; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such person acted in good faith and
in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best
interests of the Corporation, and with respect to a criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful;
PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that no indemnification shall be made in the case of
an action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation in relation
to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding
that such director, officer, employee or agent is liable to the Corporation,
unless a court having jurisdiction shall determine that, despite such
adjudication, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification;
PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that, except as provided in Section 9.1(c) of this
Article IX with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the
Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding
(or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part
thereof) initiated by such indemnitee was authorized by the Board of Directors
of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX
shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the
Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of
its final disposition (hereinafter an "advancement of expenses"); PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that, if the Delaware Statute requires, an advancement of expenses
incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and
not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such
indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan)
shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking
(hereinafter an "undertaking"), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all
amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial
decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a "final
adjudication") that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such
expenses under this Section or otherwise.
(c) If a claim under Section 9.1(b) of this Article IX is not paid in full by
the Corporation with 60 days after a written claim has been received by the
Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in
which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee may at any
time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount
of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit
brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the
terms of any undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the
expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the
indemnitee to enforce a right to
13
<PAGE>
indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to
enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and
(ii) in any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses
pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to
recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met
the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware Statute. Neither
the failure of the Corporation (including the Board, independent legal counsel,
or the stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of
such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances
because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
the Delaware Statute, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including
the Board, independent legal counsel or the stockholders) that the indemnitee
has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that
the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of
such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit
brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an
advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an
advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of
proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such
advancement of expenses, under this Section or otherwise shall be on the
Corporation.
(d) The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses
conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any
person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Charter, agreement,
vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
9.2 INSURANCE.
The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense,
to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation or any person who is or was serving at the request of
the Corporation as a director, officer, employer or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any
expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power
to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the
Delaware Statute.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT
Any by-law (including these By-laws) may be adopted, amended or
repealed by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to
vote or by the stockholders' written consent pursuant to Section 2.10 of Article
II, or by the vote of the Board or by the directors' written consent pursuant to
Section 3.6 of Article III.
* * * * *
14
EXHIBIT 5
O'SULLIVAN GRAEV & KARABELL, LLP
30 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA
New York, NY 10112
November 24, 1999
Berry Plastics Corporation
101 Oakley Street
Evansville, Indiana 47710
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as special counsel to Berry Plastics Corporation, a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and BPC Holding Corporation, a Delaware
corporation ("Holding"), Berry Iowa Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Berry
Iowa"), Berry Tri-Plas Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Berry Tri-Plas"),
Berry Sterling Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Berry Sterling"), AeroCon,
Inc., a Delaware corporation ("AeroCon"), PackerWare Corporation, a Delaware
corporation ("PackerWare"), Berry Plastics Design Corporation, a Delaware
corporation ("Berry Design"), Venture Packaging, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("Venture Holdings"), Venture Packaging Midwest, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("Venture Midwest"), Venture Packaging Southeast, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("Venture Southeast"), Knight Plastics, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Knight"),
CPI Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("CPI"), Cardinal Packaging,
Inc., an Ohio corporation ("Cardinal"), Berry Plastics Acquisition Corporation,
a Delaware corporation ("Berry Acquisition"), NIM Holdings Limited, a company
organized under the laws of England and Wales ("NIM Holdings"), Norwich
Injection Moulders Limited, a company organized under the laws of England and
Wales ("Norwich"), Norwich Acquisition Limited, a company organized under the
laws of England and Wales ("Norwich Acquisition," and Holding, Berry Iowa, Berry
Tri-Plas, Berry Sterling, AeroCon, PackerWare, Berry Design, Venture Holdings,
Venture Midwest, Venture Southeast, Knight, CPI, Cardinal and Berry Acquisition,
collectively, the "U.S. Guarantors" and the U.S. Guarantors, NIM Holdings,
Norwich and Norwich Acquisition, collectively, the "Guarantors") in connection
with the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange its 12 1/4% Series C
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "New Notes"), which will be guaranteed
pursuant to Note Guarantees endorsed on the New Notes by the Guarantors (the
"Note Guarantees"), for a like principal amount of any or all of its outstanding
12 1/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "Old Notes"), which are
guaranteed by the Guarantors.
We have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise
identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records,
certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed
necessary or advisable for the purpose of rendering this opinion.
<PAGE>
Berry Plastics Corporation
101 Oakley Street
Evansville, Indiana 47710
Page 2
Upon the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:
1. The New Notes have been duly authorized and, assuming the due
execution and delivery of the New Notes, when the New Notes are executed,
authenticated and delivered in accordance with the Indenture dated as of August
24, 1998 (the "Indenture") among the Company, the Guarantors and the United
States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, in exchange for the Old Notes in
accordance with the Indenture and the Exchange Offer, the New Notes will be
valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in
accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.
2. When (i) the Note Guarantees to be endorsed on the New Notes have
been duly executed and delivered by the Guarantors and (ii) the New Notes have
been duly executed, authenticated and delivered in accordance with the Indenture
in exchange for the Old Notes in accordance with the Indenture and the Exchange
Offer, each of the Note Guarantees will be the valid and binding obligation of
the Guarantors enforceable against the Guarantors in accordance with its terms,
subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium,
fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and
subject to general principles of equity.
We are members of the Bar of the State of New York and the foregoing
opinion is limited to the laws of the State of New York, the federal laws of the
United States of America, and the corporation law of the State of Delaware.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer. We also consent to the
reference to us under the caption "Legal Matters" in the Prospectus contained in
such Registration Statement.
This opinion is rendered solely to you in connection with the above
matter. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose or
relied upon by or furnished to any other person without our prior written
consent.
Very truly yours,
/s/ O'SULLIVAN GRAEV & KARABELL, LLP
EXHIBIT 8
O'SULLIVAN GRAEV & KARABELL, LLP
30 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA
NEW YORK, NY 10112
November 24, 1999
Berry Plastics Corporation
101 Oakley Street
Evansville, Indiana 47710
BERRY PLASTICS CORPORATION
12 1/4% SERIES C SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004
Dear Sirs:
We have acted as counsel for Berry Plastics Corporation, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the preparation and filing of
the Registration Statement of the Company on Form S-4, as amended (File No.
333-64599) (the "Registration Statement"), under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein
shall have the meanings set forth in the Registration Statement.
In that connection, we have examined originals, or copies certified
or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate
records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of
rendering the opinions set forth below. As to certain questions of fact material
to the opinions contained herein, we have relied upon certificates or statements
of officers of the Company and certificates of public officials. In such
examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity
of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to authentic
originals of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies.
Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and subject to the
qualifications and limitations set forth therein, we are of the opinion that the
discussion in the Registration Statement entitled "MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSIDERATIONS" fairly presents the material Federal income tax considerations
relevant to the exchange of Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer and to the ownership of the New Notes.
We know that we are referred to under the heading "Legal Matters" in
the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement, and we hereby
consent to such use of our name in said Registration Statement and to the use of
this opinion for filing with said Registration Statement as Exhibit 8 thereto.
Very truly yours,
/s/ O'SULLIVAN GRAEV & KARABELL, LLP
EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARY JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION
- ---------- -----------------------------
Delaware
Berry Iowa Corporation Delaware
Berry Tri-Plas Corporation Delaware
Berry Sterling Corporation Delaware
Aerocon, Inc. Delaware
PackerWare Corporation Delaware
Berry Plastics Design Corporation Delaware
Venture Packaging, Inc. Delaware
Venture Packaging Midwest, Inc. Delaware
Venture Packaging Southeast, Inc. Delaware
NIM Holdings Limited England and Wales
Norwich Injection Moulders Limited England and Wales
Knight Plastics, Inc. Delaware
CPI Holding corporation Delaware
Cardinal Packaging, Inc. Ohio
Norwich Acquisition Limited England and Wales
Berry Plastics Acquisition Corporation Delaware
EXHIBIT 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions "Selected Historical
Financial Data" and "Experts" and to the use of our report dated February 19,
1999 with respect to BPC Holding Corporation and the use of our report dated May
19, 1999 with respect to the Knight Engineering and Plastics Division of
Courtaulds Packaging Inc. in Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement (Form
S-4) and related Prospectus of Berry Plastics Corporation for the registration
of $25,000,000 of 121/4% Series C Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
December 2, 1999
EXHIBIT 23.3
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No.
333-64599, relating to $25,000,000 of 12-1/4% Series C Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2004, of Berry Plastics Corporation on Form S-4 of our report dated June 11,
1999 relating to the consolidated financial statements of CPI Holding, Inc. as
of November 30, 1998 and 1997 and for the years ended November 30, 1998 and 1997
and for the period January 26, 1996 to November 30, 1996 appearing in the
Prospectus, which is part of such Registration Statement.
We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such
prospectus.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Cleveland, Ohio
November 22, 1999
EXHIBIT 23.4
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated 22 December 1997 relating to the financial statements of
Norwich Injection Moulders Limited for the years ended October 31, 1997, 1996
and 1995 in Amendment No. 4 the Registration Statement (Form S-4) and related
Prospectus of Berry Plastics Corporation for the registration $25,000,000 of
12.25% Series C Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004.
/s/ Lovewell Blake
Norwich, England
22 November 1999
EXHIBIT 25
FORM T-1
==============================================
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF
A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
------------------
CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(B)(2) _______
------------------
UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)
New York 13-3818954
(Jurisdiction of incorporation (I.R.S. employer
if not a U.S. national bank) identification No.)
114 West 47th Street 10036-1532
New York, NY (Zip Code)
(Address of principal
executive offices)
------------------
BERRY PLASTICS CORPORATION
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware 35-1813706
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
------------------
BPC HOLDING CORPORATION
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware 35-1814673
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
<PAGE>
- 2 -
------------------
BERRY IOWA CORPORATION
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware 42-1382173
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
------------------
BERRY TRI-PLAS CORPORATION
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware 56-1949250
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
------------------
BERRY STERLING CORPORATION
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware 54-1749681
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
------------------
AEROCON, INC.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware 35-1948748
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
------------------
PACKERWARE CORPORATION
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware 48-0759852
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
<PAGE>
- 3 -
------------------
BERRY PLASTICS DESIGN CORPORATION
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware 62-1689708
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
------------------
VENTURE PACKAGING, INC.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware 51-0368479
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
------------------
VENTURE PACKAGING MIDWEST, INC.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware 34-1809003
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
------------------
VENTURE PACKAGING SOUTHEAST, INC.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware 57-1029638
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
------------------
NIM HOLDINGS LIMITED
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
England and Wales N/A
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
<PAGE>
- 4 -
------------------
NORWICH INJECTION MOULDERS LIMITED
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
England and Wales N/A
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
------------------
KNIGHT PLASTICS, INC.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware 35-2056610
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
------------------
CPI HOLDING CORPORATION
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware 34-1820303
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
------------------
CARDINAL PACKAGING, INC.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Ohio 34-1396561
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
------------------
NORWICH ACQUISITION LIMITED
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
England and Wales N/A
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
<PAGE>
- 5 -
------------------
BERRY PLASTICS ACQUISITION CORPORATION
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware N/A
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification No.)
101 Oakley Street
Evansville, Indiana 47710
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
------------------
12-1/4% Series C Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004
(Title of the indenture securities)
==============================================
<PAGE>
- 6 -
GENERAL
1. GENERAL INFORMATION
Furnish the following information as to the trustee:
(a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which
it is subject.
Federal Reserve Bank of New York (2nd District), New York, New York
(Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System)
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.
New York State Banking Department, Albany, New York
(b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
2. AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR
If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such
affiliation.
None
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15:
Berry Plastics Corporation, BPC Holding Corporation, Berry Iowa
Corporation, Berry Tri-Plas Corporation, Berry Sterling Corporation,
Aerocon, Inc., Packerware Corporation, Berry Plastics Design Corporation,
Venture Packaging, Inc., Venture Packaging Midwest, Inc., Venture Packaging
Southeast, Inc., NIM Holdings Limited, Norwich Injection Moulders Limited,
Knight Plastics, Inc., CPI Holding Corporation, Cardinal Packaging, Inc.,
Norwich Acquisition Limited, Berry Plastics Acquisition Corporation
currently are not in default. Accordingly, responses to Items 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15 of Form T-1 are not required under
General Instruction B.
16. LIST OF EXHIBITS
T-1.1 -- Organization Certificate, as amended, issued by
the State of New York Banking Department to transact
business as a Trust Company, is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit T-1.1 to Form T-1 filed on
September 15, 1995 with the Commission pursuant to
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the
Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990 (Registration No.
33-97056).
T-1.2 -- Included in Exhibit T-1.1.
T-1.3 -- Included in Exhibit T-1.1.
<PAGE>
- 7 -
16. LIST OF EXHIBITS
(CONT'D)
T-1.4 -- The By-Laws of United States Trust Company of New
York, as amended, is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit T-1.4 to Form T-1 filed on September 15, 1995
with the Commission pursuant to the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform
Act of 1990 (Registration No. 33-97056).
T-1.6 -- The consent of the trustee required by Section
321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended
by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990.
T-1.7 -- A copy of the latest report of condition of the
trustee pursuant to law or the requirements of its
supervising or examining authority.
NOTE
As of November 10, 1999, the trustee had 2,999,020 shares of Common Stock
outstanding, all of which are owned by its parent company, U.S. Trust
Corporation. The term "trustee" in Item 2, refers to each of United States Trust
Company of New York and its parent company, U. S. Trust Corporation.
In answering Item 2 in this statement of eligibility as to matters peculiarly
within the knowledge of the obligor or its directors, the trustee has relied
upon information furnished to it by the obligor and will rely on information to
be furnished by the obligor and the trustee disclaims responsibility for the
accuracy or completeness of such information.
------------------
Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the trustee,
United States Trust Company of New York, a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of
eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, all in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 10th day
of November 1999.
UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK, Trustee
By: /s/ CYNTHIA CHANEY
Cynthia Chaney
Assistant Vice President
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT T-1.6
The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.
United States Trust Company of New York
114 West 47th Street
New York, NY 10036
September 1, 1995
Securities and Exchange Commission
450 5th Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20549
Gentlemen:
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990, and subject to the
limitations set forth therein, United States Trust Company of New York ("U.S.
Trust") hereby consents that reports of examinations of U.S. Trust by Federal,
State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities
to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefor.
Very truly yours,
UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK
By: /s/ GERARD F. GANEY
Gerard F. Ganey
Senior Vice President
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT T-1.7
UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONDITION
JUNE 30, 1999
($ IN THOUSANDS)
ASSETS
Cash and Due from Banks $ 237,532
Short-Term Investments 155,678
Securities, Available for Sale 505,561
Loans 2,312,569
Less: Allowance for Credit Losses 17,486
-----------
Net Loans 2,295,083
Premises and Equipment 56,119
Other Assets 128,087
-----------
TOTAL ASSETS $ 3,378,060
===========
LIABILITIES
Deposits:
Non-Interest Bearing $ 815,644
Interest Bearing 1,931,882
-----------
Total Deposits 2,747,526
Short-Term Credit Facilities 310,113
Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities 131,638
-----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES $ 3,189,277
===========
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Common Stock 14,995
Capital Surplus 53,041
Retained Earnings 121,974
Unrealized Loss on Securities
Available for Sale (Net of Taxes) (1,227)
-----------
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY 188,783
-----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY $ 3,378,060
===========
I, Richard E. Brinkmann, Managing Director & Comptroller of the named bank do
hereby declare that this Statement of Condition has been prepared in conformance
with the instructions issued by the appropriate regulatory authority and is true
to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Richard E. Brinkmann, Managing Director & Controller
August 23, 1999
EXHIBIT 99.1
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
TO TENDER FOR EXCHANGE
12 1/4% SERIES B SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004
OF
BERRY PLASTICS CORPORATION
PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS DATED NOVEMBER 24, 1999
------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME,
ON DECEMBER 29, 1999, UNLESS EXTENDED.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
To: United States Trust Company of New York, as Exchange Agent
BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL: BY FACSIMILE: BY HAND BEFORE 4:30 P.M.:
United States Trust Company (212)420-6211 United States Trust Company
of New York Attention: of New York
P.O. Box 843 Customer 111 Broadway
Cooper Station Service New York, New York 10006
New York, New York 10276 Attention: Lower Level
Attention: Corporate Trust Corporate Trust Window
Services
CONFIRM BY BY OVERNIGHT COURIER AND BY
TELEPHONE TO: HAND AFTER 4:30 P.M. ON THE
(800)548-6565 EXPIRATION DATE:
United States Trust Company
of New York
770 Broadway, 13th Floor
New York, New York 10003
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH
ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED ABOVE
WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER
OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS
COMPLETED.
The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received the
Prospectus, dated November 23, 1999 (the "Prospectus), of Berry Plastics
Corporation (the "Company") and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal"), which together constitute the Company's offer (the "Exchange
Offer") to exchange its 12 1/4% Series C Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the
"New Notes") for an equal principal amount of its 12 1/4% Series B Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "Old Notes" and, together with the New Notes,
the "Notes"). The terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects
to the Old Notes, except that the New Notes have been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and, therefore, will
not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not contain certain
provisions providing for an increase in the interest rate on the Old Notes under
certain circumstances relating to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined
in the Prospectus). The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on December 29, 1999, unless the Exchange Offer is extended as
provided in the Prospectus, in which case the term "Expiration Date" shall mean
the latest date and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended. Capitalized
terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the
Prospectus.
Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes
are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, this
Letter of Transmittal or an Agent's Message (as defined in the Prospectus) and
any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent
prior to the Expiration Date must tender their Old Notes
<PAGE>
according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under the caption "The
Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" in the Prospectus. See
Instruction 5.
The term "Holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means any
person in whose name Old Notes are registered on the books of the Company or any
other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the
registered holder. The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this
Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take
with respect to the Exchange Offer. Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes
must complete this Letter of Transmittal in its entirety.
If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that receives New Notes for
its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by
such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities (other than Old Notes acquired directly from the Company), the
undersigned may be deemed to be an "underwriter" under the Securities Act and
the undersigned acknowledges, therefore, that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. By so acknowledging and by
delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is
an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
-2-
<PAGE>
PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CAREFULLY
BEFORE COMPLETING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
DESCRIPTION OF 12 1/4% SERIES B SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004
AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
NAME(S) AND PRINCIPAL TENDERED (MUST
ADDRESS(ES) OF AMOUNT BE IN INTEGRAL
REGISTERED HOLDER(S) CERTIFICATE REPRESENTED BY MULTIPLES
(PLEASE FILL IN, NUMBER(S) CERTIFICATE(S) OF $1,000)*
IF BLANK)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Unless indicated in the column labeled "Principal Amount Tendered," any
tendering Holder of Old Notes will be deemed to have tendered the entire
aggregate principal amount represented by the column labeled "Aggregate
Principal Amount Represented by Certificate(s)."
If the space provided above is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and
principal amounts on a separate signed schedule and affix such schedule to this
Letter of Transmittal.
The minimum permitted tender is $1,000 in principal amount. All other tenders
must be in integral multiples of $1,000.
[ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY
TRANSFER TO THE EXHCANGE AGENT'S ACCOUNT AT THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY ("DTC") AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (ONLY PARTICIPANTS IN DTC
MAY DELIVER SHARES BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER) (SEE INSTRUCTION 4):
Name of Tendering Institution______________________________________________
Account No.________________________________________________________________
Transaction Code Number____________________________________________________
[ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT
AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (SEE INSTRUCTION 5):
Name(s) of Registered Holder(s)____________________________________________
Window Ticket Number (if any)______________________________________________
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery_________________________
Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery______________________________
[ ] CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10
ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS
OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
Name:______________________________________________________________________
Address:___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
-3-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SPECIAL REGISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 7, 8, AND 9) (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 7, 8 AND 9)
<S> <C>
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes in To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes in a
a principal amount not tendered, or New Notes issued principal amount not tendered, or New Notes issued in
in exchange for Old Notes accepted for exchange, are exchange for Old Notes accepted for exchange, are to be
to be issued in the name of someone other than the sent to someone other than the undersigned, or to the
undersigned. undersigned at an address other than that shown above.
Issue certificate(s) to: Deliver certificate(s) to:
Name: _______________________________________________ Name: __________________________________________________
(Please Print) (Please Print)
Address: ___________________________________________ Address: _______________________________________________
____________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________
(Include Zip Code) (Include Zip Code)
____________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________
(Tax Identification or Social Security No.) (Tax Identification or Social Security No.)
</TABLE>
-4-
<PAGE>
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, the
undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the principal amount of Old Notes
indicated above. Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of
the principal amount of Old Notes tendered in accordance with this Letter of
Transmittal, the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order
of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to the Old Notes tendered
hereby. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange
Agent its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange
Agent also acts as the agent of the Company) with respect to the tendered Old
Notes with full power of substitution (i) to deliver certificates for such Old
Notes to the Company and deliver all accompanying evidences of transfer and
authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Company and (ii) to present such Old
Notes for transfer on the books of the Company, all in accordance with the terms
of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be
deemed to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that he or she has
full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Old Notes
tendered hereby and that the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title
thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and
not subject to any adverse claim when the same are acquired by the Company. The
undersigned and any beneficial owner of Old Notes tendered hereby further
represent and warrant that (i) the New Notes acquired by the undersigned and any
such beneficial owner of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being
obtained in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such New
Notes, (ii) neither the undersigned nor any such beneficial owner has an
arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of such New
Notes, (iii) neither the undersigned nor any such beneficial owner nor any such
other person is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of such New
Notes and (iv) neither the undersigned nor any such other person is an
"affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act, of
the Company. The undersigned and each beneficial owner acknowledge and agree
that any person who is an affiliate of the Company or who tenders in the
Exchange Offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the New
Notes must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of
the Securities Act in connection with a resale transaction of the New Notes
acquired by such person and may not rely on the position of the staff of the
Securities and Exchange Commission set forth in the no-action letters discussed
in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Purpose and Effect of
the Exchange Offer." The undersigned and each beneficial owner will, upon
request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange
Agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale,
assignment and transfer of the Old Notes tendered hereby.
For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to
have accepted validly tendered Old Notes when, as and if the Company has given
oral notice (confirmed in writing) or written notice thereof to the Exchange
Agent.
If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange pursuant to
the Exchange Offer because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other
events set forth in the Prospectus or otherwise, any such unaccepted Old Notes
will be returned, without expense, to
-5-
<PAGE>
the undersigned at the address shown below or at a different address as may be
indicated herein under "Special Delivery Instructions" as promptly as
practicable after the Expiration Date.
All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter of
Transmittal shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the
undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned under this Letter of
Transmittal shall be binding upon the undersigned's heirs, personal
representatives, successors and assigns.
The undersigned understands that tenders of Old Notes pursuant to
the procedures described under the caption " The Exchange Offer -- Procedures
for Tendering" in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto will constitute
a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and
subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, subject only to withdrawal of
such tenders on the terms set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The
Exchange Offer -- Withdrawal of Tenders."
Unless otherwise indicated under "Special Registration
Instructions," please issue the certificates representing the New Notes issued
in exchange for the Old Notes accepted for exchange and any certificates for Old
Notes not tendered or not exchanged in the name(s) of the undersigned.
Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under "Special Delivery Instructions,"
please send the certificates representing the New Notes issued in exchange for
the Old Notes accepted for exchange and any certificates for Old Notes not
tendered or not exchanged (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the
undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned's signature(s). In the
event that both "Special Registration Instructions" and "Special Delivery
Instructions" are completed, please issue the certificates representing the New
Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes accepted for exchange in the name(s)
of, and return any certificates for Old Notes not tendered or not exchanged to,
the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned understands that the Company has no
obligation pursuant to the "Special Registration Instructions" and "Special
Delivery Instructions" to transfer any Old Notes from the name of the registered
Holder(s) thereof if the Company does not accept for exchange any of the Old
Notes so tendered.
Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes
are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, this
Letter of Transmittal or an Agent's Message and any other documents required by
this Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date
may tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set
forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures" See Instruction 5.
-6-
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLEASE SIGN HERE WHETHER OR NOT
OLD NOTES ARE BEING PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY
X ____________________________________________________________ Date: _______
X ____________________________________________________________ Date: _______
Signature(s) of Registered Holder(s) or Authorized Signatory
Area Code and Telephone Number: ____________________________
THE ABOVE LINES MUST BE SIGNED BY THE REGISTERD HOLDER(S) AS HIS OR HER NAME(S)
APPEAR(S) ON THE OLD NOTES OR BY PERSON(S) AUTHORIZED TO BECOME REGISTERED
HOLDER(S) BY A PROPERLY COMPLETED BOND POWER FROM THE REGISTERED HOLDER(S), A
COPY OF WHICH MUST BE TRANSMITTED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. IF THE OLD
NOTES TO WHICH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL RELATE ARE HELD OF RECORD BY TWO OR
MORE JOINT HOLDERS, THEN ALL SUCH HOLDERS MUST SIGN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
IF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR ANY OLD NOTES OR BOND POWERS ARE SIGNED BY A
TRUSTEE, EXECUTOR, ADMINISTRATOR, GUARDIAN, ATTORNEY-IN-FACT, OFFICER OF A
CORPORATION OR OTHER PERSON ACTING IN A FIDUCIARY OR REPRESENTATIVE CAPACITY,
SUCH PERSON MUST (I) SO INDICATE AND SET FORTH HIS OR HER FULL TITLE BELOW AND
(II) UNLESS WAIVED BY THE COMPANY, SUBMIT EVIDENCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY
OF SUCH PERSON'S AUTHORITY TO SO ACT. SEE INSTRUCTION 7.
Name(s):________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
(Please Print)
Capacity:_______________________________________________________________________
Address:________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
(Include Zip Code)
Signature(s) Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution:
(if required by Instruction 7)
________________________________________________________________________________
(Authorized Signature)
________________________________________________________________________________
(Title)
________________________________________________________________________________
(Name of Firm)
Date:___________, 1999
-7-
<PAGE>
INSTRUCTIONS
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
1. PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING. This Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile
hereof, properly completed and duly executed, or an Agent's Message, and any
other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal must be received by the
Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date. In addition, either (i) certificates for tendered
Old Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent along with the Letter of
Transmittal or (ii) a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a "Book
Entry Confirmation") of such Old Notes, if such procedure is available, into the
Exchange Agent's account at DTC pursuant to the procedure for book-entry
transfer described below, must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the
Expiration Date or (iii) the Holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery
procedures described below.
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND
RISK OF THE HOLDER AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BELOW, THE DELIVERY WILL BE
DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. INSTEAD OF
DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE HOLDER USE AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND
DELIVERY SERVICE. IF SENT BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT REGISTERED MAIL,
RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, BE USED AND PROPER INSURANCE BE OBTAINED. IN ALL
CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE
AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. NO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR OLD NOTES SHOULD
BE SENT TO THE COMPANY.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time
of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes will be determined
by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and
binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Old Notes
not properly tendered or any Old Notes the Company's acceptance of which would,
in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be unlawful. The Company also
reserves the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender
as to particular Old Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms and
conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in this Letter of
Transmittal) shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any
defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured
within such time as the Company shall determine. Although the Company intends to
notify Holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Old
Notes, neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be
under any duty to give any such notification, nor shall any of them incur any
liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Old Notes will not
be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured
or waived. Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that the Company
determines are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or
irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange
Agent to the tendering Holders, unless otherwise provided in this Letter of
Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.
-8-
<PAGE>
2. TENDER BY HOLDER. Only a Holder of Old Notes may tender such Old Notes
in the Exchange Offer. Any beneficial owner whose Old Notes are registered in
the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee
and who wishes to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and
instruct such registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf. If
such beneficial owner wishes to tender on such beneficial owner's own behalf,
such beneficial owner must, prior to completing and executing this Letter of
Transmittal and delivering such beneficial owner's Old Notes, either make
appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old Notes in such
beneficial owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the
registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable
time.
3. PARTIAL TENDERS. Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in
integral multiples of $1,000. If less than the entire principal amount of any
Old Notes is tendered, the tendering Holder should fill in the principal amount
tendered in the fourth column of the box entitled "Description of 12 1/4% Series
B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004" above. The entire principal amount of any
Old Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered
unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of all Old Notes is
not tendered, then Old Notes for the principal amount of Old Notes not tendered
and a certificate or certificates representing New Notes issued in exchange for
any Old Notes accepted will be sent to the Holder at his or her registered
address, unless a different address is provided in the appropriate box on this
Letter of Transmittal, promptly after the Old Notes are accepted for exchange.
4. BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER. Any financial institution that is a participant
in DTC's system may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing DTC to
transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC in accordance
with DTC's procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of Old Notes may
be effected through book-entry transfer at DTC, this Letter of Transmittal or a
facsimile hereof, or an Agent's Message, with any required signature guarantees
and any other required documents, must, in any case, be transmitted to and
received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or the
guaranteed delivery procedures described below must be complied with.
5. GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES. Holders who wish to tender their Old
Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot
deliver their Old Notes, this Letter of Transmittal or an Agent's Message or any
other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration
Date must tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures
set forth in the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedure: (a) such tender must be
made through an Eligible Institution (as defined below); (b) prior to the
Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have received from the Eligible
Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
(by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and
address of the Holder, the certificate number(s) of such Old Notes and the
principal amount of Old Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made
thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days
after the Expiration Date, this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) or
an Agent's Message together with the certificate(s) representing the Old Notes,
or a Book-Entry Confirmation, and any other required documents will be deposited
by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and
-9-
<PAGE>
(c) such properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile
hereof) or an Agent's Message, as well as the certificate(s) representing all
tendered Old Notes in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as
the case may be, and all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal
must be received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange
trading days after the Expiration Date, all as provided in the Prospectus under
the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." Any Holder
who wishes to tender his or her Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery
procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives the
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date. Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery will be sent to Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes according to
the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.
6. WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS. To withdraw a tender of Old Notes in the
Exchange Offer, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be
received by the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the
person having deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii)
identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or
numbers and principal amount of such Old Notes), (iii) be signed by the Holder
in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by
which such Old Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees)
or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee with
respect to the Old Notes register the transfer of such Old Notes into the name
of the persons withdrawing the tender and (iv) specify the name in which any
such Old Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor. If
certificates for Old Notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the
Exchange Agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, the withdrawing
Holder must also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be
withdrawn and a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an
Eligible Institution unless such Holder is an Eligible Institution. If Old Notes
have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described
above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account
at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn Old Notes and otherwise comply with the
procedures of such facility. All questions as to the validity, form and
eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by
the Company in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and
binding on all parties. Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have
been validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no New Notes will
be issued with respect thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly
retendered. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following one of
the procedures described above in Instruction 1, under Procedures for Tendering,
at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
7. SIGNATURES ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL; BOND POWERS AND ENDORSEMENTS;
GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is
signed by the registered holder(s) of the Old Notes tendered hereby, the
signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Old
Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by the
registered holder or holders of Old Notes tendered and the certificate or
certificates for New Notes issued in
-10-
<PAGE>
exchange therefor is to be issued (or any untendered principal amount of Old
Notes is to be reissued) to the registered holder or holders and neither the
"Special Delivery Instructions" nor the "Special Registration Instructions" has
been completed, then such holder or holders need not and should not endorse any
tendered Old Notes, nor provide a separate bond power. In any other case, such
holder or holders must either properly endorse the Old Notes tendered or
transmit a properly completed separate bond power with this Letter of
Transmittal with the signatures on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by
an Eligible Institution.
If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) or any Old Notes
or bond powers are signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian,
attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary
or representative capacity, such person must so indicate when signing, and,
unless waived by the Company, submit evidence satisfactory to the Company of
such person's authority to so act with this Letter of Transmittal.
Endorsements on Old Notes or signatures on bond powers required by
this Instruction 7 must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution which is a
member of (a) the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, (b) the New York
Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program or (c) the Stock Exchange Medallion
Program.
Except as otherwise provided below, all signatures on this Letter of
Transmittal must be guaranteed by a firm that is a member of a registered
national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in
the United States or an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of
Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (an "Eligible
Institution"). Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed
if (a) this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the
Old Notes tendered herewith and such holder(s) has not completed the box set
forth herein entitled "Special Registration Instructions" or the box set forth
herein entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" or (b) such Old Notes are
tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution.
8. SPECIAL REGISTRATION AND DELIVERY INFORMATION. Tendering holders
should indicate, in the applicable box or boxes, the name and address to which
New Notes or substitute Old Notes for principal amounts not tendered or not
accepted for exchange are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and
address of the person singing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of
issuance in a different name, the taxpayer identification or social security
number of the person named must also be indicated.
9. TRANSFER TAXES. The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any,
applicable to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If,
however, certificates representing New Notes or Old Notes for principal amounts
not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be
registered in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the
Old Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Old Notes are registered in the name
of any person other than the person signing this Letter of Transmittal, or if a
transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes
(whether imposed on the registered holder or on any other persons) will be
payable by the tendering Holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such
taxes or
-11-
<PAGE>
exemption therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount
of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering Holder.
Except as provided in this Instruction 9, it will not be necessary
for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Old Notes listed in this Letter of
Transmittal.
10. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS. The Company reserves the right, in its sole
discretion, to amend, waive or modify specified conditions in the Exchange Offer
in the case of any Old Notes tendered.
11. MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED OLD NOTES. Any tendering Holder
whose Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact
the Exchange Agent at the address indicated herein for further instructions.
12. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions and requests
for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus or this
Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address
specified herein. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial
bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange
Offer.
-12-
<PAGE>
IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION
The Holder is required to give the Exchange Agent the social
security number or employer identification number of the Holder of the Notes. If
the Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner,
consult the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification
Number on Substitute Form W-9 for additional guidance on which number to report.
PAYER'S NAME: BERRY PLASTICS CORPORATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Name of Holder (if joint, list first and circle the name of |
|the person or entity whose number you enter in Part I below). |
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Address (if Holder does not complete, signature below will |
|constitute a certification that the above address is correct). |
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SUBSTITUTE | Part I--Please provide your TIN in the | |
| | box at right and certify by signing and| Social Security Number |
| FORM W-9 | dating below. If you do not have a | or |
| | number, see How to Obtain a "TIN" in | Employer Identification Number |
|DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY | the enclosed Guidelines. | ______________________________ |
|INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE |----------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
| | Part II--For Payees exempt from backup withholding, see the enclosed Guidelines|
|Payer's Request for Taxpayer| for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9. |
|Identification Number (TIN) | |
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|CERTIFICATION. Under penalties of perjury, I certify that: |
| |
|(1) The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number |
| (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and |
| |
|(2) I am not subject to backup withholding either because I have not been |
| notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup |
| withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, |
| or the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup |
| withholding. |
| |
|CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS. You must cross out item (2) above if you have been |
|notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of |
|underreported interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being |
|notified by the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do |
|not cross out item (2). (Also see instructions in the enclosed Guidelines for |
|Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9.) |
| |
|Signature_______________________________________ Date__________________________ |
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING
OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU UNDER THE NOTES. PLEASE REVIEW THE
ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
(DO NOT WRITE IN SPACE BELOW)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CERTIFICATE SURRENDERED OLD NOTES TENDERED OLD NOTES ACCEPTED
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Delivery Prepared By_________ Checked By_______________ Date______________
-13-
EXHIBIT 99.2
BERRY PLASTICS CORPORATION
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
OF
121/4% SERIES B SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004
As set forth in the Prospectus dated November 24, 1999 (the
"Prospectus"), of Berry Plastics Corporation (the "Company") under the caption
"The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures," this form must be used
to accept the Company's offer to exchange its 121/4% Series C Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "New Notes") for an equal principal amount of
its 121/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "Old Notes"), by
Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not
immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, the Letter of
Transmittal or an Agent's Message (as defined in the Prospectus) and any other
documents required by the Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent prior to
the Expiration Date. This form must be delivered by an Eligible Institution by
mail or hand delivery or transmitted, via facsimile, to the Exchange Agent at
its address set forth below not later than the Expiration Date. All capitalized
terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to
them in the Prospectus.
THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS:
UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL: BY HAND BEFORE 4:30 P.M.: BY OVERNIGHT COURIER AND BY HAND AFTER
United States Trust Company United States Trust Company 4:30 P.M. ON THE EXPIRATION DATE:
of New York of New York United States Trust Company
P.O. Box 843 111 Broadway of New York
Cooper Station New York, New York 10006 770 Broadway, 13th Floor
New York, New York 10276 Attention: Lower Level New York, New York 10003
Attention: Corporate Trust Corporate Trust Window
Services
FOR INFORMATION CALL:
(212) 852-1000
Facsimile: (212) 420-6211
Attention: Customer Service
Confirm: (800) 548-6565
</TABLE>
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH
ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED ABOVE
WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned hereby tenders for exchange to the Company, upon the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter
of Transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the principal amount of
Old Notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set
forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures."
The undersigned understands and acknowledges that the Exchange Offer
will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on December 29, 1999, unless
extended by the
<PAGE>
Company. The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
December 29, 1999, unless the Exchange Offer is extended as provided in the
Prospectus, in which case the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the latest date
and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended.
All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the
undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned under this Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery shall be binding upon the undersigned's heirs, personal
representatives, successors and assigns.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGNATURE Principal Amount of Old Notes
Tendered (must be in integral
/s/ _________________ Date: ________ multiples of $1,000): $________________
/s/ _________________ Date: ________ Certificate Number(s) of Old Notes (if
Signature(s) of Registered Holder(s) available): ___________________________
or Authorized Signatory
_______________________________________
Area Code and Telephone Number: _____
_____________________________________ Aggregate Principal Amount
Represented by Certificate(s): $_______
Name(s): ____________________________
(Please Print) IF TENDERED OLD NOTES WILL BE
DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER,
Capacity (full title), if signing in PROVIDE THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
a fiduciary or representative COMPANY ("DTC") ACCOUNT NO. AND
capacity): TRANSACTION CODE NUMBER (IF AVAILABLE):
Address: ____________________________
(Including Zip Code) _______________________________________
Taxpayer Identification or
Social Security No.: ________________ Account No. ___________________________
Transaction Number ____________________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY
(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)
The undersigned, a member firm of a registered national securities
exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a
commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United
States or an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, guarantees
deposit with the Exchange Agent of a properly completed and executed Letter of
Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), or an Agent's Message, as well as the
certificate(s) representing all tendered Old Notes in proper form for transfer,
or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange
Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility described in the Prospectus
under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Book-Entry Transfer" and any other
documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, all by 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the third New York Stock Exchange trading day following the Expiration
Date.
2
<PAGE>
Name of Eligible Institution:______ ______________________________
___________________________________ AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
Address:___________________________ Name: ________________________
___________________________________ Title: _______________________
Area Code and Telephone No: ______ Date: ________________________
__________________________________
NOTE: DO NOT SEND OLD NOTES WITH THIS NOTICE. ACTUAL SURRENDER
OF OLD NOTES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY, THE LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL.
3
EXHIBIT 99.3
BERRY PLASTICS CORPORATION
Offer to Exchange up to $25,000,000 of its
12 1/4% Series C Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004
for any and all of its outstanding
12 1/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME ON
DECEMBER 29, 1999, UNLESS EXTENDED.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, November 24, 1999
Trust Companies and Other Nominees:
Berry Plastics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
is offering, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the
Prospectus dated November 24, 1999 (the "Prospectus") and the accompanying
Letter of Transmittal enclosed herewith (which together constitute the "Exchange
Offer"), to exchange its 12 1/4% Series C Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004
(the "New Notes") for an equal principal amount of its 12 1/4% Series B Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "Old Notes" and together with the New Notes,
the "Notes"). As set forth in the Prospectus, the terms of the New Notes are
identical in all material respects to the Old Notes, except that the New Notes
have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and therefore
will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not contain certain
provisions providing for an increase in the interest rate on the Old Notes under
certain circumstances relating to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined
in the Prospectus). Old Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of
$1,000.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CUSTOMARY CONDITIONS.
SEE "THE EXCHANGE OFFER -- CONDITIONS" IN THE PROSPECTUS.
Enclosed herewith for your information and forwarding to your
clients are copies of the following documents:
1. the Prospectus, dated November 24, 1999;
2. the Letter of Transmittal for your use and for the information of your
clients (facsimile copies of the Letter of Transmittal may be used to tender Old
Notes);
3. a form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose accounts
you hold Old Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, with
space provided for obtaining such clients' instructions with regard to the
Exchange Offer;
4. a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery;
5. Guidelines of the Internal Revenue Service for Certification of
Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9; and
<PAGE>
6. a return envelope addressed to United States Trust Company of New
York, the Exchange Agent.
YOUR PROMPT ACTION IS REQUESTED. PLEASE NOTE THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL
EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON DECEMBER 29, 1999, UNLESS EXTENDED.
PLEASE FURNISH COPIES OF THE ENCLOSED MATERIALS TO THOSE OF YOUR CLIENTS FOR
WHOM YOU HOLD OLD NOTES REGISTERED IN YOUR NAME OR IN THE NAME OF YOUR NOMINEE
AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE.
In all cases, exchanges of Old Notes accepted for exchange pursuant
to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt by the Exchange
Agent of (a) certificates representing such Old Notes, or a Book-Entry
Confirmation (as defined in the Prospectus), as the case may be, (b) the Letter
of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, or
an Agent's Message (as defined in the Prospectus) and (c) any other required
documents.
Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes
are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, the
Letter of Transmittal or an Agent's Message and any other documents required by
the Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date
must tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set
forth under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures"
in the Prospectus.
The Exchange Offer is not being made to, nor will tenders be
accepted from or on behalf of, holders of Old Notes residing in any jurisdiction
in which the making of the Exchange Offer or the acceptance thereof would not be
in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction.
The Company will not pay any fees or commissions to brokers, dealers
or other persons for soliciting exchanges of Notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer. The Company will, however, upon request, reimburse you for customary
clerical and mailing expenses incurred by you in forwarding any of the enclosed
materials to your clients. The Company will pay or cause to be paid any transfer
taxes payable on the transfer of Notes to it, except as otherwise provided in
Instruction 9 of the Letter of Transmittal.
Questions and requests for assistance with respect to the Exchange
Offer or for copies of the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal may be directed
to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth in the Prospectus or at (212)
852-1000.
Very truly yours,
BERRY PLASTICS CORPORATION
NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL
CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON THE AGENT OF THE COMPANY, OR ANY AFFILIATE
THEREOF, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR
2
<PAGE>
ANY OTHER PERSON TO MAKE ANY STATEMENTS OR USE ANY DOCUMENT ON BEHALF OF ANY OF
THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER OTHER THAN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS AND THE
STATEMENTS CONTAINED THEREIN.
3
EXHIBIT 99.4
BERRY PLASTICS CORPORATION
Offer to Exchange up to $25,000,000 of its
12 1/4% Series C Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004
for any and all of its outstanding
12 1/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON
DECEMBER 29, 1999, UNLESS EXTENDED.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
To Our Clients:
Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus dated November 24,
1999 (he "Prospectus") and a Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute
the "Exchange Offer") relating to the offer by Berry Plastics Corporation (the
"Company") to exchange its 12 1/4% Series C Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004
(the "New Notes") for an equal principal amount of its 12 1/4% Series B Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "Old Notes" and together with the New Notes,
the "Notes"). As set forth in the Prospectus, the terms of the New Notes are
identical in all material respects to the Old Notes, except that the New Notes
have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and therefore
will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not contain certain
provisions providing for an increase in the interest rate on the Old Notes under
certain circumstances relating to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined
in the Prospectus). Old Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of
$1,000.
The enclosed material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial
owner of Old Notes carried by us for your account or benefit but not registered
in your name. An exchange of any Old Notes may only be made by us as the
registered Holder and pursuant to your instructions. Therefore, the Company
urges beneficial owners of Old Notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to contact such Holder promptly
if they wish to exchange Old Notes in the Exchange Offer.
Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to
exchange any or all such Old Notes held by us for your account or benefit,
pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and Letter of
Transmittal. We urge you to read carefully the Prospectus and Letter of
Transmittal before instructing us to exchange your Old Notes.
Your instructions to us should be forwarded as promptly as possible
in order to permit us to exchange Old Notes on your behalf in accordance with
the provisions of the Exchange Offer. THE EXCHANGE OFFER EXPIRES AT 5:00 P.M.,
NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON DECEMBER 29, 1999, UNLESS EXTENDED. The term "Expiration
Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on December 29, 1999, unless the
Exchange Offer is extended as provided in the Prospectus, in which case the term
"Expiration Date" shall mean the latest date and time to which the Exchange
Offer is extended. A tender of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
Your attention is directed to the following:
<PAGE>
1. The Exchange Offer is for the exchange of $1,000 principal amount of
the New Notes for each $1,000 principal amount of the Old Notes, of which
$25,000,000 aggregate principal amount was outstanding as of November 15, 1999.
The terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects to the Old
Notes, except that the New Notes have been registered under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, and therefore will not bear legends restricting their
transfer and will not contain certain provisions providing for an increase in
the interest rate on the Old Notes under certain circumstances relating to the
Registration Rights Agreement.
2. THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CUSTOMARY CONDITIONS. SEE
"THE EXCHANGE OFFER -- CONDITIONS" IN THE PROSPECTUS.
3. The Exchange Offer and withdrawal rights will expire at 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on December 29, 1999, unless extended.
4. The Company has agreed to pay the expenses of the Exchange Offer.
5. Any transfer taxes incident to the transfer of Old Notes from the
tendering Holder to the Company will be paid by the Company, except as provided
in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.
The Exchange Offer is not being made to, nor will tenders be
accepted from or on behalf of, holders of Old Notes residing in any jurisdiction
in which the making of the Exchange Offer or the acceptance thereof would not be
in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction.
If you wish us to tender any or all of your Old Notes held by us for
your account or benefit, please so instruct us by completing, executing and
returning to us the attached instruction form. THE ACCOMPANYING LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL IS FURNISHED TO YOU FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND MAY NOT BE
USED BY YOU TO EXCHANGE OLD NOTES HELD BY US AND REGISTERED IN OUR NAME FOR YOUR
ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT.
2
<PAGE>
INSTRUCTIONS
The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the
enclosed material referred to therein relating to the Exchange Offer of Berry
Plastics Corporation.
This will instruct you to tender for exchange the aggregate
principal amount of Old Notes indicated below (or, if no aggregate principal
amount is indicated below, all Old Notes) held by you for the account or benefit
of the undersigned, pursuant to the terms of and conditions set forth in the
Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate Principal Amount of Old Notes to be tendered for exchange
$
--------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
*I (WE) UNDERSTAND THAT IF I (WE) _________________________________
SIGN THIS INSTRUCTION FORM WITHOUT
INDICATING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL _________________________________
AMOUNT OF OLD NOTES IN THE SPACE SIGNATURE(S)
ABOVE, ALL OLD NOTES HELD BY YOU FOR _________________________________
MY (OUR) ACCOUNT WILL BE TENDERED CAPACITY (FULL TITLE), IF SIGNING
FOR EXCHANGE. IN A FIDUCIARY OR REPRESENTATIVE
CAPACITY
_________________________________
_________________________________
_________________________________
_________________________________
_________________________________
NAME(S) AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING
ZIP CODE
DATE:____________________________
_________________________________
AREA CODE AND TELEPHONE NUMBER
_________________________________
TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION OR SOCIAL
SECURITY NO.
3
